THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES PUBLISHERS' PREFACE -♦♦>- Tins volnmc has been prepared to present the substance of modern geographical knowledge, within moderate limits and in an elegant form. It is designed to be a book of great value in respect to the fullness and accuracy of its information, and in the facility with which information may be deri from it. This Atlas differs from all others previously published in many respec , I maps of the Ui continents and their national divisions are of much less size than those previously engraved ; and yet eo they are in every respect equal in accuracy and appearance. Hence, this work must be vastly x. more acceptable to the public than the a snerally publish id, which luv. 3 been of large §o size, and so costly as to be beyond the means of the great mass of the people. The price of this Atlas is but a fraction of the cost of works of similar design. This work contains much latex ^ information than any other ; not only are its maps engraved according to the most recent surv m but its descriptions of the different countries comprise facts of high importance, obtained from late CM o official returns, which have not been published. The plan of this Atlas is at once both so perspicuous and so comprehensive, that its merits arc manifi st at a glance — superseding the necessity of any argument with those who give it even a hasty O examination. The most distinguishing feature of its maps is, that though they are of small size, they q yet present a correct and clear delineation of the natural features of the countries, with accurate O oa outlines of their various political divisions. In all those States in which the counties are subdivided ul Z into townships, the names of the latter are given on the map by means of their initial and final letters. tj On the opposite page the same letters are repeated, in imm he full names of the towns or townships, alphabetically arranged. Hence, this work in part consists of a comp' : ship Atlas of the United States ; the table just alluded to instantly points out '' ' >n of any town ; and the map shows its position in its County and Slate. In the V. which were surveyed under direction of the General Government, all the " base lines " and the " principal 44 iv rUBLlS HERS' PREFACE. meridians " arc correctly stated., so that the minutest locality may be ascertained in a moment. The maps of other countries are prepared with similar accuracy. All of the maps have been engraved by the cerographic process, discovered by Mr. Morse, and used only by us. The descriptions of the countries have been prepared with the view of presenting a succinct account of each; in which all their important natural features, their principal branches of productive industry, their population, and their chief cities are described, in articles that have space and promi- nence proportioned, as nearly as can be conveniently done, to their real and comparative importance. This part of the volume includes not only an outline of the facts obtained by the last National Census, but of those obtained by the several State Censuses which were taken during 1851-55 ; and in many instances, important information, derived from official sources and relating to the year 185C, has been incorporated with the returns just mentioned. While particular attention has been given to the fullness and accuracy of the statistics, in order that the work may be valuable for reliable reference, it has been the design of the author to present these facts in such a manner that the book will be interesting to the general reader. At the commencement of the work there is an " Outline of Physical Geography," illustrated by many special maps and engravings, and comprising a complete synopsis of this science. This subject has not yet received general attention, and ours is the first attempt to bring it within the p of all. C N T E \ T S. INTRODUCTION, . OUTLINES OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, . 11 THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE, . 31 NORTH AMERICA. . BRITISH NORTH AMERICA, . 37 Canada, . 38 New Brunswick, 50 Canada East, . to Prince Edward's Island, . 51 Canad \ West, . 45 Nov \ Scorn 51 Eastern Provinces, . 19 Newfoundland, . 53 (JNTTED STATES OF AMERICA, . M ONE, .... Gl .AS . 130 New 1 [ampshire, . . 65 Ohio, 138 Vermont, . 69 Michigan, .... . 149 Massachusetts, . 71 Indiana 153 Rhode [sland, . 78 Illinois . Connecticut, . 80 K in CUCKY 161 New York, 83 Tennessee . New Jersey, . 97 Wisconsin . Pennsylvania, . 100 Iowa . 170 Delaware, . .111 Missouri 17.1 M LRYLAND, 1 1 2 Arkansas . 176 District of Columbia, . . 114 California, . 177 Virginia, . 116 ( >i;i; LNEZED Te IBITORIES, . North < 'arolina, . . 120 MINNESOTA, .... . 181 SouTn Carolina. \-2-i LAS, 183 Georgia, . 125 Nebraska . 184 Florida. . 128 Washington, .... 1-.". Alabama, . 130 Oregon . M SISSTPFI, 132 Utah, ...... 1-7 Louisiana, . 134 \ •. Mexico . 18* VI CONTENTS UNITED STATES OF MEXICO, . STATES OF CENTRAL AMERICA, . Guatemala, 198 Honduras, 198 San Salvador 199 WEST INDIA ISLANDS, .... Spanish West Indies, . . . 202 British " " 203 Danish " " 204 Swedish, " ... 204 SOUTH AMERICA, COLOMBIAN REPUBLICS, . New Granada, .... 208 Venezuela, 210 COLONIAL DIVISIONS OF GUIANA, British, 213 French, 214 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL, .... OTHER NATIONAL DIVISIONS, Peru, 222 Bolivia, ...... 225 Chile, 228 Argentine Confederation, . . . ISLANDS OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Dominica, Hayti, French West Indies, Dutch " " Ecuador, Dutch, Paraguay, . Uruguay, Buenos Ayres, PAOB 190 197 199 200 201 204 204 204 204 205 207 212 213 214 215 222 231 233 234 235 236 THE WORLD IN M I NI A T U ft ]■; INTRODUCTION Tue Earth is the third, in the order of dis- tance from the sun, of the planets of the solar system. These planets, the number of which, exclusive of the asteroids, is eight, are all great worlds, of a size commensurate with the Earth, and several of them are much greater. They are situated at different distances from the sun, around which they are constantly revolving in orbits that are nearly circular, aud at regular periods. Certain remarkable characteristics are common to viz. : they all revolve in the same direction around the sun. their orbits are all nearly circular, the planes of their orbits are but slightly inclined to each other, they are all nearly globular, and they all revolve on axes ; the moons of the planets also follow the same general Astronomy teaches that there are certain by which all these planets are most inti- mately connected with each other, as well as with the sun, and hence they are to be considered a? forming a family of worlds, united by insepara- ble bond sof mutual r hip. The earth lias the form of a spheroid, differing from a perfect sphei btly flattened at the poles ; or. which is the same thing, by being slightly protuberant at the equator. According to Prof. Bessel, the greater or equatorial diameter is 7,92.rG04 miles, (English statute,) and the leas- er or polar diameter is 7,899114 miles, showing a difference of very nearly 26-5 miles, which b the amount of the polar compression. The equatorial circumference of the earth is 24,899 miles. The earth has a twofold motion, diurnal and annual. Its diurnal motion consists in its revolu- tion from west to east, upon an imaginary line passing through its centre from north to sou- this diameter is termed the earth's axis, and its extremities are termed the poles. This motion causes the alternations of day and night. The exact period of this revolu;' L'3 hours, 56 minutes, and 4-09 seconds. The annual motion of the earth consists in its revolution around the sun, which is completed in 3C5 days, C hours, 9 minutes, and 9-6 seconds of mean solar time. If the axis of the earth was perpendicular to the plane of its orbit, ther.e would be little or no va- riation of temperature in the course of the year. But the axis has a p rmanent inclination, viz. : the angle of 23- 28', and thus, as the earth pro- ceed 'inual course, a slight change is daily produced in the angle which tin- sun's rays m in striking upon any particular portion of the earth's surface. Hence, a considerable or great variation of temperature occurs regularly in the 8 INTRODUCTION. course of every year in the different latitudes, (ex- cepting, however, the equatorial region, which steadily receives the largest amount of the sun's influence). This variation, which produces the seasons, also effects a more general diffusion of heat from pole to pole. The inclination of the earth's axis produces, moreover, the varying dura- tions of day and night at different periods of the year. The path described by this motion of the earth is called the ecliptic. The superficial area of the earth is equal tc about 196,500,000 English square miles. By re- ferring to the accompanying map of the world on an equatorial projection, it will be seen that the Map of the World on an Equatorial Projection. Western Hemisphere. Eastern Hemisphere. land portion occupies but little more than one- very unequal. The extent of land in the Eastern fourth of the whole surface, and its distribution is Hemisphere is at least two and a half times Map of the World on a Polar Projection. Southern Hemisphere. Northern Hemisphere. INTRODUCTION. iter Khan thai in the Western Hemisphere; and the extent of land north of the equal three times greater than that south of it. It is a remarkable fact that if we divide the globe by a great circle passing to the south of Africa, through the southern extremity of A I in- icting South America, we thereby bi ' the northern one of the two fa thus formed, nearly all of the land portion of the globe, and the other is occupied almost entirely PllOPOttTIOJT t cSt3Tns^ or oiLruxlSAValur , c st coUocfio/, CX O.HJ3 by water. The map showing this feature is pro- jected upon the plane of the horizon of London, which thus occupies nearly the centre of the Land Hemisphere. This circumstance explains, in a great degree, how it is that London has become the chief city and commercial metropolis of the earth ; it occupies the best position in the world for that very purpose. In the Water Hemi- sphere, the most central point is New Zealand. latitude of a place on the earth's surface is its angular distance from the equator, measured on its own terrestrial meridian : it is reckoned in degrees, minutes and seconds, from up to 90°, and north or south according to the hemispl the place is in. Thus, the Observatory at (Jrcen- wich, Eng., is situated in 51 ' 28' 40" north lati- tude. Parallels of latitude are small circles on the earth's surface, parallel to the equator. Meridians are great i ircl 3 on the earth's sur- face passing through both poles. The longii of a place is reckon d east or west of some lected meridian. The meridian of the Royal Observatory at Greenwich, is used for this pur- pose more than any other meridian. The lon- gitude of a place is, therefore, measured by the arc of the equator intercepted between the meri- dian oi' the place and that of Greenwich, or. which is the same thing, by the Bphi rical angle at the pole included between these meridian-. ridian of the National Observatory at Washing- ton. D. C, is 77 2' 48" west from Greenwich. The Tropics are two parallels of latitude, one on the north and the other on the south side of the equator, from which each is distant 23 c 28'. The north one i- called the Tropic of I and jouth one the Tropic of Capricorn ; the sun 10 INTRODUCTION. passes vertically over the former on the 21st of June, and over the latter on 21st of December. The Arctic and Antarctic Circles are two par- allels of latitude, as distant, respectively, from the north and south poles as the tropics are from the equator, that is, 23- 28'; their latitudes, there- fore, are CG 32'. The Zones of the earth's surface are five divis- ions formed by the tropics and polar circles. The Torrid Zone lies between the tropics, the Temperate Zones lie between the tropics and po- lar circles, and the Frigid Zones comprise the re- gious between the polar circles and the poles. The extreme elevation of land does not exceed five and a half miles, while the mean elevation of the whole continental land probably falls short of 1,000 feet. The extreme depression of land, or greatest depth of the sea, has also been supposed not materially to exceed five or six miles, with probably a mean depth of ocean corresponding somewhat to the mean elevation of the land. The irregularities of the earth's surface give rise to mountain ranges, plateaux or table-lauds, level plains, and long-extended valleys, as also to the flow of springs and rivers, to the formation of lakes and inland seas, and consecpiently, to the universal system of natural drainage by which the land becomes a fit abode of plants and animals. TEAK OF TENERIFFE. OUTLINES OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. The extent of the science, or sciences, which the term Geography comprehends, is so great, thai it has become necessary to treat of it in divi.-i Physical Geography treats of the earth as it ists in its natural state, embracing a description of its surface, of the mass of waters forming its oceans, lakes and rivers, of the atmosphere by which it is surrounded, and of those laws which re- gulate the distribution of organic beings that cover its surface. Although a special subject, it is not a distinct science, but rather a combination of sciences for the purpose of investigating the re- lations which exist between the various phenome- na of material nature. It investigates the laws which were in operation in the formation of the surface of the globe, it treats of the successive changes which it has undergon;\ and consii the effects of the influences of climate and tempe- rature to which it is now subjected. This depart- ment of study has but recently been formed, hav- ing been developed by the general activity and intellectual character of this age. The immense number of facts collected by able ob ervers in va- rious parts of the globe have been carefully com- pared and combined by the most eminent men of science, and from their elaborate investigations the knowledge requisite for describing the natural state of the earth has been obtained. To Baron Humboldt, especially, the scientific world is in- debted for the thorough organization of this de- partment of knowledge. From his works, and from Prof. A. K. J< ' Ph; ical Geography, the materials and maps for this chap- ter have been chiefly derived. This branch of knowledge shows that the physical system of the earth is a chain of harmonies intimately connect- ed together, and the result of one grand and com- prehensive design, all actiug for and in accordance with the general good of the whole. The solid earth, with its diversified surface of hill and val- ley, rivers and oceans, is the frame-work and sup- port of the system. The atmosphere forms a gor- geous canopy for ever-dropping dews and moisture to refresh the soil. Under these influences, counties- forms live and flow myriads of organic sensitive beings, in size and form from th t point up to the huge ele- phant or intellectual man. inhabit the surface of the earth. Thereby we become acquainted with the living and active operations of nature, and the beautiful and appropriate bearings of her relative dependent ' Geology investigates the crust of the earth, the materials of which it is composed, the changes to which it has been subjected, and tl. a of those changes. By the crust of the earth is meant the external shell or covering of solid matter, accessible to the investigations of man. Since the time of its formation, this crust has been the theatre of great changes, which are in- DIAGRAMIC VIEW OF THE DIFFERENT FORMATIONS. Pre enl Burface ofthe Earth 24 Erral ders. 23. Alluvial ([matter carried n l>y rivers). 22. Diluvialor I >ri ft t lii.-k of c lay, containing ,. ■ of various ing above the bard roc 21. Pliocene (more rea 20. Mi i.less rec< Kocene (dawn L8. Chalk. 17. San !-. 16. Weald beds (>■' 15. White Lias. 14. Brown Lias. 18. Black Lias. sandst 12. Variegate 1 Mi 11. Shell Limestone. l I. Vaxiej ;ate 1 Sandstone. 9. Minestone, or Magnesian Limestone. 8. Lower Bed Sandstoi ■ 'iie, or hard Coal. 6. Carboniferous Limestone. Sandstone. 4. Silurian. 8. Cambrian. !;■ i 2. Slate. 1. Massive, shapeless rocks. Porphyry, etc. Granite is the lowest rock. . Superficial Accumula- tions. Diluvial i mal o ■t. c f . =5 -r a o e X - y. ■ — | L- - a O t> und in terrestrial and fresh-water remaii . The Primary J >us, or i Formation, in which the lirst forn animal and \ ain marine shell . crustaci low- larine p] 1 flowering land plants, i mammalia, traces of I and tortoi In • rboniferoue re- mains of huge tree -. ■ and, which have been converted into imm 1 •' Graywacke Formal and land-plan lire. The Azoic Period or l n, inwhic of life have I -3 5 D c: o M 2 — — a * .2 2 -a — ■ - — - 3 O - 3 — < l) r. : TJ Cfi I - .- -3 bo - o -3 ; L r neous, (formed by fire.) 14 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY— GEOLOGY. dicated by successive series of organic remains, and have been termed geological Epochs or Eras. The materials of which the carth"s surface is com- posed are arranged under two great divisions, — igneous and sedimentary rocks. The igneous rocks arc formed by the action of heat under superincumbent pressure, and are com- posed of an aggregate of crystalline particles, with- out any order of stratification. Of these the chief is granite, which is the lowest of all rocks, and forms the basis on which the others rest ; it aiso penetrates the overlying strata in veins of various magnitude, and in many places has been upheaved so as to form the summits of the loftiest moun- tains. Greenstone or Trap-rocks have been thrown up at different periods, and pervade, more or less all the secondary strata. Yolcanic rocks are of the same material as the preceding, but their forms of structure are varied ; they are the products of the most recent of the igneous ac- tions. Sedimentary rocks are composed of the frag- ments of older rocks, worn down by the action of the elements a: id deposited in the ocean, whence, by pressure, heat, and chemical agency, they were re-formed into new masses, with a stratified and more or less slaty structure. The lowest of these rocks is called gneiss, which is succeeded by the slates, (mica, talc, chlorite and clay) ; these con- tain no organic remains. Then follow the Silu- i, Old Red oe or Devonian, the Car- boniferous or Coal, the New Red Sa (the .) the Oolite, (the Wealden,) and the Chalk, or Cretaceous formations or systems ; and then the Tertiary, and Diluvial formations. The Allu- vial formation is the most recent of the Diluvial, and includes the river deposits now going on. Above these is the recent soil, composed of earthy matter, and decomposed portions of plants aud animals. The order of the succession of the strata which compose the earth's crust is nowhere inverted ; although no locality contains the entire series, yet those which are found together invariably fol- low in the same succession. These strata were successively formed in the growth or development of the earth, resulting from the many and vast changes which took place at very early periods. Each stratum marks a distinct period, and is characterized by its own flora and fauna. Changes in the earth's crust are constantly oc- curring. The general aspect, or the great outline of the form of its surface, has probably remained nearly the same since the subsidence oi the deluge ; but this is comparatively a brief period. The changes that are now being made by natural agencies, appear to be of limited extent, affecting chiefly the localities in which they occur. Of these, perhaps the most important are those pro- duced by earthquakes and volcanoes in different parts of the world ; the formation of reefs and coral islands in the Pacific and Indian Oceans ; and the results of the constant action of the wa- ter upon the land. The atmosphere, the ocean and rivers, are continually acting upon the solid crust, and wearing it down into the beds of the seas, and it is there reconsolidated into new strata. An internal igneous process is also forcing up, at intervals of time, and also at different localities, masses of crystalline rocks under the varied firms of granites, trap-rocks, porphyries, and lavas, which tend to elevate certain portions of the earth's surface, and thus compensate for the levelling agencies of the ocean and atmosphere. By these successive agencies the dry land of con- tinents and islands is slowly but incessantly being PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY— OCEAN CURRENTS, ]■> removed into the ocean, while new lands arc as certainly raised from the ocean-depths ; and thus the mass of dry land ou the earth's surface is con- tinually changing its posit inn. as well as its bulk and Bup rficial surface. These relative changes of laud and ocean give rise to changes of local temperatures and climates, and also materially in- fluence the distribution of plants and animals, not only as regards relative equatorial position or parallels of latitude, but also as regards the longi- tudinal distribution of organic bei. r l"i: oceanic mass of waters is continuous around the earth, it inly interrupted par- tially by the intervention of the continents, thus interrupted, it consists mainly of three great as — the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian Oc To lli .' may ! I two other divisi arctic Oceans, by which n listinguished the bodies of water situated within the Arctic and Antarctic Ciri re are. however, no natural limits to these ie Arctic Ocean seems to belong naturally to the basin of the Atlantic, the Antarctic is equally connected with the wa- ters of the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian Oceans. The Pacific Ocean occupies more than one-third of tin surface. The movements of the ocean are of three kinds, namely: the Currents, which are produced by a variety i , which result from the attraction of the moon and sun ; and Wa which ar ■ pn du< id by the wind. The ( ' i of the ocean perform a most im- portant part in the economy of nature, and a knowledge of their characteri is of the ut- most co. ce to navigation, besides being in- :' to every branch of | inquiry. The d as constant, periodical, and ible currents. ( re pro- duced by the combined influent e of an inequality of temperature in the waters of the oc alt- from the unequal i of the heating power of the sun's rays in different latitude-;, the arth, the relativ< ' the water, and the trade-winds. The heat of the tor- rid zone diminishes the specific gravity of the sur- face water near the equator ; and the waters near the poles move towards the equator in order to restore the equilibrium. Thi om- bine I he rotation of the earth (which at- :t 3 the water in the m of that p where the centrifugal force is ■_ large streams to descend from both poles towards the equator. The constant ocean currents commence near the south pole, under the name of the Drift Current, which, after pouring a stream of cold water along the shores of Chile and P ru, ' (called the Equatorial current) through the ific Ocean, where it occupies the entire space between the tropics, to the Malay Archipelago, hich, and the shores of China, its -s is I. It enters the Indian Ocean, and flow ■•(ween the parallels of latitude 10 and 25° S., until, in long. 63^ 25' E., it I :id passing the north end of M . aters the Mozaml ud flow- ing along the south-east coast of Africa, enters Atlantic Ocean by tl t. The lion of . am is now northward, along the v. ' ' ica, until, near the equator, ■ by the main ial i ir- rent of the Atlantic, which, enl Gulf the GuU This re- markable current of ..ea' North Atlantic, and is then turm 16 TUYSICAL GEOGRAPHY — THE TIDES. by the cold currents from the Arctic Ocean ; and in the southern hemisphere, a stream is under- stood to flow from the Atlantic, south of the Cape Horn current, into the Pacific Ocean, in order to commence anew the circuit of the globe. The velocity of these currents varies ; the average in some of them is equal to 60 miles in a day. These currents have a vast influence. While they cany the temperature of one zone into that of another, they sometimes promote, and some- times retard, the distribution of the races of men, and the commercial intercourse of civilized na- tion . The Tides are regular alternate risings and fallings of the waters of the ocean, and of the bays, rivers, etc., which communicate freely with it. They are caused by the attraction of the moon and sun, in connection with the diurnal ro- tation of the earth. The water rises, or flows, by degrees, about G hours ; it remains stationary about a quarter of an hour ; and it then falls or . daring another G hours, to rise again after a brief repose. Thus there are two seasons of and low water, in every lunar day. The heights to which successive tides rise differ greatly in different portions of the globe, and are everywhere variable. In the open ocean the tidal wave is only a few feet in height ; but, in con- fined seas, as in the Bay of Fundy, it sometimes ri a to 60 f . The accompanying chart shows the progress of the wave of high water, and the hour of high wa- ter in Greenwich time, at new and full moon. The figures on the wave lines indicate the time, or the hour, of high water. Thus, commencing with the tidal wave at Yan Diemen's Land, (the island lying near the south-cat extremity of Australia : wave is supposed to be at that point, produc- ing high water at twelve o'clock, midnight ; pro- ceeding westward, it will, by twelve o'clock, noon, of the ensuing day, have nearly reached the point of the Peninsula of Hindostan, and at one o'clock in the afternoon it is at the Cape of Good Hope. Here it enters the Atlantic, and proceeding north- wards, brings high water at the same hours to the western coasts of Africa and the eastern shores of America. The southern part of the great orig- inal wave, on reaching Cape Horn, proceeds across the Pacific Ocean and along the western coast of America. In the representation of its course, the reader will notice that the lines in some parts are crowded together closely, while in others they are wide apart. This indicates that the tide wave is moving with various velocity. Across the Southern Ocean, it seems to travel nearly 1,000 miles an hour, and through the At- lantic scarcely less ; but near some of the shores, as on the coast of India, on the east of Cape Horn, and in other sections, it travels very slow- ly. The high velocities are invariably found to exist where the water is deep, while the low velo- cities occur in shallow water. The tidal influence of the moon has been calcu- lated to be, on the average, about two and a half times greater than that of the sun, since the effi- cacy of the moon fluctuates between the extremes 43 and 59, while that of the sun ranges between 19 and 21. These influences sometimes act in conjunction, and sometimes in opposition ; and this alternate mutual reinforcement and opposi- tion results in the formation of what are called the spring and neap tides. The spring-tide is the sum of the solar and lunar tides ; the neap- tide is their difference. Hence, the highest spring-tide will be to the lowest neap-tide as 59 plus 21 to 43 minus 19, or 80 to 24, or 10 to 3. 9 —. 2. •< P P H ffl £, CL z. g ^ 2 °p -i i- < 3 E £ — - - X J — / ft — 5' " c k J P ~ •§ I M a |J to SSj - -. — : =- r» p 2. « -. 5 ■ c =: = = Gi- — £ ^ o _ ;=- c 5. s ~ = _. - = > 7- X « £4 Ph c Ph © o O C © lO I— r3 oo »o r-l o i— i of CM .- co -O © cu • _— • rt © eS w CO a © £* • •, ej I— 1 © r*5 o ^ p w «o o ,P9 " u e © © 15 © fz; S oo »- O CM of bn O cm .2 © © r-4 i-l n © C$ t> o © CD — -. • V. „ CD Mh cd CD B o p l«H P P H o of P3 «o ^OJ 5h fc'o .~ 2? © •w> co © © 02 w © rH Ph o CO -4-J Mi aT a o o 1 CD o © CO CM 1— 1 Ph p c3 K s fc a o h • M • .- , — 1 CO o o CD TT l-H ■ *. cc © '(J 3 * CO C i h^ p 63 B .- o B © O m © CD o S: lO 53 PS B Eh 00 rH in PS E- co CM -2 cr CO 02 CO is 53 a CO ftf K ^ c3 Ph © © cd 03 r © PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY- RIVERS AND LAKES 17 Rivers are grouped into two classes, the ocean- ic and the continental. Oceanic rivers arethose which flow directly into the ocean, or into communicating with it; these form the la an 1 | [ally contribute to the rcial intercourse and Bocial improvement of mankind. ( ontinental rivers are those which discharge their w.it T- into lab . or are los1 in swamps or The chief rivers of this class are comprised in the * inland ba in of < ' ntral A lia and We Europe. Tl near the Gulf of Finland and the Blacl eastward through nearlj the whole of Timer A. south and north are next in importance; while those having ourse are !' w in nun and comparati ''leant in Lakes or Inlai are commonly grouped in tv, i viz : fresh water and salt v, ; but this division does not admit of preci- -i"ii since almost every degree of saltness is found between those most fresh and those most salt. Their chief characteristics may be thus stated : — 1. Those which have no apparent affluent ncr outlet ; these are generally small, but being by subterraneous springs are more permanent than larger lakes. 2. Those which have an out- let, without a ile affluents. 3. Those which affluents, without having any visible out- let-;. These are chiefly in Asia, and I re- markable are the Caspian, the Aral, and the 1 1 1 Sea. 4. Those which have both affluents and an outlet ; these, among fi r lakes, are the largesl and most numerous. The outlet is sometimes subterraneous, as in the case of the Lake of Joux, in Switzerland. Lakes are not subject to tides, and many of them never freeze, owing to their great depth. 18 PHYSICAL GEOGEA PHY — VOLCANIC ACTION. Volcanic Action. — Earthquakes and volca- noes stand in intimate connection with one an- other ; both being- produced by means of the same ncy, viz.: the internal heat existing' within the earth's crust. The concussions of the earth- quakes consist in more or less violent commotions of particular parts of the surface of the globe, which are sometimes so slight as only to be per- ceived by those accustomed to the phenomena, but at other times their effects are most destruc- tive, transmitting lasting memorials to successive generations. These concussions are of a three- fold character, consisting of horizontal, vertical, and circular oscillations, which follow one another n rapid succession ; the first are the most com- mon, the latter arc the most rare. The pro; on of earthquakes occurs most frequently in a r direction, undulating with a velocity of from 20 to thirty miles in a minute, and occasion- ally in < 'r' 1 ' ? or clli - f concu ii i, in \, tri< h the shocks are propagated from the c aire to the circumference, but with dimii immense area over which ' • ex- tend is almost incredible ; of this, the great ea . furnishes the most remarl triple. That concussion assumed the form of an ellipse, in which the longest diameter, characterized by the destruction which was produced on its course, extended over o'OO miles ; the space over which the shock was perceptibly felt, extended to 2.700 miles ; and the area of vibration, or the greatest extent over which water was observed to oscillate at the surface, ex- tended to about 4,000 miles. The most destructive shocks of earthquakes are gen- erally over in a moment. The earthquake of Lisbon, in 17.15, during which 60,000 ions perished, lasted only about 6 minutes; and during the great eai • ol Ci rac: s, in 1812, by which 10.000 persons peri hed, tl terrific shocks, each of which lasted from 3 to 4 seconds, followed each other within 50 seconds. "While earthquakes have their seat deep in the in- terior of continents, they also communicate in the most remarkable manner with the sea. During the Lisbon earthquake, the sea rose 50 feet above its ordinary level ; ships at sea were affected by the shocks, as if they had struck on ro;-ks, and their crews were in some instances thrown down by the violence of the concussions. In Scotland, Loch Ness, Loch Lomond, and other lakes, re- peatedly rose and fell on that dreadful day. It is fully e ' hed that earthquakes have i tracts of land above their former level, and that daring the cone ; i various substances have been ejected from the interior of the earth. In the Old World, volcanic appearances have from the earliest times manifested thl I chiefly in a line extending from the Azores to the i Sea, and eastward to Lake Baikal, in Centra! Asia, and this may be considered as the tre from which the earthquake procei This is probably the longest and most regular m PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY- VOLCANIC A. CTI ON. 19 ■ F r, Icanic on the • f the gl far si •' in extent the volca- irdle of the An 1 '8 in South Aim, Tl, earthquakes of (lie New World, .■■p. are, as rds frequen- ;1 1" those of I World; occur chief- y along its west , and on the northern de- clivity of the Mountains of Venezuela ■ over every part of the : lep indent of late; and by far the g ■ of them are on islands or on may be arrai and vole ins ; the former term applied to tl forming the* centres of numerous orifices of erup- tion, dis ith some regularity in everj direction; and the latter term, those ranged ai in ti hi. like v tensive exampl •. the p k if T< il volca- i! i it is the cc itre of a gri ip to which the vol- cani if Palms on the other hand, an exa tic chain, - of linear vol I on a i n :nt be chain of the And s, thai : natural rampart, ling from South Chili to the north-west coast of America, soi a Bingle range, and MuU.NT VL'l \ tU8. two or1 allel ranj ed by narrow ' al art' I difficult to form a reli .Ll. the face : pe- ' of time ; for while one traveller consid of them as ex- tinct, another affirms that they are in a state of activity. From the best authorities, it appi that the number of active volca 270 which 190 are found on the is rand the shores of th< Ocean. These are c as either continuously active or intermit; The latter are far the n ful eruptions. Etna, V and ' ' have varying intervals of rest, in amounting to centuries. Of the I' ' i the Me ! low volcano, which 1, ! the dawn of i ic hi ry. The real cause of vol in a ' lived i'i obscurity. The liiin iral comp lava en.' the nature of the materials of which the lava h ; ■ n d, tl the ; cooled down, and the am unit it ha- ted. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-CLIMATE. Climate.— This term denotes the condition of a region or place, in relation to the various phenom- ena of the atmosphere, as temperature, moisture, etc. As the average annual amount of heat at the earth's surface de- pends on latitude, the mean temperature of places situated at the same elevation dc- ases gradually from the equator towards i he pole >. But besides the consideration of the latitude of any locality, or the degree in s which it receives the rays of the sun, there * are many other circumstances which greatly 2 aifect its temperature, viz : its elevation above the sea-level, its distance from the ralent winds, its annual quantity of rain, the character of its surface and the direction of its slope, the extent and course of its mountains, the nature of its soil, and of cultivation and improvement to which the country has been subjected. The accompanying map exhibits the dis- tribution of heal over the globe, by lines • drawn continuously through all those sec- tions which have the same mean annual temperature. These lines arc called iso- thermah, and their deviation from parallel- ism with the equator plainly illustrates the fact that the temperature of any particular t plaa isnol determined alone by its latitude. | A remarkable example of this occurs on the a west coast of Europe, where the warm wa- ter el' the Gulf Stream has the effect of car- rying the isothermals many degrees north of th :r normal position. On the difference of temperature between the eastern and in coasts of the Old and New Worlds, ami on its similarity in the middle lati- tudes of the west coasts of America and Europe, Humboldt remarks that, " since the W - rr; - ""^ — > 2 . : -■ s - ~ - 1 3 — 5 G s >- - - - - r ii V S I C A L G E G R A I'll F-OLIMAT E 21 ace of the i ceptible of b cooled in the same degree aa that of the lurid, it alts that, wh< vail, western coasts should be warmer than easl rn coasts, un- less modified by i i ." Thii plified in the difference of temperature between western coasts of North America in middle latitades, and the eastern of Europe. Even in northern Iatil ts a very striking difference between the annua] mean temperature of the eastern and western coasts of Am At Nain, in Labrador, (Kit. 57 10',) this tem- pi ratup or 6°-8 1 the freezing poinl : •• ' Sitka, on the north-west coast of Russian America, it is II -4, or 12°'4 above point. At the former place, the mean temperature of summer hardly reaches 43 •_' ., while at the latter it is 56°'8. Pekin. (hit. 39 54',) nn the east coast of* Asia, has a i annual temperature of 52 '3, or more than ;> lower than that of Naples, which is situated a little farther north. The mean winter tempera- ture of Pekin is at least 5 r zero ; while in Western Europe, at Paris, (lat. 48° 50',) it is (i above it. A climate is called an insular or sea climate nee of nuan temperature is , small, or the winter is too warm and the summer tiiu cool : and a continental climate where the dif- B r< nee of mean temperature is very great, or the winter is too cold and the summer too hot. Eu- has a true insular climate — a mild winter and a cold summer. Northern and I has a true continental climate a cold winter and a hot summer; while North America has more of a continental climate in winter and a sea climate in summer. The hottest locality on the 3 is in Central Africa, where the temperature of - ! Fahr ; the c he t< mp srature of January ' i the freezing point of Fahr. V. ■ i Id the cold com - from the north-east, an the New World from the north-west 'I ion of Siberia has no i of equal cold in America, [f th divi- ded at the meridian of 20 W., . that the era portion, which has the largest ma land, is colder than tl dif- ference diminishes as we approach the equ The ti mperatur »le globe inci Fahr. from January to July; a m thes ■ months gives, as the mean temperature of the globe, 5 Fahr. The mean temperature for the Northern Hemisphere is CO Fahr.. and - for the South- ern EL misphere is 5(1 Fahr. The great quan- tity of rain which falls in the Northern ■ is probably one e of its high t temp ture. while, in the Southern the influi nee of the sun's rays is expen led to a greal degree in the melting of mass s of or in the evap iration of snow. HI VCiiut boils at level of the Sea on top ul JUi l Qt I'otosi _92L _VcLr. Temp, in Darbarj j, „ Springs ul*~ rrmaeetti /. Meat ol JTurntm Blood ?r Summer trmjt. of Ccr.tr\: Trineomale' it ■ A5ra« temp, at Summer at Srrr 33' \n,rtrr ,, ZYttMl HIESMOME lAjll.UI..' CfiiL i riitiqratJt It nut. 22 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-WINDS. Winds, or currents of air, owe their origin to any circumstance which has a tendency to disturb the equilibrium of the atmosphi re, as a change in temperature, or iu the amount of aqueous va- por which it contains. J bat is the principal q1 in diminishing the density of bodies, and hence it is the chief cause of the currents in the atmosphere ; for experience proves, that wherever two adjoining regions are unequally heated, there is produced an upper current of air, proceeding i the warmer to the colder region, and an un- der current in an opposite direction. The mean difference of temperature between the regions of the equator and those of the poles, exceeds 82° ; and as this inequality is nearly permanent, it pro- duces a constant interchange of air between those ions. Tl; . cold and dense under cxirrenl from the poles replaces the rarified air of the itor, which, ascending and forming an upper current, flows I wards the north and south, in or- der to restore the equilibrium of the atmo pi ,"0, if the earth were in a quiescent state, the winds near its surface, in each hemisphere, v. be uniformly due north and south, respectively ; but the globe revolves on its axis from ea west, with a velocity increasing from the poles, re it is nothing, to the equator, where it at- tains a maximum of about 1,000 miles an hour; that, in ; from the higher latitudes to- war. b the equator, the cold currents of air pro- ively arrive at of increased rotatory id as they cannot of motion, they necessarily ban;;- back, and form cui ing in a direction oppo to that of the rotation of the globe, or from to west ; and thus, by the combined effect ol earth's rotation, and the diff! rence of temperature at it he northern and southern currents are deflected and modified, so as to become re- spectively tin' permanent north-easterly and south- easterly currents, forming the magnificent phe- nomena of the trade winds. There are three classes of winds : permanent, pet iodical, and variable The Trade Winds prevail within the tropics, ex- tending generally from 28 to 30 ? on each side i I he equator ; but their limits vary considerably, as the sun is north or south of that line, and arc different in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. It is only over the wide ocean that they can blow uninterruptedly. In the Northern Hemisphere, their direction is from the north-east ; and in the Southern Hemisphere, from the south-east. Of the Periodical winds, the most remarkable are the Monsoons of the Indian Ocean, which are modifications of the trade winds ; they sweep over the Indian Ocean and the whole of Hiudostan, changing their direction every six months, as the sun moves into the Northern or Southern Hemi- spheres ; and their region includes the district of the Typhoons, or storms peculiar to the China Sea. To this class belong the laud and sea- breezes, which blow daily on the coasts of conti- nents and islands within the tropics, and in some ;• localities, are very regular, and are believed to be caused by the unequal heating of the land '{'he accompanying map shows the geographical i tion of the winds over the globe. Near addle of the chart is the "Zone of variable winds and calms and si 'inns." which corresponds to the of it rain shown upon the next chart. North ai ath of this belt are tli of N.E. a ,B. trade winds', in the Atlai and Pacific Oceans, and beyond them, the regions of the S.W. and N.W. prevailing winds. X^: a ft> -. * -i o ~ ft, - o i "*4 — ". rt — — - Vpnrr llirreitt trnt/i Iht P^U . _—. fwr » i/r»> "Stiritve trrHrtitt ni'm i-i t 2 r 7. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY W I N D 8 . Force of tin- \\ in.: \,prrrr/ita>U .00J l'L-asaia briikUald 3li J ' Very briik A ten n 00. -^ yre*£Storn •5 <-12» r ft 11300 (-17- 713 '- § ffurrica.lt In the temperate clu f both Ii 5 (comprising tl j of evailing S. W. and X. W. winds) there i- a a ostanl conflii : der cnrrenta pn - from the poles, and the downwi currents from the equator, in which sti ']■•■■ equatorial currei the ascendancy; producing in the Northern Bemisphen S. "W., and in the Southern Bemisphere the N. W. currei return current in the upper regions of the atmospl pparenl from the movements of the clouds in the vicinity of the tropics, and ! as tained, by observation, at elevations. Numerous oh indif- ferent parts of Europe and Ni rth .'. i have fullyproved tl of S. W. winds in the N isphere. 1 there is a great difference between the time required by a i ailing mip to p rform the voyage ('ruin Europe to the Ui and the tim • requin voyage from the United States to I'.urope — the former a s and the latter 23 da; Variable winds are named according to stimated per hour, as \\ill be seen bj mpanying diagram, whicl the calculated amount of pressure, in pounds, i ised 1 ; on a ■mar/ foot of surface. Many portions of the globe an 1 by is of more or less violence. Among the very frequent occurrence, are — the region of th< -ream in the Atlantic of the variable winds between the N. E. and S. E. trade winds, and tl Cape Born. The regions of the trade winds in the open sea are remarkably fre Hur- ricanes occur most frequently within the tropical regions, and very seldom beyond the tropics, or. in the Indian Ocean, nearer the equator than the parallel of 10 : 5'. T tropics, in the vicinity of continents or islands, and they appear to visil ll latitudes with surprising regulari currence. In the Northern Bemispl the focus of the m ilating hurrio on record has been the region of th ■ V Iud'es; and in the Southern Bemisphere, that of the islands of Rodriguez and the Mauritius. Their pr< in dif- ferent parts of their emir-' ; the Rodri- „-jg| guez Storm was i stimated at from 22 ' 1 'I'M) m. a day at first, diminish] bout 50 in. a day as it approached the tropi A-v.'ofrm Rurricav- ' 24 PHYSICAL GEOGE APH Y— E AIN Eain and Snow. — The life of plants and animals depends as much on moist- ure as on temperature, and their development is greatly modified by the dryness or humidity of the atmosphere. Eain is distributed very unequally over the globe. Generally, it is most abundant in those latitudes where evaporation is carried on most rapidly ; but there arc striking exceptions to this rule, for in many places, even near the tropics, it seldom or never rains. In those regions, as Kamtz remarks, the greatly heated atmosphere does not contain sufficient moisture to admit of precipitation, even during the greatest decrement of tem- perature. These rainless districts are of vast extent, and almost devoid of vege- tation, as the Great Desert of Sahara, that of Gobi, and the arid shores of Peru. On the contrary, there are regions where it constantly rains ; these are chiefly in the vicinity of the sea ; and the vegetation within them is exceedingly rank and abundant. The zone of greatest precipitation is situated on the north of the equator, and the quantity decreases irregularly, in a direction towards the poles ; because heat, which is the origin of vapor and the cause of rain, decreases in the same direction. The average annual fall within the tropics is 95 inches, and within the temperate zone -mghHrntngKhTw 3-4 inches. The amount of rain n nn< > so . 00 „„»„ alt., decreases in ascending from low 20 p° plains to elevated table-lands ; j| ascending Increase ultiie Amount otBain on. Slopes ilouin arns but it increases n from plains to the slopes of mountains, especially if these consist of steep and rugged chains. The quantity of rain decreases from the coasts t:> the inte.ior Teet iDn""J&"^£S 6— oo GreacJBritn.in -Netherlands 7t 01 il,,Gcr ma .vy ^ Bzheria. Decrea se oiAmonm ol ll.ti n ixonx tneCoasts to the inlet ior oiCoplin ynrs of continents, because a greater amount of vapor rises from the sea than from the land, and because between sea and land there is a greater interchange of heat, and consequently a greater movement in the aerial currents, than between different parts of a continent, especially if it be not mountainous. This law, however, is sometimes modified by the position of countries in relation to the regions of winds, and the directions of the mountain chains. In the temperate zone of both hemispheres, the western coasts are proportionally more moist than the eastern, because they are exposed to westerly currents of air, which, 9! W I I - -. g. M - — r -- ^ s 3 -- — c Z _. - 1 — ~ — — - o - - rr~ -. c*- ^ - ■I. ^. 4 p* a - s+ 7. a — o E fq o —5 — CO [ -. i: — p3 — ~ . DC ~— t ~ I — i; — X — 3 s W - R _ - 7 c —. c 3 - PHYSICAL GEOCIIAI'll V 8 N W. passing over the ocean, are highly imp; with moisture. Within the tropics, on the con- trary, the eastern coasts, esp cially in America, are more moist than the ni. from their ex- posure to the winds. In different parts of the earth, there are as within which it rains more at one season than at another. Thus, there are seasons of rains, and these are commonly distingui hed r, autumn, and winter rains. The map shows the regions where these severally prevail. The figures al different localities show the mean annual fall al those places; tin inches of rain fall in one year. Snow never falls within or near the tropical regions at the level of the sea. By reference to the lines upon the ma}), it will he seen that in the Northern Hemisphere the snow limit passes from the south-east part of Niphon across China, touch- ing the north part of India, and in crossing the Mediterranean Sea. it nearly coincides with the parallel of 30° north latitude, so that it includes the whole of Europe; and in the New World it follows nearly the same line, extending thr. the southern part of the United States. In the Southern Hemisphere, the equatorial limit of the fall of snow at the level of the sea is farther re- moved from the equator, since it does not ap- ii Bain — 1 330 J. tone 100 1 - Ma)u\halrsih\var(fiultfi^ L_ Ctuui. aso 300 5 10 230 1 E 9a 300 | \ -Guinea DM J el ion ) l^Jiemerara p?s lll> 1* do ; .\fiitaliar\fad^ 2 ! '• iuinj 1 ioo C ( ' ran " ■S h-Totmex3»lA]pat) 1 sol ■ "I c soJ - Kendal 1 40 1 "Plymouth - — - S — / — . — tt I a f! rt '/ It — » M a O - — 2 c y. ~ - - o -* i- <— <; -1 J- 7 S" - — — — = = '< -_ — - < a - Z- - ~. — 5 r 2" r 2 5' — 1' : — — * 2. 2 c- 1 o eg — 5, p' - s 3 X P C- T x a o o !' II V 8 I A I. (. EOG B A r II V - A N I M A LB. Animals, like plants, are adapted t u special clim like them, also, they arc subjected to invariable laws. Each zone, or region of • of animals pecul- iar in itself, beyond the limits of which they will not range if to their natural freedom A group of animals, embracing all ie8, botji terrestrial and c, inhabiting any particular I a Fauna, iu th i the group of the plants of ;!.. i is called i; i On the accompan map, the faunas of the two hemispheres are distributed iu tl cipaJ divisions viz. : the tropical, t< a \ and arctic fan each of which is characterized by peculiar of auii. In E the distribution of animals n that of s ; the limits of both are circumscribed by the ' ntion of s I continuous chains of mountains, yet both are chiefly influence d by the inequalities of temperature. Animal lii ■ intimately connected with, and dependent upon, the vegetable lom ; heat and moisture stimulate the growth of plants, i the greater the amount o nomena, much more luxuriant is v . . ion, and so much more abundant animal formations. Hence, we find, as a general rule, that tion is most exuberant and anima in the jjjgf^L; countries under the tropics, where heat is greatest and moisture ndant. As these decrease in a direction from the equa- tor towards the poles, so I in a similar pi animals decrease, not only in the size of individuals, but also in the number of spi ci (This law is reversed among aqui ,ials of a higher organization, which are found to increase in a direction equator I The torrid zone is di ' - id not only by t] and beauty of its animal formations. R< of animals . in tl.e . all animals assu rly uniform and Bombre hue. hi a comparison of the accompanying map w in;, it will appear that the nature of ing on the distribution and the grouping of anim liverous kind I irniverous animals is where present, their range is much less confined in this \\ • * 1' 28 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-MANKIND, Mankind. — The map exhibits the distribu- tion of the leading races of man, as existing at the present time, the lo- calities of which are ex- plained by the reference figures and colors. Man is found in every locality over the globe, under every climate, and at every degree of altitude to which organic life extends. Thus, the geographical distribution of man is different from that of all other organic beings ; his constitution renders him more cosmopolite ; while, from the superior structure of his physical frame, as well as his mental endowments, he is less subject to the in- fluence of external circumstances than any of the inferior animals. The prevailing kinds of food nsed by the inhabitants of the several zones are very different. Thus, within the tropics, the prin- cipal food of the human family is derived from the vegetable kingdom : in the temperate zones, both north and south, a mixed animal and vegetable diet is used ; while north of the arctic circle, the food of man is derived entirely from the animal kingdom. From the earliest dawn of histoiw and tradition distinct races of mankind have existed; and, within the period of authentic history, many dis- tinct races have continued unchanged, even under all the influences of climate, change of locality, mA various conditions of civilization. From the various existing races, three primary varii may be selected, viz. : the white and bearded ; *he tawny and beardless ; the black and woolly- naired. These correspond to the Caucasian, Mongolian, and Ethiopian of Blumenbach, — ■ names which, though not unexceptionable, are sufficient to characterize what may be assumed as the three primary types. Other races, among which are conspicuous the Malay, the American, the Papuan, are then arranged as sub-varieties or sub-races, because it seems not improbable that such sub-varieties have arisen out of combi- nations and modifications of the three primary types. Thus, these races, Caucasian, Mongolian, and Ethiopian, have well-characterized and dis- tinctive peculiarities of external form, as well as physical manifestations and peculiarities of lan- guage ; these primary types have each maintarni d and continue to maintain, a permanent character and focus of locality; while the sub-varieties are continually liable to modifications, changes, and extractions, and particularly to a mergence into one or other of the primary forms out of which they had originated. 1. The Caucasian type is divided into two great branches : first, the Indo-European, which com- prehends the Georgians, Persians, Hindoos, and other nations of Central and Western Asia, and the greater portion of the inhabitants of Europe, with languages allied to 1' :crit ; and second, the Semitic or Syro-Arabian, which includes the Syrians, Arabs, and Modern Egyptians, etc., with languages allied to the ancient Hebrew. This is the most intellectual and civilized race, and has generally ruled the other races whenever brought in contact with them. Though the natural — re s- O pr ft CD - re -1 ^f » a ~ z 3 H 2. o p' p re -i i-J C- -i re ~ ;/. P re < O == u P u ►1 — Cfi - O c- - C — (J B pq p p n P — p re o 00 - 3 — a, p 3 EC - a. p rr o - - o p p. t 3Q* re o * P /. ~ -. < & — •- Q C -. -1 == re rt- re /.' O c < — - "J — - P ~ r Z* — * — ~ P — •■ — » ~ . - P t — — © in . 3 Z- -. <_ 33° o - I o —5 -■ a r P CD P_ - -" EC - v- p a. — — * re re O O re P* a i "•a GO s r* P liq 5 - re -! /. P O -r_ E — -. p — 5 — — • z re a — — . — . -. J-. f < re r+ p r rr D - r p * P a " : — =n z go. - /. - p s „^ ~. P p ■— — . re - o r. 2 s = < - ». i © ~ 2 a P p. p' 3 It r r— re — c CO I •f-4- 1 1|^ " -: a w c Q K ► ^ < > M >— i H >— i w i— i w M W I Pi r— i c w o PHYSICAL GEOGRAP II Y- M A N K END. senses and instincts of this type are le promi- nently exercised, in coi •■ of civilization, they appear in the wild Arab and mountain- eer of Bindoo Eoosh as inl of other ra '_'. Th Mongolian type prevails through North and Ci ntral Asia, where ii is found in ev iry ex- treme of climate. Jt includes also the Esquimaux ica. It has numerous sub-ri rkable or distinctive branches, if we pt the Malays. Turk;, and Finn.-, who rath mixtures of othi r typi .-■. Only a por- tion of it, viz., among the Chinese and Japai nations, is di able de- of culture. 3. The American race is a variety of the Mon- : and t] fines of both North and South America are. generally speaking this one race, though exhibit able di- if form, and their va ve a iblance to one common langu 4. The Negro or Ethiopian type is found in its pure state in Central and Western Africa. tribes of South Africa form a sub-variety of the Negro, and an 1 probably an inti mixture (if the Negro and Mongolian types. Tin- Papuan-N of Polynesia is a Negro sub-variety, some- ding that of the Soul mis. The Malay ra© Peni a of lands of the Indian An hi and ail Pacific Ocean, exi pting thos • inhabited by the Papuan-Negro tribes. B ttered over a wide extent of insular lity, without any central focus, we accordingly find a great diversity in their forms. The aborig- ines of Australia, New '/.< aland, etc., are brai of this race. The whole human present existing is estimate d at nin( hundri d mi and a general id. a of the ading di estimating the C lount to 350,1 the Mongolian to Ethiopian to 1 Tl estim grand conti- : North Ainer- ica, 44,000,000; South Am 1 , 269,000,000; A to 100,000,0' ioo low an estimate 1)0,000 ; Pol; \vn. do noi admit of [ it is only in civilized countries that actual ble enumerations of their inhabit but th.- ded as close approxinia* to the real number. Upon the accompanying map the globe is i d, by colors, according to ti ding 'ons of religious belief, 'i red brov pretty »un- yet in :: barbari In ns : whil( tie : d under the blue, pink, n, and yellow colors. Europe, it will be ob- served, is occupied by three i man Catholics in tth-west, { I in the east, and Pro rth. A compari on i with th( map will Bhow that, in general, the Roman < I reek the Slavonian, and the the Teuton German. Macaulay, in his History remarks : •■ It i anl circui that no l.n l y, of wl tonic, has ever turned P wherever a language derived from that of Ancient 30 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY — MANKIND, Rome is sp ken, the religion of Modern Rome to this day prevails." The latter fact is strikingly exemplified in the conntrii s of Spanish America. Among nations, the respects in which they are most subject to change arc, form of government. next religion, then language. This is exemplified in the history of the different varieties of the Cau- casian species for the last three thousand years. The Celtic variety, in its different sub-varieties, during this period has passed through several stages of political development, the last being representative monarchy without feudal character. They, from being Polytheists have become Chris- tians, but without exception have remained ad- herents to that church which admits the invoca- tion of saints. The language of all the Celtic tribes in Italy, Spain, Portugal, and France ba? i been Latinized or Romanized. The Teutonic' variety has u I ne several changes in the form I of its government, the last Vicing a superior sys- : tern of representation ; its religion has been changed from Polytheism to Christianity, and in all its pure branches, has adhered to Protestant- ism ; but its language has undergone no other change but that of gradual development. The respects in which nations are least snbj< ct to change are, the moral sentiments, next hal and then intellectual faculties. Thus the French and Germans have still the same gen ral charac- ter which was ascribed to them by the : eighteen centuries ago. The development of the intellectual faculties in a nation depends upon a combination of many apparently accidental cir- cumstances, and varies at different periods. 31 T II E W EST K R N II E M I S P II E R E ■ thai vu-i double rhich th (land ._) to I ll, in Is 15' wi ch. It i of a! awn from Point i. iu lat. 71 24' N.j Mountains and the Cordillei i the Aii'!' b, to the extr ipe Bon ci in North America and aectcd by the Isthmus of at its narrowesl part ral width b about ■'• I lear approach to entire ii ili'' two penii I ith by ti yond . lerably u Both taper to- by uishing chain of mi ' featun a the ale. Bere are tl mountain-ranges, the louj -. and th uilii dd. .\ onder difl . and with fi miles, from the Arctic I I Bimalayi North American chi the of the Mexican I . from the Peninsula of Tehnanl ma, 1.-JU0 ; 3. Thi itending from the [sthm Patagonia, 4,500. On comparin features of the i i-ica, we find kin chain in i tn the - a. In Son with, and at a small d while in North Ami mountain chain foil ; with it. Nor ; although 32 T JT E WESTERN HEMISPHERE leys, limited by the two branches of the range. In Mexico, on the contrary, the elevated plains are of vast extent ; in that region, it is the ridge of the mountains which forms the plateau, and it is the direction of the plateau which determines that of the entire chain. Again, in Peru, the most elevated summits constitute the crest of the Andes. (In a mountain range, the crest is its highest part.) In Mexico, the same summits, less colossal indeed, but still of an elevation of from 1G,000 to 17.260 feet, are either dispersed over the plateau, or ranged according to lines which have no relation in parallelism witb the direction of the Cordillera. Peru and New Granada pre- sent transversal valleys, of which the perpendicular depth is sometimes 4,47G feet. It is the existence of these valleys which prevents the inhabitants from travelling otherwise than on horseback or on foot. In Mexico, on the contrary, carriages roll from the Capital to Santa Fe, or 1,500 miles ; imd throughout all this route, the surface is little disturbed by lateral valleys, and its declivities are uniform and gentle. America is especially remarkable for its vast plains. In North America, the central space lying between the Rocky and Alleghany Mount- ains, and extending from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico, is mainly one great plain, the principal eminence being only that low water- shed near the northern boundary of the United States, and the elevation of which is estimated at not more than 1,500 feet above the sea, that divides the sources of the Mackenzie from those of the Missouri River. In South America, the central portion is traversed by level plains, from the Llanos of the Orinoco to the Steppes of Pata- gonia, a distance of about 2,700 miles. From the peculiar formation of its mountain chains, all the great rivers of America flow to the east, south or north; and notwithstanding the immense development of its western coasts, no river of importance except the Columbia reaches the Pacific Ocean. Thus, the Amazon, the great est river in South America, and in the world flows in an easterly direction to the Atlantic Ocean ; and the Missouri-Mississippi, the greatest river in North America, flows south (being con fined on the west by the Rocky Mts. and on the east by the Appalachian), to the Gulf of Mexico. The lakes of the two continents present a remarkable contrast. Those of North America are of wonderful extent, comprising considerably more than half the fresh water on the surface of the globe, and the beds of the largest are depress- ed below the level of the ocean. In South Amer- ica, the lakes are comparatively few in number, but remarkable for their elevation ; the largest is Lake Titicaca, which has an area of 4,000 sq. m., and its surface is 12,846 ft. above the ocean. The islands adjoining America are mainly upon its Atlantic side. The "West India Islands comprise three distinct and essentially different groups: 1. The Great Antilles, consisting of Cuba, Hayti, Jamaica, and Porto Rico, are the largest and best, and may be considered as the * remains of an extensive mountain system, bro- ken by the irruptions of the Atlantic Ocean. 2. The Little Antilles consist of a series of small but elevated volcanic islands. 3. The Bahamas, the most numerous and least valuable group, are chiefly of coral formation. The following table exhibits the population of America, according to enumerations in 1850-54. In the United States, the Indians, numbering about 400,000, and in Canada, 13,976, are omit- ted, but are included in the other countries. T li 1. V, E B T I. R N 11 E M J B 1' II E It E NOBTIJ A.SIEB1CA. Countries. A) ,. m. Danish N. A 384,001). . . ian '• 578,529... PreDch '• 1 77. . . Canada E 209,990. Canada W 147,832. NewBrui ... 27,70G. Nova I 18,746. Pr. Ed. I ... 2,140. i 35,913. 0,000. 54,000 L.500 861 95 193,80 ,117 ] RT n '.ii;i;:im able Cur their continuous length, though inl ed by lateral basins. The rid lis in i bed from each other not only in tli rnal fea- tiires.but alsobythei ry. Their prevailing rocka if the primary formation, as granite, omeiss, and mica 'I'll.- North American Cordillera osual name fur the immense system which em- bracea all the mountains of the contin lated to the west of the Mississippi and Mackenzie Rivers, extending b tween lat 20° X. and the A iv .n, and under different names. The main i hain i Mts. ; th- in importance is call ; and the third, tii ra] local names, their par- ticular divisions. There are also several branch wrsc rid i iecting th ■ prin- cipal chains. The ture of this I as qoI been fully made known; yel ii is ati d thai th'' prevailing roi ks in the Roi ky Mis. are of the primary schistose and silu- rian strata, and that the C iasl Range has nearly the same character, with the addition of volcanic rocks. However, it appears that the highest parts of the Rocky Mts. visited by Fremont were com- posed of meks of granite and loting up into sharp and jagged peaks. The Mexican table- laud extends from the Rocky Mts. on the \ .. commencing in t. !_ . to the mountain in of < 'entral America, with a mean elevation of 7,000 ft. The sub-stratum of the country is formed of crystalline and silurian rocks, rich in cious metals. The ( ' atral American sj stem extends from the 1 thmu of Tehuantepec to the Isthmus of Panama, consisting of three groups, and containing numerous active volcanoes ; its prod minuting i • granite, . and at the same th: this chain ha- hern unheaved by •• Iu addition to ' inection with the- mounts it should 1 that over a wid ing the Appalachian system, granite, gneiss, and schist prevail. '1 h silurian rocks, largely try, their sometimes ex ippi contains abund- ance of coal, rivallinj d posits of the Appalachian coi In the . the upper secon nations pri vail. Iron is ex' posited in division of t . iccurs in the greatest abunda - Lake Superior. Lead along the Opper Mi i, iu adjoining districts of [Hi sin. The gold mines of Virginia, North Carolina, and Georgia have long been workc " with as well as those of Mexico, though pletely eclipsed by the mini nia. Mexico, cow as formerly, is tie ■■ of all countries in its silver mi Rivers of great length ami vast mn . very numerous. The Missouri River three branches on the declivity of the Rocky Mts.. near lat. !> X.. and within two miles the s ran 5 of th I lolumbia River. 1" _ serai course, below the mouth of the Yellow - S. I-;..- and throughout its t is a rapid, turbid river, i ly augmenting in magnitude. Its length, froi to with the Mississippi is tance from tJ Mexic i at 1,253 in., making a total length 19 m. Above the poinl of conflui nee. • much longer and .'pi ; 30 C N T I N E N T OF NORTH AMERICA but the united stream is called the Mississippi in consequence of that river having been first ex- plored. At a distance of 521 m. below the source of the Mis ouri are its Great Falls, where the stream d 357 ft. in lGh m. ; there is no serious obstacle to navigation between this point and its mouth, or a distance of 2,755 m., except- ing perhaps its shallowness during the season of greatest drought. The length of the Mi lissippi to its confluence with the Missouri is about 1,900 in. This is navigable 950 in., to St. An- thony, where there is a fall of 18 ft., above whioh • navigable for steamboats 400 m., with two interruptions, however, at Sauk Rapids and Little Falls. Below the mouth of the Ohio the average width of the river varies from one-third to two- thirds of a mile ; its average depth varies from 90 to 120 ft. ; an 1 its velocity is from Go to 70 m. a day. The chief rivers of the northern part of the continent are, — Mackenzie, 2,450 m. long ; Saskatchawan, 1,910; Churchill, 770; and Al- bany, 050. The largest flowing into the Pacific are the Columbia and Colorado, each having a course of about 1,200 m.; and the Rio Grande (del Norte), emptying into the Gulf of Mexico, is about the same length ; but the Columbia has far the greatest volume of the three. The length of the St. Lawrence River from Lake Ontario to the Gulf of St. Lawrence is about 750 m. ; below Quebec it form s a broad estuary, which, at its entrance into the Gulf at Gasps Point, is 100 m. wide. Most of the streams which flow into the Atlantic Ocean rise in the Appalachian Mts. ; consequently, none of them have a very lengthen- ed course ; but as many of them expand into magnificent bays and harbors, they are of the ut- most importance to the commerce and manufac- tures of the country. The live great lakes are connected with each other by straits, and are situated in four terraces, differing in elevation, of which Lake Superior occupies the highest and Lake Ontario the lowest. Elevation of the surface of these lakes above the level of the sea : Lake Superior, 596 ft. ; Michi- gan and Huron, 578; Erie, 565; Ontario, 232. Their depth varies considerably, but the meau depth of Huron (which is, in parts, the deepest of all,) and Michigan is stated at 1,000 ft. ; Supe- rior, 900 ; Ontario, 500 ; Erie, 84. Thus their beds are the most remarkable depressions of laud in this part of the globe. Their areas, in English statute square miles, have been computed to be as follows : Superior, 42,000 sq. m. ; Michigan, in- cluding Green Bay, 32,000 ; Huron and its bays, 25,400 ; Erie, 12,500 ; Ontario, 8,300 ; making a total of 120,200 sq. m. The Niagara Falls are 20 m. from Lake Erie, and 14 m. from Lake Ontario. The river at its commencement near Buffalo, is about three-fourths of a mile wide, from 20 to 40 ft. deep, and flows with a rapid current for about three miles, and steadily increases in width. About four miles from its commencement Grand Island divides it into two channels ; the western one is the lam i and deeper, and the current of each is compara- tively slow. After a course of three miles below the island, the rapids commence ; these occupy the whole river for half a mile to the falls, and their descent is 51 ft. The falls are divided by Goat Island, £ m. wide and £ m. long. The great fall, on the Canadian side, is about 1,800 ft, broad ; that on the American side, 900 ; the descent of the former is 158 ft. ; of the latter, 1G4. Two miles from the tails the river is spanned by a suspension bridge, 800 ft, long, and 230 ft. above its surface. 37 B il LTIS II N RT II A MER \r \ B ■ a A i ■ ■ i -\ compri es all thai part of the continent of North America thai lies north of the United BtateSj with the exception of the Russian Po - ; ins a1 the N. W. extremity of the conti- nent. Its southern boundary extends from the Pacific Ocean along the parallel of 49 to I 95 W., thence through the middle of the - Lakes, Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, down the St. Lawrence River to the parallel of 45 . alon irallel until it reaches the W. bound- ary of Maine, and th< ice passes around the X. and B. boundaries of thai State, terminating the St. Croix River in the Atlantic Ocean. This vasl territory comprises about two- Qfths of the whole area of North America. Its itical divisions arc, — th( Provinces of Canada, Nov ick, and Nova Scotia, the < Iward Island, and Newfoundland, and Ihe ! tudson's Bay Territory. British North America is mainly a level coun- try. With the exception of the Rocky Mts., it has bu1 few ele and th a ■. for the most part, of inconsiderable height. Its Atlantic coast has several very great indentations and numero r ones ; and its Pacific coast is remarkable for it ly of which are excel- lent harbors. The surface of the whole country is extremely diversified with rivers and lakes. Some sections of it are very fertile, bul the great- er part will never be cultivated, on account of the climate. Vast forests overspread the land, and in many sections the lumber bu ' the lead- ing pursuit. Fur-clad animals of many varii nul in the woods, and throughout the uninhab- it< I ■■'■■' lly in the in1 1 north- ern regi ' ire hunted lo of furs for the markets of the world. G Britain's ( aim to these waa Inally founded on , by the fortunes of war. and now r upon treaties. In 1 197, ; ; ; ; of N A i rica were first discover* i by John Oab I and his son Sebastian. I a nativi Venice, residing in England in ' B ary \'ll.: under a patent granted by thai m narcb, he sailed from Bristol, Eng., for purposes of dis- covery: end on 21th. I line. L497, he came in sighl of North America— the coasl of I ■ador has hen conjectured. In the □< bastian ; d from E ships: and directing his com 1 Newfoundland, which he called T i; calai great quantities of !;-' by the nativi : . by which the surrounding were filled. In 1512, Scl sailed for America, and visited Hudson's Bay, (now o 11 d from Henry Hudson, who enl it in 1610.) In 1517, the firsl Briti comi.i n ■ d taki i id. in 1524, Ver zano, • ;nt oul by Francis L of France, surveyed over 2.U00 miles of the c ia I "f North Am 'rica. inc! il of P>r Am srica and he gave the name of New Fra to th.e entire I tier, the celebral ich navig gc to t! u i, in 1 535, p ed N foundland on St. Lav. this name to the river which he soon cnt< B K I T i S H NO R T JI A M E 11 I C A. reached Montreal and winfo ■ d in the vicinity. On Ills return, in 1311. he built a fortress near the present city of Quebec; this was the first European settlement in that part of Ameri a. but lasted only two years. In 1G08, Samuel de Champlain, with other Frenchmen, founded the present town of Quebec ; in 1609, he inded the Sorel and discovered Lake Chain- plain. In 160-1, the French had commenced set- tlements in Nova Scotia, but they were expelled by the English ; and in 1621 James I. of England granted that territory to Sir Wm. Alexander, who. in 1623, unsuccessfully attempted to colonize it on an extensive scale. In 1629, the English took Quebec, but in 1632 they restored it to the French. The la iter remained in possession of Canada, then called New France, for 127 years, or until the close of the struggle of 1759-60. In 1639, the French settled part of New Brunswick. Cromwell, in 1654. sent out an armed force and took possession of Nova Scotia, then called Aca- dia, which remained under Great Britain until 1667, when it was ceded to France by the treaty of Breda. In 1670, Charles II. chartered the Hudson's Bay Company. The English frequently eked the Acadian settlements ; they recovered p sion in the wars of 1689 and 1710 ; and in 1713, by the treaty of Utrecht, Great Britain" finally acquired Acadia, comprehending Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. At the same time, Newfoundland was declared to belong wholly to at Britain, the French reserving a right to fi -h along the coast. Some of the Acadians now apon the islands of Cape Breton and Prince Edward. The latter was taken by the British in 1745, restored by the treaty of Aix-la- Chapelle in L748, and was retaken, together with Cape Breton, by them in 1758. In the next year, the British army under General Wolfe took Quebec; in the ensuing year all of Canada was surrendered to Great Britain, which in 1763, by the treaty of Paris, obtained all the French pos- sessions in North America. Twenty years after- wards, by another fortune of war, Great Britain transferred its right of governing the best part of North America to the United States. CANADA Extends between lat. 41° 47' and 52 N.. and long. 64° 10' and 90- 30' W., embracing a wide and extremely diversified section of country, and comprehending great variety of climate. In gen- eral terms, its whole surface may be considered as a vast plain, sloping southward, as is shown by the courses of its rivers. The section along its north boundary is a table-ridge of considerable height ; and the streams emanating thence flow southwardly through Canada, while those formed on the north side flow north, through Hudson's Bay Territory, into Hudson's Bay. After the British obtained possession of Cana- da, it was styled the Province of Quebec, until 1791, when it was divided into the two Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, with distinct gov- ernments and separate legislatures. Owing to various causes, especially to the troubles in the year 1837, they were re-united by Act of the Im- perial Legislature, July 23, 1840, and constituted into one province — The Province of Canada. At the same time the names of the divisions were changed to Canada West (Upper Canada.), and Canada East. Between these the Ottawa River forms the dividing line. These divisions are, in many respects, different, both in their natural features and the condition of their inhab- PROVINCE OF C A N A 1) A 39 itants; and hence it will be found mcsl suitable ibe them separately. Yd then ari ml p in which a res mblance ia < -. id at. Both ii : Itural coun- I ke < !ana- ada, and indi d, all her North Ami rican ■ marts forth mption of her manufactures. la's en( rgj has been 1 1 cted to a ■ ii ultui s. \\ I. j the Canadian people enjoy, they owe i1 emphatii to the soil, the use they have made of it, and tim found upon it. It is true, that Cana- da has va i1 it is only bin a shi d thai public atti ntion .:. and thai capital i applied to their production. Her . have long n to be superior to those of any other Bi lony, but the products therefrom Lave been seni to the United Kingdom in , r manufactured goods. For actually en- ding in manufacti I aada has iture very gn at advai ble thi many y. ars these will be unproved. The < : . ernmenl of ( lanada i I to that of the p i. The Governor General is appointed by the British .Ministry, ami rcpre- and power of the crown. I also ' hief ruler of the other British N. A. colo lie has an ve Council of i< a m who are the heads of the public departments indi- . The Legislature is made up of two branches. The L I oncil contains 44 members, appointed by the crown for life; and by law of L856,will hen ntain 40 other members elected by the people. The House of Assembly contains L30 mi years by the people, the franchise being ni arlyuni- il. The power of the !.■ gislature is almost un- ci,.-; ami the g di ral power to do, her ass .it from i are requin d to 1' ■ h< Id annually, and Parliament lasts i yeai . though it may he red by tl lor G The remarkable advai in alth, and in civilization, b of its governmi nt. As a w tion of Canada within a lew year- has been of a ii* al cha . 1 1. ii- to all sul far in advi The internal improvements of Cana uce of | . '. v ssels can , m the Atlantic Oct an to Lake Erie. The Welland Canal, between !. 1 Ontario, is 28 in. long, with 3 150 ft. long by 26J I ' le, sunn the ii. \ation of 330 ft. It ntly easing; its revenue from tolls amounted to 50.137 in 1- in th( lata r year the number of j it compi ised i 1,266 steam rs. The St. Lawrence Canals, seven in number, and in all 41 m. long, overcome the vat ion of 230 ft. ;• and Lake Ontario; their locks are 200 ft. . The Etideau Canal, making tl B River and Lake navigable, connects Ottawa B wa City, with tl Eungsl ;i. a oi 1 12 in., and has 47 The Op Ottawa is b ing improved, and a project I I build a ship-canal from it to the < I tiled. It has also been , 40 BRITISH NOR T If AM E R I A . canal from Toronto to Lake Huron, and another to connect the St. Lawrence with Lake Cham- plain. The railroads are rapidly increasing in extent and Dumber. In 1817. the only line in Canada was that from Montreal to the St. John's, 22 in. ; in the fall of 1853, 225 m. of road were in opera- tion ; and in the summer of 185G, 1,025 m. Aid has been liberally extended by the government to these enterprises ; the advances have been limit to one-half the amount actually expended, and for these advances the whole stock and resources of the railroads are pledged. The foreign commerce of Canada has within a recent period increased more rapidly than its pop- ulation. The imports are chiefly from Great Britain and the United States ; with the latter country, however, the commerce has been greatly extended since the Reciprocity Treaty of 1854. Of the total commerce more than half is conveyed by the way of the St. Lawrence, and the import- ance of this amount should be estimated by the nature of the commodities exchanged rather than by their intrinsic value, since the exports consist sly of timber, and require an immense bulk of shipping. Canadian lines of ocean mail steamers to Liver- ' were recently established ; ihej run to Que- bec and Montreal in summer, and to Portland Me., in winter. TABLE OF COUNTIES AND PARISHES IN C A N ADA EAST. An. Bd. Bde. Chr. Hn. Sd. Tk. ATD ABA.SC A. Athabasca. Aston. Blanford. , Balstrode. . Chester. Horton. Maddington. Staml Teingwick. Akgkntm IL. Argenteuil. Arundle. tham. ( I. 'Deux ( M- nit Grenville. Harrington. Howard. Wentworth. Ae. Cm. LI) M. Ge. Hn. lid. \Vh. Bagot. An. Acton. I). Ri/. De Kai 8. C. St. Charles. Beauce. Ak. Adstock. Dit. Dorset. Gt. Gayhurst. Jy. Jersey. Le. Leniere. Mir. Marlow. Pc. Price. Rho. Rimboro. Sg. Spaulding. Say. Shenly. /•■'. /. St. Joseph. S.Ma. St. Marie. 7'g. Tring. VI. Vaadreuil. Beauharnois. Beauharnois, C. . Livandiere. s.< :. g.St. Gervais. S.M!. it. Michael. .V Vr. S*. Vallier. Vh. Vincenncs. BEKTniER. Berthier. En. Brandon. Ct. Chicot. D.S.or ( Du Salle or N. Y. ) New V>uk. Lne. La Naudiere. /. N. La N..raye. /. V. La Valtrie. BONEVENTURE. See IS lop if N. B. Chambly. Chambly. I A. Longueil. Me. Mentarville. Ty. Trembly. CnAMPLAIN. Btn. Batiscan. CrfetojCap deal Mn. j Magdalin. Cn. Champlain. Rr. Radnor. S. A. St. Ann. Chateaugitay. Cy. Chateauguay Es. Edward.. ./.s-. J a me?. III. Russel, »S". G. St. George. IVm. William. Chicoctimi. Ak. Ad. Bd. By. Cm. Cin. Cln. Cn. In. En. E. I In. Hd. Lk. Mn. Wy. IVn. IV w. Dm. Gm. Sn. Un. Wr. Wm COMPTON. Adsti .1;. Auckland. Barfoid. Bury. Cbebham. Clifton. Clinton. Compton. Ditton. Eaton. Emberton. Hampden. Hereford. Lingwick. Marstowc Westbury. Whitton. Win low. Drummond. Durham. Grantham. Kins ey. Simpson. Upton. Wendover. . Wickham. Dorchester. ' 'rbe. Cranbourne. Framptm. En. Jt. Lzn Sn. IV e. IV J. Kc. Jollier,. Lauzin. Sfandnn. Watford. Kennebec. Gaspe. See MapofJV.B. IL'NTINGDON. Cs. Catharines. Gr. Godmanchester. ///. Hemmingford. He. Hinohinbrooke. On. Ormstown. Iberville. Augment ttion. Blenii'-. Poncalt. Noyan. Sabrevois. An. Be. E. Nn. Ss. JOLIET. D. A. D'Aillibout. &. II. De Ramsay. CANADA i: A B T . 41 B. I Jean" V. Jtistefc kildare. Bup Nouvo" J.B Kt KaM:U B I /.';. I.V.V. Itll Ka. Kamouraska. (-V. Ou.il.-. .V .1. St. Anne. .v l>. I St. Denia A. j ' \: \ I MPTI0N. L.A1 h.Ce S. .V . 1/ Assumption 1. 1 i St. Sulpice. I \ Pkaikie. La Prairie. St. Louis. Laval. Levis. \J Islet. . I fd. He. /.. /. 1' ./, . Ashford. Beauine. i; rsiet. Port J .v. /.*. jSt.R (/' As. \ An; LOTBlNl. Bs. Bonseconrs. D.Cs. Dee Chaillons. /.'./',-. Des Plains. Ge. Gaspe. Lbe. Lotbiniere. Ty. Tilly. SCx. St. Croix. •v G. st. Gilts. Maskinonge. (". Carusel. Dr. Dumontier. Ge. Grandpre. Iln. Qnnterst iwn. Lne. Lanaud i M. M i shiche. •V .'. St. Jean. MlSSISQCI. Missisqni. Bn. Bolton. I . . Brome. / m. Dunbam. Fhm. Parnham. Pn. Potton. St. ■ St inbridge. Sri. Sutton. Bn. Hi- Ce. Colb m ilx. II.. i Is. 1 1 , \ /,.'. [rel Leed , Nn. Nelson. Somerset. Td. Thetford. Montcalm. Cy. Chertsey. Kilkenny. i; iwdon. S. Sc. Si. S,.];,ice. Wexford MONTMOBBKCT. C. de \ ( tote de Bun Bi ■ \ pere. Gr. Gardiner. I. lit' Orleans. Jy. .I'lvr, St. A I u \.;>. v. An. Ashbnrton. Bcs. iiiv. 3t. Clair. s. J. St. Joseph. St. Thorn Yin Montreal. -V '.1 ikrvili.i:. L. i •V. Sherrington. NlCOLET. Br. ,r. Cr. < .■ irn y< r. Gentilly. .... Godefroi. Livran. Nt. Nicolet .V /'. St. Pran lwa. Can. n; t. .1. Adding! An. Alwyn. .!t. A tni. . i- t. . :, . Bt. Beouchette. B. Big< I BI. Bidwell. Bn. Bowman. Cn Cameron. . ! i y. I •• i rv. Ey. Eardley. liar. Hirtvyell. II. Bincks. ///. Hall. I.ij. Latbbnry. /..-. Lochaber. I.ir. Low. Mm. Masham. \fi, Maniwaki. Ml. MtGill. .V/. .V rtbfleld. /'. .V. Pi tite N Py. Ponsonby. I'd. Poitlacd. I'd. Preston. Iln. Rippon. Sic. Suffolk. I'n. Templet u. lid. Wakefield H'r. Wabassee. Ws. Web's. Wt. Wright. PONTIAC. Set Map ofC. West A. Alberford. Ad. Aldfield. Aberdeen. Bl. Bristol. Caywood. Cm. Clapbam. ( llan ndon. Cr. Chichester. Er. Esber. Hs, Bastii lid. ! ield. Kii. Kirkiby. /.. Laboucbi re. ; d. he. Leslie. M. Mansfield. Ow. Onslow. l't. Ponterfraefe Sn. Sheen. AV. Stanhope. / . I I'm. Willi- POBTNEUF. /;/. B-mrd'.ouis. B. A. Bel Air. Ut. Deschambault Ft. Pa h imbault Gandirville. ill. Gosford. Grondin . <:. W.Grondines W. ; . La /.. 7'. I. . i ■ I'f. Porl Bt. Bi n \ / . >.' i n- Dame. .v. G/.SI.G S. I. Bt \gt ice. hi. T . Tewkfil /.'/). Blenrcbr-min. Bs. B ff.BourgeMarieW Ru. i.'i ihelieu. SI. Sorel. S. O. St. Ours. RlHOUSKY. ROUTILLE. C.v. Chambly. Mn. Moi R». Itouville. Saguenay. A'v. Eboule . Ln. Lettringl /.. P. j La Petite /'.'<. / liivere. M. MMt. Murray. .!/. B.Mi i .i/,i /.'». >.'/. Hartly St. .Jmr I y. DeLery. Ae. I.i ■ St J St. Maub Cn. Gil /'. /.. 1' it .In I ue. v. ."»/. t a docs ac. Txmiscoi /i(i. Beresford. Db. Desplai G. G ire. 7'e. Terre Bo'.ir.c Twp MoDUT \ L. dm. Vaudbbuil. Nn, Ni-v. :Ud. 17. Vaudreuil. Vebcherbs. B. Beli (Y. i ■ . ur. ('. Cournoyi r. re. Blain. ->/. St. Mich Vs. V.irrenne.-i /./. Dodswell. ' .' . Garl /■' . Hum. Sd. Stratford. /f";i. Wei-. ion. Wn. Wol est tra. IV. Wotti.n. ^" v .. . v. Be.E.B lorg Marie R CI. I), a. De Gnir. he. Lassandiere. Pe. l'ienliv /'. 8. si. Prai Canada E •-. .. formerly caUe 1 Lower C ha.? a diversified surface, and its seen :ry is of a bold chara iter. It ha al mountainous v. cs, mostly below Quebec, which 3tretch N", R. 42 B R I T 1 S IT N OETfl AMERICA, and S. W., nearly parallel with each other, and are called the Green Mts., from the forests of pine by which they are covered. On the lower part of the St. Lawrence, both sides of the river are mountainous; on the northern side, the range which extends as far as Quebec presents the most sublime and picturesque beauties; while on the le, the range called the AUeghanies commi nee- a1 Perce, in the County of Gaspe, and about 60 m. below Quebec turns off and enters the United States. Above Quebec, on the north side of the river and between that city and the River St. Maurice, the country is not so bold ; here the land rises gradually from the banks, and that which was bul a short time ago a boundless waste of forest has been cleared, and now presents don of towns and villages and cornfields. Above the St. Maurice, and so far as Montreal, the shore is a little more abrupt, with considerable table-ridges ; this section also is thickly settled and highly prosj OUS. On thi rn side of the St. Lawrence, com- mencing from the Gulf, (with the County of Gaspe, etc., which rather seems to be, geographi- cally, a part of the New Brunswick country, than a part of Canada East,) there is an extensive" re- gion, but little explored, and resorted to on account of the valuable fisheries adjoining it. Through part of it the River Restigouche flows, and in its vicinity the land is well wood d, watered by many streams, and naturally fertile. Westward, the surf;:'!' is said to be billy, with □ i from the Madawaska River to Quebec il is very fertile. Above Que 1 - • there is an excellent tract which, as it advances west ward, gradually I a highly cultivated and luxuriant plain, and through it flow the Riv i tiaska and Richelieu, the latter being the outlet of Lake Champlain. The scenery is extremely picturesque, interspersed with swelling ridges and lofty mountains. A large proportion of the scenery throughout Canada East is of the most magnificent character. Along the St. Lawrence there are frequently prospects which open a view of from fifty to one hundred miles of river, from ten to twenty miles in breadth. These vast landscapes comprise very diverse features — lofty summits, bold headlands, and wide valleys ; dense forests, and highly culti- vated fields ; pretty settlements stretching up along the mountains, and fertile islands with rich pastures. The River Saguenay is especially not- ed for the grandeur of its scenery. This is a majestic stream, to which about thirty others are tributary, entering the St. Lawrence about 120 in. below Quebec. It is navigable by large ves- sels for 90 m., and in some parts it is wonderfully deep ; its banks are in many places perpendicular to the river's edge, and vary in height from 200 to 3,000 ft. Seven miles below Quebec are the F.C.]:* of Montmorenci, with a perpendicular de- e. ill of 230 ft. Three m are the Falls of Chaudiere, with a perpendicular pitch of 120 ft. down a wild chasm. The climate is severe, yet eminently salubrious. The summer is short and hot, but its weather is steady, and the rapidly-grown crops are secured before the cold season begins ; during its contin- uance the prevailing wind is the south-west, which brings with it part of the warmth of the Gulf of Mexico and the Valley of the Mis i '; pi, and sweeps down the Valley of the St. Lawrence. The chief wind in winter is from the north-west, which, coming across the vast extent of frozen country and the unbroken frost regions, is very cold, but dry and bracing. The brilliant sky, CANADA E A B T . 43 pure, clastic air, and uain | d forest of Cana- da Ea t, though of ! exh aid. . I : arrival ol , the fai i hi fai Btock, it. and i dis- thi market suggests. In whit, r the land Is < rood brought nil produce sold, and SU] | the summer obtained. ion of < !anada Ea i in 1 85] was I to be 890,261, while in 1848 it was 708,33 !. iii 11. ified a iu : Canadian, Freu ; Canadian, i; ■ French, 125,580; I 51,499; Scotch, 1.4,565 ; Ei I British American I nial, 1,005 ; from \ 372 : and from the United States, L2.482. The lat- are chieflj in the section of Vermont. In idian poj ulal ;3. ation by celigi< n : ( Jhurch of Rome, 746,866; Chun 2; Pn terians 33 535 ; M 21,183 ; Ba] 4,493; all others, 37,782 ; total 891 ,261. population i and \i :y ■ qu I ally a'aiiig the St. Lawrence. The traveller passing down thai river below Qui sees no largi and bul few villi t, for 1 than a hundred mil . 1. ol thai the es continuously succeed each othei at about tin- same interval, and is reminded of a 3< village. Notwithstanding this thick settlement of the shore, carcely any way for steamboats, since the little trad.- that the habitana carry on with the city is done in sm%ll sailing vessels. Few of the farmers raise anything to sell , but on the other hand, they buy little to to eat. n». the great bulk of Canada East 1 It udal tenure, and this h; ack to their improvement. Th< Provi rlia- ment, al ion of 1 - tern and providi d i om] d righ . '■. can now acquin with li1 and hold it- in : and it pic 1 ave '; contented, and even ha] same one-story i their grand-parents, and cultiva farms, which they have nol 1 idon by the glowing accou more fertile West. Though chiefly en in toil- some pursuits, tl y 1 [y adopted I of Throughout all the rural i the style of livic a. Each family grows its <■■.-. a w< "1 and weaves the d aking nearlj all the and bi dd The lumber bus; ' very exti i ;ii' unit of caj ital aud i rted is the white pine, which lipped to Britain, etc. in the and squared timber, i Ot- tawa country. Quebec in great quantities, pru for the Irish market. Of the manufactures in I most important ' i building, whic By carried on at • in ; ; nd for ' of idian built vessel I. In 1-."'.';. Lb lilt at I 44 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA was valued at $2,000,000. The saw mills of Can- ada., especially on the Saguenay and Ottawa Riv- ers, are perhaps the largest in the world. For engaging in manufactures, Canada East has rare advantages, in the abundance of water- power, and in the comparative cheapness and plentifhlness of hands that are capable of becom- ing skilled. The long winter, in which few out- door agricultural employments can be prosecuted with profit, and the character of the industrious French Canadians, afford singular opportunities for the development of new pursuits. Mining interests have not received general attention. At the St. Maurice Forges, 3 m. from the Town of Three Rivers, smelting works of bog iron ore have been carried on for a century. Quebec, the oldest city in Canada, and formerly the capital, is situated on the south bank of the St. Lawrence, and is called the Gibraltar of Ami rica, from its great natural strength and its formidable defences. It consists of two parts. The Lower Town is built on a narrow space In 'tween the almost perpendicular rocks and the river, along which it stretches for nearly a mile, and contains the large commercial and other warehouses, stores, etc. In front of it are usually y great rafts of timber. The Upper Town is on the rocky promontory, ."00 ft. above, sur- rounded with walls, and very strongly fortified. I citadel, crowning the summit of Cape Dia- mond, covers, with its numerous works, an area tO acres, and cost many mi'lions of dollars. Fop. in 1816, 1 ! 480; in L851, ■12.0:12. Montreal, on the east side of the Island of Mon- : . in the St. Lawrence River, 180 m. above Quebec, is the largest and chief city in British America. Itisn ituated for trade, being at the head of the ordinary navigation from the Atlantic, and connected with the important places of Canada, as well as with the United States, by several railroads. The river is here 3 m. wide, and its harbor is secure. The quays are superior to those of any other American city, built of limestone, and uniting with the locks and cut stone wharves of the Lachine Canal, they pre- sent a fine display of continuous masonry. No unsightly warehouses disfigure the river side. A broad terrace, faced with gray limestone, the par- apets of which are surmounted with an iron railing, divides the city from the river throughout its whole extent. The city stands mainly on a low tract of land, about 2 m. wide, between the river and a considerable and very beautiful elevation called Mount Royal. The houses and buildings are generally constructed of gray limestone, im- parting a peculiarly substantial appearance to the whole city. The Cathedral is a huge edifice in ! rothic style, with two towers 220 ft. high, one of which contains the largest bell in America. Sev- eral other public edifices are noteworthy for their architecture and costliness. The tubular iron Victoria Bridge, in course of construction across the river at this place, will be the largest work of the kind ever built ; it will be in all about 2 m. long, and the con tract for its construction is about $6 : 000,000. It will rest on 24 piers, with spans, each 220 feet wide, except the centre span, which will be 330 ft, wide. Fop. in 1851, 57,715. Pop. of other places in 1851 : Three Rivers, 4,936; St. Hyacinthe, 3,313 ; Sherbrooke, 2,99 . These are the only other towns of any note for population ; but they are rising in importance, and there are many minor villages. Three Rivers is one of the oldest, settiem* nts in Canada, but its business never rose to much importance until within a few years. TABLE OF COUNTIES AND PARISHES IN C A N A 1) A W I ■: S T . Adpington. Aa. Anglesea. Cn. Camden. En. Brnestown. AY. Kaladar. Bheffield. Brast. Bkantford. Bar. Barford. //,/. Daldand. Oa. Ouond:; Ta. Taficai .v. D. -. Beocb. An. et. Be. t ■!;. Cs: Ee. Or. Un. A'.. Kg. Sn. Fy. Gr. Gn. Hy. Mi. M. .\.i. Od. Ta. Ma. Ma. MY. wg. CI. I ,.. t e. Dr.. H , Mx. S. An. Anan. Brant. Brace. Carrick. Elderslie. Green Baron. Kincardine. toss. Bangeen. Cablbton. Kitzroy. (lloster. Goulbourn. li ntley. Mar ih. Marlboi '. Nepean. O3good. Ottawa. Torbolton. DUNDAS. Matilda. Mounl Winchester. Winsbarg. Dubhah. Cartwright ( '.'.van. Clarke. Darlington. Hope. Manvers. Skugog. Elgin. Aldboro. Bm. Bayham. Dh. Dnnwich. Me. Malabide. S. D. B. Dorchi Sd. B ■ ithwold. Yh. Yarmouth. Essex. An. Anderdon. <>■. Colchester. Gd. Gosfield. •./ . M 'id tune. Mn. Maiden. Ma. Jlr. Roi he tor. Sh. Sandwii Ty. Tilbury. PaONTKNAC. Be. Ban Bd. Bedford. Cn. Clarendi He. LTinchinl Kc. R Kingston. Lo. Ion. Oo. Oso. Pa Palmerston. Pg. Pittsburgh. / '. Portland. GlENOABEY. Ca. Chai AY. Kenj I.. Lancaster. LI. Locheil. C.KKSVII.I.E. Aa. Angi Eg. Edward; Ox. Oxford. W. Wi.ll'ord. /;/.-. Cd. Et. Ea Gg. Ild. Mn. « ■ I'n. Gees . Artemisia. Collin by. Eyrcn Buphi Glenelg. Holland. Melanctnon. Normandy. ()-|irey. Proton. S. V. St. ' Sn. Bolli Sm. Sydenham. II AM I IANP. Co. C Dn. Oa. Sa. ir. ■ Eg. No. Xn. Tr. I... Ge. 111. Un. I Mi. Mr. Rn. Sy. Ttv. Tr. Ta. Bh. Ce. Gh. Gy. Hy. :::. :/ . Catuoa. Dunn. Moul1 i I am. a. >ole. B ALTON. Esquesing. Nasagwe; - Trafal II AST I vir. Grimsthorpe. Bongerford. Hani Lake Mam Madoc. Rawdon. Sidney. Thutlow. Tud t. Tyenden II: BON. Ashfield, Biddulph. Colborne. rich. ( ; icy. Hay. Hullet. McGillh Hh. lid. (■•I. Ry. Te. Harwich. II .ward. Orford. Rail ' l v. Tone. / I. En. \: Pn McKiilop. '. ' . Morris. Btanley. Sn Stephen. T. S. Tackey Smith / , . l'-Oi rne. 111,. Wawanosh. K AT. C. Camden. Chatham. /■;. W. (Dover E.and D. \ w. E. T. Bast Tilbury. Lambto: - . Broi I B anq i . D 'ii. Bnuiskillen. re. Plymnton. /'. . . I'l". Sail Sa. S in W. Warwick. La* - Bt. Bathurst. Bh. Lib- Ns. N. B Dg- Darling. Dalhousie. Dd. Drummo , Blmsley. Lk. 1. 1. Levant. Me M i I ene. ■ ■ i- ckenham. /; . l: m . , S.S i irooke. DS. Bd. Bastard. Eh. Blizab Kitl.y. Lanidown. /. . Le« da. N. C. N. Crosby. .v. C. S. ( 1 , VullgC. Lenox. A. Fg. Richm ii Lin< (_-. Caistor. Cn. Clinton. ro. Gfm. Grantham. Gi/. Grim /.. Louth. Aa. Nijgam. Mn.iu.Ksri 1 id*. 1 /■ / 1 I 1/1 \\ NUsonri. y. />. N D ii.-. c ■ Hn. .ton. Mi* ' 7d. l. , Wal Wm. ■ \ N )RTHTMBBRLAND. Cramahe. //■(. Hal limand. Un. Hamilton. Mui Py. Pei Sr. iur. a '. BU. Brock. i/. Mara. lLnna. A7i. Reach. ing. 5 - i ;t. Vxliriilge. Wy Whitby. KP. /in. Bd Blandford. .mi. >;. .v. i-:. n Mi. Norwich. ■ • rJ. Za. An Albion. Tj. ■ Pi mi. B. Blanch;. P'. Easth r Ea. HlOA. I'n KullartoE lit. ■rt. / i 1 .Vn Nonnii Wall ■ 46 B R I T I S ii N E T II AMERICA. Pr.Tii: Al. Bt. nn. Dr. I . Ee. li.j. Ma. M. Oe. A, I. (a. LI. X. P S. !'. Asphodel. Belmont. Burleigh. Dumm i. ii). lis more. Harvey. Metbiu en. Mom Ot tnahee. Prescott. A had. Caledonia. II .u ' - "E1L. \'.l'l:i\T. ■ :-. PI; Pr. Edward. Ag. Arnelia.-hug. AL. Athol. III. Hallowell. /.v. Hillier. .1/. Sg. An. Bt. Bd. By. it. • / .. Pe. Rs. Sd. tVn. Ce. Cla. Cd. ILL .in. Ea. Fs . I. M'i. Marysburgh. Soph: RENFREW. Admaston. \: got. Blithefield. Bromley. Hurt on. McN. b. Pembroke. R -. St iflord. Westmeath. Bl'SSEL. Cambridge. Clarem e. Cumberland. Russel. SlJICOE. A- j i! (. Ezra. Flas. Inni- 61. 1 di b. Me. M>. Mr. La. Oo. Oa. Se. Ty. Th. Ty. T . Va. Hedonte. Mono. Mulraur. Notawa&saga. Oro. Orillia. Sunnydale. Tay. Tecumseh. Tiny. Tossorontio. Vespra. ,.- ., | W. Guillim; h -°-\ bury. CI. Fh. Ok. Ro. E,\. F.y. Fn. Ma. Stormont. : wall. Finch. i masbruek. Roxboro. Victoria. Bexley. Eldon. Emily. Fen< Ion. illi'M -■!. OS. He. Ops. Sommervi Waterloo. Us. Dumfries. Wo. Waterloo. Wy. Wellesky. lit. Wilmot. Il'h. Woulwich. B. H. S. P. Td. II t. Wy. Welland. Bertie. Bumberstonp. Pelham. Stamford. Thorold. Wainfleet. Willoughby. Ah. Ar. E>: Ga. G;>. (Jh. Wellington. Amaranth. Arthur. Erin. Garafi i . ,.. ._ ph. Lr. M'i. Mo. Nl. PI. Pn. Ph. i.n. B. !,;.. Jo Gd. St. Luther. Maryboro'. Minto. Nichol. Peel. Pilkington. Puslinch. Wentwokth. A.nca«>ter. Barton. Beveily. Binboro. Flamboro. Glanford. Saltfleet. York. E. G.E.Guillimsl v King. Mm. Markham. .\. G N.GuillimsbLry SI >. P.-arboro. Ph. Vaughan. ii h. W liitehiirch. 1 k: Yoik. Canada West, or Upper Canada, is mainly a i, champaign country, with gently undulating hills and ri< I . From the commencement of its eastern boundary on the St. Lawrence, and following along the shores of that river and Lakes Ontario and Erie to the Detroit River, there is no elevation of any con >, and throughout this the soil is generally rich. The first ridge is that commencing almost at the boundary line, and extending between the Rivers St. Lawrence and Ottawa. The ridge commencing at the Bay of Quinte extends westerly along Lake Ontario, joins the Burlington and Queenston heights, and beyond Niagara ei.t rs the United States. A1 a tnce of from 50 to 100 m. north of Lake On- tario th ridge of high rocky country, run- ning towards tawa, behind which there is a wide and rich valley of great extent, bounded on the north by a table-land or mountainous country of still 1 1 ion. There are some peculiar features in tl which were ascertained by an engineer employed on the Eideau Canal. On looking at the north shores of the River St. Law- rence and Lake Ontario, it will be seen that ail the rivers on that side of the ridge, which join them, are short and Unimportant, while those which flow into the Ottawa are long and broad, and drain a large extent of country ; the solution of this was found by ascertaining that the level of Lake Ontario is about 130 ft. higher than that of the Ottawa River. Canada West has three great natural sections, the eastern, central, and western. (1.) The first comprises the triangular territory between the St. Lawrence and the Ottawa : it contains much llent land and a hardy enterprizing people, and is destined to afford support to a much lai population, as it embraces valuable mineral re- sources, and has large tracts available for settle- ment. Its chief town is Bytown, now called City of Ottawa, with 10,000 inhabitants. (2.) The central section extends from Lake Ontario on the south to Lake Nipissing on the north, and from the latter, eastward to ihe Ottawa River. It is C .A N A i ) A /. i . •IT of 1; [uare form, includes a large territory, is watered by several fine Btreams, and ia destined ontain a verj large p ipulation. ii ha minor ' ; . and its principal towns Toronto and Kingston, and with these ma^ named • . Port Hop •. Pel i b trough, ig in importance. (3.) 'i'ii compi jular i by Lak Ontario,] I lair, and Huron, and the channels by v. icing with greal ■■ the gr» . im- migration, ;.. 1 id in mai arden of Canada W< is remarkably ! a hill ; and its into rior is traversed b; "Welland, < irand, Thames, and S3 The ] incipal to Hamil .. and Brantford ; while St. t Paris, G G elph, and < '■• ich are steadily augmenting in population and ats bordering Lake Huron are raj The soil is ry fertile, and greatly improves to th yard. Its quality, when uncultfr i ly a certained by the tin it product ger and heavier kinds growing on 1' : . In the district between the St. Lawrence and Lhe Ottawa, the predominating soil lov.n clay and It am, intermingled with marl: but farther and north of Lakes Ontario and more clayey and far more productive. The virgin soil is extremely rich, and the deposits of vegetable matter for ages, im- proved by the . the fires whi ;i the ft aders it product- ive fo .-I yt ars y ithout ej tram 1 us 1 1 !p. The climate is more favorable for agricultural pur] 1 uiada I It ; the winter is shorter, and the tempen The in ameliorating the winti 1 the Bummer's heat. The atm I hu- mid, though in a c n jiderably i that of a ti uly maritime climate, ani comp immunity from sp in summer droughts. Th a has iu< 1 pidly in Canada West than in a;i 2 t it nui 93; i 952,004. This inert to immigration from the United Ki Europe. At Born in ida, and not of 1 [re- land, L76 267 : En and WaJ ,811 : United I ada. of French . 1 7 : 1 I Holland. 9,957 ; J 5ii t - : all other countrit 55 2,004. The numi r of n: and is th greatly exceed th ther fort itry. The inhabitants of Fr< qi h Cam are numerous in the Countii 3 of Ess and Glengarry, and in tl ittawa. Township of Waterloo, in L851, G in, and it is remarks for great prosperity and very fine farms. In the - of Haldimand, Perth, Fork, and WV1- land, the I • rman p pulatii . and equally prosperous. In 1854, the Indian population was 10,763. I to n-li- 1 : Church gland, 223 I Methodists, vari p rians, various & ■ of which » hur< b Scotland 71,540; ! 48 15 It I T I S Jl NO It T II A M E It I C A Baptists, 45,353 ; Lutherans, 12,287 ; all others, 91,873. The people are principally employed in agri- cultural business. For several years the great staples have been wheat and oats. A part of Canada "West is now probably the most pro- ductive wheat-growing district in America; yet it is not unlikely that the future production of this crop will be lessened, owing to the nat- ural exhaustion of the soil, and the consequent change to other crops. In 1851, the crop of wheat was reported at 12,682,550 bush., and that of oats at 11,391,867 bush. ; while the crop of corn was only 1,GG2,524, barley 625,452, buck- wheat 579,935, and rye 318,429 bushels. The products of the forest rank next to those of agriculture in importance, and are equal in value. Timber is yet everywhere abundant ; but the dis- trict most noted for the lumber business is the Ottawa Valley. This district supplies yearly to the European market above 25,000,000 cubic feet of timber, 850,000 deals and planks, and an im- mense amount of staves, etc. It is estimated that at the present rate of consumption the forests now in this region would continue to supply their annual product for 150 years, without taking into consideration the natural Growth during that pe- riod. The lumber trade of the Ottawa annually requires from 25,000 to 30,000 men, and, owing to the increased demand I'm- lumber, is about to be much extended. Between Kingston and the River Severn, there are extensive and rich deposits of magnetic and specular iron ore. The Marmora mines are now worked by a wealthy company, which also owns in that vicinity ext* nsive beds of marble and lith- ographic stone. In the same district are galena and plumbago, besides grindstone and flagging stone formations, and abundance of clay, produc- ing the red and white brick. Around Lake Ontario, the basis rock is limestone on granite, real granite being seldom seen. On Lake Erie the strata are limestone, siatc, and sandstone ; and at Niagara the stratum of slate is nearly 40 ft. thick-. On Lake Huron limestone occurs, with detached blocks of granite, and other primi- tive rocks. On the north shore of Lake Superior arc vast beds of granite and mines of copper. The lake fisheries are very valuable ; the trade is comparatively a new one with the Canadians, but is annually increasing. The manufactories, excepting as included under saw mills and grist mills, i si t, as to number, chiefly of the tanneries, carding and fulling mills, woolen factories and foundries. The increase of population throughout all Can- ada West, the rapid growth of its chief towns, and the constant extension of its railroads, is resulting in a great increase in all branches of manufactures as well as those of trade. Population of the chief cities and towns in 1851 : Toronto, 30,775 ; Hamilton, 14,112 ; Kingston, 11,585; By town, now the City of Ottawa, 7,760 ; London, 7,035 ; Belleville, 4,569 ; Brantford, 3,877 ; Coburg, 3,871. Toronto, now the capital of Canada, is situated at the head of a beautiful and commodious bay, on the N. W. shore of Lake Ontario. The bay is nearly enclosed by land, being separated from the lake by a low peninsula about G m. long. The site of the city is low, but rises gradually from the wate's edge. It is regularly laid out, and within a few years has wonderfully improved in its general appearance ; and the inhabitants are not a little proud of their progress. The chief building material is brick, which is light rox % kM$ m&£r&i kid ' w.&I$m *^^^^ . s r-'-; V 5 ^ ' ,,.„„, Ski |<:lr ,VH ftOTTT! KV. ll -l ^"Vv* >W >>-4 .ki'rfv.^ A- • ■ ; * ^4t^iw¥^ v ■ IIKTO.V, * - T ii i: i: a b T 1: B N r it o v I N ces 49 colored and of a pleasing tint The public build- ings are c imparatively numerous, and of excellent construction. Hamilton, at the wesl srn extremity of Lake Ontario, is buill on an acclivity extending I to the '< sofa mountainous eminence. Many buildings are constructed of freestone and lime- stone, supplied from greal quarries in the rear of the town. Il lerior commercial adranti and since the completion of the Greal Western R. IL its trad di d. Kingston, near the outlet i Ontario the military and naval headquarters of the Prov- ad Halifax, is il. in Bri ish America. The goverm establishments, together with ipping i ests of E : are ii principal support , It is ly buill of blu i Ii TABLE OF COUNTIES AND PARISHES IN NEW BRUNSWICK, PRINCE EDWARD'S, NOVA SCOTIA, AND CAPE BRETOBT. N E W n r ii x s w I Ar.i- C. Coverdale. //. II. .1 ib • ////. Harvey. Cll \ki. hit::. Pd. Penneld. 8 A.S 8. I >. St. David. 8. a. St. G ge. 8. J St. Jame.i. ■v. /'. St. :\ Sn. Si Carleton />». Brighton. .V. //. North imp ton. IVd. Wukefield. \V. Wo idBtock. Qlo\ i •:: il ; it. lit. Bathurst. Bi. Beresford. C'c. Oar New Uuidon. Sz. Sumarez. Cn. Da. HI. 11. W. Wn. G. Hn. K. N. St. w EST. I ton. I» mlas. II in- .art. Huakii We Ifbrd. Wellington. Kings. Gr< enwich. Hampton, ton. Norton. StuJholme. •V. Springfield. Sc. Sussex. ' ". 1 'nil. nil. /'./. Westfield. NOKTHCMBEKLANI Alnwick. BluckwHI. lid. Bli-f I 11 itliain. Y,(. Nelson. Vi . New. astle. Vic. Northesk. Qi i IS '■. Brun-H i k. C'n. Ghipman. Gagetown. //. Hampstead. In. Johnston. Pe. Pet i ■. il e. ll'jn. Wiokham. KiSTiGoncnK. St. Johns. L. Lancaster. P. Portland. S.M. St. Martin. V. Simonds. SlNBl'KY. B irton, Be. Blissville. 1/ . Ma mi ■-. i lie. Sd. Sheffield. Kt. Victoria. Kent. Perth. Doj theater. Mn. Monkton. Sy. Salisbury. Sc. Shediac. Sc. Saekville. YOHK. Cn. Canlinan. Ds. Douglass. ]). Dumfries. Kr. Kingsclear. P. Prince William. Qy. Q leensbury. Sn. Southampton. S. M. St. Mary. PR. E. S. .1 S. G S. P. EL II r. N. lid. D. B. C. il,. Ho. s. ./. EDWARD'S ISLAND. Minos. Bast. St. And; st. George. St. Patri Princes. Egmont. Halifax. North. Richmond. St. Davids. Ql BENS. Bedford. Charli Grenville. Hillsb St. Johns. WESTMORELAND, lid. Botslord. NOVA SCOTIA. Ann mdi.k. Ge. Graudville. 111. Wilmot. COI.CIIESTEr.. Kn. Carlton. / I onomy. '.'. Greenfield. A". K. mpl in. Ly. Londonderry. Truro. Cumberland. At. Amir P Parsboro. We. Wallace. DlOBT. c. T. Claretown. Dy. Digby. • ".rvsBOno. Guysboro. Mr. Manchester. ■V J/, -t. Marj . Halifax. I)k. Dartmouth. /.. T. I, a wreno Pn. Preston. /). Ph. Kt. Md. V R. II LOTS. Douglass. Falmouth. Kent. M liUand. Newport. Bawd n. Kings. Aylesford. C . i .rnwallis. //. Rorton. Shcrbrooke. LUNKNBUBG. Cr. Chester. I.nnenl. A. /'. New Dublin. En. Ml. Go. IJ. l'i> ton. Maxwell. -boro. Liverpool. Shelbubnb. Sn, Shelburn. Sidney. Arisaig. >. ./. St. A i..': Antigoni Yarmouth. Ae. Yh. Yarmouth. i AN: BRETON ISLAND. Cape Brbti Aij. Albany. .1 . Am< A. Aug / I aisa. M . Matilda. My. Mary. Ivvi ONES. // . II mry. I I'm. William. RICHMOND* VioTOBia. A. 4 50 15RITISH NORTH AMERICA. NEW BRUNSWICK, Situated between Nova Scotia and Canada East and bounded west by Maine, hag an extreme length, N- and S., of about 230 in., and an area of 27.700 sq. m. Its surface consists chiefly of a series of bold undulations, agreeably diversified with hills and lowlands. There arc many contin- uous ridges of laud which are not of great height, but are so marked with steep acclivities and sharp outline that they present a striking contrast with the alternating valleys and plaius. The greater part of the country is covered with dense forests of white pine, spruce, hackmatack, etc., from which immense quantities of timber are annually obtained for exportation and ship build- ing. Lumbering is the chief business, and has been steadily increasing for many years. Hence, agriculture has made but slow progress, and the manufactures, except as connected with lumber- ing, are limited to articles of primary necessity. The chief and most profitable crop is grass, which occupies about four-fifths of every large farm, hay being in great demand to supply the teams em- ployed in lumbering. In 1851, there were 584 saw mills employing 4,302 persons. In 1852, the timber floated down the St. John River was valued at SI, 945,000. The fisheries in the Bay of Fundy are very valuable, but the fishing vesi els employed are chiefly from the United States. The St. Andrews and Quebec R. R. has been opened in part, viz.: 24* m. from the former place ; and is in progress toward- Woodstock, which is to be the terminus of the first section. 90 m. from St. Andrew's. This road is intended to form a main trunk line to Canada, entirely through British territory. Other lines of railroad are in progress. The population in 1851 was 193,800, com- posed of 191,626 whites, 1,058 colored, and 1,116 Indians. The immigrant population amounted to 40,432 persons, of whom 28,776 were Irish. A great portion of the country between Shediac and the Miramichi River is principally settled by the descendants of the Acadian French who preserve the habits of their ancestors. Fredcricton, the capital, on the St. John Riv- er, 85 m. above its mouth, is the chief entre- joot of commerce with the interior. The river is naturally navigable to this place for small sea- going vessels, and upon the removal of certain obstructions (which work is approaching comple- tion) in the stream above, it may be ascended by steamers of light draught as far as to the Great Falls. Fop. in 1852, 4,458. St. John is the chief city and seaport. It is built upon a rocky declivity projecting from the mainland into the mouth or bay of the St. John's River, 2} m. from the Bay of Fundy, and has a fine appearance when approached from the sea. Its harbor is safe, and since the water is very deep, and the ordinary rise of the tide is about 21 ft., it is never obstructed by ice. In 1837 the city was nearly destroyed by fire, and it has suf- fered greatly since that time from the same cause. The buildings are now mostly constructed of brick or stone, and many of the public structures have an elegant appearance. Fop. in 1852, 22,745. Carleton, a thriving suburb on the west side of the harbor, is included within the city corporation. Chatham, on the Miramichi, is a place of some business importance during the season of naviga- tion, or about half the year. Pop. 3,000. St. Stephens is a flourishing village, on the St. Croix River, opposite Calais, Me. Lumber- ing is the main business, with some ship building. THE EASTERN PROVINCES 51 PRINCE EDWARD'S rSLAND Is Bituated in a recess on the S> W. Bide of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and, separated from New Brunswick on the we I and Nova 8 on the BOnth by the narrow Strait of North- umberland. It has an irregular crescenl si Greatesl length on a line carving through its centre, 130 m. ; breadth, 4 to 34 m. ; area. 2.1 in sq. in. Its coasl Lin ply indented, pre ing a :i of large bays and projecting headlands. The large bays, by penetrating into the land from opposite directions, form narrow isthmuses, which thus divide the island into three distinct peninsulas; and these natural divisions have been adopted as the basis of the civil divis- ion into three counties. The entire surface is of a gently undulating characti p. Originally, the island was covered with a dense forest, of which a considerable part still remains. The whole island Is eminently agricultural and pastoral. The soil is chiefly of a light reddish loam, and the prevailing rock is a reddish sandstone. but a large part of the surface is alluvial, and is free from stone : in most part- the soil is rather light, but well adapted I i onts and potatoes. Great quantities of these and other products are raised for exportation to the adjoining provinces, and to the United E Some busini ' o dohe in ship building and fishing. The climate is much milder than that of the adjoining continent. The population in 1841 was 47,033; and in 1848, 62,678. Charlotte Town, the capital, on Hillsborough River, near the southern coast, has one of the best harbors in the adjacent seas ; it is well built, on gently rising ground ; its chief edifices arc the govern- ment buildings, barracks, fort, and churches; its population, by lasl census, 1.717. NOVA SCOTIA. This Province P ' i of Nova Scotia and the Idand of Gap B which together have an area of 18,741 . m.. and a population of 276,1 17. a to the as of 1851. Sable Wand, 85 m. - 3. I Cape Can also included under the govern- ment of Nova Scotia. Nova Scotia proper is a long and c mpara- tively narrow peninsula, lying nearly parallel to the mainland of New Brunswick, with which connected by the narrow Isthmu I extreme length, 280 m. ; do. breadth. 115 in. ; area, L5.627 sq. m. It- S. E. coa larkable for the number of its capacious harbors, tl being at least 12 ports capable of receiving ships of the line, and 1 1 of sufficient depth for mer- chant !ii"ii. between Halifax and Cape CanflO, Or 110 m. The coasl is low and undulating, in some pari ! ruggi d, of a ch red with fir forests. A broad belt of elevated and broken land extends through the peninsula from E. to W. ; it is rugged and uneven, but has an average height of about 500 ft. Throughout Nova Scotia the surface is undulating, and i:i many sections beautifully picturesque. Ponds of small si/e are very numerous ; in some ii as many as 100 occur within the 8] . m. The quality of the Boil van itly. The most rtion is upon the upper part of the Bay of Fundy, where deep and rich alluvial deposits are thrown down by t! rdinart tides of U n3ive bay. Bj mi ana of d" these deposits have been reclaimed from the \ and these diked mar-' dingly product- ive. From its hilly surface and copious irri tion, the country is finely adapted to gi BRITISH NOETH AMERICA, poses. The climate is very temperate considering its latitude, being greatly affected by the proxim- ity of the Gulf Stream. The people are chiefly employed in the fisheries, in the lumber business, in ship building, in work- ing the coal mines, and the various quarries. The manufactures are very limited. The mineral re- sources are very extensive. The northern part of the peninsula is one great basin of bituminous coal, the strata of which frequently crop out along the shore and in other sections. The inter- nal improvements are few in number. The work on the European and North American R. R. was commenced at Halifax, 8th June, 1854, and is yet progressing ; its main trunk is to be con- structed to the frontier of New Brunswick. The population in 1851 was reported to be 221.239 ; it is now chiefly composed of a native race, sprung from the three great families of the United Kingdom. Halifax, the capital and chief port, was founded in 1750. Its harbor extends inland for 15 m., and terminates in a beautiful and land-locked basin which affords anchorage for a thousand ships. This is the chief station of the British navy in North America, and is very strongly fortified. Fort George, the citadel, which has already cost £1,500,000, and is not yet completed, is one of the strongest single fortresses on this continent, and completely commands the town and harbor. It is surrounded with a deep moat and glacis, and in addition to immense ramparts, bristling with thirty-two-pounders, is encircled by a covered gallery a mile in length.. There is also a small but heavy battery on George's Island, a green knoll in the harbor. The town is of cres- cent shape, stretching along the harbor and around the foot of the fortified hill, consisting mainly of two long streets crossed by a number of steep short ones ; and its extremities extend back towards the country in lines of suburban villas. Pop. 26,000. Pictou, on the north-east shore of Nova Sco- tia, is the principal port in the coal trade, and also exports much lumber. The vicinity is main- ly settled by Scotch. The town contains about 3,000 inhabitants, who, unlike most of the people in Nova Scotia, are very enterprising. This is the port of the Albion coal mines, 11 m. distant. New Glasgow is a bustling business place, two miles from the mines, and contains above 1,000 inhabitants. Liverpool, on the south shore, 75 m. S. W. of Halifax, is situated at the mouth of the Mersey River, (down which a large amount of lumber is floated) and contains about 2,500 inhabitants. Cape Breton Island has a very irregular shape, is greatly indented with bays, and its surface is exceedingly diversified. Extreme length, N. and S., 120 m. ; do. in breadth, 85 m. ; area, 3,120 sq. m. It has long been celebrated for its fisher- ies, in which and in the coal miues, the people have their chief employment. The population in 1851 was 54,878. The chief port is Sydney, noted for its exportation of the celebrated Sydney coal. Louisburg, on its S. E. coast, so famous in colonial history, is now deserted, but the ruins of the ancient French fortifications may still be seen. Sable Island is about 25 m. long by l£ wide ; and though it is low and sandy, it is generally covered with natural grass and wild peas, sustain- ing several hundred head of wild horses and many cattle. The few persons upon it arc maintained by the government for the purpose of relieving shipwrecked vessels. Mackerel of the finest qual- ity arc abundant near its shores. COLONY OF NEWFOUNDLAND. N K W F 1 N I » L A N D Is si ; ! from the mainland by the Strait of B L2 in. wide, and by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and fronts with ite whole E. and S. Bhorea on the Atlantic Ocean. The outline of its form is somewhat triangular ; greatest length, N. and S., 350 m. ; average breadth, 130 m. ; mated area, 35,913 sq. m. Its coasts are re- markably indented by numerous large bays and innumerable smaller onesj most of which arc com- modious and well-sheltered harbors, having com-! plete anchorages, with clear and good channels. The sea-cliffs are, for the most part, bold and lofty, with deep water close to the shore. The general character of the surface is wild and bar- ren. It is estimated that one-third of the whole area is covered by lakes, ponds, and marshes. The largest t wo lakes are each about 5 m. wide ; the one is 60 m. long, the other is 30 m. long; those of smaller size are absolutely countless, and found in every section, not only in the valleys, but em the highlands, even the hollows of the summits and on the very tops of the hills. There are few large streams, and none that are navigable : but br oka arc everywhere formed by the overflow of the ponds. The surface of the interior is more rocky than that of the coasts; but is similar to it in being divided into woods, marshes, and barrens, which so frequi ntly i a© eed ach other that none of these tracts are of great extent. The population in 1806 was 26,505 ; in 1825, ri9 ; and in 1845, 90,295. At the last date, the population was thus cla asified : Males, 52,064 ; females, 44,231 ; Roman Catholics, 46,784 ; Epis- copalians, 34,281 ; Dissenters, 15,230. A large proportion of the settlers are natives of Ireland, of Guernsey and Jersey, and their descendants, but many are from other parte of the United Kingdom; and the people have retain habits of the old country to a greater degree than in other British Ami rican colonii . The business of the fisheries employs, direct or indirectly, almost the whole population. The term " fish " is here used to d that being the great staple ; every other descrip- tion of fish is designated by its particular name The cod-fishery opens al the beginning of Ji and lasts till about the middle of October. Of this there are two di . the " bank fishery " is prosecuted in large op Great Bank, and chiefly betwi en tat 42 and 46 N while the "shore fishery " is that pi 1 in ta or shallops, near the coast. The general state of the whole fishery, a.s to product, for 50 years, may be considered as stationary; but the price obtained for cod has varied remarkably. During 1845-9, the yearly average total product was, — 9-19.109 quintals of cod-fish exported, val- ued at $2,610,000, and 3.990 tuns of cod oil, worth $525,000. Similar statement of other products: 0.200 tuns of al oil, $850,000; 508,446 seal skins. ; 4,010 ti< salmon, 860,500; 14,475 barrels of hen $42 .">00 ; value of fish and oil consumed by the inhabitants, ■' ' " 0. The average value of the total annual produce of the Colony during this period v 52,020 : of which the agricultural produce was $1 ,011 770. The only noteworthy town is St John's ital, with a population of 20,000. It- old- ioned houses, of brick and w< iten wood, line t ! • for the distance of a mile, climbing a hill which is crowned by the Cathe- dral, the Colonial Buildings, the Government House, and two small fortifications. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA The United States of America constitute the chief Republic in the Western Hemisphere, and one of the greai powers of the earth. Their ter- ritory consists of the middle and best portions of North America, embracing more than half the land area of the temperate zone in this continent. This es tween 24° 19 ; : a"nd 49° N. lat,, and betw 66 50' and 124° 30' W. long., and is bounded north by British America, east by the North Atlantic Ocean, south by the Gulf of Mexico and the Republic of Mexico, and west by the North Pacific Ocean. This territory is of comparatively regular outline, forming nearly a parallelogram, of which the average length from east to west is about 2,400 m., and the average breadth from north to south is 1,300 m. ; but | the extreme length is about 2,700 m., and the extreme width about 1,600 m. The whole length of its shore line (exclusive of bays, sounds, islands, etc.,) is 12,609 m. ; but if all these be followed and the rivers entered to the head of tide-water, the total shore line is 33,069 m. The total area is now computed at 2,963,666 sq. m. The surface is naturally classified in three chief divisions, which are formed by the two principal mountain ranges, namely : the Alleghany Mts. in the east, and the Rocky Mts. in the west. These three divisions are : (1.) The Atlantic or Alle- ghany Slope : 2. The Mississippi Valley ; and, 3. The Pacific Slope. The first extends from the Atlantic Ocean to the Alleghany Mts., and varies in breadth from 80 to 300 m. ; near the Ocean it is generally bordered by an alluvial sandy belt, but as the surface extends into the interior it continually rises, and becomes more and more hilly, until it reaches the region of the Allegha- nies. (2.) The Mississippi Valley, the largest of the three divisions, is from 800 to 1,600 m. wide, and is especially distinguished for the fertil- ity of its soil ; its east part is considerably diver- sified, but its west slope is of quite uniform char- acter, rising very gradually to the base of the Rocky Mts. (3.) The Pacific Slope is from 600 to 1,000 m. wide, and is diversified by several par- allel mountainous ranges. Each of these three great divisions of the United States is veined by large rivers, naviga- ble from the ocean by large vessels ; and in this respect no portion of the world is more favored. Many of the comparatively short rivers are also navigable for large ocean steamers. The fiv~ great lakes are navigated by steamers of t; highest tonnage, as well as by large sailing ve sels, and by means of their connections afford inland ship-navigation of 1,600 m. The richest soils occur in the Mississippi "\ ley, especially between the Rivers Ohio and 3 souri. The least productive sections are on great plains, on either side of the Rocky Mts Timber is or has been abundant in a' every part ; and no country contains a gi number of species of noble forest trees thai Some pine trees in Oregon are 20 ft. in dia and 300 ft. high, and some red-wood trees in fornia are 40 ft. in diameter. The most useful minerals are widely distribu, and in immense deposits, and those of less vai arc found in sufficient abundance. I NOTED STATES OF AM Kit 10 A. 55 The area of the Onil tea at the present time (according to the computation of the U. S. Topographical Bureau in 1854) is 2,963,666 sq. in. : and the following table shows the pro- of its increa Art '. fjq. in. L783. . Area of the Union at the Peace. .820,680 1803. . Purchase of Louisiana Province. .899,579 1819.. Acquisition of Florida 00,900 '45. Admission of Texas 318,000 lb46 .i Iregon Treaty 308,052 isis. .Mexican-War Treaty 522 1854. . Purchase of M< silla Valley 27. The great geographical divisions are: Divisions. - ■ cent. Atlantic Slope proper . . . 51 1,416 17-358 Northern Lake . 112,649. . . . 3-801 Gulf region 325,538. .. . 10-984 Mississippi Valley 1 ,217,582 41-083 Pacific Slope 793,502. . . . 26-774 .100-000 Total 2,963,666. The areas of the other general divisions arc : Area i in Sq. miles. Percent. The States 1,464,105 49-402 The Territories 1,499,561 . . . .50-598 The Free States 612,597. . . .20-670 The Slave States 851,503 28-732 N. of lat. 36 30' 1,970,077... .66-474 S. oflat. 36 30' 999,589 32-526 E. of the Mississippi 865,576 29 \Y. of the Mississippi 2,098,090 70-794 W. of the Rocky Mte 897,709 30-290 K. of the Rocky Bits 2,065,957 69-710 The history of the I faited States is - 1 n ! known, tl. at in : tection it is not necei to mention anything more than the dates of the ■ important i '. 1565, St. A ie in Florida was (bunded as a per- manent settlemenl by the Spaniards, but this iy had but little or no share in I which led to the establi i Repul Tin- fii i p rmanenl settlements in the B rican colonies whii qu ntly formed I rnited States wi re b an in Virginia, at Jamestown, in 1607 ; N Orange, now Albany, in 1614; Massachu- . at Plymouth, in 1620; New Hampshire and Maine, in 1623; New Jersey, al I 1624; Delaware, aboul 1627; Connecticut, in 1633; Maryland, in 1C34; Rhode Island, in U North Carolina, in 1663; South Carolina, in 1670; Pennsylvania, in 1682; and G ia in 1733. During 1755-63. th s C united in the prosecution of the i ich and Indian "War, as it is now called : and from ■ until the commencement of the Revoluti ary War their general history consists of the account of their contention with the Brit I ernment. In 1765, after the passag of the "Stamp Act," the first Colonial Congress was held, and this resulted in the repeal of thai Act From 1 767, the colonial troul adily inci ed, until 1763, when the Americai ish tea ships. On Sept. 5, 1774, the Conti- nental Cong d at Philadelphia. d the grievances of the Colonies, and declar- ed their rights. The first Bkirmish I the British troops and the col ccurred at ! ington, Mass., April 19,1775, and the news of this affair was r throughout tl as the signal for a general rising. The Continen- tal Congress met in the next month and formed the league of "The United Colonies." En the same month, large reinforcement 't ish sol- 56 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. diors arrived in Boston, and martial law was pro- claimed. On 17th of June the battle of Bunker Hill was (ought. During 1775, the Americans drove out their colonial governors, and provided defences for their chief towns. In June, 1776, the Continental Congress considered the proposal for declaring the independence of the Colonies ; and on the 2d of July it adopted the Declaration of Independence, which was fully agreed upon on the 4th of July, and was then publicly read to the people in Philadelphia. In September, fol- lowing, it was determined that the title of the Union should be The United States. During the remainder of the year there were several bat- tles, etc., which resulted unsuccessfully for the Americans, but their glorious achievements at Trenton and Princeton renewed their courage. For six years the hard struggle was maintained. The army of the Americans was comparatively small. They were embarrassed through want of arms, and even sufficient food and clothing. But their courage never flinched ; and backed by the universal patriotism of the people, they at length drove the British troops from the country. The surrender of Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown, Oct. 19, 1781, virtually ended the war. Provisional articles of peace were signed Nov. 30, 1782, and the definitive treaty of peace Sept. 3, 1783, at Versailles. Gen. Washington disbanded the army November, 3d, ensuing, and on the 25th of the same month the British evacuated New York. In May, 1 TriT, the Convention of Delegates which formed tlie present Constitution of the United States assembled at Philadelphia. They appointed Washington as their president, and deliberated for several months. On the 1 7th of Septemli-r they adopted the Constitution, and determined that nine States should ratify it be- fore its provisions could go into effect. One year afterwards Congress assembled, and determined that as eleven States had then ratified it, it should go into effect on the 4th of March, 1789. The two other States, North Carolina and Rhode Island, ratified it shortly afterwards. On the 6th of April, 1789, the first constitutional Congress met in New York, and on the 30th of that month Gen. Washington wa>j inaugurated as the first President. The new government was everywhere received by the people with the most enthusiastic demonstrations of delight. Its beneficial effects were soon felt in the increase of business, in the revival of foreign commerce and domestic trade, in the development of manufactures and other national interests, and in the professions of regard from European governments who then sent their ambassadors to the new Republic. Succession of Presidents : Washington, 1789 ; Adams, J., 1797 ; Jefferson, 1801 ; Madison. 1809 ; Monroe, 1817 ; Adams, J. Q., 1825 ; Jackson, 1829 ; Van Buren, 1837 ; Harrison, 1841; Tyler, 1841; Polk, 1845; Taylor, 1849; Fillmore, 1850 ; Pierce, 1853. Dates of the admission of the new States : Ver- mont, March 4, 1791 ; Kentucky, June 1, 1792 Tennessee, June 1, 1796 ; Ohio, Nov. 29, 1802 Louisiana, April 8, 1812 ; Indiana, Dec. 11, 1816 Mississippi, Dec. 10, 1817 ; Illinois, Dec. 3, 1818 Alabama, Dec. 14, 1819 ; Maine, Mar.' 15, 1820 Missouri, Aug. 10, 1821 ; Arkansas, June 1.5 1836 ; Michigan, June 26, 1837 ; Florida, Mar. 3 1845 ; Texas, Dec. 29, 1845 ; Iowa, Dec. 28, 1846 Wisconsin, May 29, 1848; California, Sept, 9, 1850. Dates of organization of Territories ; Oregon, Aug. 14, 1848; Minnesota, Mar. 3, 1849 ; Utahand New Mexico, Sept. 9, 1850 ; Washington, Mar. 2, 1853 ; Nebraska, and Kansas, May 30, 1854. UNITED S T A T E S OP A M E R I C A The following tabic is a complete synopsis of the progress of the population of the United Mates from 1790'to 1850, showing particularly the movement of each class of the population during each period of ten years : l'i:< ENNIAL MOVEMENT OF POPULATION. I. ACTUAL POPULATION. Date of Census. 1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 White Persons. I Persons.- 1 1 ton. Free. iL .3,172,404 59,466 697,897 757,363 3,929,827 . 4,304,489 108.395 893,041 1,001,436.... . 5,862,004 186,446 1,191,364 1,377,810 7,239,814 . 7,861,937 238,150 1,538,038 i. 770.1!) I 9,638,131 .10,537,378 319.599 2,009,043 2,328,632 12 .14,195,695 386,303 2,487,455 _- 17 .19,553,008 434,495 3,20!. 313 .... 23,191 II. PROPORTION OF CLASSES PER CENT. 1790 1800 1810 1820 L830 80- 1-5132.... 177590. ,. 192722 81-1260 20129 16-8311 18-871" 80-9090 2-5753 16-4557 19-0310 81-5712 2-4710 15-9578 1 81-9009 2-4840 150151 18-0991 1840 83-1043 2-2031 14-5726 108357 1850 84-3100 1-8735 13-8105 15-0900 III. RATIO OF MOVEMENT — PER CENT. 35-6828 82-2806 27-9017 32-2135 36-1835 72-0000 33-4053 37*5834 34-1109 27-7345 29-0989 28-9143 33-1208 1790-1800 1800-1810 1810-1820 .1820-1830 34-0303 34-1973 30-0237. .. 310973. 1830-1840 34-7175 20-8712 23-8129 22-' 1840-1850 37-7391 12-4752 28-8189 27-0041 . 1000000 100-0000 100-0000 100-0000 100-0000 1000000 1000000 350108 36-4477 33-4908 320708 35£ 77 1790-1850 510-3370 030-0012 359-1384 575 490-1500 IV. W. of ippi. 1790 1800 1810 PROGRESS OF POPULATION IN THE GEOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS Atlantic Mississippi G '. of Slope. Valley. Mississippi. 3,708.110 205.280 10,(31 4,087,725 582.019 35.581 . 5,824,708 1.337,940 75.582 1,578. 1820 7,013.154 2,419,369 201,580 ■! 2 1830 8,633,032 3,794,477 426,512 11, L840 10,097,785 5,983,707 904,448 23.513 1850 12,729,859 8,641,754 1,414,598 The population in 1850 of the Pacific Slope was 117,271, and this is included in the lot tion. .925 7,239,814 3,131 23,191,876 53 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA The following table exhibits the progress of the white population, from 1820 to 1840, and the total population by classes in 1850 : POPULATION BY STATES AND TEKEITOKIES. States. In 1820. Maine 297.340.. N. Hampshire 243,230.. Vermont 234,846 . . Massachusetts . 516,419. . Rhode Island . Connecticut .. New York . . New Jer Pennsylvania . 1 Delaware. . . . 79,413.. 267.161.. 1,332,744.. 257,409.. 1,017.091.. 55,282.. Maryland 260,223.. Virginia 603,087. . N. Carolina 419,200.. S.Carolina.... 237,440.. Georgia 189,566 . . Florida .. Alabama 85,451 . . Mississippi 42,176. . Louisiana 73,383. . Texas . . Arkansas 12,579. . Tennessee 339,927.. Kentucky 434,644.. Ohio..." 576,572.. Indiana 145,758.. Michigan 8,591. . Wisconsin . . Illinois 53,788.. Iowa . . Missouri 55,988.. California . . Dist. Columbia. 22,614. . Minnesota, .. Oregon . . Utah .. New Mexico. . . . . White Population. , In 1830. In 1840. 398.263.. 500,438.. 268,721.. 284,036.. 279,771.. 291,218.. 603,359.. 729,030.. 93,621.. 105,587.. 289,603.. 301,850.. 1,873.063.. 2,378,890.. 300,255.. 351,588.. 1,309,900.. 1,676,115.. 57,601.. 58,561.. 291,108.. 318,204.. 694,300.. 740,858.. 472,843.. 484,870.. 257,863.. 259,084.. 296,806.. 407,695.. 18,385.. 27,943.. 190,406.. 335,185.. 70,443.. 179,074.. 89,441.. 158,457.. 25,671. 535,746. 517,787. 928,329. 339,399. 31,346. 155,061.. 114,795.. 27,563.. 77,174. . 640,627.. 590,253.. 1,502,122.. 678,698.. 211,560.. 30,749.. 472,254.. 42,924.. 323,888.. 30,657. Whites 581,813.. 317,456.. 313,402 . . 985,450.. 143,875.. 363,099.. 3,048,325.. 465,509.. 2,258,160.. 71,169.. 417,943. . 894,800.. 553,028.. 274,563.. 521,571.. 47,203.. 426,514.. 295,718.. 255,491 . . 154,034. . 162,189.. 756,836. . 761,413.. 1,955,050. . 977,1 54. . 395,071.. 304,756.. 846,034. . 191,881.. 592,004. . 91,635.. 37,941 . . 6,038 . . 13,087.. 11,330.. 61,521.. — Popvlat Free CoVd. 1,356. 520. 718. . 9,064 . . 3,670. . 7,693 . . 49,069. 23,810. 53,626 . 18,073. 74,723. 54,333 . \on in 1350.- 27,463. 8,960. 2,931. 932. 2,265. 930. 17,462. 397. 608. 6,422. 10,011. 25,279. 11,262. 2,583., 635 . . 5,436 . . 333.. 2,618.. 962 . . 10,059.. 39 . . 207.. 24.. 22.. 236 2,290 90,368 472,528 288,548 384,984 381,682 39,310 342,844 309,878 2-14,809 58.161 47,100 239,459 210,981 87,422 3,687 26 Total, 583,169 317,976 314,120 994,514 147,545 370,732 3,097,394 489,555 2,311,786 91,532 583,034 1,421,661 869,039 668,507 906,185 87,445 771,623 606,526 517,762 212,592 209,897 1,002,717 982,405 1,980,329 988,416 397,754 305,391 851,470 192,214 0*2,044 92,597 51,687 6,077 13,294 1 1 ,380 61,547 Total 7,801,937. .10,537,378. .14,195,695. .19,553,068. .434,495. .3,214,313 23,191,876 I N I T 1. 1) 8 T A I ES u 1' A .M E 1IICA, Agriculture is the predominating interest of the country. The chief crop is that of maize or In- dian corn, which on the whole, is thai best adapt- ed to most of the soil and climate, and rami the largest amounl of nutritive food. The value of the total crop of this grain at I] d, is mated at $360,000,000, being 600,000,000 bushels at 60 cents a busht 1. Wheat is the i crop in importance, not only on account of the general domestii u e of it for bread, but of its value fur exportation ; the total crop is now i mated at 165 > bush., which, at $T5 r,500,000, or about two-thirds of the aggre- gate of the eon: crop. Value of other crops: — i.oiMi; oats, $68,000,000; pota- '; cane sugar, $35,350,000 ; to- bacco, $19,000,000 ; rye, §14,000,000 ; and rice. $10,000,000. Vet the crops which are raised eh'. By for horn consumption are of still greater value, as, — hay and fodder. 3100,000,000; pas- turage, $143,000,000; garden products, §50,- 000,000; orchard product-. 82o,00o,000 ; bean and peas, Slit. 000,000. These estimates were made by tin- C. S. Patent Office, for the year 1855, and intended as an average exhibit. The manufactories, according to the census of 0, then employed 944,991 persons. The prin- cipal branch is the cotton manufacture, which, in 1 )50, i mployed 92,286 persons; ami the value of the cotton goods made in 1850 was reported at $61,869,184, while in 1840 it was reported at $46,350,453, si owing an increase in ten years of over ."..'! ]»t cent. The value of the woollen g Is made in 1850 was slated at $43,207,545, wh in 1840 it was $20,696,999; h nceil appears these products mure than doubled during ten years. Of the iron products in L850, which amounted in all to $60,486,153, Pennsylvania mad' nearly one- half of the pig-iron, about one-fifth of the iron- ily one-half of the wrought-iron. New Fork's iron-cat tinj what t Pennsylvania's. The salt product in 1840 6,179,174 bush.; do. in 1 350, :».". and at eat !i j eriod N< w York produced nearly one-half, and Virginia nearly one-third, of the wh The minerals of the United £ of im- mensi . but it i ble to make ; of their . of their annual product. Iron ores and c< ::• in many States, but Pennsylvania is perhaps . ichesi in both of thes s res] pro- duction is certainly now much greater than that of any other section. Details on this subject of minerals will be found in the descriptions of tin- States severe Internal improvements have been multiplied with most wonderful rapidity. 1. The first ive turnpike was that from I Iphia to Lancaster, 62 j in., and subsequently extended .sard, with branches, to Pittsburg. "Within twenty years succeeding, a greal many turnpikes were made in the several :>< the pres- ent time a large amount of mo: y is yea y ex- pend' d in every portion of the Union, in imp ing and extending the roads of this description. 2. The canals of the United - are works of much importance, although their actual and com- tive value has been greatly less ned by the general introduction of railroads. The \] r ^\ j m - uit work of this kind was the Middl x Canal. 27 m. ion--, from Boston to Chelms completed in 3,000. The Erie Canal. 363 m. long, was completed in 1825, at a cost of $7,143,790. The Wabash and I Canal, 467 m. long, was completed in 1853. The total length of the canals within tli I States, 60 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. in 185G, including a considerable extent of slack- water or improved river navigation, amounted to about 5.000 miles. 3. The railroads of the United States date from the year 1826-27, when the Quincy R. R., 3 m. long, and the Mauch Chunk R. R., 8 m. long, were brought into full operation. Though these short lines are now insignificant, they yet had a great influence in determining the construction of our present great systems of railroads. In 1856, the total length of railroads within the Union amounted to up- wards of 23,000 miles, being more than half of all the railroads in the world. The electric telegraph, which is now so widely extended throughout the United States and the various countries of Europe, and which will, ere long, encircle the globe, is one of those great inventions for which the whole world is indebted to a citizen of the United States. In 1832, Prof. S. F. B. Morse invented the system of communica- tion known as Morse's Telegraph ; in May, 1844, its first line of 40 miles, from Baltimore to Wash- ington, proved its value ; and now his system is used in nearly every country of any importance. There are several other very important inven- tions which were first made in the United States, or if elsewhere made, were greatly improved in this country. In the business of ship building the United States surpass all other nations. The total ton- nage owned in the Union on the 30th June, 1855, was 5,212,001 tons, of which one-eighth was em- ployed iu steam navigation. And it is almost superfluous here to allude to the well-known fact that the steamboats and steamships of the United States surpass those of Europe in their size, ele- gance and sped. The absolute extent of the foreign commerce of the United States has of course varied in different years, according to the amount of the products of the Union, and the demand for the same in foreign countries. Since 184G, under the tariff of that year, the amount or value of the imports during the several years has frccpiently exceeded that of the exports, though, on the whole, the balance against the United States for the entire period is not remarkably great, except- ing in the shipment of specie and bullion. The total exports of this description during the eight years, 1847-55, amounted to $225,531,867, while the imports of the same were only $43,397,926 ; showing that the enormous sum of $182,133, 94J. of specie and bullion was drained from this coun- try in that brief period. The actual returns for the fiscal year ended June 30th, 1855, were : — 1. Exports, — domestic merchandize, $192,751,135; foreign merchandize, $26,158,368; specie and bullion, $56,247,343 ; total, $275,156,846. 2. Im- ports, — merchandize paying duty, $221,292,624; merchandize free of duty, $36,430,524 ; specie and bullion, $3,659,812; total, $261,382,960, against $304,562,381 in the year preceding. In January J.856, there were 1,273 banks, with aggregate capital of $335,611,990, having depo- sits to the amount of $237,964,981, circulation of $177,157,412, (considerably less than during the two years previous), loans and discounts amount- ing to $696,285,779, and specie amounting to $60,072,830. The manifested shipment of gold from San Francisco during the five years, 1851-55, was $232,754,458, exclusive of the amount taken by passengers. The total coinage of the U. S. Mint and branches from 1792 to 1856, was about $500,000,000, about half of which was in Cali- fornia gold. <: .1 HJ ^ 11 ). n u i> if ii x A' 10\10\IO 3lE_:-, ; . ■<:) E XPLANATIO N Slate Capital ?S CoTitdyXown ^ ltailliiiail / Canal = Grand. Us 17 JffV M >"'' .WSJ *WyS$ i M$ ■>■■ ) Sy i % ^^ k .■""/Vie rV. PIS 1 j « V 'V ' 5 'i'- V V A iffjf-l W i" l.diniifntlc KasH'mrn 9 II "^ Scale of milrs "VV;ts[mu£Kin. l',!. Fg. a. ad. lid. Iln. 11m. I.I. M. V N,j. O. Pittoton. Readfield. Rome. Sidney. Sri, isticook. Vassalboro. Vienna. Waterville (X.) Wayne (V.'.) Wind-' r. Winslow. Winthrop. Lincoln. Alna. Breeman. Bristol. Bo ithbay. Cnshing. Dresden. Edgecombe. Friendship. Jefferson. New Castle. Xoblehoro. Patricktown. St. George. Thoinastown. l'ni 'ii. Warren. Waldoboro. Washington. Wiscasset. Whitefield. Oxford. And Albany. Bethel. Brownfield (S.) [field (E.) Byron. Canton. Denmark. Dixfield. Pryeburg. Gilead. (In rii wood. II in Hebron. Hiram. Lovell. Mex XeWl'Y (X.) Norway (S. E.) Oxford. Pu. 1'r. Ry. l; . Rd. Sr. X. S Wd. W. Ae. Bd. By. Br. Iln. c. Cn. Ch. Ch. ( 'll. Dr. lit. /:. Fh. Ed. I. • / . a '. c. Ch. II. Iln. Kd. Fe. F. I.'. Pn. I.I. M. M '. 1/ '. Nt. Xh. (hi. O. Or.. I'. I'o. I'h. Sd. Sn. Ve. Paris. Peril. Porter. Riley. I! xonry(X.E.) Rumford, Si, inner. StoW. Sweden. Waterford. Woodstock. Pknokscot. Argyle. Bangor. Bradford. Bradley. Brewer. Burlington. Carn i lestown. f.r (X.) Corinth (.S ) Corinna. I>".\t' r. Dixraont. Edin Edinburgh. Enfield. Etna. Exeter. Garland. Glensboro. Greenbush. Hampden. Hermon. Kirkland. Lee. Le Orange. Levant. Lincoln. I. iwell. M.it i mi- ■ Maxfield (W) Milford (E.) port. ire. :own(E.) Orono. Orrington (S.) Paseatumkeag. Patcd. Plymouth. Springfield. Stetson. Veazie. i ' I DAT J At. Abl ■ An. Atkinson. /; Barn mi. /; .'. neb nd. IF. . erbank. /,. Brownville. I ) iver. / . Ell iots ville. Ft. c„l. Guilford. a. Greenville. Kilmarnock. Ky. Kingsbury. i/ .. Milo. Mn. M ii (le. Orne ville. Pn. Park man. s . •■ille. Se. - Wn. Wellincton W.) W. Willi in. U'n. Wilson (X.) Saoapahoc. Bh. Bath. Bn. B iwd 'in. B. Bowdoinham. (/'. Georgetown, P. Phillipsbnrg. Rd. Richmond. Topsbam. Wt. Westport W. Woolwich. So5iKR.s:.r An. Anson. As. A M.i /?. Bingham fX /.'. mfield (S Bn. Brigl C. Cambridge(E.) c. Canaan (S ) Cd. Concord. Ce. * lomville. I). Detroit. En. Embden. /'nroe(N.) Cd. Cherry field (W) Pe. Pembroke. A\fc. Kennebunk. n . Ripley Me. Montville (W.) Ce. Charlotte. P. Perry. A"t. Keunebunkport Ss. St. Albans. \t. Nortbport. Ca. Columbia. Pn. Princeton. K. Kittery. Sn. Sk twhegan (S.) Po. Palermo. Cr. Cooper (E.) Rn. Robbinston. Ln. Lebanon. Sd. Smithfield. P. Prospect. Cd. Crawford (R.) S. Steuben. Lk. Limerick. Sn. Solon (N.) S. Searsport. Cr. Cutler (S.) Te. Talmadge. Ln. Limington. S. Starks. Se. Swanvillp. D( . Dennysville. Tt. Trescott (T.) !.. Lyman. Waldo. Te. Thorndike. Dx. Devereaux. Td. Topsfield. Nd. Newlield. An. Appl< ion. Ty. Troy. E. E tstport. Va. Vanceboro. N. N. Berwick. Belfast. 1 '!/■ Unity. Es. E. Machias (S.) 11',/. Wesley. Pd. Parsonstield. Bt. Belmont. Vin Llhavtn. Es. Edmonds, (E.) Wg. Whiting. So. Saoo. Bs. Brooks. w. Waldo. Hn. Harrington. Yoke. • .Sri. Sanford. B. Burnham. Washington. Hy. Hickley. Sk. Shapleigh. Cn. Camden. Am. Additfi n. Jo. JonesWoro. A. A*'ton. s. S. Berwick. Ft. Frankfort. Ar. Alex tnder. Jt. Jouesport. Alfred. IVo. Waterboro. Fm. Freedom. Ag. Anusburg. Lc. Lubec. Bk- Berwick. Wo Wells. He. Hope. Be. Baileyville. Machias. B. Biddeford (E.) Vic. York. Maine is much the largest of the New Eng- land States, comprising about one-half of their aggregate area, or 31,766 sq. m. out of (55,038. Its form is not regular, — its length in N. and S. direction varying from 170 to 2f>0 m., and its breadth E. and W. from 100 to ISO m. In 1850, only about one-tenth of its surface was improved for agricultural purposes, etc. The greater part is covered with forests, and the northern sections are thinly populated. The most prominent phy- sical features arc — the bays, lakes, and rivers. The entire coast is remarkably indented with deep bays, many of which extend far within the contineul line, and thus Maine has a greater number of excellent harbors than any other State. The lakes and ponds are exceedingly numerous, and occur in every section ; some of them are of considerable magnitude, as Moosehead Lake which is 35 m. long and 10 m. wide ; Ohesuncook 25 m. long and 3 wide, and many others. The great rivers, Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoggin, St. Croix, and St. John, have an immense volume of water, are navigable for a considerable distance from the ocean by large vessels, and in their upper courses furnish abundance of water power. The combined area covered by the various bodies of water within this State is estimated at from one-tenth to one-sixth of the total surface. The number of islands along the coast is very great, amounting, it is said, to over 400 ; these are of every variety of form and size, from the rocky islet to those of 150 sq. m. in extent ; and some of them are fertile and inhabited. On Mt. Desert Island, there is a mountain 2,000 ft. high. The surface of Maine has three chief divisions. The first, bordering the coast from 10 to 30 m. inland is mainly level, and to considerable extent has sandy and marshy soil. The second portion combines the greater part of the State, and is agreeably diversified with an undulating and hilly surface. The third division, comprising the north- west and north sections, is traversed by a series of broken and detached eminences, which appears to be an irregular continuation of the White Mts. The peaks of this chain, if it may be so called, are of diverse height, ranging from 1 000 to 4,000 ft. ; the highest is Mt. Katahdin, situated east of Lake Ohesuncook-, 5,385 ft. above sea-level. S T A T B F M A I N K . The population in 1790 was 96,540 ; in 151,719 ; in 1810, 228,705; in 1820, 298,335; in 1830, 399,455; in 1840, 501,793; and in 1850, 583,169. Thi ication in L850, as to nativity, shows that the population of this State in that year was compos 'I in b than in any other New England State, of it- own natives, viz : natives of Maine. 517,117 ; na of other Slates, 34,012 ; (total natives I". S- 551,129;) foreign born tf 31,456; of nnkc origin. 584 : total 583,169. En 1850, there \ 67,193 natives of .Maine residing in other States. Free colored in L850, L,356, —two-thirds born in - itc. Agriculture holds the Br in the r business of the population; but a large propor- tion of tnose who are i ! ■ ! undi r this chief employm at are also engaged during a portion of the year in the lumber bu iness, and other pur- suits. I . 'ii, and especially S. K. part of Maine, also its northern part, there are comparatively few districts in which the cleared land may not be cultivated with sue The chi f -rain crops now are oats and corn ; in 1850, the former amounted to 2,181,037 bushels, the latter to L,750,056 ; while the wheat crop of that year was only 296,259 bushels, having de- creased remarkably since 1840, when it was re- ported at 8 L8.1G i bushels. The crops of rye and barley in 1850 were each about 102,000, and buckwheat, L 51, 000 bushels. In other products, chilly po and hay. Maine has a pretty fair rank ; but, on the whole, the agricultural interests are nol likely to increase while more money can. as at present, lie made from other pursuits. Lumbi r is the great staple of Maine. If the amount ation of the lumber surveyed a.1 Bangor aloue may timating the producl of the whi •, it appears thai I he produd COl : of pine, abo half or : ths ; of about on -third ; and the remainder, <>f hemlock, : but these proportions vi what in dif- ferent year-. The actual Burvey of lumber at or in 1855 was 211,669,193 cubic (i againsl L59,591,337 in 184 I. and 182,942,284 in L853, and was larger than iu any when it went up to 213,000,000. In the central and north parts of the Stat I '■ nob- scot and Kennebec, and the tributaries of th great rivers, the vast forests arc chiefly of pine. In the north central portions, cedar swamps occur. In all part-, hemlock and spruce are quite abun- dant, and the maple, beech, birch, and ash are also repn nl 1 in every section. The white and the red oak are confined to the distri the coast. The trees are felled in wii the most part) and are then drag ■ 1 over the hard and deep snow to the banks of the rivers, where they lie until the - /.when they floated down to the mills and i i -port. The manufactures are chiefly in the bram of lumber making and ship building. A from these, the classes of manufactures ranked in 1850, in respect to the amount of their annual product, thus: cotton goods, $2,596,356; tan- $1,620,636 ; woollen g 1-. >T ■ iron casting. $265,000, etc. ton manufac- tories, 12 in number, employed 2,959 and 780 males, total 3,739; the. woollen, 36 in num- ber, employ, d 31 I females and 310 ma 624 : the tann ri< 3, 290 mal< a : the iron casting, ■J I 1 males : and these are the only great leadi branches reported. Maine is not remarkabli for 64 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Granite and marble are very extensively quarried. Some of the marble admits of a tine polish, espe- cially the clouded variety found at Thomastou, and that on the west branch of the Penobscot River. Between the Kennebec and St. John Rivers are extensive beds of slate, suited for roof- ing and other purposes. Iron chiefly occurs in the N. E. part of the State ; lead is found in vari- ous sections, though in small quantities ; and the same may be said of copper pyrites. The railroads now have a total length of about 500 m. The longest line is the Atlantic and St. Lawrence, 149 m., opened Jan. 29th, 1853. The Cumberland and Oxford Canal, from Port- land to Sebago Pond, 20£ m. long, was opened in 1829. By a lock, navigation is extended to Long Pond, 30 m. farther. Ship building is a leading business in all the large seaport towns. Maine, for several years past, has built about one-third of all the tonnage built in the United States. During the fiscal year, ending June 30th, 1855, this proportion was somewhat exceeded, the total tonnage built in the United States having been 593.450, of which 215,905 was produced in Maine. The direct foreign commerce of Maine has greatly increased within a few years. During the fiscal year 1852 its commerce with foreign coun- tries consisted of exports valued at $1,717,818, and the imports at $1,094,977; and in 1855, the exports wen: £ 1,851,207, and the imports, 82,927,443. The exports to oilier States consist chiefly of lumber, granite, marble, lime, and fish. Maine has a large interest in the fisheries-; its tonnage in the cod fishery being about 53,000, and in the mackerel fishery, 1 0,000, annually ; but these amounts vary in different years. Chief cities and their population in 1850 ; Portland, 20,815; Bangor, 14,432; Augusta, 8,225 ; Bath, 8,020. Augusta, the capital of the State, is on the Kennebec River, 43 m. from its mouth and at the head of its sloop navigation. The dwellings are chiefly on an eminence west of the river, and this part of the city is handsomely built. In the south part is the State-House, an excellent granite edi- fice, which fronts a spacious park. On the east side of the river is the U. S. Arsenal, and the State Hospital for the Insane. By means of a dam, north of the city, great manufacturing facil- ities have been obtained, and the navigation of the river above it made convenient for steam- boats. Portland is pleasantly situated on a peninsula, projecting from the west shore of Casco Bay, about 3 m. long, and of varying width. At each extremity of the peninsula its width increases and its surface rises into considerable elevations, giving the city a beautiful appearance, especially when approached from the sea. The harbor is one of the best on the Atlantic coast. The pre- sent prosperity of the city has in great part re- sulted from the recent increase and extension of its railroad connections. Bangor, on the Penobscot, is noted as one of the greatest lumber marts of the world. Nearly 2,000 vessels are employed in this trade during the season of navigation, which usually continues 8 or 9 months in the year. Bath, on the Kennebec, is celebrated for its ship building and the amount of its tonnage. The tonnage built in its district exceeds that of any other district in the Union except New York and Boston. In the ownership of tonnage, this district ranks as the sixth in the Union. VERMONT St NEW HAMPSHIRE A A B C D j\ "-'o.nh /Aviv A>.s/j\ Kv I J"" 1 x\~ r / ^N / "5*jj^!?^"<.''Cvlllll , vV.\ TABLE OF COUNTIES A\D TOWNSHIPS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE AND VERMONT. X. HAMPSHIRE. An. 15 1 Cr. On. Mh. .-ii. AT. B i. Cm. Cy. Ki. Boo i HI. Mi. Th. Th \VJ. Wh. A I. CI. Dn. Km. a Be. Jr- Mo. Mw. Nn. Be. Ky. Ki. B i. S. Br. is- v. e. wa. Wr. Bt. Hn. CI. ' Ce. a Ck. I'll. 1)11. D Hr. KI. am. lis Jn. Jn. Ky. Mn. Md. Nd. oi. Rli. So. Sn. 8(1. . Al\ Alton pi. M ii d th. on. IIV. B o on. ro. .-:iu Iwich. orth. 'I uf oi \ •ii Hinsdale. Jaffr K I • ■ ■ t>ro. Harlow, on. ion 1. Roxbury. Stoddard. Snllh Surrey. Bwanzey. de. \'. moreland. Winchester. • 03. Bartlett. Berlin. Carroll. Carlisle. CI irk . Colelirook. 1 1 . ton. Dlxville, Dunn Brroll. Qorham. Jeffen nuy. I -'.tr. Milan. MlllsQel I. Northu Odell. ilpta. irne. BtewarU ,Yrn I ird. 8k. 8s. , B . /. . Br. Bl. On. Ca. "I'- Iir. Eh. Ed. Fa Gn. G. 11: in. Us. If- Ln. Ln. f.n. Ln. Ly. Le. th: Pt. Ry. I Wn. We. Wh. Wk. irk. Sue i Grafton. Alexandria. B ali. ton. m. Bridgewater. Bri- ■:. Camp ton (C.) i ' i 'in. i ry. Don '■■ Ellsworth. Enfield. Franc Grafl Groton. ivcr. Haverhiil. Hill. Hold ■ I iff. Le lanon (f : .) Lincoln I Littleton (N.) Ljma i. Lyme. Orange. Orford. Pierm Plymouth. I! imney. Warren. Waterville. Wentworth. Woodstock, I' LI.SBOKOl Amherst. Am. Antrim. Bd. Bedford. If. Benningl /; . Brookline. J)g. Dee rin p. i'iwn. Gn. Goffstown. Gd. Greenfield. //.;•. Hancock. .7 . Billsboro. Us. II Hn. Hudson. /. '. Litchfield. Ia. Lyndenboro. Manchester. Mn. Mason, Me. Md. Milford. Mn. M> Hint \'crnon Nn. N< v, i Nh. Ni w I P. Pelbam. /'.>. Peterboro. Sn. Sharon. Te. Temple. /; Weare. Wn. Wilton. ;;', . Windsor. KIM LCK. An. Allcnstovra. Ar. Andover. Bn. Boscawen. B Bow. lid. Bradford. I Canterh i , . Chichi ter. Cone Pn. Dunb . ton. ' . Epaom. Pit. Franklin. He Henniker. //. Hook Hn. Hopkinton. Ln. Lo id m. Ny. New ei ry. ■ don. X ■'. Nbrthfield. /' . Pembroke. Pd. Pittsfield. Sn. S-ittnn. /.' . . V\ irner. Ifl. Wilmot. .1M1II IM. An. Atki; A . Auburn i B. Brentwi ('a. Candia, Cr. Cheater. De. Danville. /) So WL WinhalL M Woodl ird. Chittenden. Ii irlingl Or. ter. Ilh. Hii J . Jn i ho. './ . Milton. Rd. Ri hmond. Shelburne. 66 UNITED STATES OF AMEBIC A. S. St. George. Ul. Underbill. Wd. Wesfcford. I In. Williston. Caledonia. Bt. Be. ct. Ge. Gn. M. He. Ky. Ln. N. I'm. Re. Sd. Sn. Wn. IV d. Wk. Wy. Al. Bn. Bk. Bd. Cn. Cd. En. Fd. Gy. Ln. 1.-.. r*. Me. Rn. Barnett. Burke. Cabot. Danville. Goshengore. Groton. Hard wick. Harrisgore. Kirby. Lyndon. Newark. i on. Ryegate. Sheffield. St. Johnsbury. Silt! Walden. Waterford. Wheelnck. Woodbury. Essex. Averill. Brighton. Brunswick. Bloomfield. Canaan. Concord. East Haven. Ferdinand. (Iranby. Guildhall. Lemington. Lewis. Lunenburg. Maidstone. Norton. Random Vy. Wk. Victory. Wenlock. Franklin. .(,-. Avery's Gore. Bd. Bakersfield. Be. Berkshire. Eg. Enosburg. /•>. Fairfax. Fd Fairfield. Fr. Fletcher. Fn. Franklin. (la. Georgia. He. Highgate. Mu. Montgomery. I'd. Richford. Sn. Sheldon. Grans Isle. Ah. Alhurgh. N. Hero Id. 8. Hero. Lamville. Be. Biividere. En. Eden. Ee. Eimore. C'e, Cambridge. Hyde Parke. Jn. Johnston. Md. Mansfield. Ma. Morriston. Sg. Sterling. Sw. Stow. We. Waterville. IVt. Walcott. Orange. Be. Braintree. Bd. Bradford. B. Brookfield. Chelsea. Ch. Corinth. Ft. Fairlee. Ny. Oe. til,. Sd. Td. Tm. Te. Ve. IV. We. W. Ay. B. Bn. Cn. Cy. c. Dy. Gr. Go. Hd. LI. Mn. Nl. Sm. Til. Wd. We. Bn. Bn. Cn. C. Cn. Dy. Tn. Hn. fa. Newbury. Orange. Randolph. Strafford. Thetford. Topsham. Tunbridge. Verbhire. Washington, W. Fairlee. Williamstown. Orleans. Albany. 1! irton. Browningtou. Charleston. Coventry. Craftsbury. Derby. Glover. Greensboro. Holland. Irasburg. Jay. Lowell. Morgan. Newport. Salem. Troy. Westfield. West more. Rutland. Benson. Brandon. Castleton. Chittenden. Clarendon. Danby. Fair Haven. Hubberton. Ira. M. Mn. My. Mr. Ol. PL P. Pd. Py. Se. Sy. S. Th. Wd. Ws. W. Be. Bn. Vs. Dy. Fn. Md. Me. Mn. Nd. Pd. Ry. Wn. Wy. Wd. Wr. An. As. Bo. Be. Dr. Dn. Mendon. Middleton. Mount Holly. Mount Tabor. Orwell. Pawlet. Pitts lield. Pittaford. Poultney. Rutland. Sherburne. Shrewsbury. Sudbury. Tinmoutli. Wallingford. Welle-. West Haven. Washington. Barre. Berlin. Calais. Duxbury. Payston. Marshfield. Middlesex. Mont pel ier. Moretown. Northfield. Plainfleld. Roxbury. Warren . Waterbury. Waitsfiehi. Worcester. Windham. Acton. Athens. Brattleboro. Brookline. Dover. Dimmer.- ton. Fayetville. Cn. Grafton. Gd. Guilford. ll.r. Halifax. Ja. Jamaica. Ly. Londonderry. Mo. Marlboro. Newfane. Py- Putney. Km. Rockingham. St. Somerset. Sn. Stratton. Td. Townshend. Vn. Vi rnon. Wo. Wardsboro. IV. Westminster. w.\ Wbitingham. Wn. Wilmington. Wm Windham. Windsor. Ar. Andover. Be. Baltimore. Bd. Barnard. Bl. Bethel. Br. Bridgewater. Ch Cavendish Cr. Chester. H. Hartford. Hd. Hartland. Lw. Ludlow. Nh. Norwich. Ph. Plymouth. PI. Pomfret. Rg. Reading. Rr. Rochester. Rn. Royalton. Sn. Sharon. Sd. Springfield. Se. Stockbridge. Wd. Weatberstield Wn. Weston. Wr. Windsor. Woodstock. New Hampshire has an irregular triangular shape, with an extreme length of about 170 and breadth of 90 m., and area of 9,280 sq. m. Its surface is hilly and mountainous, and rises toward the north. The range of the White Mountains. situated a little north of the centre of the State, is about 20 m. long, and, though separate, is re- garded as a continuation of the Alleghanies. The highest peak is Mt. Washington, which is also the highest elevation east of the Mississippi, excepting Mt. Mitchel, N. C. ; and several other peaks of this group are more than a mile high. The sea- coast is only 18 m. long, but embraces the large and excellent harbor of Portsmouth. The tract of land bordering this sea-shore, and extending from 20 to 30 m. inland, is gently undulating or level. The Merrimac is the only large stream of the interior, and this is noted for its water-power. The population in 1790 was 141,899 ; in 1800, 183,762; in 1810, 214,360; in 1820, 244,161; in 1830, 269,328 ; in 1840, 284,574 ; and in 1850, 317,976. No. of natives of New Hamp- shire, residing in other States, in 1850, 109,070. The proportion of the foreign-born population was STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE in L850 than in any other New England Stale, and amounted to only n per cent. No. of free colored in I 850, r>20. Fanning and its branches probably employ a iter part of the population than any other of the greal divisions of labor. Except along the streams and in valleys, the soil cannol be profit- ably cultivated without considerable effort. The chief crops, and their quantities in L850, were : [rish potatoes, t,30 t,919 bush, (being the yield, in proportion to population, in any Si excepl Vermont) ; corn, 1,573,670 ; oats, 973,381 ; wheat, 185,658; rye. 1.83,117 ; etc. i! re, as in 1 1 1 ■ • other New England States, and to a greater degi farmer i compensated for the unpro- ductiveness of the soil, by the profits derived from raising live Btock. The untilled fields will generally afford valuable past r cattle; and sheep may fatten brovi ring on the hill that is too rocky and steep for the plough. The lumber business is of considerable import- ance. There is a dense growth "f forest trees on the lower slopes of the mountainous sections, con- sisting of oak, while pine, fir, hemlock, birch, maple, walnut, etc. ; wh : K on the lowlands are the elm, birch, poplar, ash, etc. The manufactures have been largely incr I within a few years, especially in the produc- tion of cotton and woollen goods by large fac- tories. In 1850, the total yearly product of all its manufactures was reported a1 $23,164,503, — of which, the cotton manufacture was more than one-third, being $8,830,619; the woollen manu- facture ranked next, its product amounting to $2,127,745; while that of the tanneries was $900,4'2l ; iron casting, $371,700 ; and wrought iron. $20,400, showing a vast difference in the importance of these products. Granite is the predominating rock in the White Mis. In the BOUthern mountain-, particularly in the Greal Monadnoc and th iboring nun- mite, the rocks are mostlj d of mic l Fine-grained jrai silent for building mate- rial, exists in many places. Of tl iron are the most abundant, some of them b found in every county. V large bed of magnetic iron ore occurs in gneiss near Franconia, and has mil 'I through a length of 200 ft., and to u depth of 90 ft. Other ores are • '■ ad. tin, zinc, and plumbago; but their d have not been found to be sufficiently rich and ive to justify the outlay for properly working them, or. OSt, since the market i< fully supplied I other sources. With railroads New Hampshire is now fully supplied,— sine.- every county except, Carroll is traversed by at least two lines, and the thickly settled counties by four or more lines. There are 1(1 principal lines of road, having a I th within the State of about 550 m„ which have cost about $20,000,000. In the coasting trade about 6,000 tons arc em- ployed. The direct fori ign e >,ir -. re : - • limited, whereas it was formerly very extensive. The foreign supplies now pass chiefly through the port of Boston. V ■ Hampshire, b sesses a considi rable amount of shippii builds and sends forth a large Dumber of v that are owned elsewh ire. Some of the best-built BhipS, both for the mercantile and naval service, have been supplied from Portsmouth. The vessels belonging to this State that arc regularly or annually employed in the cod mackerel fisheries, have an aggreg >' of about 3.000 tons, being about oue-niuth of the State's total tonnage. 68 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Chief towns, ami their population in 1850 : Manchester. 13,932 ; Portsmouth, 9.738; Nashua, including Nashville, 8,:>{ - _ ) ; Concord, 3,576; Dover, 8,196 ; Somersworth 4.943. I loncord, the State capital, is on the west bank of the Merrimac, extending ahout 2 m. along and 1 in. west of the river. The State House, built of hewn granite, stands within a fine square. By means of looks, the falls in the river here furnish •' facilities for manufacturing, which are well improved. Five railroad.- here connect, and these ii iv atly in developing the business of place, which is steadily increasing, and centres principally in Boston. Manchester is 18 ra. S. S. E. from Concord, and situated on the Merrimac, which has here a descent of 54 ft. by the Amoskeag Falls. It has ii built up within 20 years by its factories, and is now much the largest city in the State, its population in 185G amounting to 23,000. The female population is much the larger, being in the proportion of 10 to 7. The manufactures are of yarious kinds, but the most extensive branches are those of cotton goods. The city is laid out on a regular plan, and has fine public squares ; its ■■■r\\ part i< built of brick, the western of wood. Portsmouth, the only seaport, is situated at the mouth of the Piscataqua, which, with the ocean inlet, forms. a harbor accessible to the largest ves- sels. !: capital is employed in manufactures, ship building, and navigation, and a large amount is invested in other cities. The U. S. Navy Yard, on an island near the east side of the river, has a Moating balance-dock that cost $800, 000, three Inrai'ii-e ship-houses, etc. The " North America," tlii tip of the line in the Western Hemis- ' pher 'edit here during the Revolution. In city the principal buildings are the State Arsenal, the market-houses, the churches, and the Athcneum, which has a valuable library. Nashua is situated 17 m. south of Manchester, on the Merrimac, at its confluence with the Na- shua River. The latter here falls 65 ft. within two miles, and has a volume in the dryest season of 180 cubic feet per second. The canal supply- ing the water for the chief factories is 3 m. long, and affords a fall of 36 ft. The division of the city, called Nashville, on the opposite side of the river, contains about one-third of the total popu- lation, and is also noted for its manufactures. In 1853, the cotton works had 49,994 spindles, and employed 1,500 operatives. Dover is built on both sides of the Cocheco River at its lower falls, where its sudden descent of 32 a ft. creates immense hydraulic power. The principal corporation has 4 cotton mills, and em- ploys 1,500 operatives, working 1,200 looms and 47,000 spindles. The Town of Somersworth contains the village of Great Falls, in which are some extensive cot- ton factories, chiefly belonging to one company. Claremont'is a flourishing town, situated on the Connecticut River. Its manufactures are princi- pally iron castings, and cotton and woollen goods. The Town of Meredith, adjoining Lake Winni- piseogee contains several villages which have important manufactories. Keene, on Ashuelot River, and by railroad, 92 m. N. W. of Boston, is generally a very beau- tiful town, and the village is distinguished by the extent, width, and uniform level of its principal streets. The inhabitants are noted for their ( nterpri . and are extensively engaged in various branches of industry. Exeter, 37 m. S. E. of Concord, is the seat of Phillips' Academy, founded in 1781. A i E o P V i; R .M N T VK R M O N T. Vermont has amain length of aboui L50 m.. but it.- ■ varies from 36 to 98 ra . and it : whole area is computed al 10,212 sq.m. The main physical feature of thi i is the range of the Green Mountains, which traverse the : centrally from north The high is Mt. Mansfield, 20 m. N. W. of Montpelier, i9 ft. al el, bu1 Beveral peaks are about 4,000 it. high. The mountains are generally i with the ev Br, spruce, and hem- lock, and hence their Dame, from whence also name of the • ' fitly il rived. On - of this range the surface gradually descends, ugh marked by hills and undulations, to the Connecticut River and Lake Champlain, a which it is but moderately uneven, and frequently nds in long level tracts. Streams of small size are everywhere numerous, and furnish excel- lent water-power ; and the largest, viz.. Otter. Onion, La Moille, ai que, which are from TO to 100 m are navigable only for Bhorl distances near their mouths. The best harbors of Lake Champlain within the State are Burlington, St. A-lban's, and Vergeni The population in L 790 was 85,416 ; in H00, 154,465 : in 1 10,217,713; in 1820,235,764; in 1830. 280,652 ; in I 540, 291,948; and in 1 : .".l 1,120. Prom this it appears that the resident population did nol much increase in number dur- ing 1830-50, but this was owing to the emigra- tion. The number of natives of Vermont, who, in 1850, were residing in to 145,655. Number of foreign-born, in I - 33,088, or In 3-4 per cent. ; of free color. ,1. 71,-. In resped to agriculture ami grazing in' Vermont is. in proportion to its population, the first of the N •■. England • favorably with the moi 1 1 '■'. The tract- (jf vall.-y land the Streams are alluvial a. . some of its mountain va their fertility, and on the an uerally Ioamyand rich. But mosl of the fac • i- best adapted for p 50, Ver- mont produced more live stock, Inn;- r, che e, bay potatoes, hops, maple sugar and wool, a to its population, than any otl ■ in thi Onion, its chief grain crops are oal - and which, in 1 5 I, the amon 2,307,734 an I 2,032,3 of wheal was 535,955, and of buckwh bu h. The value of the live of Vermont greatly exceeds that of any "other N gland Star-, i !reat atti ation is devol d I diich are exported to all secti >ns of the ry. The culture of she p ha but the breeds are generally of v quality and are fine woolled. In manufactures, Vermont ranks 1 States : y< ' .. all brand • are p | to a g -eater or i ■ .Oft total manufactures of L85< -fifth (capi- tal invested, persons employed, and annual : osisted in the woollen manufac rank according to thi .■ —tanning, iron casting, iron, etc. St. Johnsbury is noted as most exl manufa world, Fairbanks'.) Vermont's min< ral resouro i The eastern si the mountains ! mostly of granit 1 horn ! ■ - Falls 1 by a bed of gr . aear 70 U N 1 T E 1) S T A T E S OF AMERICA Windsor, Mt. Ascutney is formed. Along the Connecticut is ;t continuous bed of clay slate, and in Caledonia County is an extensive deposite of primitive limestone. On the west side of the mountains the rocks belong to several classes of strata or formations, but the body of the mount- ains is formed of the mica-schist strata, compris- ing mica slate, granite rock, and crystalline lime- stone, or while marble, etc. Rutland with its vicinity is especially noted for numerous quarries of the finest marble of white, variegated and dark colors. In Shoreham and in Swanton, situated at the S. and N. extremities of Lake Champlain, beautiful varieties of black marble are extensively quarried. Iron is quite abundant ; the bog ore is found in all sections, and in Strafford an immense quantity of copperas is made from iron pyrites, or the sulphuret of iron. The chief slate quar- ries are at Castleton and near Brattleboro. The railroads have an aggregate length of about 430 m., and connect all the chief towns. Two costly railroad bridges extend across the arms of Lake Champlain near the Canada boundary. The coasting trade and commerce with Canada through Lake Champlain is of considerable im- portance. In 1854 the number of vessels on this Lake belonging to Vermont was 52, with an ag- gregate capacity of 0,141 tons. e are no large cities in Vermont. The population, in 1850, of the principal towns was — Burlington, 6,110; Bennington, 3,923; Brattle- boro, 3,810 ; Rutland, 3,715; St. Albans, 3,567. Many other towns have a population of more than 2,000. Montpelier was mad;: capital of the State in 1805. The capitol is a handsome granite edifice, that cost $130,000 ; and the court-house is also a fine building - . Burlington, situated on a bay of Lake Cham- plain, near the mouth of Onion River, is regularly laid out, aud handsomely built. From its rail- road connections, and the large number of mann- factories in its vicinity, it has become the centre of a heavy inland business ami general trade. The University of Vermont, founded in 1791, is lo- cated here, and occupies a commanding elevation iu the east part of the city ; from the dome of its central building a magnificent view is obtained of the lake and surrounding country. Brattleboro is noted as a beautiful town ; in its vicinity is the Slate's Asylum for the Insane, and two large water cure establishments. Rutland has of late increased more rapidly in population than any other town in the State, and its business, especially in the quarrying of marble, is constantly augmenting. The sales from the marble quarries in 1855 amounted to at least $750,000. Middlebury is situated on both sides of Otter Creek, at its falls, 35 m. S. S.-E. of Burlington, and carries on an important manufacturing busi- ness. Near the village, there is a quarry of white and variegated marble of very fine quality, which is wrought and exported in largo quantities. This is the seat of Middlebury College, founded in 1800. The Town of Bennington is distinguished for the battle fought Aug. Kith, 1777. It contains three considerable villages, each having important manufactures. Woodstock, situated on both sides of the Que- chee River, 55 m. S. by E. of Montpelier, is sur- rounded by one of the best agricultural districts of the State, for which it is the chief centre of trade. The Vermont Medical College is here located. It was founded in 1827. TO— M ■ ■ I Ji — '■ ' ■ *m B C D t F O H I - t y -JJ J« j/- 6> 3" ay ki LMNOPORS Xotig. East Jium Washington 6 Amherst , '■iyS&f'&'J' ' MASSACHUSETTS / v l^ | T3 X Scali*ofmnes for "VicuiJtT'Maii. o s in 15 20 as ' ' ' *= a n c "D t. f c n I t i, i\r jv Sr 5/ / f ■■V / : . v'. •iHttii. ;:,i'■■•'. ■ , l n.licS ZRaiTItoad-s .' . o 1 1 ■ ■ . \\ '. iVrun. Greerra i i b TABLE OF COUNTIES A M» TOWNSHIPS IN M ASS AC II I" S ETTS. Barnstable. / Barnst ible. Br. BrewBter. I Chatham. D. Dennis. E. Eastham. Fh. Falmouth. IUi. Harwich. o. Orleans. P. Provincetown. 8k. Sandwich. To. Truro. IV. Wellfleet \'h. Yarmouth. Bekkshibb. As. A duns. Ad. X. Aahford.(N) Ad. X Asbford. Ad. alford. Bt. Becket < , . i !he hire. Cg. Clarksburg. / a. Dal ton. Et. K.'toui int. In. II rida. Qn. <;t- li.urington H. Hancock. He. Hinsdale. Lh. Lanesboro. Le. Lee. Lenox. My. M roterey. Mr. MtWasht'n. .V. X. Marlboro'. tig. Otis. /' . Peru. Pd. Pittefield. Rd. Richmond. Sd. Sandisfield. Sy. Savory. sh. Sheffield. Se. Btockbridge. 'I'm. Tyringham. Wn. Washington.(E) /('. West Stock brid Wn. W .1 i nil town. /(';•. Windsor. Bristol. Attleboro. Berkley. An. 11. Dh. Dartsmouth /;. Dighton. En. Easton. F. /V. /'/-. .1/,/. N. 11. /.'/ ( . Sk. s. Si,. Tn. m. ( A. V . Ail. /;. By. Bd. n. Ex. Gn. .;. ii. ji. i.. I.n. /.. Mr. w . .1/. Ny. w. Ry. Sy. St Td. w. Wy. Ad. An. Rd. ct. <■<■ Cy. Fairhaven. Fill River. In . l wn. Man.-lii Id. N. Bedford. Norton. 1! tynbam. nib. Seekm.k. rs< t. Swai sey. Taunton. Westport. Dukes. Chilmark. Edgarton. i bury. Essex. A ml >ver. ami ■ bury. Bedford. Beverly. Bradford. I » . 1 1 1 V « 1'-. K-sex. wn. Gloucester. II imilton. Haverhill. Ipswich. Lawrence. Lynn. Lumfield. M in Chester. Marblehead. Methuen. Middletown. Newbury. Newbnryport. I Jock port. I! avley. Salem. ary. Saugus. Topsfli Id. Wenham. We t Newbury Franklin. A.ahfield. Bcrnardston. Buckland. Charlem Coleraine. Conway. hd. %: Ilk. i.„. i.t. M. Me. Nm. Sd. Oe. Re. Se. S Sd. IV. ivi. Wy. Bd. /;. Cr. Ce. Ge. II. Lw. I.if. 1/ . /v. /.'. Sk. Td. W. Wd. Wd. Wm. At. Bit. Cd. Cn. /•:. /:„. G Gh. Gy. It . //,/. Md. V. ield. Hiving. Gill. Greenfield. Hawley. Heath. Leyden. Leverelt Monroe. M 'tit - New Balem. Northfield. Orange. Rowe. Shelhurne. Shutesbury. Sunderland. Warwick. Wendell. Whatel y. Hahp] Bland ord.(W.) I. (E.) i Ihester. i !hicko| i . i IranviUe. II. .Hand. Long M. Lndlow. (X.) Montgomi ry. Palmer. RU ell. Sonthwick. Springfield. Tolland. Wales. (E.) Westfield. (W.) West Spring- field. Wilbraham. II IMPSHIBE. Amherst Belchertown. tterfield. E isthampton. Enfield. (E.) Goshen. i Greenwich. Granby. II idley. Hatfii id. Middlefleld. Northampton. Norwich- I'm. I'd. I'. Sy. Sn . We. Wn. W. Wn, An. Ay. Ad. Bd. Bo. Ii ■ Bn. c. Ce. Cd. in. ii.. Fm. (in. Hi . Hn. I.n. Lin. L: Mh. Mo. Md. m. Nn. PL Rg. Se. s. - Sm. ISW. Sy. ty. Th. Wm. W. Wd. W( Wd. Wn. I'clliam. Plainfield. Pri cott :i Hadley. Southampton. Waie. Westham] Williamsburg. Woi I Midi lesi x. Acton. A.shby. : md. Bedford. Billerica. Boxboro. Bright m. (-.) Burlington .(N) Cai ! jn-t'ord. Concord. Dracut. Dunstable. Framingham. ton. Holli Hopkinton. Lexii gl Lincoln. Littleton. I . well. Maiden. Marlboro'. Medford. N ick. Newton. Pepperell. Reading. Sherbnrn< . Shirley. - aerville. B.Ri ham. Stow. try. Tewksbury. Townsend. Tynsboro*. Waltham Watertown. Wayland. W e >t C a m bridge. Westford. Weston. (S.) Wn. Wilmingl i Wn. Wul. in ii. i Nantucket XnUKOl.K. B. DB.(W) Be. '- (E ,. . iiue. Cn. .in. Ct. 1 Ded Dr. Dorchester. h. • r. F r.i". J 'a. Franklin. M. Medfitld. M . Med way. M,i. Mill Nm. iiam Qy. Quiiici . Rh. Randolph fi R X' Sn. Stn. jlitnn. We. Wtdpole. Wh. Wej month. Wm Wrenlham. Plymoutu. Ahin. Br. Bridge water. Cr. I'al . Da. ary. Er. E. Bridgewater. Us. II ,! II. ver. Hn. Hi:.- Hm. Hinuham 111. Hull. Kn. Kingston. M . MarshReld Ml,. Middleboro'. Xr. N .Bi /'.. Pembroke Plymouth. /'. . Plympton /,' . l: ►cheater. s ite. Wn Wareham. Wr W.Bridgi •'I. K. Bost in. ( North Chi W. Win! UNITED STATES OP AM B 11 I A . Am. A!. A. Be. Bn. B. B. Bn. B. Cn. Da. Worcester. Ashburnham. Athol. Auburn. Barre. Berlin. Ds. Dy. Fg. G . Gn. Ilk. 11 J. Blackstone (S.) Jin. Bolton. (E.) 11. ton. !.r. kfleld(W) Lr. Charlton. /,. Dana. /,L r . Douglas. Dudley. Pitchborg. Gardner. Grafton. Hard wick. Harvard. Holden. Hubbardst/vn. 1. in ustcr (\ r .) Leicester. (-'..) Leominster. Lunenburg. Mn. M. My. N. No. X. Nd. ()m. Od. P. Pm. Pa. Pn. Mendon. Miltord. MilUmry. N. Braintree. Northboro. Northbridge. N. Brookfield. Oakham. Ox lord. Paxton. Petersham. Phillipston. Princeton. Bn. lid. Sy. So. s. Sr. sg. Se. Sn. Tn. Un. Uc. JVn. Royalston. Rutland. Shrewsbury. Southboro. S inthbiidge. Spencer. Sterling. Sturbridge. Sutton. Templeton. Upton. Uxbridge. Warren. W. Wo. W. Wd. IVr. Wn. W« bster. Westboro, W. Bovlston. W. BrookfieldL Westminster. Winchendon . Worcester. Not e.— For small towns in the vicinity of Boston, see Map of " Vicinity of Boston." Massachusetts, in proportion to its area aud population, is the most prosperous and wealthy State in the Union. Its eastern part is of irregu- lar shape, and its south-east projects into the ocean, by a narrow sandy peninsula, so as almost to in- close Cape Cod Bay. The central and western parts have a nearly uniform width of 48 m. Total an a, 7,800 sq. m. Most of the surface is uneven and hilly, and in many sections it is rugged and mountainous. The south-eastern division consists mainly of a level sandy plain ; the central-eastern has a somewhat uneven surface ; and the north- eastern is still more diversified, and frequently igh, rocky and hilly. The central division is undulating, with some hills, and gradually rises until it m with the mountainous division in the west. The isolated peaks — Wachusett ML. 2,016 ft. high; ML Tom, 1,200 ft., and ML Bolyoke, 920 ft. — are considered as detached parts of the range of the White .Mountains in New Hampshire. Along the west border of the State, are the Taconic, orTaughkanic Mountains, which arc continuations of the Green Mountains of Ver- mont. Its highi rations are, Saddle Mtn.. 3,505 ft., and Mt. Washington, 2,624 ft. A branch- ridge of less extent, and nearly parallel, is called the Hoosic ridge; il is about one-half the height of the former. The 1- t soils are in the valleys of tl. streams, and i >p cially in the middle and tern division of the State ; and the poorest are in the south-eastern counties. Every section is supplied with beautiful streams, furnishing excel- lent water-power. But few of the large streams are serviceable for navigation, and that chiefly in their lower courses, by small vessels. The sea- coast is everywhere deeply indented, containing many fine bays and harbors, that of Boston being the best. Some of the coast-sections contain salt- marshes. The climate is severe in winter, and is marked by sudden changes at other seasons. The total population in 1790 was 378,717 ; in 1800, 423,245; in 1810, 472,040; in 1820, 523,287 ; in 1830, 610,408 ; in 1840, 737,699 ; and in 1850, 994,511. The number of the free colored in 1850 was 9,064, or about nine-tenths of one per cent, of the total. En 1850, the number of those born in foreign countries was 160.90!). or nearly one-sixth of the whole population, being a larger proportion than in any other of the New England Slates. In the same year, the number of those born in Massachusetts, and residing in other States, was 1 99,582 ; the number of those born in other States, and residing in Massachusetts, was 134,830 : showing an exci s of 64,752 (natives of Massachusetts) given to other States. The ratio of actual increase during 1790-1820, was about 11 percent, in each 10 years ; but, since 1820 this has been steadily augmenting. In 1855, according to State census, the total population was 1,133,1 23. Agriculture is more carefully and scientifically S T A T E OF MA B E . CHV 8 E T 73 conducted than in any other State. The amount of the I far from b adequate to supply the home consumption ; and it appears that many of the crops in 18.10 ■ than in I - in. According to the a □ the chief crops ami their I amount [rish pol I bush, (in ! 185,- 662) ; corn, L' ::!.V!90; oats. L,165,l I i; rye, 481,02] 5; buckwh at. I 13,709; wheat. 31,211 (in 1840, 157,923). Value of of produce of market 10,020 (this showing a large incr r 1840, when it $283,904). Product of mi . f! 5,225 lbs.; tobacco, 1.38,246 lbs.; hops, 121,595 lbs. Since the farm land- . suited I'm- the rearing of live t ick, much attenti jiven to this business ; although this i sinee L840. The dairy products are relatively very lar Massachusetts is pre-eminent for its manufac- ture ially of cotton and woollen goi The: te annual product was reported in L850 at $151,137,1 15. This return includes the •• product <>f manufactaj ling, and th( chanic arts." The ling amount for New V' !■!. • 17,249 si id ;' r Pennsyl- vania was $155,044,910. If from these, the duct of mining be separated, it appears that the . . Inn., proper in Ma i is only second to th Bame in New fork. In the branches >.:' ci and woollen manuf; achu- setl ' Fork and vi . . other te. 'i he I tal product in the United .-'-tales in 1 - ifactures of cotton was $61,- .1;-!. of which in Massachus ,$19,712,461 ; do. do., of - ' 207,545, of which i;> Massa- ■ 565. Bands i mployi d — in cot- ton manufactur ,9,2! I 19,437 females; in woollen, 6,167 mal sacht i manufao- . The producl of ■•■ 08,952 (incluCing nail I ke and ly exceeding tl. • . pro- • <>f New York, a: I than I inia. The i f it in 1 .'- manufacl ranking in this r< i the fourth State, ducts of tanner: . ■ ':: E I 9 1 J I in this . t the thi . T . rted - ranking as the fourth State in amount of capital ei a distil! . brew i ined ( biefly to t ' i - • pro- ion of rum and n ctifi ! ' its) and as eding all others in the man:, of rum. it producing 3,786,000 ■ out of G,J00,.")UU produced in the entire Onion. The rocks of Massachusetts are chiefly of the primary formation. In are red with the and a belt of this kind, lo to 15 m. wi i E ston S. W., to ] rimary r ! in the east and north to the short ocean, and afford abundance o ay granite quarri Quinc; Hills ha: | are apparently inexhaustible. T tecticut \ . ley rests on a bed of n 1 sandsh In Hampshire County, steatite . -one) is i :ported for building pur] intains in the i part of tl . quartz and other silicious i 1 mica and clay slates, limestone and ' in B shire County is of excellent [ron 71 UNITED STATES F A M E R I C A. found most abundantly in the western counties, but in Plymouth and Bristol Cos., the bog ore is also frequently met with. Lead occurs in Hamp- shire County, where it was mined as early as 1765 ; the chief deposit is at Southampton, and is the molybate o\' lead, or yellow lead. In Stur- bridge, in Worcester Co., is a large deposit of plumbago (graphite), where it forms vfcins in gneiss about one foot wide ; and this is said to be its only valuable locality in the United States. There are some thin seams of coal in several localities. The other minerals are not found in large or valuable deposits. Mass is has more miles of railroad than any other State in proportion to its area. The road of this kind built in the Union was the Qnincy R.R., from thsgranite quarries to Nepon- i iver which was first used in 1827, and the Srst passenger railroad in America, viz : from Boston to Worcester, was completed in July, 1835. In January. 1856, there were 43 lines, which had a main length of 1,237., also 106 m., of branches, and 232 m., of double track, sidings, .. and which had cost to date $61,708,118. During L855 their net income was 83.436,172, or 5-57 per cent on cost and §0.64 per mile run. Average number of persons brought daily, exclu- sive of Sundays, into Boston, by the 7 lines entering that city, — 26,000. The foreign commerce of Massachusetts now comprehends about one-tenth of the whole exports of the United States, and about one-sixth of its imports. The actual figures for the fiscal year 1855, are,— exports of U. S. produce. $24,412,- [)Xl of foreign produce, $3,778,002, total $28,- 190,925; total imports. $45,113,774. The exports comprise comparatively few of the native i oducts of the State, but are chiefly goods manu- factured from the products of other States and foreign countries. In the amount of its tonnage, Massachusetts is the second State in the Union. The aggregate amount in 1855, was 977.210 tons ; total of the United States, 5,212,001. The collection districts rank thus : Boston, 546,268 tons ; New Bedford, L69.986 ; Barnstable, 80.615 ; Gloucester 34,237 ; Salem, 30.236; Nantucket, 23,135 ; Fall River, 20,533; Bristol, 16,494. Amount of steam ton- 17.627. In ship building, this State is exceeded only by Maine and New York, and the whole amount of tonnage annually built is at least one-seventh of all built in the Union. The total for 1855, was 79,670 tons, while m 1854 it was 92,570, and in 1853, 83,015. In the fisheries, Massachusetts is more deeply engaged than any other division of America. In January 1856, the tonnage belonging to the Uni- ted States employed in the whale fishery was 199,141, of which 164,810 tons were owned in Massachusetts ; and the annual product therefrom brought into this State is in the same, or in a greater proportion. There is much irregularity in the amount of tonnage employed in the cod and mackerel fisheries ; still, more than half of these branches, (from the United States) is carried on in Massachusetts bottoms. A recent return of the assessors gave the capital invested in the fish- eries generally at 813,619,578, employing 20,313 persons, and yielding 89,622,611 in fish and oil. The banks of Massachusetts give evid nee of \\w great wealth, enterprise, and economy of the people. By the return of Januaryl856.it ap- pears that the capital of the Massachusetts (dis- count) banks 169 in number, was more than one- sixth of all the banking capital in the Union, STATE OF UASSACHD 8 E T T S . . 33,; ...31 . .17,049. . . .22,286 ..17,216. . ..21.7 1-2 . .20,264. . ...20 . .15,215. . ..20,17:: ..16.443. . .. '20.389 viz : $58,187,000 oul of 1335,6] I 990. At the Beacon Hill : it was built in 179 a cost of 10, and iiia superior style ; and from its dome L20 ft. high, is afford d | in- teresting news in the world, t I : , built of granite in the Doric order, cost over $1,000,000 ; each front has a portico of six col- umns, each of which is i that cost $5,000. The M i hange is lid edifice ; its front has four pi each of which is a single piece of granil g abon Tl e Qui Market, built in 1836 at a cost of 500 ft. long and the best building of the kind in the Union. Faneuil Hall, tl I Ueof Liber- ty ," compli ted in 1712. is an of much in- terest. Several of the hotels are verj ia elegant. The Massach General I! 282 lG.Osl ja a very large building, and has no superior in U VI1 » ;i:!i; " ' ' -•"'" 15,713 America ami ng the institutions i tea The Springfield 11,766 13,788 Church tboul LOO in number; th Taunton 7,645 lo.-l II 13,750 comparatively few are remarkable f< r their archi- 7,161 9,572 L3.35 I tecture or adornments, nearly all are character- 12.6 same time, there were 55 with l ! '!*'•'.', depositors, w $27,296,217, averaging $184 to each depositor. Mi sachusetts has more large towns in propor- tion to its extent and population than any other State. Statement <>f their population : In I In I In . B i 93,383.... 136,881.... 160 •11 20,796 Worcester 7,497, Charlestown L1.484. Salem 15,082. f.iinl »rid 8,409. N. w B Ifo I.. .12.0 Chelsea 2,390 6,701 19,150 Roxbury 9.089 18,364 18,477 Lawrence Fall River 6,738 11,524.. Boston i m linly situated on a peninsula, i .'1 in. in length with average breadth of 1 in.. is connected with its suburbs by bridges and I'er- [1 is very uneven, and in three places rises into hills, one of which is 138 ft. above sea level; and from this peculiar confor- mation, tlu f .ailed it Tremont or Tri- mountain, the city is not laid out upon any r lar pin . and its streets are narrow, but the well pai 1 and proverbially clean. The Com- mon is a magnificent public park, comprising 3, which is justly the pride of the citizens, and is nowhere surpassed in America. Themost con- spicuous public edifi the State Eouse, which fronts the Common and crowns the summit of ized by durability and neat) and by proper adaptation to their pui 1 for public are as a class su- !• to those of any large Am literary instituti are several with very large libraries, rich ci and other valuable means of intellectual cul: . The ' [nstitt I on a Iq $250,000, provide-; regular coin lec- tures. The importam 1 1 not y compared with other c itit I In the item of population, il is not foi ider population of the city proper by itself, but with this must be n ckoned that of the Lmmi ' iburba : Charlestown, Bast Boston, Chelsea, Cam' idj 1' .' uy I 1 76 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, Lowell, 25 m. N. N. W. from Boston, is cele- brated for its cotton manufactories, in which it surpasses every place in the Union. The Merri- mac River here descends 30 ft. by the Pawtucket Tails, and the immense hydraulic power thus af- forded has been vastly increased by tire aid of canals, locks, etc. There are now 52 factories, running 371,838 spindles and 11,407 looms, em- ploying (at these and other departments of the cotton and woollen manufactures) 8,723 femali - and 4,542 males ; the capital invested amounts to about 815.000,000. Nearly one-third of the whole population are foreigners, principally Irish ; the other two-thirds are mainly from the New England Sta1 Worcester, 45 m. W. S. W. from Boston, has a delightful situation, and is surrounded by the most productive agricultural section of the State. It has greatly increased its population within a recent period, and is now very prosperous, for which condition it is chiefly indebted to its rail- road facilities. Its manufactures are various, and their aggregate amount is very large. Among the notable institutions are : — the State Lunatic A y] im, established in 1832 ; the American An- tiquarian Society, founded in 1812, having a large and extremely valuable library ; and a Roman ( 'at holic College. Charlestowu contains the Bunker Hill Monu- ment. This was erected during 1825-43, and con/ plain granite shaft, 220 ft. high, 31 ft. sq. at the base and 15 ft. sq. at the top, and it ded by a stairway of 300 steps. Near it is the U. S. Navy Yard, established in 1798, con- taining a granite dry dock that cost ijpG70,089, a granite rope-walk 1.300 ft. long, four large ship houses, very extensive naval store-houses, etc. The State Prisi a is located here. Salem, 1G m. from Boston, was formerly distin- guished for its foreign commerce, especially with the East Indies, but its capital is now chiefly em- ployed in manufactures, the fisheries, and coasting trade. Next to Plymouth, it is the oldest settle- ment in New England, having been settled in 182G. It has several literary institutions, and su- perior public schools. Cambridge is especially noted as the seat of Harvard University, founded in 1638, the oldest and wealthiest collegiate institution in the Union. Besides the college proper, there are departments of law, medicine, theology, and practical science. The city has a large area, and includes the divis- ions of East Cambridge and Cambridgeport. In the former is a glass factory producing to the value of 8500.000 yearly, and in the latter a very extensive ear factory. In the west part of the city is (he celebrated Cemetery of Mt. Auburn. New Bedford, 55 m. S. from Boston, is built on an acclivity commanding a beautiful prospect. Next to Boston, it is probably the wealthiest city in the Union in proportion to its population. The amount of tonnage owned here and employed m the whale fishery exceeds that of any other port in the United States. The principal manufac- tures are those dependent upon the whale fishery, and, though confined in this respect, they are very extensive. Roxbury, chartered as a city in 1846, has much picturesque scenery, contains many elegant dwel- lings, and is largely engaged in manufactures. Lawrence, 2G m. N. from Boston, has been built up since 1845. It is situated on both sides of the Merrimac River, which is crossed by a dam, and thus a fall of 28 ft. is obtained. There are reat cotton and five woollen mills which, with some other factories, employ about 8,000 persons. 8 T A T E F M iSSAOHU B ET 1 3 TT Lynn, 11 m. from Boston, contains 150 manu- factories of ladi< 3 1 shoes, employing several thou- • annually 1. I pairs of j, rained at 93,500,000 ; besid toriee of leathi r etc. Dgfield, on the < ' I \V. by 8. from Boston, is a very flourishing city. The manufactures arc chiefi; railroad carsj and wool] The U. S. Ar- Benal located here is the mosl ext a ive in the Union, and was established in IT! 1 "': il employ from 250 to 300 hands, who m: ke aboul 15,000 mo kets annually; and within it about ! 75,000 stand of arms ari Taunton. 35 m. 8. from Boston, contains seve- ral -, particularlj and other small nails, of locomotives, and of ton goods. Th ! State Lunatic Asylum, 1 in 1 54, is an imposing edi buryport, at the mouth of the River, and 36 m. from Boston, is one of I [ghtful towns in New England. Its manu tares are chiefly of cott",i, ; trad.- is active, and its interest in the fisheries la: ! Fall River possesses an unfailing water power, which is improved by many extensive establish- ments. Upwards of 50,000 spindles are emp I'd in the production of cotton fabrics, of which ut 20,000,000 yds. arc made yearly. iron factory, using steam power, employs also about 500 persons. Gloc built, has a fine har- bor, and employs more tonnage in the domestic fisheries than any other town in the Stat Nantucket has always been ooted fur its interest io the whale fishery. By the conflagration of July L3, 1846, a large part of the village wa.s destroy- ed, at a loss of fully 81 .000,000. i ' inlation in L855 of 72 I inhabitants : — Abington Adams bury •' Andover Attleborough . . . ' Barnstable B B Braintree I B .Hue Canton 3,115 pee ' Clinton i Danvers Dartmouth. i • am Dennis :• Fairhavei 4,693 Fitchburg Fram'. 1,676 Gloucester G Gt. B :' Harwich II ■■•. rhill 7,940 ham Hopkinton h I 4,226 Leominster 3 201 Maiden Marblehead Marlborough ...4,286 Medford Medway Milford Nantack I Natick 4,138 Northampton. Palmer 4, - P v.' ' Pittsfield 6,501 !'. mouth i Ri l: i: kport Iwich ■" h Dam tghton 1 : Uxb Waltham C..04? Ware Wareham Watertown.... 578 W( 1,014 V7i v ' '■• V. '■;■: alh Woburn . . . Wrentham . . . TABLE OF COUNTIES AND TOWNSHIPS IN RHODE ISLAND AND CONNECTICUT. RHODE ISLAND. Kent. Cy. Coventry. E. Greenwich. Wk. Warwick. ll'li. W Greenwich Newport. Bn. Barrington. />'/. Bristol. Ln. Little Compton. M. Middletown. Newport. Ph Portsmouth. Tn. Tiverton. Providence. Be. Burrellville. Cn. Cranston. Cd. Cumberland. Fr. Foster. Gr. Gloucester. Providence. Washington. Cn. Charlestown. Er. Exeter. Hh. Hopkinton. Kingston. Nn. N. Kingston. Sn. S. Kingston. IVy. Westerly. CONNECTICUT. Fairfield. Bd. BrookQeld. Bt. Briiegport. Ln. Darien. En. Gh. /In. Me. Nn. N. Nn. Nk. Rg- Rd. Sd. Sd. Sm. Tl. in. IV. Wn. An. Bn. Bd. Bl. Bn. Cn. Ed. Er. Ed. Fn. Gy. Gy. Hd. Mr. Mli. Nn. Rl. Sy. Danbury. Easton. Fairfield. Greenwich. Huntington. Monroe. New Canaan. N New Fairfield. Newtown. (3.) Norwalk. Reading. Ridgeiield. Stamford. Stratford. Sherman. Trumbull. Westport. Wilton. Weston. Hartford. Avon. Berlin. Bloomfield. Bristol. Burlington. Canton. East Hartford. East Windsor. Enfield. Farmington. Glastenbury, (iranby. (N.) Hartford. Hartland. Manchester. Marlboro. New Britain. Rocky Hill. Simsbury. Sn. Southington. Sr. South Windsor Sd. Suffield. Il'd. Wethersfield. Wr. Windsor. TVs. Windsor Locks Litchfield. Bd. Barkhamsted. B. Bethlehem. Cn. Canaan. Ck. Colebrook. CI. Cornwall, Gn. Goshen. Hn. Harwinton. Kt. Kent. Ld. Litchfield. Nd. New Hartford. Nd. New Milford. Nk. Norfolk. Ph. Plymouth. Ry. Roxbury. Sy. Salisbury. Sn. Sharon. Tn. Torrington. IVn. Water town. IV. Washington. JVn. Warren. Wy. Woodbnr}'. Middlesex. Cm. Chatham. Cr. Chester. Cn. Clinton. CI. Cromwell. Um. Durham. Em. East Haddam. Hm. Haddam. Kh, Killingworth. Middletown. Pd. Portland. Sy. Saybrook. Wk. Westbrook. New Haven. By. Bethany. Bd. Branford. Ce. Cheshire. Dy. Derby. E. E. Haven. Gd. Guilford. Ha. Hamden. Mn. Madison. Mn. Meriden. My. Middlebury. Ml. Milford. N. Naugatuck. New Haven. Md. North Branford N. North Haven. Oe. Orange. Od. Oxford. Pt. Prospect. >SV. Seymour. Sy. South bury. JVd. Wallingford. Jr. Waterbury. IVt. Walcott. IVe. Woodbridge. New London. Bh. Bozrah. Cr. Colchester. Ee. East Lyme. Fn. Franklin. Gd. Griswold. Gn. Groton. Ln. Lebanon. Ld. Ledyard. L. LisboD. I.e. Lyme. Me. Moutville. NIi. Norwich. Nn. North Stoning- ton. Pn. Preston. Sm. Salem. Sn. Stonington. IVd. Waterford. Ar. Bn. ( 'a. Cy. En. Hn. Md. Ss. Sd. Un. Vn. Wn. Tolland. Andover. Balton Columbia. Coventry. Ellington. Hebron. Mansfield. Somers. Stafford. Tolland. Union. Vernon. Williuaton. Windham. Ad. Ash ford- Bn. Brooklyn. Cy. Canterbury Cn. Chaplain. Ed. East ford. Un. Ham pton. Ky. Killingly. Pd. Plainneld. Pt. Pom fret. sg. Sterling. In. Thompson. Vn. Voluntown. Wm . Windham. Wk. Woodstock. Hiiode Island is the smallest State in the Union, and its area is only 1,30G sq. m. It is divided into two unequal parts by Narragansett Bay, which extends inland over 30 m., occupying one- tenth of the whole area. The surface is uneven and broken, but the highest elevation is only 300 ft. obove sea-level. Most of the soil is gravelly loam, sometimes slaty, and is moderately fertile. The streams arc small, but afford excellent water- power, which is well improved by hundreds of factories, etc. The climate is much modified by the proximity of the Atlantic Ocean and the Gulf Stream. The total population of the State in 1790 was 58,825; in 1800, 69,122;' in 1810, 76,931; in 1820, 83,059 ; in 1830, 97,212 ; in 1840, 108,830 ■ and in 1850, 147,545. At the last census, the classes were 143,875 whites, and 3.670 colored ~fT~ - ' „s to ■ -n -J. CONNECTICUT RHODE ISLAND _AXD XO^VG ISLAND Scale of miles 10 30 Longitude East from Washington S T A T E U F R II o I) E I fi !. A N I) 79 Population to thosqaare mile, L22*9, being more than any Stair, except Massachusetts. Agriculture proper is a secondary interest. The lands are besi adapted for grazing, and, throughout the State, the farmer devotes his at- tention to this branch rather than to tillage. The island of Rhode Island is particularly u< for its • p, butter, and cheese. Of grain crops, that of corn is much the largest, ami in 1850 it amounted to 539,201 bush.; while that of oats was 215,232; of rye, 26,409; barley, 18,875; buckwheat, L,245 ; and wheat, only 49. Manufactures engross the greater part of the wealth and daily industry of the people. The first cotton mill in the United States was built in this State, and for a long period Rhode Island has been the first State in the Union in the pro- duction of cotton goods, in proportion to its pop- ulation. In the same way it also ranks as the second Stale in respect to its woollen manufac- tures. The first cloth manufactory operated by water-power ever established in this country, was commenced at Pawtucket in 1 790. Statistics of 1850: — The cotton factories. 158, had a capital of §6,075.000, and consumed yearly $3,484,579 worth of raw material ; their annual product was §6,447.120, and they employed 5,916 females and 4.959 males. The woollen factories, 45. had a capital of ^1,013.000, and consumed yearly SI. 46.1. 900. of raw material: their annual pro- duet was $2,381,825, and they employed 987 males and 771 females. The total number of manufactories producing to the amount of $500 annually, was 853, their capital $12,923,176, and their annual product $22,093,258. The mineral productions are not of much ac- count. Coal has been found in several localities, and as early as 17G3 it was dug at Newport for consumption in tl ion. Thi re is some iron ore within tl buildii By limi The wealth of capita ! to a con- rec in other States, yet chiefly within their own State : and in no more noticeable than in regard to the bans . J : these. Rhode I 'and is espi cially d died, return of Jan. I, L856, tat ■: their number at capital at $19,9 15 etc, at $29,186,458 ; of which, in I alone, the capital of 38 banks amoui $13,483,528. The length of the railroad; within III id iv>w amounts to ] I 2 m., and ; ; the State with all the important cities of joining States. The i easting trade is active, bnt the direct foreign commerce 1855 the total tonnage was 51,039, and 7000 tons in the whale fish Population of chief cities and townships in I: Provid i ce, 41.513 ; Smithfield, 11.500; Newport, 9,563 ; North Providence, 7,6:- I ; Warwick. 7,740; Cumberland, 0,011. Providence, situated en 1. ;h Bides of Provi- dence River, has a very extensive business, espe- cially in banking, manufactures and the <•■ trade. Its ite isuneven and irregular, but the municipal improvements l.av 1 its natural aspect. Many of the public buildings ar and costly. The principal edifio ist of the Arcade, Stonington R. R. Depot, the new Cus- tom House, and the churches. Brown Uni incorporated in 17*'.!. and removed from Wai to Providence in 1770. occupies the | ground east of the river, commanding an exten- sive, varied, and beautiful p ' are other institutions devoted to education and litera- 80 U X I T E I) STATES OF A M E RICA. ture that are worthy of remark, and the condition of even the common schools is highly creditable to the city. The manufactures are of very varied character, but the most important branches are those of jewelry and iron goods. Newport is noted as an interesting place, and fashionable resort in summer. Since 1850 its general appearance bar- been greatly improved. The Town of Smithfield contains several im- portant manufacturing villages, as Woonsocket, Slatersville, and Valley Falls ; and its limestone quarries are more profitable tha any others in the State. CONNECTICUT. Connecticut has less area than any other State, except Rhode Island and Delaware. In aggregate wealth, and in many other important respects, it is the second New England States. Ex- clusive of a small section in the S. W. part, it has a very r . with a length E. and TV. of 88 m., and breadth of 56 m. ; area, 4,674 sq. in. A great part of the surface is hilly and rug and the remainder is everywhere diversified with the valleys of streams and the elevations which form them. There are four principal ranges of hill?, continuations of the high mountains north- ward. Th "::e are — the Housatonic range, in the N. W. ; the Green Mountain and Mount Tom ranges, both extending N. and S. through the centra! re i . ine State, and terminating near New Haven ; and a fourth range from Stafford to East Haven, crossing the Connecticut River near Middletown. There are other ranges of high hills, as that between Meriden and Mid- dletown. The principal rivers are the Con- necticut, nousatonic, and Thames, and these are navigable for some distance inland. The Connecticut is navigable for vessels drawing 10 feet of water to Middletown, 34 m. ; for those drawing 8 feet to Hartford, 50 m. ; and above Hartford, small steamboats have, in some seasons, run regularly to Springfield, Mass. The Thames is navigable to Norwich, 14 m. ; and the Housa- tonic to Derby, 14 m. ; each for vessels of light draught. The coast-line is nowhere deeply in- dented by large bay.-, though there are many small, bay-like recesses, which are too open for secure harborage. The best harbors are those of New London and Black Rock (Fairfield). The total population in 1790 was 238,141 ; in 1800, 251,002; in 1810, 262,042; in 1820, 275.202 ; in 1830, 297,675 ; in 1840, 309,978 ; and in 1850, 370,792. It appeai'3 that the actual increase in the number of the resident population during the 60 years from 1790 to 1850, was 55-7 per cent; which was proportionally, the least growth of any State in the Union during that period, except Delaware, which had about the same growth. This result is owing only to the ration to other States. In 1850, the number of natives of Connecticut then residing in the State, was 292,633 ; do. residing in other States, 154,891, or over one-third of the total, 447,544. The foreign born population in 1850, was about one-tenth of the total ; that of the free colored one- fiftieth. Agriculture is skilfully pursued in every sec- tion where it is profitable, as well as in many sec- tions where little or no profit is derived. In the valleys of the chief rivers and other streams, es- pecially in that of the Connecticut River, the soil is generally fertile. The grain crop3 of 1850 were: corn, 1,935,043 bushels; oats, 1,258,738, rye, 600,893 ; buckwheat, 229,297 ; wheat, 41,762. 8 T ATE OF CONN E C T ICUT. 81 Potato - and ' y are Iai raised; of the for- mer, the crop in 1850, w 2 ln-1 . Tobacco is now extensively cultivated ; the crop in 1840 v, 471 ! 7. and in L850, 1,267,624 lbs. The N. \\ . pari - F the State is best adapted for grazing, and i not ' its i at cattle In i : ' ot of its manufactures Con- necticut to the census of 1850. next nil !:. Penn ichu- sctts, and Ohio. Various branches of manufac- turing industry, a me extent in i. are fabricated in small quant y individu ishmenl swithcom] mall amount of capital. Within period, the number of exten ' a greatly in- New ' ■ ' the principal manufacturii State ; and the Town of Waterbury has a larger amount invested in manufacturing than any other town. The prin- cipal bn in tl census of ] are cotton and q manufactures. Cotton factories, 128 in nui iyed a capital 19.100, 2,708 mi and their annual product was $ 1,257,522. Wool- len factories. 149 in number, then employed a capital c 0, 2,907 mal 2,581 and their producl annually v 216. Connecticut's resources in it- mine- and quar- ries are very great. The State is geologically divided in ields; t lie first is com]" of the unstratified and metamorphic rock-. . the other of those secondary strata which consti- tute the new red sandstone formation. Veins of the most import nl metals haveb en found in va- rious sections, and many of them are work d pecially iron and copper. In Salisbury, in the N. W corner of (he State, there is the most re- markable and extensive d pi ri1 of the brown •• hemati in thi I ; this I:: be< I: W( :!-' d for a CI i ipally in the export of the manufactured goods, building stone, and the products of the Ssherii , The foreign comm the ports of i rk and Boston. Tl how- : ade with foreign <■■ (particularly with the West Indies), and its amount been steadily increasing siuce 1850, both in its and imports. In r to its total tonnage, Connecticut ranks fifth of the Free States. The actual amount in II 7.180 to:, amount of Um- now built annually is between 9,000 and 10,000 tons. The district of New London owns about 45 000 tons, or one-third of the whole. Bridgeport and New Haven, have each about and Middletown district. 16,296. The whale fishery has of late years employed 82 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. about 25,000 tons, chiefly from New London and Stonington. The cod fishery employs about 7,000 3. The more domestic fisheries, particularly 3, etc., afford regular business to seve- ral thousand men. Great quantities of white fish are taken from the Sound to use in fertilizing the land. Population in 1850 of the chief townships, tach of which includes the city of the same name: New Haven, 22,533; Hartford, 17.966 ; Norwich. 10.265 ; New London. 8,991 : Middle- town, 8,441; Bridgeport, 7,560; Waterbury, 5.137. New Haven stands on a beautiful plain, at the head of New Haven Bay, environed by an amphi- theatre of hills. From the great number of elm trees which line the streets, it is familiarly known as the " City of Elms." Near its centre is a beautiful square, in which are the State House and - .i*i b autiful churches; and adjoining this is the square containing the numerous edifices of Yale College. This institution was originally founded at Killingworth in 1700, removed to Say- brook in 1707, and to New Haven in 1716. For many years it has had, as now, a greater number of students in its collegiate department than any other American college ; and with the college proper are flourishing departments of medicine, law, theology, and practical science. The city tains some large factories, especially of clocks and carriages. Hartford, on the west bank of Connecticut River, is extensively engaged in various manufac- tures, has a larger investment in merchandize than any other town, and by its railroad connections, it is also a great thoroughfare. This city contains several important institutions, viz : American Inm for the Deaf and Dumb, organized in 1817, and the first in the New World ; Retreat for the Insane, founded in 1822 ; Trinity College, (Episcopal) founded in 1823 ; Wadsworth Athe- naeum, containing the valuable library of the Connecticut Historical Society, etc. Norwich, at the head of Thames River, is largely engaged in various manufactures, having excellent facilities for this business. It is built on a steep acclivity, and presi nts a delightful appear- ance as approached from the river. New London, near the mouth of Thames River is noted for its vessels, and its interest in the fisheries. In the whale fishery it is more largely engaged than any other port in the Union except New Bedford. Several extensive manufactories have lately commenced operations. The harbor is defended by Forts Trumbull and Griswold. Middletown, on the Connecticut River at its great bend, has manufactures of hardware, cast- ings, screws, pumps, etc. It contains a Methodist college, the Wesleyan University, founded in 1831, and an Episcopal Theological Seminary, the Berke- ley Institute, founded in l! Bridgeport, 18 m. W. of New Haven, on an arm of the L. I. Sound, is a flourishing place, built up by its being the terminus of the Housa- tonic and Naugatuck Railroads which here con- nect with the N. T. and N. II. R. R. It also has extensive manufactures of carriages, saddlery, castings, machinery, etc. Waterbury is delightfully situated in the Nau- gatuck Valley, 21 m. N. W. of New Haven. It is distinguished for the extent and variety of its manufactures which consist principally of rolled copper and brass, tubing, brass ami copper wire, white copper, plated brass, gilt and brass buttons, hooks and eyes, pins, files, castings, etc. *& r .>- T'l :.,-■" & , 4-v- 5 ss a H *H -3 . Si sS&'i TABLE OF COUNTIES AND TOWNSHIPS IN NEW YORK. Albany. B. Bethleh Be. Berne. Cs. ( loevm (ill. Guilderl Kx. Knox. A'. New Scotland Re. I; ii- elaerville /('. W'ntcrvlit t. Wo. '•'. eaU rloo. ALLEGANY. Ad. Alford. A. Almond. An. Allen. .!'■. Amity. Ar. Andovi r. ilica. Br. Bolivar. B'. Birdsall. Bt. Bs. Burns. Ca. Caneadea, ('. Centreville. Ce. Clark ville. Fp. Friendship. <■' . Granger. He. 1 1 une. Je. independence. JVn. New Had On. Ossian. Jit. Ruahford. So. Bcio. tVg. Willing. Hi. Wirt. IVd. West Almond. Brooks. //. Bark. r. Binghamton. Coleav (-'a. Conklin. I.i. Lisle. Me. Maine. -V'- ' ke. 8d. Banford. Te. Triangle. U. Union. i '. Vestal. IVr. Windsor. C urAUAuors. Ad. Ashl'onl. Bn. Burton. Cn. Co. t-'e- Dn. F. Fe. I'm. II. Hy. I.n. I.n. I.n. )/<'. Ms. m. On. Oo. I',. Ph. P. R. So. Sy. ) e. As. B. Co. Ct. Ga. la. I.. I. Mz M. .Vs. (>. So. Sa. Sen. si. Sg. St. I',. Vy. B. Cn. Cg. Carrollton. Conner Coldspring. Dayton. Ellicottvil e. Farmers ville. Franklin ville. Fn edom. Great \' alloy. Humphrey. Little Valley. Lynd Mansfield. Machias. Ne • '. ■ 'li. n. • Part ville. Perrysbnrgh. Persia. ■ Iph. South Valley. Yorkshire. Cayi Aurelius. Auburn. !US. Cat-. i lonqne t. Flem G snoa, Ira. Ledyard. ke. Mentz. Moravia. Nilea. 3C0. Bcipio. ipronius. net. Bpringport. Sterling. BammerbilL Venice. Victory. Chi hung. Bigflats. Catlin. Chemung. Elmira. Fn. Erin. st. South V n . VanEtten. V. Veteran. Be. C. ■ - <;. (id. I.n. Mh. Nn. Nh. Oc. Od. Pa. i: Pre. I'll. Sn . As. Bk. Bn. C. Cy. Cn. Eh. '•/ . Pu. Se. S.F. An. A:. Cn. Cm. C -. Ct. Ce. Gn. (it. G. II. Kk. I.n. N. Chenango. Bainbriil Col ml ' rventry. Green. (8.) Guilford. Linklean. M [Don i .uh. N'ew Berlin. Nor v. N. Norwich. Ot.-cli'-. .nl. Phar alia. Pitcher, ton. Plymouth. Sherburn. Smitbville. Smyrna. Clintos. A usable. Blackbrook. skman. implain. Chazy. Clinton. EUenburgh. Mooers. Pern. Pla Saranac. Schuyler I COLUMBIA. An cram. Austerlitz. Canaan. Mill. Claverack. Clarmont. tke. G ill .tin. Germantown. Bnt. Greenport Hillsdale. Kinderh ok. Livingston New Lebanon. St. S. Tc. Cs. C. F. n. ii . L. M. Pe. s . Sn. i . VI. IV. As. Jit. Cr. lit. I)i. Fn. Hie. I In. lid. A?. Me. Mh. Mn. St. Ta. Wn. I ■. li. Cn. Dr. FL II. I,. Mh. Xt. ''- Pa. Py. Rk. Ilk. sd. I ■. Stockport. Btuyvesant. Taghkani'-. Cortland. Cincinn Cortlandville. . n. Harford. Homer. Lapeer. Marathon. Preble. Scott. Solon. Truxton. Virgil. Willet Delaware. Andes. Bovina. Colchester. 1 1 venport. Delhi. Franklin. II incock. Hamden. II :rpersfield. K irtriirht. M isonville. Men Middletown. Sidney. mf. id. Tompkins. Walton. DiTcm 33. Amenia. . ii in. Clinton. 1 lover. kill. Hyde Park. La Cr in Mils N( rth 1 Pine Plains. Plea>':it\ Pougbk. took. k. Stamford. L uionvale. IV. Waahin IE. An. Al At. Ami An. Am B. Black B lin. B Bull . Bt. Brandt. Co. < bictawa Ce. Clarence. Cn. (olden. Cd. Concord. En. Eden. Hx- Hamburg. it . H I.r. Car. id. Sa. Siriinid. Tonawai IV . Wales. \:x. Cd. Chesterfield. O. P. Crown P Elizabethto-.vn. E Essex. Jy. Jay. Ke. ivtine. /. . Lewis. M . Mini iva. Mh. Moriah. Nb. ,:ib. Nh. N.Hud - Sn. Ta. I indi i lit. West port. IVii. Willa it ._h. Wilmington. '.MvLlN. /?/•. Pin Bt. Belmont. By, Bn. Brandon. ke. C, Chateau - Ce. Dn, .n. De. Duane, /■>!. Ft. Covington. F. Franklin. B4 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA //. HarrietUtown. i M alone. Ma. Moira. ) f 'c. Westville. Fulton. Br. Bleecker. E. Ephratah. Johnstown. M. MayEeld. N. Northampton. Om. Oppenheim. /'. Perth. Sd. Stratford. Genesee. Aa. Alabama. \r. Alexander. Batavia. Bn. Bergen. By. Bethany. B. Byron. Hn. Darien. Ea. Elba. Ly. Leroy. P. Pavilion. Pe. Pembroke. Sd. Staflord. Greene. Ad. Ashland. As. Athens. Co. Cairo. ( I. Catskill. Ce. Coxsaekie. Dm. Durham. Ge. Greenville. Hr. Hunter. Jt. Jewett. Ln. Lexington. Ne. New Baltimore. Pe. Prattsville. W. Windham. Hamilton'. Aa. Arietta.. Gn. Oilman. He. Hope. LakePieamnt. Long Lake. Me. Morehouse. Wi. Wells. Herkimer. Ca. Columbia. De. Danube. Fd. Fairfield. Ft. Frankfort. Gs. German Flats. Herkimer. L. Litchfield (SW) L. Little Falls. M. Mauheim. Nt. Newport. Ny. Norway. Oo. Ohio. R ■. Russia. Sy. Salisbury. S>. Schuyler. Sk. Stark. Wn. Warren. J (7. Wilmot. W. Winlield. Jefferson. A. Adams. An. Alexandria. Ap. Antwerp. Be. Brownsville. Cape Vincent. Cn. Champion. C. Clayton. Eh. Elhsburgh. Hn. Henderson. H. Houndslield. Ly. Le G ly. Le. Lorraine (S.) Le. Lyme. Of. Orleans. Pa. Pamelia (W.) Pa. Philadelphia. Rn. Rodman. Rd. Rutland. Watertown. W. Wilna. Wh. Worth. Kings. Brooklyn. Bk. Bushwick. Fh. Flatbush. Gd. Gravesend. Nt. New Utn Lewis. Croghan. Denmark. Diana. Greig. Harrisburgh. Leyden. Lowville. Martinsburgh. New Bremen. Osceola. Pinkney. Turin. Watson. West Turin. Livingston. Avon. Caledonia (N.) Conesus. Geueseo. Groveland. Leicester. Lima. Livonia. Mount Morris, New Dan--ville Cn. Dk. Da. «g- Hlu Ln. Le. Nn. On. Py. Tn. IV. Wn. C. c. Gd. Lr. La. L. Ms. D. Na. Pc. S. Sr. Wn. V. Bd. Ca. Dr. En. F. . Lansingborgh. rVt*. N Ph. Petersburgh. P. Pittstown (X.) P. Poestenkill. S. Band Lake (S.) 8. Bchaghti Sk. Bchodack. s,i. Btephentown. Tro; Richmond. Cn. Castleton. Nil. Northfield. S. Southfii IV. Westfield. Rockland. GlarkBtown. H. Baverstraw. O- Or R. Rama|.o. St. Lawrence. Br. Brash Cn. Canton. C. Coll DK. DeKalb. D. De Peyster. Es. Edwards. i\ Pine. /'. Fowler. (l. <; tuveri i lid. Bammond. Jfn. Berinon. //. Bopkintown. Le. Lawrenci /.//. Lisbi n. /,. Louisville. M. Macomb. Ml. Madrid. Ma. Mn. Morristown. Norfolk. Oe. I ohie. P. Parrishville. Pi. Pierpont. Pn. Pitcairn. Put. Pol d mi. R. Rossie. Rl. Russell. Sm. Stockholm. 8ar ltog \. 15 illstnii. < !h niton. Clifton Park. ith. Day. Edinburgh. Galway. Greenlleld. Badley. BalfMoon. Malta. Milton. Moreau. North n Providence. Saratoga. Sar'ga Spring i. Btall water. Waterford. Wilton. -'. BENECTADY. Duane=burg. i i le. Nisk y una Princeton. Rotterdam. Schenectady. Schoharie. Bleiilifiin. Broome. . Carlisle. Cubleskill. C. I Ch. Dy. E . Gy. <;/. ilr. II 1/ . '/ Mu. X. /v. Sa. Ss. Sr. Wn. " V. p. n. n. Be. Ca CI. t'r. i !on< -ville. I'.a. J0-|n Tana. /'. Pull II. Ga. Gilboa. In. J M%. Middleburg. R . Ri hmondville. h iharie, S. Seward. Sn. Sharon. ,SV. Summit. W. Wright. Scui vi.i;i:. Ce. Catharine. /).,: Dix. Hr. Sector. Oe. Orange. R. Reading. Te. Tyrone. EC \. <7. Covert. Fe. Fayette. ./. Junius. Li. Lodi. livid. R. Romulus. .S'. Seneca Falls. F . Tyre. !'. Varick. Waterloo. Steuben. An. Addison. Aa. Avoca. Bath. B. Bradford. Cn. Cameron. C. Campbell. Co. Canisteo. Cn. Cohocton (N.) f)e. Dansville. /.'. Erwin. Gd. Greenwood. He. Bartsville. // . Bornby. //. Bornellsville. Hd. II ) vard. ./;•. Jasper. /-. L^ndley. Pd. Painted Post. Ph. Prattsburgh. P. Pnltney 'I'n. Thurston. Th. Tronpsburgh. I ' Urban l. /J',/. Wayland. W. Wayne. Wn. Weal Onion. Wr. Wheeler. II'. WoodhulL Suffolk. Bn. Brookbaven. E. II. Bast Bai 11,1. Bnntington. h- [slip. Riverbead. Iter [aland Sn. Sin Sh. npton. Sd. South lid. . \-.. Bl. :.e|. Cn. 1 C. Cochecton. F. Fallsburgh. F ■ Fori ' Ly. Liberty. /.-/. Lumberland. tfg. ftfamakating. Nk. Neversink. Rd. Rock! md. r,i. Thompson. Bn. Be. Cr. Nk. N. Oo. lid. Sr. T. Ce. Dy. Iin. F. (In. Lg. Sd. //,. l.d. Mi. W. .V. Oe. PL Rr. /.' Ss. Sn. S ■ w. .11. B. Cr. TiOOA. I! i it on. link-hire. Can Newark. Nichols. 1 1 • .vego. Richford. .cer. Tin-,. TOHPKINB. -line. Danby. Dryden. Enfield. Groton. Ithica. I. H,-incr. Newfield. Ulysses. I'l.STKK. . E3so| Burly. Kingston. Lloyd. Marbletown. Mablborongh. New Paltz. Olive. PlattekilL Rochester, endale. - igorties. Shandeki n. Sha wan gunk. Wawarsing. Woodstock. \V m;kkn. Athol. R Hon. Caldwell. G. ■ alls. He. Ili\. Jh. Johi I.. int. V- Q leenabnrg. W. Wan h. Ce. I'.uxii.ri'. Dn. Dresden. ; in. In. . 'in. /■'. Fort Edward Ge. Granville, i h. //c 11 unpton. Hd Hartford. II. Hebron. J a. W. Kingsbury. /•". Pntnam. Sm. Bali W. White Creek. White Hall. Wayne. A. Arcadia. B . Rutler. I/. Galen. Hn. Huron. 3/. Uacedon. .17/1. Mai Oo. Ontario. Pa. Palmyra. /;. Ri Sh. Savannah. Sodus. IVl. Walcott IVh. Walworth. Wn. Williamson. W R. Bedford. dt. /.'. E ''T. (ih. Greenburgh. //. Hani /. Eewisborouph. M. Mamaroi • V v. North Castle. : . North Salem. Og. Ossining. p. Pelham (S.) P. Poundridge. /.'. live. S. Scar-dale. \S. SomersCN'.t W. (■'■■ W.F. Wot Farms S6 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA White Plains. I's. Yonkers. 5'. Yorktown. Wyoming. Aa. Atti . /?«!. Bennington. ' . <'a>tilt-. I . China. (n Covington. Ee. Eagle. <<■'<-. Gainesville. G. GeneseeFalls. Ja. Java. M. Middlebury. Oe. Orongi Py. Perry. Pe. Tike. S. Sheldon. Warsaw. Wd.Wetherfield. Yates. B. Barrington Bn . Bent fm. Jerusalem. I. Italy. Mx Middlesex. M. Milo. Pr. Potter. S. Starkev. New York surpasses every other State in ago gate population and wealth. The extreme length, E. and W., of its continental part is about 335 m. ; extreme breadth. N. and S., 308 m. Long Island is about 125 m. in length, its greatest breadth is about 20 m., and its area is about 1,440 sq. m. Staten Island is about 14 m. long, from 4 to 8 m. wide, with area of about GO sq. m. Manhattan Island has a main length of 13 m., with main 1 1th of 2 m., and area of 21 3-4 sq. m. Total a of the State, 47.000 sq. m. The chief physical divisions of New York differ widely in their aspect. The eastern part is traversed by ranges of mountains ; the interior has an uneven surface, and contains several large and deep lakes ; and the western part, though frequently uneven, is distinguished for its broad and ricli plain-. The Alleghany Mts., enter the S. E. part by two distinct ridges from New Jersey and Pennsylvania. The former crosses the Hudson River at We t Point, forming the Highlands of the Hudson, celebrated for their scenery, which combines grandeur with the most picturesque beauty. At this crossing of the Hudson, the Highlands are from 15 to 20 m. in breadth, while their altitude is seldom 1,500 ft. ; though, in one in . od the east bank of the river, near Fishkill, there is an elevation of about 1,700 ft. East of the Hudson, this range has a N. E. direction, until it approaches near the Con- undary line, and then extends north, being called the Taconic range, until it merges in the chain of the Green Mountains. The second branch of the Alleghanies, leading from Pennsyl- vania, is the range of the Shawangunk Mts.. which also extends in N. E. direction ; this ap- proaches the Hudson, but does not extend across it. The Catskill range also approaches the Hud- son by a similar course, and extends parallel to the river for 20 m., but then bends off to the N. TV. towards the Mohawk River. The mountains in the northern part of the State (which are together generally called the Adirondack Mts.) comprise several ranges which have distinct local names ; yet they together constitute a branch of the great Appalachian System. In other counties there are ranges of hills and highlands. In the interior, as in the Counties of Chenango, Cortland, Madi- son, and Onondaga, the surface is generally ele- vated and moderately uneven, sometimes broken and hilly. The district adjoining the south shore of Lake Ontario is a low plateau, gradually rising to the south, for a distance varying from 4 to 8 m.. when it is abruptly terminated by a terrace. This terrace, or ridge, forms the Falls of the see at Rochester ; at its western extremity. it is 200 ft. high, but as it slopes eastward it de- scends gently to the general level east of Cayuga Lake. Commencing with this terrace at its north front, there is a broad plateau of nearly level country, slightly depressed toward the centre, but rising gently again towards the south, which ter- minates at the base of a second terrace having a general height of 60 ft. or more above the former. This terrace, at its front ridge, forms the Falls of Portage in Alleghany Co., and other interesting features. Beyond this second terrace, the country is level for several miles, and then it has a gradual ascent to higher ground. South of this the country is hilly, in some parts rising to an elevation T A T E o F N E W V QBE 87 of 2,.">00 ft. above the level of^he ocean, and from Goo to 1,000 ft. above the deep I vs and yel there are no ranges of mountains. The whole south ! r of tli'- Si ■ be con- sidered as haying once been a high and I plateau, and that from denudations and breaking up of the strata in i \ together with the action of waves and currents, this irregular and uneven surfai produ i he extent of navigable waters within the boundaries of this State is greater than within (In' limits of any otii r Sti . The bay of New York City is one of the very best in the world; ii is aboul 8 iii. long, and from 1J- to 5J m. wid ible, perfectly safe, and rtrongly defended j and ii d otered from the ocean by tin I d Sound. the Nan | ige Fur !.. and Stat 1 Sound. Lab I and < >n- tario are na. teamers sailing \ . The ] [udson Rivi r is m for ships to Hud on, 1 17 in., and for large steam- ers to Troy, 1 L5 m. Besides the River rence and Lake Champlain on it- borders, tl • lakes within the State that are navigable by steamers, as Lake George, 3G m. long, Oayu id S ca, 35 : al o, the smaller lakes, Oneida, '20 m. long, Skan L6, Crooked, L8, Canandaigua, 15, Chautau L 8, and several othei . Quite alarge number of the rivers within the State have each a course of 150 m.. and of them are of any value for navigation, and that by small boats between their falls. The total population in L790 was 340,120; in . iii L810, 959,049; in 1 L,372,812; in L830, 1,918,608 ; in 1840,2,428,- 921 ; aud in 1850, 3,097,394. By the last ccn- I 2,129,651 i , in the other Stan - of th Onion; 47,200 in Aim [11 in land; 23,418 in Scotland; 7,582 in Wal 118,398 in Germany ; 12,515 in I in i untries ; an 1 6 2 re unknown ; giving about 21 ; - u birth. No. of free c 16,069, or about L*6 p c < ■■ at. ; b I in ! numbered 50,027, or a li During the year 1 by 5! f whom I at an expense of nearly $1 ; for each indivi- dual. In L850 the nural born ia State, but tl 218; and the number of those born in otl in this £ ,100; showing an excess of 259,119 r c mt. durin riod. i : i'l 55, according tot) State population was 3,470, 516,745; naturalized voter. 135,076; al! 631 .7. A.grii dtun employs th ater pari of I ilation, exclusive of the inha and large villages. In of tliis State may properly h call i •. fertile. The sections thai at ■ (unties traversed by the mountains : and there are many fruitful valleys in those pa 88 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, Great efforts have been made, especially by agri- cultural societies, to introduce everywhere the best modes of culture, with much success. Im- provements of this class have been particularly made in the vicinity of the City of New York. although in that section this result has been directly owing to the great demands of the popu- lous city. For example, the western part of Long- Island has soil that is naturally of moderate fertility, but it has been greatly improved, and it is now noted for its market produce. In 1850, the amount of improved land, in farms, was about two-iifths of the whole area of the State, and that of the unimproved land, also embraced in farms, was somewhat more than another one-fifth of the whole. No. of farms, 170,621 ; average no. of acres in each, 113 ; average value, $3,250. Ac- cording to census of 1850, New York ranks as first of the States in its aggregate production of pats (26,552,814 bush., out of 146,584.179 in the whole Union), of buckwheat (3,183,955, out of 8,956,81 2), of barley (3,585,059, out of 5,167.015), of Irish potatoes (15,398,368, out of 05,797.896), of peas and beans, of market-garden products, of orchard products, and of hay, maple-sugar, hi i and hops. Also in the amount of its live stock, (valued at $73,570,499, out of $544,180,516 in the whole Union), in the value of animals slaugh- tered ; in its products of butter and cheese. The wheat crop was 13,121,498 bush., or 13 per cent of the whole U. S. crop, and ranking as the third State in this respect ; that of Indian corn was larger, amounting to 17,858,400 bush., though only 3 per cent, of the U. S. crop. The product of wool was about one-fifth of all in the Union, greatly exceeding that of every other State, ex- cepting Ohio, which was a trifle larger. In manufactu v York is very extensively engaged ; its aggregate productions of this class of industry in 1850, not only exceeded the corres- ponding product of any other State, but amount- ed to nearly one-fourth of all manufactures pro- duced in the United States. From the returns of last census, it appears that of the classes of manu- factures specifically mentioned, New York ranks as first of the States, only in manufactures of iron casting and of tanneries, and of salt ; indicating that its products, aside from the great classes, are various. The product of the tanneries was re- ported in 1850. at $9,804,000 ; of woollen manu- factures at $7,030,604 ; iron casting, $5,921,980 : wrought iron, $3,758,747 ; cotton, $3,591,989. The manufactures of salt amounted to $998,315. out of $2,222,745 in all the United States. Man- ufactures of pig iron, $597,920. In distilleries and breweries, New York employed more capital than any other State, amounting to $2,585,900 out of $8,507,574 in the whole Union ; and ac- cording to the census, its product of beer was about four-sevenths, of rum about two-fifths, and of whiskey and high wines about two-ninths of all made in the Union. New York has b en more completely survey, d by geologists than any other State. In nearly all the formations, limestone is the prevailing basis rock. The greater portion of the district lying north of the Mohawk River and the east of Lake Ontario is of primary formation. Iron is the most abundant mineral, especially in the district mentioned, the north part of the State. Between Lakes Champlain and Ontario, the countrv is rich in magnetic and specular iron ores, particularly in Clinton and Essex Cos. The deposits of magnetic iron ore, the black oxide, in those counties, on the western bank of Lake Champlain, form beds of from 1 to 20 ft, in thickness, almost withouf mix- 8 T A T i: F N K W YO JI K tare, encased in granite; ami arc also found in (ho mom: ion. Tl ap- pear to '■■ ad without interruption into New York from C and an exploration on them may ' al Crown Point X. V.; the ore tl extri in much esteem. In the S. B. r of i' particularly in Columbia and Dutch- bod of both i and hematite ores. Lead occurs in great beds in St Law Co., and to some extent in other Bections. Tl I formation is too old for coal, es r the Penn. boundary, where in Steuben Co., some little has been found. In several counties there are small vein.-; of zinc, cop- per, etc. Tl llent ma in V. Warren, and other on the Hudson River, and of lino limestone in many parts of the State, especially in the-. i and central c in which this is the prevailing formation. Gypsum I over the centra! and i, particularly in Cayaga, Y and ■ ' ling as it advam ward in its belt until its purity and ' lenl culminate in Ontario Co. The mineral springs of New York are numerous and celebrated for their medicinal value. The Onondaga salt are tl;'- most important in the Union, and their product in 1855 was 6,082,855 b The lumber business of thi is a source of much w dth. The f the Sus hanna and 1 !, furnish large quantities of pine for the Philad ilphia and Baltimore marl Albany i- : [as one of the markets for lumber in the world, though tl ter part of it is not obtained from New York but from Canada. Michigan, and Ohio. The internal improvements of Xew York are tent and cost, and have b ' 'ally infln he prosp rity of the and the Quion. M ruct d and an qow • and i rn. 1 :iit and is owned by an incor] its length is within N ; mal was constructed during 1 ! 7 .md •10 ft. wide, at a cost of iods sections of it have been enlargi d, and work of improve Stat ' aveof lat varied betwe '10,000 and 000 an- nually, and about one-third of thi for the care, i ■.. of the can;. i built by ii companies, and v. of the S1 the Xew : and Erie R. I!. En L832, the E lines of railroad were opened, viz : f: to Schenectady. !."> m., and from the latter pi to Saral ings. The Sta1 • r ; orl of - 1 L856j r s the following -"Length of track laid, 2,61 1 i m. : I d :th of double ti including sidings, 012; m. ; total cost of r ipment, and other expenditun 32; total amount of funded and floa 578,- L25,821 ; capital stock paid in 3 receipts in fisi of main line of Erie I!. II.. X,u ■ v to Dunkirk. m. ; do. N. Y. Central R R., All 'ah.. 298 m.; do. Hudson River R. R., New York City to Albany, 144 m. In the interior ally in thevicinit; ik-roads, which hai in the aggregate, at ! The total amoi 90 1' X IT E D STATES OF AMERICA. : • of this State is not known with any cxact- : but this undoubtedly is in a ratio corres- ponding to the extent of its canals ami railn and the amount of its foreign commerce, as com- pared with other States. At Buffalo, during 1 •' 155, the vain-,- of prop rty received* by Erie Canal Mas . : and the corresponding amount de- red at the terminus at Hudson River was about the same. The value of p , iived Buffalo bythe lakes isnowat least $50,000,000 ii!y. The coasting trade of New York City it known with any exactness, excepting in the f '1 ! owing item. Vessels engaged in coasting trade ;ed to make official record of their entrance or clearance unless they have foreign [i tilled spirits on board, the majority of vessels arriving from domestic ports do not carry articles ; but a larger proportion carry such articles from New York to domestic peris: and the custom house records stale that the number of entrances of thi ' 3cription, have averaged aboi:' L,800, i ' •■ number of clearances about 4,780 annually, U>v if" last five years. The river commerce of Albany alone in 1854, employed 849 vessels with a tonnage of 88,266 tons. The foreign commerce of New York comprises about two-fifths of the exports of all the United States, and somewhat more than three-fifths of the imports ; thus averaging over one-half of the 1 foreign commerce of the United States. The actual for the fi urce more than any other, New York derives its general j tinence. Its great me- tropolis naturally possesses remarkable advan- for this branch of industry, but its wonder- ful prosperity has been owing mainly to the enter- of its merchants. New York City, as a commercial mart, is now surpassed only by Liver- pool and London, and if its prosperity continue,! it will exceed those cities before the close of this century. The tonnage of this state is proportionably : than its commerce, because many vessels which i mployed in its carrying built and owned in other States. ' ever, New York owns nearly two-sevenths of the total tonnage and about one-fourth of the steam tonnage of the whole United States. Statement of 1855 : : i ge of New- York State — total, 1,464,221, steam. 157,829 ; tonnage of United States— total, 5,212,- 001, steam, 655,239. Of the above amount of steam tonnage, 107,692 tons wire enrolled or licensed iu the porl of New York, and 38,262 in the port of Buffalo, and the remainder, or 11,875 tons, was distributed in several porl . The budding of vessels is very extensh prosecuted. The amount of tonnage built within this State, annually, during the last four years, has uniformly averaged one-fifth of all built in the Union. Nearly all of the great American steamships have been built in New York City. New York's interest in the coast fisheries is quite important, but there are no official or reli- able returns on this subject. The number of v. ■ sels in the whale fi hi ry, Jan. 1st., 1856, was 31, with aggregate tonnage of 10,493 tons, showing a great decrease from former ti; The capital of the banks in New York Si (284) is about one fourth of the total in the Qnion, being $85,589,590, out of •' 335,611,990. No. of banks in New York City, • ; . mount of S T A T I'. U F N E \V V I: K 01 their cap 146,502,420. The savings banks in tin.' State have d posil amounl L22, from ITr,. 121 dep eit< ihaii #200 for < ach. Nearly one-third of the v pulation of the State is contained in th population of which was returned in I and '55, as follows : — In 1845. In 1 In : rork.... 374,323. . . '.810 oklyn 72,769. .. .135,357 .... Buffalo 29,773 . L2.26J .... 74,214 Albany 41,139. .. . 50,763 Rochester 25,265... 36,403.... 43,877 Troy 121.CN ... 33,269 Syracuse .... 22,271.... 25,107 ica 12,190. ... L7.565 22, — aj population in 1855, 1,091,029. any, the capital of tl the ik of the Eudson River, 144 m. from New York City, It- site gradually ris ward from the flal ground bordering tl and in the distance of a mi) 220 i' 1 • Upon this em State Hall, City Hall, with other public buildings, and the magnificent Cath ilic ; iul is a handsome and substantial b 1 with b -own IV. estoue fi be- low the Highlands, and with marble columns, etc., from Bi rl hii ' plendid edifii containing various government offii State Library of 56,000 vols. Th ■ City Ha also coi I of white marble, and is mounted by a gilded dome. In th are the ' a lii it- granite building, containing etc., the Deievan H< Hall, and other larg' Tin re litu- : the 1 bany, organized in L852, of which the A - ihool, i Al- bany A' 5 Asso liuaries. The Dudl y Astron tory, built at a cost of 825,00 . Mr. Dudley, has recently i rith the CTni A one of the grea' in the "I cially noted for its imrnen with the canals. The principal basin, whicl canal 1 msi f pari river is ab( :i i long and 80 ft. 1 ied; the 1 and iron The City i of Manhattan Island, though ite inhal ■lion? oci - inthern part island. ] itude of City Hall, X.: longitude, 7! 0' 3" W. B : ! ' of L. I. Sound, i 'nile in wi i the Hudson River .. and th hai bor bel with i 25 m. Tl bor i I, byth ich with an outer I which open- dir 1 centrally throughout n whol 'I' which the ground slopes gently to the water. The plan' lar, though in the lower pari city, of Bi Iwav 92 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA extend parallel to the rivers, and the cross streets do not uniformly intersect at right angles. Broad- way is the principal street, especially that main portion of it which occupies the central ridge of island, and extends in a perfectly straight line and with uniform breadth for a distance of 2£ -. from the Battery to Grace Church. This it is mainly occupied by stores, but it also contains the principal hotels and theatres, besides several banks and other prominent buildings. Although a very large proportion of the build- ing's in this street are of costly construction, so that there is not a more elegant business thor- oughfare of equal extent in the world, yet the general aspect is impaired by the diversity of architecture ; since almost every block comprises several fronts of marble, saudstone, and brick. The Bowery is a wider street, and is traversed 1 >y some of the city railroads ; it is more plainly built, but it is also a very important business thoroughfare. There are 17 public squares and other areas, which altogether contain 170 acres ; are ; rally ornamented with trees, iron railings, fountains, etc., affording pleasant prom- enades ; and are valued, including the City Hall Park, at $8,815,000. The new Central Park extends from Fifty-ninth to One hundred and sixth street, between Fifth and Eighth Avenues, com- prising 750 acres, valued, as first taken in its unimproved state, at $5,109,369. The grandest and most important public work is the Croton Aqueduct, which is 40 J miles long, and was con- structed during 1837-42, at a cost of 89,000,000 ; at Croton River there is a dam, 40 ft. high and 166 above tide, and from this the water is conveyed in a covered canal of brick and stone through numerous tunnels to Harlem River, which it cp i on a bridge 1450 ft. long and 114 ft. above tide ; the receiving reservoir, situated about 5 m. above the City Hall, covers 38 acres, and has a capacity for 150,000,000 galls.; the distributing reservoir, on Fifth Avenue, includes 4 acres, and has a capacity for 20,000,000 galls., and its walls are 37 ft. thick at the base, and 44£ ft. above the ground ; at the close of 1855, the length of the large pipes laid under ground for the distribution of the water through the city was 249 miles ; and a new reservoir is about to be constructed within the Central Park, which will cover 97 acres, and cost, exclusive of the land, at lea I 1,000,000. Gas- light is supplied by two companies : the New York Co., chartered in 1823, with a capital of $1,000,- 000, supplies the district south of Grand street, has about 130 miles of mains of various sizes, and lights 3,500 public lamps ; the Manhattan Co.. chartered in 1853, with a capital of $4,000,000, supplies the rest of the city, has 190 miles of mains, lights 7,300 street lamps, and furnishes gas to over 17,000 stores and dwellings. The city government owns the ground and buildings used as public markets, and with one or two exceptions the appearance of these buildings is entirely un- worthy of a large and wealthy city. The total value of real estate and property owned by the city, and used by the different departments of the city government, including the parks, aqueducts, etc., is $42,684,770. The following table presents several statements relative to the city, as compared with the rest of the State, according to the returns of 1855 : — New York City. Population 629,810. Real Estate $336,975,866. Personal " 135,531,282. Total valuation.. 472,507,148. Taxes 5,834,823. Rest of Slate. 2,840,2 19 $770,234,189 143,990,252 914,224,441 5,833.243 STATE P N K W FOB R 93 The personal estate assessed in New York City belonging to non-residents was $14,491,130, thisisnol included in th i . The valuation of incorporated companies in New York I deriving an income from their capital, was $77,- 46 1,77 I ; their tax was $933,222*. Magnifi edifices are very numerous. The Merchan ■ E - clumge, occupying an entire block, is built of Quincy granite, and cost about $1,800,000; its front has a recessed portico, with 18 columns, each of which is a solid block of granite, 38. ft. high, I weighing over 4.0 tous ; ral rotund it 'y constructed of v. marble, and which is in part sup] !>y 8 Corin! lumns of Italian marble, 41 ft. high. The Custom 11 (on of the old Federal Hall, where Gen. A\' ; . ':':: n was inaugurated the first President,) is built of white marble, in the Doric ord the model of the Parthenon, with two grand por- •h having & massive columns; its princi- pal hall i3 circular, surmounted by a dome, sup- p hi .1 by 16 Corinthian colum total cost 31,175,000. The City Hall is a I an 1 ban I »m edifice, built in combined Ionic and Corinthian orders, of white marble, cxeepr h side, and surmounted by a cupola, which owned by a statue of Justice. The Or; somewhat octagonal form ; each i ft. long, the dome is 100 ft. in diameter and 123 ft. high. In its construction 1.800 tons of iron, 55.000 sq. ft. of glas3, and 750.000 sq. ft. of lumber were used ; and its en- tire flooring covers nearly G acres. The hotels of .- York are generally very large, and noted for their excellence ; while a considerable number arc also remarkable for their splendor, and a! of these cost fully 31,000,000. The most costly and conspicuous church edifices :. of the f these, Trinity Church, builtentij including the tower am! the no' i ■ -i.jc architecture in America; G Ch rch,a elaborate structure of white marble that • 0,000, produces, from its ad. tion, a more marked effect th ither edifice in # and nun ornamen and commerce, there an .nd scientific e librarl literary colleges are : Columbia < ' in L754,i i : ihly i ad ■' i, and a valuable library ; and the Us of the * and occupies one of the most in the Three flourishing medi< -College icians and Surgeons, founded in 1807; !cal Department of the University, fou in 1S37 ; and New York ed in 1 E 51 — each of v.! ' j, library there ar minor medical in Two theological semi- naries— Episcopal, founded in 1817, and 1' terian, founded in 183G — each of which is richly endowed, and has a large and valuable libi The Free A ' my crowns tl ] •1 education; it was established in 1 and has about GOO students. Some of the >- caries for young women are very celebrated, and have each several hundred pupils. The total number of volumes in the various pul rics and institutions, amounted i 290 ; of which in Astor Library. 80,000; in N. Y. Society do. 40,000 ; Mercantile, 47,000, etc. 94 UNIT E D S T A T E-S OF AMERICA, edifice of the " Union" devoted " to Science and Art," founded by Mr. Peter Cooper, with a gift of 3300,000, is in progress. There are many largo establishments of a public nature, founded by the liberal contributions of benevolent citi- zens, such as the seven orphan asylums, six dis- pensaries, five other asylum?, the various hospitals, etc. In the upper part of the city are the Insti- tutions for the Blind, Deaf and Dumb, and In- sane, each having large and elegant buiMings with beautiful grounds. Extensive institution? for sea- men are situated on Staten Island, 6 m. from the Battery. The Alms-house, Penitentiary, and seve- ral other city establishments are located on the islands in the East River. Brooklyn is now the third city in the Union in point of population. Its site is uneven, generally elevated, and rises towards the east. The section bordering the East River is mainly occupied by large warehouses, etc. ; thence westward the blocks on the principal thoroughfares are in part occupied by retail stores and in part by dwellings, while the ts are lined entirely by houses. Probably there is no great city in the world that contains more excellent dwelling- in proportion to its pop- ulation than Brooklyn. Many of the citizens are ; , in daily bu siness in New York, aud at all hours of the day and night, ferry-boats filled, with lengers, carriages, and cart -, arc constantly ply- ing between these cities. The City Hall is a spacious and very handsome structure, of white marble, and cost $200,000. The Packer Institute has the best and most costly edifice in the Union that is used for a female seminary. The Polytechnic Institute, opened in 1855, is <>■ ' ; ; 1 to be one of the best colleges in the Union. The churches are very numerous, and most of them are of elegant construction. The Atlantic Dock is the most extensive work of the kind in America, embracing an area of 41 acres, and cost over $1,000,000 ; its outer pier, 3000 ft. long, is occu- pied by a range of granite store-houses of grain, flour, etc. The U. S. Navy Yard occupies about 40 acres, and has a dry dock that cost $1,000,000. The U. S. Naval Hospital has a magnificent edifice on a commanding elevation. Greenwood is the most extensive and celebrated cemetery in America ; its area comprises about 360 acres, diversified in the most picturesque manner ; and its natural beauty has been embellished by the elaborate adornments of art. Buffalo is situated at the eastern extremity of Lake Erie, 2 or 3 m. S. of the commencement of Niagara River, and 298 m. W. of Albany by the Central R. R. The site is partly elevated, and partly low and marshy ; it rises gradually from the lake, and at the distance of 2 m. becomes an ex- tended plain, 50 ft. above the level of the harbor. The streets are broad and straight ; of these Main St., is 120 ft. wide, and 2^ m. long. The Catholic Cathedral, with St. John's, St. Paul's, and other churches, are costly structures. The Medical College is the chief literary institution. The most extensive branches of manufacture are iron casting, iron working, flouring, and the building of steam-boats, and canal-boats. The trade of Buffalo is its chief feature, and in this respect it is one of the first cities of the Union. Rochester is situated on both sides of the Gene- see River, 7 m. S. of its entrance into Lake Onta- rio, 230 m. W. of Albany. Its site is pleasant, its business streets are substantially built, and its houses generally of very neat appearance. Within a course of 3 m. the river descends 22G ft. with three perpendicular falls of 95, 20, and 75 ft. Excepting in the dry seasons, these are grand and STATE K N E W FOB K beautiful falls. Th ■ water power tlms aft" has bei □ extensively improved, i Hour mills. These arc the [a f the kind in the Unit hi. and the capital invested in them is iut $1,000,000. The othergreat manufacl are of machinery, iron c , edge tools, and lumber. the seat of the R. Uni and Theological Seminary, (both a I i Bap- tist influence, and founded in 1 I of the Western Bi Troy, 6 m. N. from Albany, is al the head of steamboat ami i River. Bite is an alluvial plain, terminat id on the Bide by an < ni [t. Ida. In its north part is a r unit, 200 ft. high, called Mt. Olympus. Exceptin B ise, and seve- ral church i, there are few public buildings nota- ble for their archil ; ".it the majority equal to the cities of this size. The aer Institute and Troy Female Seminary are celebrated institutions, and a college is about tobe ted. For its manufactures and gene- ral e 'roy is distinguished. It contains three iron rolling mills, one of which covers 1 acres ; one of the larg in Union, three heel foundries, an exten car-axle factory, and two malleable iron works; also numerous important machine shop-, and fac- tories of various kin i , L48 m. W. from Albany, is situat d at the S. end of I m indaga Lake. From its tral position in the State, and its railroad and is, it has excellent advantages lor trade. The principal bu ' reets give evi- dence of its prosperity. The salt manufactures of th iml vicinity are the m el ext< nsive in the Union; the land containing the Bprings is owned by the State, but it is leased, free of rent, to the manufi cturers, v. 6) a duty of ( are 400 ft. d< p. 95 m. W level nth bank of the Mohawk River. It is a • im- portant manufac it contains the ylum. i rounding country is highly produi ;.ii 1 contains an unusual number of good plank and turnpik The followi the other cit and all townships ha\ I 355 a population C,000 and up Auburn 9,476 Newburg 12,1 Barre 6,797 Newtown 9,446 Oswegatchie 10,060 ego 15,816 Owego 8.: .... 8,i Plattsburg 6,1 Pomfret 9,1" 7 Potsdam 6,631 Poughkeepsie. . .1L'.". Quccnsbury ... Rome 10,720 ' Sangerties y S.- Seneca thampton ... 6,821 Verona 6,! 2 Volney 6,476 AVatertown 7. Bath Brookhaven .... igua . . . (ton 252 Champlain 0,107 o 13,128 Corning 6,334 Elmira Fishkill .; ' Flushing Greenburg : -draw .... 6,7-17 Hempstead 10,477 Hudson 6,720 Huntington ... 8,142 Ithaca Johnstown . Kingston 13,974 , Watervliet 20,889 Lenox 7,800 ; Wawareing .... 7 Lockport 13,386 West Farms . ..12 Manlius 6,228 Yonkers 7 96 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Oswego is situated at the mouth of the Oswego River, ou the S. E. shore of Lake Ontario, and is the largest and most flourishing town on that lake . [ts harbor is naturally good, and has been improved by the government. By this advantage, and the railroad and canal to Syracuse, its I is become very extensive, especially with Canada. This Cana Han trade is about one- half of the entire commerce of the United States with Canada, and has been immensely exten under the Re liprocity Treaty of 1854 This port is now one of the greatest wheat markets in America. The river here falls 34 ft., and the water-power has been well improved. Here is the largest starch factory in the world, working up more than 200,000 bushels of corn yearly Ogdensburgh, on the River St. Lawrence, is a thriving village (in the Town of Oswegatchie) at the terminus of the Northern R. R. (to Rouse's Point, 118 m.), over which immense quantiti grain and other Canadian and Western produce are transported to Boston and New York, and merchandise from those and other places. Auburn, 174 m. W. of Albany, contains one of the State Prisons, with usually about 500 in- mates, and the Auburn Theological Seminary (Presbyterian), founded in 1821. Geneva, in Town of Seneca, at N. end of Seneca Lake, 200 m. TV, of Albany, has an ex- tremely pleasant location. It is the seat of Ho- bart Free College (Episcopal, first founded in 1 823, : ' t College), with which is connected the Medical College, founded in 1835 Canandaigua, 22 m. W. of Geneva, at N. end of Cana: Lake, is equally distinguished for the beauty of its situation and the elegance of many of its houses. Lockport, 56 m. W. of Rochester, and 25 m. N. E. of Buffalo, is situated at the point on th? Erie Canal where it descends from the Lake Erie level to the Genesee level, 60 ft,; by 10 com- bined locks of massive masonry. The abundant water power obtained by this m i in is a principal source of the prosperity of the town. Extensive quarries of limestone aud of sandstone flagging are worked constantly, employing several hundred men. In the southern tier of counti :, many of tho townships and their villages have j atly i ocrcased in population within five years, or since the com- pletion of the New York and Erie R. R., and the construction of the various railr ads which connect that great trunk line with the New York Central R. R. In many of these, the lumber business is a leading employment, and some of them contain large tanneries. The most populous townships are : Chenango (containing the village of Biughamton), Elmira, Owego, Pomfret (con- taining the village of Dunkirk), Ithaca, and Corning. Poughkeepsie and Ncwburg, with other largo places on the Hudson River, are noted for their exportation of agricultural produce, in supplying the City of New York, and some of them also have important manufactories. Schenectady, 16 m. N. W. of Albany, was founded as a trading post in 1 620, and chartered as a city in 1798. The buildings of Union Col- lege are pleasantly situated on an eminence in the I part of the city ; this institution was founded in 1795, and was recently endowed with $500,000 by Dr. Nott, its president. Rome, on the Mohawk River, 107 m. from Albany, is a flourishing place. This was the site of old Fort Stanwix, built in 1758, rebuilt in the revolutionary war. and then called Fort Schuyler. 4i; vs&iflm \«"< .•;.. i <■ !.irj)i: />,, Tn V\ V'- Op, isIUver l fcdaxf- ■ 7^> WK I Co ■ cdsPt. |"V. I :.--''i' v,„7,,.,, E&e£A ^"x"?^ ' ■■"■ - ' : '*■' *■' ' /' '■■■■'■ . ,!,.;tr,ull NEW JERSEY ana EASIE1W PEN SYLVANI A Scale ox miles v v. JO 30' 10' 30' 3° XocgitTuiLe East from a'o' Wail) 30 /^ ( itt .licach T A B L E OF C U X T i E fl A XI) TOWNSHIPS IN X E W .1 ERS E V. Atlantic. Hi i way. I Egg M Hum. II mm .1 'uton. Mai. Mill Weymouth. " Fn. Franklin. II i ! .- ick. lln. Harrington. Il'iliokiis. L. Lodi. .V. B New Barl v. /I',;. Washington. Bpri Bordentnwn. ( •;/. I Cr. I Em. r.' • ' mi. /../:.// i .)//. Mansfield. Md. (S.) //r. .V/i . N />!. P Sh. Soutb m si. Wn. Wh. W /!',.. V City. De. re. Dd. Di (»7. Gl iu ester. .Vii. -ton. Il'r/ Wa If'ir. Winslow. (' \I'K May. f)s. Dennis. L. Lower. Me. Middle. BRBLAND. Bridgeton. C. C iha ley. I De. Downe. Fd. Fairfield. (}. Greenwi III. Hopewell. M. fi.Maui M ::. C. Stoi EX. Br. Beileville. A'./. Bloo C'Z. Caldwell. 1 Ln. m. Newark i V. 7 J . X. Provi Oe. < > r. i /v. p :d. ray. 1J. D don. IJ*20 sq. m. The southern and middle divisions arc. for the pari. I ■ sandy : but the si northern and northw< oally moun- tainous. The shores of the Atlanti lat 40° are continuously I sand island-. The fi r -t strip of mainland, e: ll!:. 98 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. is likewise low and marshy, and the corresponding- section along the Delaware Bay is of the same character. Further inland the surface rises, though very gradually, and is mainly of sandy soil. Below Earitan Bay is the group of the Nevi- sink Hills, which are from 300 to 400 ft. high, and serve as a beacon to mariners approaching New York. In the N. E. part, along the Hud- son River, are the Palisades, 20 m. long, and from 200 to 500 ft. high. A ridge of the Appalachian Mts. extends across the N. W. part of the State, on the E. side of the Musconetcong River and E. boundary of Sussex Co., comprising Schooler's Mtn., and other elevations. The extreme N. W. part is traversed by the Blue Ridge of the* same -ystcm. The streams of the interior are small, and those discharging into the ocean are navigable only in their lower courses. The total population in 1790 was 184,139 ; in 1800, 211,949; in 1810, 245,555; in 1820, 277,575 ; in 1830. 320,823 ; in 1840, 373,306 ; and in 1850, 489,555. Its increase in each period of ten years, from 1790 to 1840, was about 15 per cent. ; but from 1840 to 1850 was 31 per cent. In 1850, the colored persons numbered 24,046, or about 5 per cent, of the whole popula- tion ; the average proportion of this class during 1790-1820 was about 7i per cent. ; but in each ten years from 1820 to 1850 this proportion gradually diminished. In 1850, this class is re- ported in the census as embracing 236 slaves, which is an error : Slavery was provisionally abolished in 1784: — all children born of a slave after 1804 were free in 1820 ; and the class thus mentioned, though formerly slaves, are properly " indented colored servants." Exclusive of this small number, the population in 1850 was thus dfied as to nativity : — Born in the State, 385,429 ; born in other States, 45,012 ; total native population, 430,441 ; total foreign, 58,304, or about 12 ncr cent. ; of unknown nativity, 514. At the same time, the number of those born in New Jersey but residing in other States was 133,381. By State census of 1855 the population was 569,499. Agriculture and its branches employ about one-fourth of the male population over 15 years of age. The alluvial valleys in the western half of the State are the most fertile and best improved agricultural districts, and other parts of this division are moderately fertile and generally suited for tillage and pasturage. Some of the sandy sections in the South have been greatly improved and rendered quite productive. The products of orchards and market gardens in 1850 were rela- tively the largest of any State. Of the grain crops in 1850, that of corn exceeded all the others combined, amounting to 8.759,704 bush., while that of oats was 3,378,063; wheat, 1,601,190, etc. Irish potatoes, 3,207,236 bush. ; sweet do., 508,015 ; total, 3,715,251 ; hay, 435,950 tons. The amount and value of live stock, and the production of butter, arc relatively large. The manufactures of New Jersey have long been very extensive, though mainly owing to the nearness of the great markets of New York and Philadelphia. By the returns of 1850, New Jersey's aggregate product of manufactures, mining, and the mechanic arts, was $39, 713,586 annually, from 4,108 establishments, each produ- cing to the value of $500 and upwards. Its rank in this respect was the sixth. Annual product of the chief branches reported : woollen, $1,1 64,446 ; cotton, $1,109,524; wrought iron, $1,079,57(1 ; tanning, $721,466 ; iron casting, $G86,430 ; pig iron, $500,541. In Newark, in 1855, the aggre- ST A TE OF \ B W J J. RSI pate annual product of manufuetu inia- tedal $15,000,000; of which, $8,000,000 i it equally divided among four branches— jew- elry, patenl leather, hats, and clothing. The mineral deposits within this 8 ■ very valuable, especially those of iron and zinc The mines of zinc in Sussex Co. are believed to be ive in the world, and are profita- bly worked. Iron ores occur abundantly — mag- netic and hematite in the X., and bog in the S. There are many varieties of the strata of slate, limestone, and sandstone ; and these are exten- sively quarried, < the brown and red sand- Btone, both for home consumption and exportation. Beds of marl are very abundant in the central and western sections. The railroads in Jan.. 1S5G, had an aggregate length of 528 m., and had cost .289. The first charter for a railroad in this country was granted by the X. J. Legislature in i ion of 1 -I i I .") ; this was for a road between Trenton and Xew Brunswick, but the enterprise was not then prosecuted. The Delaware and Baritan Canal is 43 m. long, and 75 ft. wide ; the Morris Canal is 102 m. long. The coasting trade is active, and employs nearly all the to In 1855, the total tonnage was 121.019 is., of which 20,289 were in steam navi- gation : and during that fiscal year 10,960 ts. were built i « is small, fluctuating, since 1850, between $2 000 and $5,000 a year. Population of cities and chief townships in 1855, by State c Newark, 53, ! 10 : Pater- . 23,960 ; Jersey City, 21,715 ; Camden, 15,- 000: New Brunswick, 12,401 ; Tr< nton, 13,250 ; Elizabeth City, 8,978; Orange, 6,578 ; Burling- : Eoboken, 5,842 ; B< rgen, 4,972 ; Hudson. 4,207. Trenton, on Delaware River, at tl steamboat navigation, 57 in. S. W. . .rk. has been the Capital of le the Stal • lluu-c. H c intai Lunatic Asylum and Stal ■ I' .' city has excellent water-power, and ' tures. already of Newark is on the Pi lie Riv 9 m. W. of York. It ; r its manu- factures, which arc for the most pari | i by establishments of moderate capital, th igh tl are several that are very extensive. ' the public build' me of the churcl legant and costly structui Paterson is 13 m. X. i ^ and 17 N. W. of Xew York, and situated on River, immediately below its Falls. Tl ut of the river is 72 it., of which the per] dicular fall is 50 ft. There are about twenty i ton factories in operation, three extensive 1 ive manufactories, with a variety of other im- portant establishments, and the silk mills are among the most extensive in the Union. Camden, is 1 directly opposite Philadel- phia, and has rapidly increased within a . Xew Brunswick has a flourishing trade, and the seat of Rutgers' College, founded in 1770. Princeton is a pleasant place. 11 m. N. E. Trenton. It is chi the . . which was founded in i at Elizabethtown, and removed place in 1757. and also as the seal of the P rian Theological Seminary, founded in 1-12. Burlington, 12 m. S. of Trenton, was founded in 1678, and incorporated as a city in 17-: contains several seminaries of high reputation. and many elegant dwellings. TABLE OF COUNTIES AND TOWNS III PS IN PENNSYLVANIA. Adams. ft. Berwick. B.H. Ban Hamilton, ('. Conewago. Cd. Camberland. Franklin. Fin. Freedom. Gy. Germany. Hn. Hamilton. H. Huntin . /.-. Lat'timore. /. . Lib Mi. Menallen. Ma. Mount J M. Mt. 1 Kg. Read Se. SI T. Tj i Un. Uni Alleghany. Bn. /•:. />. Eh. : I.. a i. ft*. Baldwin. I leer. Elizabeth, Findley. Franklin. Indian Jeffer- Lowei Million. Mifflin. Moon. . Payette. Ohio. Peel) 1 Pittsbui Pb. Plumb. ' Robinson. ft*. B Kit. Snowdon. 1 S. Upp'rSI !'. v, jaill (('. /;. \v tD Ws. WU1 •' j4y. Alleghany, ft. ft. Franklin. Kiskimi Kittaning. Mn. Madison. North Buffalo. ft. Pc: Pe. Pine. ft. C. Plum Creek. ft. ft. Bed Bank. N ft. South B iffal . S. C. Sugar Creek. We. Wayne. Be vvek. Beaver. 3. ft Big Beaver. ft. Brighton. I lippewa. A'/'. Economy. (in. Green. //•. Hanover. II >pewell. L. L. Darlington. M M irion. Moon. ZV. & New Sewickly. iV. Nth. Sewickly. Go. Ohio. ft. Patterson. ft. Perry (N. E.) ft>;. Raccoon. S. ft. South Beaver. Bedford. B'l. Bedford. .". Broad Top. Ce. Coleraine. C. V. Cumberland Valley. E. ft. E. Providence. Hn. Harrison. HI. Hopewell. /.//. Liberty (N.) Ly. Lon'donderry. M W. Middle Wood- bury. Me. Monroe. Nr. Napier. Sn. Southamr' ft. W. S. Woodbmy. St. C.St. Clair. Un. Union . W. W. Providence. Berks. Ay. Albany. Ae. Alsace. Ay. Amity. 7,'?i. Berne, ft/. Bethel. IH-. Brecknock. Cn. Caernarvon. Ce. Centre. C. Colebrool Cu. Cumru. ft/. District. D. Douglass. ft. Earl. Er. Exeter. Gh. Greenwich. Hg. Heidelberg. H. Hereford. L. C. Lower Cumru. L. S. Long Swamp. L.H. Lower Heidel- berg. M. C. Maiden Creek. Mn. Marion. M. Maxatawny. N. II. N. Heidelberg. Oy. Oley. P. Penn. Pe. Pike. Reading. Rrt. Richmond, ft;?. Robeson. R. Rockland. ft. 31. Roscomb Manor T. Tulpehoccon. Un. Union. U. ft. Upper Bern. U. T. Upper Tulpe- hoccon. W. Washington. Wr. Windsor. Blair. Ay. Alleghany. A. Antes. ft. Blair. Ce. Catherine. Gd. Greenfield. Fn. Frankstown. Hollidaysburgh. Hn. Huston. .'■I. .Tuuiata. iV. IF. N. Woodbury. Sr. Snyder. Te. Tyrone. W. Woodbury. Bk A.DFORD. Ay. Albany. Aa. Armenia. Am. Asylum. As. Athens. Bn. Burlington. Cn. Canton. Ca. Columbia. 1)1. Durell. Fn. Franklin. Ge. 11. L ft. Ld. Me. 01. Pe. ft.'/. Re Sn . S. S. C. Sd. S.H. s. s. T. Ty. U. Wn. Ws. Wm. W. Br. Bm. ft. ft. I). ft*. Hk. H. L. M. M. Md. N. ft. TV. Nn. Nor. Pd. ft. ft/. Sy. Sn. Sd. Tm. U.M. Wr. Wn. Wk. W. Granville. Herrick. Le Roy. Litchfield. Monroe. Orwell. Pike. Ridgebury. Rome. Sheshequin. Smitbfield. South Creek. Springfield. Springhill. Standing Stone. Towanda. Troy. Ulster. Warren. Wells. Windham. Wysox. Buck.--. Bedminster. Bensalem. Bristol (S.) Buckingham. Doyleston. Durham. Falls. Haycock. Hillstown. Lwr.Make Middletown. Mil ford. New Britain. Newtown. Nockamixon. Northampton. Plu'mst Richland. Rockhill. Solebury. Southampton. Springfield. Tinicum. Upr. Makefield. Warminster. Warrington. Warwick. Wrightstown. Butler. Bo. Buffalo. Br. Butler. Ce. Centre. Cy. Cherry. Cd. Clearfield. C. Cranberr}'. 1)1. Donegal. E. C. East Conne- quenessmg. Fir. Fairview. Fn. Franklin. Mr. Mercer. Mr. .Middlesex. M. C. Muddy Creek. N. B. North Butler. Pr. Parker. 8. ft. Slippery Rock. Vo. Venango. Wn. Washington. W.C. West Conue- quenessing. Cambria. Ay. Alleghany. Ca. Cambria. CI. Carroll. Cd. Clearfield. Ch. Conemaugh. Ebensburgb. Jn. Jackson. K '. Richland. S. 11. Summer Hill. Sa. Susquehanna. W. Wash in '/tin. We. White. Carbon - . ft. Banks. E. ft. East Penn. Le. Lausanne. L. T. Lower Towa- mensing. M. Mahoning. 31. C. Mauch Chunk. P. ft. Penn Forest. U. T. Up. Towamen- sing. Centre. Bellefonte. ft* . Boggs. Fn. Ferguson. . ■ . (J regg. H. Haines. II. 31. Hali Moon. lis. Harris. Hd. Howard. Hs. Huston. Ly. Liberty. Mn. Marion. Ms. Miles. T r ''- IS itei _)-_-._^ ? \ : 4_-;_.. - «- L*. Cppi r Oxford LA Owehland. ck. jr./; idford /!'. W. Brand] wine /['. C. West C West Chester. /('. P. W. Pallowfield. W. G. West G /. W.Marl M'. .V. W. Nantmeal. W. No. W. Notting- ham. rr. p. w. Pik W. T. West Town. M\ I'. We t \ M". W. We t White- I. Il'«. Willistown. Clarion. Br. Beaver. <". Clarion. EL Elk /',!. Farming! n. I Mn. M . Monri e. /'/. Pa I'u. Perry. /'. Pine. /v. Porter. /,'. B. Red Bank A'. Richland. by. ll'ii. Washington. /;. Bd. ct. Dr. Fa. Par. Gd. G. Hn. .1,,. k's. Le. Ms. Pn. .: i. Ck. C. 1). tin. Ge. If. E Kg. I.. l.n. Lr. P. c Pr. W. Wy n . B. Becai'ui. I '. ' ord. Brady. Bnrnside. Chi ci.-, ttu Id. Covinj t or. .son. i,l. 1 ion. hi. Lawn ris. Pcnn. v.- d. Clinti A lii-.Mll. Chapman. Colebroi k. ford. Gn ive. Elating. IT. Porl >nc ' Columbia. Be iv. r. 'ii. /;. < ■. c. C. r.c Gd. II:. Jn. Mi. !/. o. i: c. S. L. k. ( '.it I-,.. tre. Pishing < nwo id. Ih m' Mifflin. Montour. Mounl ' u- Loaf. S .'/. B. Middl Crawford. Atlii ii-. ver. Bd. Bloomfield. ( /. i . E. P.E.F P. od. H. Hayfield. Mead vi lie. M. Mead. .V. N. Chenango. (). C. Oil < . Pe. Pine. Randolph. Rd. Richmond. R. Rockdale. /.' . I: me. S. Sadshnry. S.C. S. Ch( .c.'ngo. Sa. Sparta. Sg. Spring. ST. Sammerhill. St. Ty. Troy. ]'o. y V. Vernon. We. Wayne. W. W. Pallowfield. ii'.. Woodcock. Cumberland. i • Jn. I I . M. M. I M. II. am. I>i ii y. I! Harrisburgb. . on. Jeffei Matam . '. Midd Mifflin. .'.ii. n. s. fin. p. F. If. III. Me. Y. TV. M. TO. Sn. Soul ring. Dickinson- East Pe rough. Prankford. Hampden. .11. Mifflin. Newton. N. Middl .v. - ana. / '. P I '. s. Opper - W. Washing) W.H. v . Wiconisco. Delaware. J. J! I,! . Cr. Cd. ]). Et. I . /.. C. Mn. A. P. Nn. Rr. Tin. . / '. 1). ' . P. ■1. ■ ter. Concord. V. Lr. i ' Middli l.r. Piw idence Newtown. y. 'J. 1:1. 'I'll' Or. ' 0. Provi Elk. lit. Henezett. u. Jy. 1! V v. C. v.. Ct. Conneant. A. C. Elk Creek. Erie. /•'. Pain I'n. ii. G. ' .'. . '„/. //. c. I.. /:. I.' I. .V. K. 11 ' / . i ■id. F.». ■. B. ■AT. fn. ■ - ■ •it. ::. i .V. II T. ! . ' ll'n. I Y. Y • Antrim. ' Am. Ft. If. I. /.' l.n. M. /; i. i /:. a . e. : 102 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, Ce. Cd. Dd. F. G. Jn. J. M. Mn. M. Py. 11. H IVn. We. Wy. re . lerland. . rd. Franklin. Greene. .I.i ;ks in. Jeffer Monongahela. i i. Morris (X.) Perry. Rich Mill. Washington. Wayne. Winteley. Hcntingdon. Be. Barre. B. Brady. Cs. Cass. . Clay. CI. Cromwell. ;;. Dublin. Fit. Franklin. II. Henderson. HI. Hopewell. Huntingdon. Jn. Jack~ in. Ms, .Morris. Pa. Penn. Pr. Porter. Si/. Shirley. Sd. Springfield. TL Tell. Td. Todd. I'n. Union. Wr. Walker. W.M. Warrior's Mart Wt. West. Indiana. Ag. Armstr B. L. Blacklick. B. V. Brush Valley. Centre. Ch. Conemaugh. E. M. East Mahoning. (Ireene, Indiana. Montgomery. N.M. N. Mahon i: tin. s. Baltsburg. S.M. - ith Mab ming W.M, '■'<■-'• Mih >ning Wd. Wheatfield. IV. White. Yg. Young. Pr. r* Re. S. w. if* I Vic. . Pine Creek. Porter. Young. Hose. Snyder. W trsaw. Washington. Winslow. Juniata. Jeff*: ISO . Brook vi 11 'j Cr. Clover. Ed Eldred. Gl. Kill. P. Perry. n. Beall. De. Delaware. Fe. Fayette. F. Fermanagh. Gd. Greenwood. Lk. Lack. Mitliintown. M. Mil lord. Tt. Turbett. Ta. Toscarora. Wr. Walker. Lancaster. Bainbridge, Bt. Bart, Bk. Brecknock. Cn. Caei narvon. Co. Coleraine. Ca. Columbia. C. Conoy. De. Drumore. E.E. East Earl. E. C . East Cocalic >. E.D . East Donegal. E. H. East Hemofield E. Eist Lampeter. E.S. E ist Strasburg. Eh. Elizabeth. Ei. Ephrata. Fn. Fulton. L. Lauca-iter. L.B. Little Britain. Lk. Lower Leacook. M. Manheim. Mr. Manor. ML Mastick. My. M >ant Joy. I'. Penn. Re. ihoe. S. Sadsbury. Sy. S ilisbury. Sg. Strasburg ( 'a. Conestoga (S.) U. L .Upper Leacock Wk. Warwick. Washington. w.c West ' 'ocalico. W.D.West Donegal. JV.E We3t EirL IV. WestHempfield W. L. VV. Lampeter. Lawkence. /?. P.. Big Beaver. L. Little Beaver. M. Mahoning. ZV. Neshann »ck. New Castle. .V. B North Beaver. N. S. North Slippery Rock. Pi/. Perry. P. Pulaski. S. Shenango. iS. S. S. Slippery Rock. IV. Wayne. IV n. Wilmington. Lebanon. Bl. Bethel. E. H. East Hanover. //. Heidelburg. Jn. Jackson. Lebanon. Ly. Londonderry. M. Mill Creek. N. A. North Anville. N. L. North Leb mon. S. A. S. Anville. S. Swatara. S. L. South Lebanon. Un. Union. Lehigu. Allcntown. H. Heidelburg. L. M. Lwr. Maouugie. L. Low Hill. Ln. Lynn. N. IV. N. Whitehall. S. Salisburgh. »S'. H South H mover. U. M. Up. Macungie. U. AM. Up'rMiltbrd. U. S. Upper Saucon. Wg. Weisenburg. JV. Whitehall. An. Bn. By. Bk. Br. Ce. Cn. Ds. Dn. Dr. Er. F. M. F. Gd. II,-. HI. H. Il„. J. K. L. Luzerne. Abingdon. Benton. Blakeley. Buck. Butler. Carbondale. Covington. Dallas. Denison. Dorrance. E Keter. Fair Mount. Franklin. Greenfield. Hanover. Hazle. Hollenbich. ILintingdon. .J.i kson. Kingston. Lackawana. Le. Ln. Nc. Nt. Nn. P Pn. P. Pe. Rs. Sdi . St. S L. Cn. IV. B Lake, Lehman. Nescopeck. Newport. Newton. Pell. Pittston. Plymouth. Providence. Ross. Salem. Scott. Sagarloaf. Union. Wilkesbirre. Lycoming. Ay. Anthony. Ag. Un. Cr. Cn. C. Cs. Fd. Fn. Ha. Jn. Ls. Le. L. Ls;. Mi. Ml. My. Armstrong. Brown. Cascade. Clinton. Coganhouse. Cimmings. Fairfield. Franklin. Hepburn. Jackson. Lewi3. Limestone. Loyalsock. Lvcoming, Mifflin. Moreland. Money. TV. N. Xippenose. Pn. Penn. P. C. Plunket Creek. P. Porter. S. Shrewsbury. Sa. Susquehanna. IVn. Washingt -n. IV. Watson. Williamsport. JVf. Wolf. McKean. B'l. Bradford. Cs. Oeres. Cn. Cory don. Ed. Eld red. Hn. Hamilton. Hn. Hamilin. Kg. Keating. L. F. Lafayette. Lt/. Liberty, Nh. Norwich. Sn. Shippen. St. Sergeant. Mercer. C. S. Cool Spring. He. Delaware. L. Lackawannock. F. C. French Creek. Ge. Greene. Hy. Hickory. Mercer. Pymatuning. Salem. Sandy Creek Sandy Lake. Sharon. Springfield. I V. S. West Salem. IVn. Wilmington. IV. C. Wolf Creek. Pg- Sm. Sc. S.L. Sn. Sd. Ah. Bn. Dr. I)i/. Ge. Mo. Or. Un. IVc. Mifflin. Armagh. Brown. Decatur. Derry. Granville. Le Wigtown. Menno. Oliver. Union. Wayne. Monroe. CH. Chestnut Hill. Ch. Coolboughs. Hn. Hamilton. Jn. Jackson. M. S. Mid. Smithfield. Pe. Paradise. Po. Pocono. Pk. Polk. P. Price. Rs. Ross. Sd. Smith field. Stroud sburg. Sd. Stroud. Ta. Tobyhanna. Montgomery. An. C. Ds. Fa. Fk. Gd. Hd. Hm. Lk. L. M. Pe. I.I. Mo. Md. Nr. Pk. Ph. Pe. Sd. T". Ur. Un. Abingt on. Cheltenham. Douglass. Franconia Frederick. (iroynedd, Hatfield. Horsham. Limerick. Lower Merion. Lr. Providence. Lower Silford. Marlboro. Moreland. New Hanover. Norrist own. Perkiomen. Plymouth. Pottsgrove. Springfield. TowarficiiHing. Upper Ilanove- Up. Dublin (N) ST A T B OF P E N N 8 V I. V A N I A. L07 For example : in 1854, the Reading R. R. trans- ported 1 989,854 tons of coal and 328,392 toi other freight ; in the same year, the Schuylkill ( 'anal transported 907,35 1 tonsofeoal and .'!! ! .1 1 1 tons of other freight. Tin' coa ting, lake, ami river trade i responding extent. Tin- value of the raercha arriving at and departing from Pittsburg by (lie Ohio River is estimated to amv 1,000 annually. At Erie, the value of i sports ami im- ports in 1851, was ^4,206,483. The coasting trade of Philadelphia is annually incrcasiug. Of this, the largest branch is the exportation of coal, which engages about one-third <4' the ton tering a1 thai port The actual shipment of i inl854,from Philadelphia, was 1,982,812 I isting of 1,411,731 from Porl Richmond, and 571,081 from the Schuylkill wharves ; and about 470,000 tons remained in Philadelphia for h consump The direct I commerce of Pennsylvania at this period be - : proportion to thi the entire country than formerly. For several 3 the annual amount of the imports from for- eign countries lias been from two to three times greater than the amount of exports. Tn the fiscal " !. th • total exports were $10,104,416, and the impoi - 359,306. In respect to its tonnage, Pennsylvania ranks as the fourth State in the Union, and about three- fourths of thi is owned in the district of Phila- delphia. 'Ire total amount of tonnage owned in ties State, in 1- 397,767 tons, of which ill distrid of Philadelphia, 294,806; do. Pi 91 ; do. I li 9,270. Of the tonnage employed in steam navigation in 1855, 81,19'*' tonswere enrolled orli ' arg, and 26,252 at Philadelphia. Tl ! th.- fourth in regard to building of vessels ; amount of tonnage built in 1855, 44,4 r about one-thirteenth of all built in the Union. Pittsburg i particularly i {or the building of many years past, there have been al senger steamboats built at th year, al a COSl of ab sally freight and towbi The rep irted condition of 1 in Penn- sylvania shows that there is ; □ of the wealth of the people titu- than is usual in A cording to th" return of Jan.. L856 ('. ! bi iks, with a capital of si | as in Jan . and their di I 793,336, a - 164 in Jan., 1855. Pennsylvania contains five with population of from 10,' many lar I lurishing boroughs, and a la . number of popul osor townships. Phila- ' la was formerly the first city in ' . in point of population, and is now 1 id. In .the city proper waa consolidated with its immediate suburbs within the County of Phila- delphia, and thus the boundaries of the city are now co-extensive with those of the county. The following statement exhibits the population of Philadelphia City and County from 1 830 to 1-50 : Philadelphia. Ir. 1 Jul In 1 City Proper 93,665. . . . 93,665. . . .121 i of County.. 73,660....! .287 te ... .167,325, Pittsburg and its suburb v. ire reported in Jan., ling to a local census of that date, to contain 110.211, inhabitants. 1 of 108 U X I T E D STATES OF AMERICA, that city daring 1830-50 and of its large suburbs is thus stated : Pittsburg 12,568. . . .21,115. . . .46,001 Alleghany City 2,801.. . .10,089. . . .21.201 Birmingham 1,554 3,742 ;gregate 15,369 32,758 71,004 The next statement exhibits the population of the other cities at the corresponding periods : Reading 5,856 8,410. . . .15,743 Lancaster 7,704 8,417. . . .12,309 Harrisbnrg 5,980 .... 7,834 Population of the principal boroughs in 1850 : 1 ~ tsville, 7,515 ; Easton, 7,250 ; York, 6,803 ; Norristown, 0,024; Erie, 5,858; Carbondale, 4,945 ; Carlisle, 4,581 ; Columbia,, 4,140. llurrisburg has an excellent situation on the ' the Susquehanna, 100 m. W. from Philadelphia. It was founded in 1785, and made Capital of the State iri 1812. The Capitol and other government buildings are located on an eminence in the north part of the city ; and I : are built of brick in handsome style. Philadelphia occupies the neck of land between the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers ; but its densely inhabited portion is about 6 m. above - confluence. Latitude of High School Ob- servatory, 39° 57' 9" N. ; longitude 75° 10' 37" W. The site of the city is generally level, but rises to the north, where it becomes un and hilly. Itspla cially in the old part, is as liar as ]■ '1 the principal streets cross- ing at right angles, and this plan prevail', with some variations, throughout the more recently- settled suburbs. There are five public squares or parks within the city, each containing from 5 to 7 a ttly enclo I, b lutifully laid out, and planted with a great variety of trees. The Dela- ware is the larger of the bordering rivers, and it is near or towards that side of the city that the greater part of The business quarter is located. The main focus of the mercantile business is at the Merchants' Exchange, which is situatedat the intersection of Walnut, Third, and Dock stre The fashionable quarter is south of Market St., and west of Seventh St., and this region, especi- ally Walnut St., is filled with elegant and costly residences, which are indicative of wealth and refinement. Many of the public buildings are remarkable for their beautiful architecture. Mosl of these are constructed of white marble, and this material is also extensively used for banks, stores, churches, etc., and in the fronts of houses Freestone has been used to a considerable extent within a few years in the construction of splendid building': as in the Girard House, Catholic Cathedral, St. Mark's Church, and several banks, houses, etc. The most interesting edifice is the State House, erected in 1729-34, containing In- dependence Hall, where Congress adopted the Declaration of Independence ; it is a brick build- ing of venerable aspect, plain exterior, and solid construction. Long may it stand ! The Custom House, formerly the United States Lank, cost about §500,000 ; it is built on a raised platform, 161 ft. long, by 87 wide, in the Doric order of architecture, after the model of the Parthenon, and its principal fronts have 8 fluted columns, 27 ft. high and 41 in diameter. The edifice of the United States Mint cost about $200,000 ; it has a front of 120 ft., in the centre of which is a grand portico, 02 ft. long, supported by 6 Ionic columns. The Merchants' Exchange, Pennsylva- nia Bank, and ( rirard Bank, are elegant and \ costly structures, and there are many other build- ings noteworthy for their architecture. There B T A T E O F J' E N N I \ I. \ ANIA. 1 09 are four regular theatres other establish- ments devoted to public entertainments. The Musical Fund Ball, which seal 2,500 pi one of the be i concert rooms in America. The first-cla b ive Ion ■■ been celebrated fur the ice of fare, and generally more i is given to internal comfort than to external dis- play in < abli hments ; but those recently ; will compare with any in the Union in the spl endor of their appointments. Many of the warehouse?, stores, etc., arc remarkable for their size and raamental front-, a large proportion of whicl ; ' marble, saiii iron, and granite, i.i (1 I a of architecture. The nun of ] worship is about 285, and the ma- re nf plain and neat construe and most costly is the Catholic lilt of red ■■, in the form of a cross ; its principal front has 4 Corinthian columns. 60 ft. high, and 6 ft. in diameter ; with a tower at each angle 110 ft. high, the whole to be crowned with a dome 210 ft. from the ground. Shurch (Episcopal) is built of a light red sandstone, 150 ft. long by 91 wide, with lofty stone tower and steeple of exquisite propori ' •volent and charitable institutions arc very numerous, and ] no city in the world ex- Is Philadelphia in this] literary, and scientific institution lingly numerous. In the promotion of ■ Philadelphia tools are yearly attende I it 1,450 students. I are very extensive, as the Philadelphia (and I. niau) Library with 65,000 \ ioty, 20,000 ; Mercantile, 15,000 ; Atheni 12,500; Apprentic -. 15,000; Historical, 2,000 ; make an aggregal of i 1,000 volume-!. Tli, piil. gen- erally of high cl graded, and dieted on an uniform plan. The I i asylum and BChool for orpli admitted between tli . 6 and 1". and sup- ported until between 1 ! and ! they are bound out to some useful occupal from the city, while the rem • f the State. The entii : $1,933,8211 the direction of the city authorities, at j of the funds beq phen Girard. The principal buildii in the Union, except the U. S. I bington. The old city proper and di Lth of it are plied with wa lylkill River, by immense works at Fairmount ; the northern tricts of Spring Garden and Northern Li by work about a mile above the former; and the district of Kensington by works on the Delaware River. The manufacturing statistics of Philadelphia, according to tb i of 1850, were: capital invested, • 911; persi emplo; and 15,803 fe- male — 59,099 ; annual produc 1.1 1 - : and no particular stal are given. It . well known thai every 1 fac- 1 at so cheap a rate, thai appli and this generally used. 1' the most important manuf dne- ry, locomotives, hard refined sugar, and in : with printing. Th ofthecitr . lily increas- any of th suburban villages, without the limits of tli ■ c onty, are large and Horn and 110 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. contain extensive factories that are owned in the city. On the Delaware River, about lj m. S. E. of the State House, is the U. S. Navy-Yard, occupying an area of 12 acres, and containing very large ship-houses, in which some of the finest vessels in the navy have been built ; among others, the " Pennsylvania," the largest man-of-war, mount- ing 120 guns. At this yard is a sectional float- ing dock that cost $813,742. Nearly opposite, on the Schuylkill River, is the U. S. Naval Asy- lum, a large establishment) built of white marble, surrounded by beautiful grounds, having an area of 25 acres ; it contains about 150 pensioners. Pittsburg is situated at the confluence of the Alleghany and Monongahela Rivers, which here form the Ohio, 353 m. W. from Philadelphia by railroad, and 303 N. E. from Cincinnati. It occu- pies the triangular plain enclosed by these rivers, and several elevations which terminate the plain on the east. This area, however, has not been sufficient for the rapidly-increasing population, and several large and flourishing suburbs have been formed on the opposite shores. The main plan of the city is regular ; along both rivers the streets cross at right angles. The buildngs throughout the city are mainly of brick, many of the private houses are very elegant, and some of the public edifices are deserving of remark. The Court House is a massive stone structure that cost 8200,000 ; it is 165 ft. long by 100 deep. with ornamental portico, and dome 148 ft. from the ground. The Custom House is a large build- ing of freestone that cost $115,000, and contains the post office. The Monongahela House is a mammoth hotel, six stories high, and covering one square. The chief place of amusement is the Pittsburg Theatre, which has a very handsome front, Several of the churches are notable for their cost and architecture. The manufactures of Pittsburg are already of vast extent, and there is no apparent limit to their increase. The entire vicinity abounds with coal, iron, limestone, wood, etc., and is very rich in agricultural resources. Coal is easily mined in the hills, directly adjoining and opposite the city, and is sent down at very little cost. The most extensive manufactories are the iron foundries and iron works, and these are so numerous that Pittsburg has been called the " Birmingham of America." There are three bridges on piers, and one wire suspension bridge, extending between Pittsburg audits chief suburb, Alleghany City. The latter contains the State's Western Penitentiary, and the Presb. Western Theol. Seminary, established in 1828. Reading is on the Schuylkill River, 58 miles N. W. from Philadelphia. It is compactly built, contains numerous steam factories, foundries, etc., and carries on an active trade. The machine shops of the • railroad company alone employ several hundred men. Lancaster is by railroad 68 m. W. from Phila- delphia, and is surrounded by the most populous and wealthy agricultural district of the State. It was the seat of the State Government from 1799 to 1812. Within a recent period its business has been much increased and its appearance greatly improved. It is the scat of Franklin and Marshall College, organized in 1853 on the basis of Franklin College, which was founded in this place in 1787. Pottsville is 93 m. N. W. of Philadelphia on the Schuylkill River, just above its passage through Sharp Mtn. It is noted for its pictur- esque situation, its rapid growth, and its immense trade in coal. The coal is conveyed to this place from the numerous mines in this vicinity by ST A T B P I) !■: L A W A RE. Ill branch railroads— the greater part of it is6ent tomarke itfoad, and the other pari by the Schuylkill Navigation. The town is well ! and chiefly ol brick. in is on the Delaware River, 50 m. N. of Philadelphia and 7"> m. W. of New Fork. The Delaware here receives Lehigh River and B kill Creek, which afford much water-power. The Delaware, Lehigh, and Morri ; i here ni by which, with therailroi ' are ample facilities for tra le. L founded in I ipal orn town. York, 26 m. S. - : . E. of I rarrisbnj borough, surrounded by a populous and highly cultivated fai ling ion ; it i iit. and conta legant houses and public build- STATE F DE LAW A II E Delaware is the least of the 3 except Rhode Island ; is lea I in p ipulation, except Florida ; and is the least inwealth. Itsterritory is 92 m. . »m 10 to 36 miles, wide, and con- tains '-'.120 sq. miles. Its north part lias an undulating surface, good soil, and attractive ap- pearance ; the south part is low and level, with light soil. The total population in 1790 was 59,096; in 1820 it was 72,749; and in 1850, 91,532, showing less increase than any S ate during 1790-1850. The colored population in 1850 was 20,263, (of which the slaves were 2,290,) and from 1790 to 1850 this class amounted to between fifth and one of the total population. The chief crop is corn, (in 1850, 3,1 15,542 hush.) and more of this is produced than of all other crops. The manufactures arc chiefly in the north part; in l v 'eii there were 531, with aggregate capital of ■ 145. The Chesapeake and D laware Canal is 13 J in. long. The rail:-. -ad from Philadelphia to Baltimore through the north part of the State, and besides this there areshort om Newcastle to Wilmington and French! wn. Ml. The tonnage of the State is mainly in the coasting trade, and in 185") it amounted to 18,555 tons ; but the I merce is of no account. The Delawar rm- ing the Eastern boundary of the £ wral 65 miles long, and is L8 wide betwe n the Cap - May ami Benlopen. As th re are qo safe natu- ral harbors on its coast, an artificial on the Delaware Breakwater, has been built within ■ llenlopen by the Uni ment ; it consists of a stone dyke. 3. GOO ft. Ii and another, 1,500 ft long. Dover is the capital of the : rod contains an elegant State Bouse, with other buildin P >p. of the hundred in L850, 1,207. Wilmington IS the chief town : it is situated betwi wine and Christiana Creeks, and presents a pic- turesque appearance; it has 'it facilities for manufacturing, and is noted for its floui and gun-powder mills. Pop. in 1853, 16,153. Newcastle Bltuat 'd on the Delaware River. ;') miles S. S. W. Of Wflmingti ins an snal, Court House, Jail, a public library, an Acadcinv and a large factory. Pop. of the hundred in 1850 l.- 112 UNITED STATES UF AMERICA. STATE OF MARYLAND :yi. axi> has a very irregular outline ; its length E. and W. varies from 100 to 230 m. ; its br with N. and S. from 10 to 175 m. ; and its le area is computed at 11.124 sq. m. Its surface is naturally divided into three distinct regions. The first comprises the east part of the e, and is divided by Chespeake Bay into raal sections, called the Eastern Shore and Western Shi - ' a are much a like in their gen- eral features of low and level surface and sandy The second extends between the head of -/.•.iter and the mountainous district, and is characterized by hills of moderate elevation, of stratified rocks, from 20 to 30 ra. bird division consists of the mountain- ous district, which comprises the N.W. part of the State. ' ake Bay extends about 156 m. iin the State, with main breadth of 15 m. ; and is throughout navigable for large ships. Its branch bays are very numerous, and of various dimensions, though many of them arc very spa- cious. The streams of the interior are numerous and of small size. The total population of Maryland in 1790 was 319,728; in 1800 it was 341,548; in 1810, 380,546; in 1820, 407,350; in 1830, 447,040; in 1840, 470,019 ; and in 1850, 583.034. At the s, the classes were — whites, 417,943, or 71 2-3 per cent. : free colored, 74,723, or 12 4-5 per cent. ; and slaves, 90,368, or 15 1 per cent. The rela- tive proportion of the free colored has constantly increased from 1790, and that of the slaves as con- stantly decreased; but the proportion of tl classes combined has not changed to any great extent ; although it has slowly decreased since 1810. The increase of the i white population between each census has been irregular ; 'during 1840-50 it was much larger than during any previous decade, amounting to 31 1-3 per cent. The increase of the total population has been corres- pondingly irregular. Classification in 1850, as to uativity of the whites : — Born in the State, 326,040, or 78 per cent. ; in other portions of the Union, 40,610, or 9 3-1- per cent. ; in foreign coun- tries, 51,011, or 12 1-5 per cent. ; of unknown nativ- ity, 282. Of the free colored, 98 1-6 per cent, were born in the State. Of the foreign-born, 27.124 were from Germany and Prussia ; 19,557 from Ireland; 3,467 from England; 1.093 from Scot- land ; 507 from France, etc. In agriculture, the chief product is corn : its crop in 1850 was 10,749,858 bush., while that of wheat was : nd that of oats was 2,242,151. In the cultivation of tobacco, Mary- land ranks as tl ond of the Stales in propor- tion to its population, and third in the absolute amount of product. The crop reported in 1840 was 24,816,012 lbs.; that in 1850 was 21,407,497, and at the latter census there were 1,726 planta- tions that raised each 3,000 lbs. and over. In its annual product of manufactures Maryland is first of the Southern States, though the amount capital therein is reported as less than that of Virginia. The chief branch returned in 1850 was the cotton manufacture, which comprised 24 establishments, with $2,236,000 capital, and an annual product of $2,120,504. Th rics, 116, had yearly product of $1 .1 03,1 39. The production S T A T E OF MA II V L A N I>. 113 ufiron is very extensive : that of pig iron in 1850 was returned at 81,056,400; wrought iron, 771,431 ; ami iron casting, 10. Woolen manufactun ,1 10. The mineral wealth ofthi ; m unly in its rich deposits of iron ore ami almost inexhaustible beds of coal. Both of these are mainly in the mountainous * 1 1- 1 1- 1 1- 1 . There are several quarries of excellent marble, and many of limestone and red sands! »ne. Valuabl • d posits of copper occur in Frederick and Carroll Counties. The interna] improvements within this State arc highly creditable to the enterprise of , the people. These were begun by the State government at an early period, and on a inure extensive scale than the public in demanded, and thus thepublic treasury has been burdened with a very heavy debt The I ake and Ohio Canal was i ineneed in 1828 ; I 39 upward-- of! OOO had b I upon it : but n*>i until 185] was il completed as far as Cumberland, 191 m. Th" B: and Ohio Railroad also commenced in 1 is one of the first railroads brought into use in the Union; it was completed in 1853 to Wheeling, .*!79 in., at a i of about 818,000.000. a large proportion of which was expended in overcoming great natural obstruc- tions. In January. L856, the total length of the railroads within Maryland was 580 m. The coasting trade of Baltimore and other Marylan ; »f much importance, and though its condition is not accurately known, it is believed to exceed the interest in foreign cmi- merce. The latter ha i much increas d i ince 1850, especially in the amount of exports ; in fiscal year 1855 the exports were $10,395,984, and the im- ports were •~ : 7.7- -.'.M9. In il gate tonnage, Maryland ranks as first of the Southern States ; total in L855 734 305 tons,of which 183,108 tons ; to the district of Baltimore. In ship- building, Maryland hole. steam-toi if Baltimore in 1 10,340 tons. The are val : since Chesapeake Bay and its inlet l< ul 6sh, oysters, terra; ' Population of the chief cities and towns in 1850: Baltimore, 169,054; ' ind, 6,073; ! I 19 ; Annapo- 011. Annapolis w in 16 .'. It is situated on t side of Severn River, 3 m. from CI peak Bay; it is regularly laid out, and! :it appearance from ublic bui end elegant dwelling . The most interesting edifi is ti - Bouse, in whicli W( u to the Continental Congress. Thi seat of E John's College, founded in \~r '.. and of the Unite.! States Naval Academy, founded in 1845. Baltimore has a larger population than any other city in the Southern States. It is built around an expanse or bay of Patapsco Inlet, about 13 m. from Chesapeake Bay, and its site includes several hills, which give it a picturesque appearance. The are regular and 8] and the buildings chiefly of brick. The Court House is a handsome brick edifice thai i $150,000. The Exchange, occupied in part by the Custom H Post Office, etc., is a \ building, surmounted by a great dome, and •.villi in lol about $600,000. The Maryland Institute and two railroad d her buildings, are notable fur I Of the churches, the most imposing edifice is the Catholic Cathedral, which is a mas-nve granite 114 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. structure ; but there are several others remarkable for their architecture. The chief scientific and literary institutions are the Medical Department of the University of Maryland, Washington Medi- '•al College, St. Mary's Theological Seminary, Athenaeum, Baltimore Library, and Maryland Historical Society. There are several extensive hotels, unsurpassed in accommodations. The Washington Monument, 212^ ft. high, is con- Lcted of white marble, and cost $200,000. Bat- '• Monument, 52 h ft. high, commemorates those who fell in defending the city against the British, September 12th, 1814. This is a very important commercial city, resulting from its natural position and the advantages acquired by the railroads which connect it with the interior. The great staples of trade are flour and tobacco, and next to these are the articles of corn, oats, coal, leather, rotton, etc. The amount of manufacturing busi- ness corresponds to the wealth and population of the city ; aud the capital thus invested in 1850 was $ 6,5 11,922, or nearly one-half of the manufac- turing capital of the State. Jones' Falls and Patapsco River afford great water-power, which is extensively employed in flouring mills ; and there are over GO of these mills within 20 m. of the city. The Winans' locomotive manufactory is one of the largest in the Union. Cumberland, on the Potomac River, and by railroad 179 m. from Baltimore, is the business centre of the immense mining region of Alleghany County. From its centre several short railroads extend to the coal mines. Frederick, 62 m. W. of Baltimore, is the second city in the State in point of wealth, is handsomely built, and contains flourishing manufactories. Hagerstown, 88 m. W. of Baltimore, is a place of considerable trade. Havre de Grace, at the mouth of the Susquehanna River, 35 m. N. E. of Baltimore, is a flourishing village. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. The Constitution of the United States provided for a seat of the General Government, and that Congress might exercise exclusive legislation over such district. In 1790 Congress accepted the cessions made by Maryland and Yirginia, and established the District of Columbia, locating it upon the banks of the Potomac River. The corner-stone of the Capitol was laid by General Washington on the 18th September, 1793. Con- gress began its first session in the District on the 17th November, 1800. In August, 1814, during the second war with Great Britain, some British forces burned the Capitol, President's House, and many other buildings. In 1828, the rebuilding of the Capitol was completed. In 1846, that portion of the District lying south of the Potomac was retroceded to Virginia. The area of the District is 60 square miles. Its population in 1850 was 51,687, consisting of 40,001 in the City of Washington, 8,366 in the City of Georgetown, and 3,320 in the rest of the District. Population by classes — whites, 37,941 ; free colored, 10,059 ; slaves, 3,687. The City of Washington is situated on the left bank of the Potomac River, between two small tributaries. Its site is diversified and in part DISTRICT OF OOLUM B I A 15 bordered by hills of moderate elevation. The its run from north to south and from ea ri to !, and are from 70 to 110 ft. wid •• The i are crossed diagonally by avenues, which are from L30 to l 60 ft. wid:'. ami are nam id fr 'in th • 1"> States existing when the city was laid out. Mo I of the national edifices are constructed of white marble in elegant and costly style. The Capitol, com- pleted in 1828, <• >00, ami is now being enlarged to more than double its original involving an outlay of three or four millions of dollars. There are many magnificent painti ami sculptures, illustrating the national history, in ami about this grand edifice; ami the surrounding handsom I; laid out and ornamented. The building of the Depart- ment of tli^' Enti Uy called the Pat nl Office, covers an entire square, and rank- next to the Capitol in extent ami eleganc ■. 'i'li ■ Treasury Department occupies a noble structure. 340 feet long ami L70 will-', anil this is to be enlarged by wings; its entire front is an imposing colonn after the architecture of the temple of Minerva Polias at Athens. The General Post Office is a very large aiul beautiful edifice in the Corinthian order. The President's ETo lated in the western part of the city, is built of freestone, painted white. 170 ft. front by 86 ft. deep. The National Observatory, situated on Camp Hill. rat two miles from the Capitol, was foun led in 1842, ami with comparatively small means it has become one of tin- m tsl celebrated institutions of tin' kind in the world. The 'in 1 • 16 "'i '! 1 Sraithson, of I 1 r. 3. < lovernment, in trust,theam •• for the in- and diffu am i mi.-- i- 150 ft. I • » by wiili'. built of red - indsl in tl mair qu I I 'l'h • W; i filomuu ruc- ture, ii"' iplel i : its d of a grand circular colonnaded buildi i ft. in diameter, and 100 ft. high, froi shaft To ft. square at the base and 500 ft. high making a total i levation of 600 ft. In Lafayette Square there is a bronze eqm rtri q -• itue of Gen. Jackson, one-third larger than life, i C S. Xavy Yard, on th i Hranch of tin- rot' about 20 "l em]/ tl hundred persons. Th • 0". ital for the Insane has a large anil very with extensive grounds. The C ioual Cemetery contain^ the mortal remains of many members of I and of officers of the Army. Xavy. and other Departments. The City of Georgetown is beautifully situat en a range of hills. In former days it was a pi of great commercial enterprise, hut at present the business is limit'''! and is chiefly in manufacture-. The Georgetown College and the Academy of Visitation (both Roman Catholic) are celebra institutions, and there are several other Bemi- naries of high reputation. 116 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF VIRGINIA Virginia is the largest of the States bordering the Atlantic Ocean. Compared with the other Southern States, it is the first in aggregate popu- lation and in aggregate wealth. Average length of the State, E. and W., 352 m. ; breadth, 215 m. ; area, 61,352 sq. m. There are four great natural divisions. The Tide-Water district, bordering the Atlantic Ocean and Chesapeake Bay, is generally level, its highest elevations being not more than 60 ft. above the tide-level. The Pied- mont (foot of the mountain) district is a more elevated tract than the former and more varied in Surface. The Valley district is crossed by the several ridges of the great Appalachian system of mountains, is distinguished by bold scenery and several grand natural works, and includes exten- sive valleys of fertile land. The Trans- Alleghany district, lying west of the mountains, is mostly hilly and broken, or occupied with outlying spurs of the mountains ; it is a productive agricultural section, and rich in minerals. The belt of the mountain ridges is from 80 to 100 m. in width. The chief elevations are not so high as in New Hampshire or North Carolina ; the highest is White Top. in Grayson County, about 6,000 ft, above sea-level ; and next to this are the Peaks of Otter, between Bedford and Botetourt Counties, about 4,260 ft. The principal navigable rivers, b sides the Potomac and Ohio, which border the State, are James, York, Rappahannock, and Great Kanawha ; and there are other streams navigable for a considerable distance by small . The sea-coast proper is of short extent, but this is compensated for by the great advan- tages of Chesapeake Bay and its inlets, which in receiving rivers from the interior are long bays. The Hampton Roads and Norfolk Harbor are exceedingly spacious and deep. There are many localities of great interest on account of their grand scenery and natural wonders. Mineral springs of great medicinal value are very numerous in the Valley district, and copious salt springs in Kanawha and adjoining counties. The White Sulphur Springs in Greenbrier County are among the most celebrated. Nine miles from these is Hawk's Nest, on New River, where there is a perpendicular cliff of ] ,000 ft. above the stream. The Natural Bridge over Cedar Creek, in Rock- bridge County, is a fissure about 90 ft. wide ; the height of the under side of the arch above the water is 200 ft,, and of the upper side 240. Wier's Cave, 17 m. N. E. of Staunton, extends about half a mile beneath the earth, and is arched with sparkling stalactites. There are other caves of similar character, though of less extent. In respect to its total population, Virginia ranked as first of the United States until 1820; by census of 1850 it is the fourth. In 1790 the total of all classes amounted to 748,308 ; in 1800, 880,200; in 1810, 974,622 ; in 1820, 1,065,379 ; in 1830, 1.211,405 ; in 1840, 1,239,797; and in 1850, 1,421,661. The classes in 1850 were— whites, 894,800 ; free colored, 54,333 ; slaves, 472,528. At each census, from 1790 to 1810, the proportion of the whites was about the same, varying only from 56^ to 59 3-4 per cent,, but in 1 850 it had increased to nearly 63 per cent. The proportion of the free colored in 1850 was about 'it pi ' I \ & I 4 ; - - \ '- ■»' 5 - p ' - . - I "% rl la H M *■* ij>SS ■ II •»', i (I els. The sea-coast proper is of short extent, but this is compensated for by the great advan- 1 OiJU It HCIU lli> proportion of the free colored in 1850 was about s T A T K <)F VI EG] N l A 117 3-8 per cent,, and that of tin' slaves, 3.1J per cent. Of the whites, in 1850, 813,81] were natives of the te, or abonl !)1 per cent, ; 57,582 were born in other Slates, or 6 2-9 per cent. ; and the foreign- born were only 22,953, or abonl 2} per rent, of all the whites. The total number of the white and free colored persons who were born in Vir- ginia, and in L850 were living in other States, was 388,059, Bhowing an excess of 334,828 (white and free colored) given to other States. For agricultural purposes, the soil ami climate of Virginia are naturally favorable to the hi - ' success, but owing to an injudicious system of culture, a greal portion of the land h: well- nigh destroys 1. T to icco has long been the "Teat staple, and in its production this State has always exceeded every other; in 1850 its crop 56,803.227 lbs., or 2S 2-9 per cent, of the total crop of the Union ; and in 1840 the crop was still larger, having amounted to 75,347,106 lbs. In 1850 there were 5,817 tobacco plantations. each of which raised .1,000 lbs. and upwards. The light, rich mould, resting on the sandy soils of Eastern Virginia, is, or was, exactly suited to the cultivation of tobacco, and the climate is equally adapted to its successful growth. This plant is not now considered to be excessively exhaustive, but should be cultivated in judicious rotation. great grain crops are corn, wheat, and oats. The corn crop reported in 1850 was 35,254,319 bush., (slightly exce ding the same crop of 1840,) ranting to aboul 6 p ar cent, of all raised in the Union. The wheat crop was proportionally much larger, amounting to 11,212,616 bush., or about ninth of all raised in the Union. The potato crop consisted of 1,813,634 bush, of sweet pota- and L.316,933 Irish— total, 3,130,567, (in L8 10, 2,9 14.660). In producing flax, Virginia is the second of the and the am. mat returned in L850 was 1,000 150 lbs. The cotton crop I 50 was about one-six-1 b of all rate <1 in the Union, and a : of 400 lbs. ginned, while thai of 1 - i<> n I lbs. gatb In its manufactui Vi jinia employ eater amount of capital ($18,11 than any other Southern Sta1 . . ac- cording to the census, was the cotton manufacl which embraced 27 establishments, with a capital of $1,908,900, emp 2,963 and have irly product of $1,486,384. The salt manufactories were reported to have a capital of •ly product o the amount of salt mad • was 3,479, fully one-third of all produced in the Union. Otherproducts were thus stated : Wrought iron, $1,098,252; iron casting, $674,416; pig iron, $521,924 ; tanni 77 woolen goo 841,013. Since 1850, there has been a large increase in the manufacturing industry of this State. The mineral wealth ofVi especially in iron and coal, of which there are in- exhaustible quantities. The hematite ores of iron are found in abundance throe districts, as well cular and magnetic o Tl e Appalachian Bits., throughout their extent from New York to Alabama, are cl 'ml by a d-field, and hence a large share ol' this is within Virginia. :i Virginia, lially around Richmond, there are la-_ of bituminous coal. Gold has 1 I for a Ion 1 from various mountain distri I particularly from Fluvanna, Buckingham, and Spottsylvania Counties. The amount from tfa mines coined by the U. S. Mint and branches, 118 UNITED S T A T E S OF AMERICA from 1792 to the present time, is about $1,500,000. The deposits of copper ores have not until lately received much attention, but I are several sections in Fauquier, Carroll, and Floyd Counties, where this branch of mining has been found very profitable. The first internal improvements of Virginia wore commenced with the expectation of securing the trade of the Ohio Valley. The James River and Kanawha Canal was begun in 1831. was completed from Richmond to Buchanan, 19GJ m., in 1851, at a cost of $10,714,306, and is yet in progress. It is probable, however, that this canal will not be carried over the crest of the Allegha- nies, but that railroads will accomplish the same general object. The total length of the various railroads within Virginia is now about 1,000 m., and nearly an equal extent is under construction. The coasting trade of this State is much more extensive than its foreign commerce. The chief articles of export are tobacco, corn, wheat, flour, coal, wood, oysters, etc. At Richmond the amount of property delivered annually is about §10.000,000, of which about three-fourths are by the James River and Kanawha Canal. The amount of tobacco inspected is about 50,000 hogsheads annually. The direct foreign commerce is comparatively small, since the greater part is carried on through the ports of New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. The real foreign commerce of the State, during the fiscal year 1.854-5, consisted of $4,379,928 of exports, and §805,445 of imports. In its aggregate tonnage. Virginia is the third of the Southern States. About one-twelfth is employed in steam navigation. The amount of tonnage built in 1855, was 4,603 tons. The domestic fisheries are of considerable im- portance, though of more limited amount, than ia generally supposed. The chief export of this pro- duction consists of oysters. Considering the size and population of this State, there are comparatively few large towns. The people are chiefly devoted to agriculture. The great seats of commerce of the Union lie further north, and the seaports of Virginia, instead of being depots from which are distributed to the consumers the products of the State, are merely points en route to the great northern markets. If this state of affairs was changed, Norfolk could not fail to become an important commercial town, and other seaboard towns would soon be noted not only for their trade, but as places where the products of the State wen; consumed by their own inhabitants. Population of the cities and chief towns in 1850: Richmond, 32.238; Norfolk, 14,326; Portsmouth, 8,122; Petersburg, 14,010; Alex- andria, 8,734; Wheeling, 11,391; Lynchburg, 8,071 ; Fredericksburg, 4,861. Richmond has been the capital of the State since 1780. It is situated at the lower falls of James River, and is built on several hills, present- ing a commanding and beautiful appearance. The Capitol is the most conspicuous edifice ; it stands alone, and is firmly placed on open and elevated ground, in the centre of the town ; it was built soon after the Revolution, is a cheap, though a handsome stuccoed building, and is sur- rounded by grounds improved with much taste ; it contains Houdon's statue of "Washington, and its public square has lately been adorned with statues of Jefferson and Henry. The other prin- cipal buildings are the City Hall, State Peni- tentiary, Court House, Armory, Custom House, and the churches. Few cities in the Union have ■STATE OF VIRGINIA tier facilities for manufaeturin A " ' water-power is derived from the Falls of James River, which, from the commencement of the rapids, a few miles above the city . d ids abont loo ft. to the tide level. There are several very osive flour mills, cotton factories, and rolling mills, besid - m iny tobacco factories. Norfolk is the chief naval station of the United States, and has a harbor of unsurpi i Ivan- ss. It has a level site, and larly laid out. It ha^ a number of fine pri and the polite soci hi lily culti- vated, receiving a character from the famili the resident naval officers. En 1855 thi pi with its suburbs, suffered mosl awful ra the yellow fever. Portsmouth, opposite Norfolk, is a place of consid trade. li- suburb, G-ospi rt, contains a large an I costly dry-dock, and from 500 to 1,000 ually employed in its navy-yard. Petersburg, 22 m. S. from Richmond, on the Appomattox River, is noted for its bu tobacco and Hour. The falls of the river afford extensive water-power; around these a canal been constructed, by which small boats may as< the river for about 100 m. Alexandria, on the Potomac River. 7 m. from Washington, is pleasantly situated, has a com- modious harbor, and carries on an important trade. Within a few years the whole business of this place ha ready increased by the com- pletion of into rnal improvements connecting with the interior, and by the establishment of Is manufactori Wheeling is the chief town in Western Vir- ginia, and the most important place on the Ohio River, between Pitt burg and Cincinnati. [1 is a narrow alluvial tract, extending along the river for about two miles, and is overlook, •«] |,\ iipitous hill . Th ■ hil beds of coal, - for th ■ Qum for other purp • .The i : i< f mann iron - and otb f iron, b the products are vai ied. < »le buai- !i ■ is don in buildi to a < in 1 5, the p then 1 1,136. Lynchbi a flourishing town, on Jai •. L20 m. from Richmond by railroad, c for it '1 : 3 River and K Rich- 1 to this pla !.. and tl B nan. 50 m. farth r. Railroads, construct '1 and in pro- . also afford ready commui ' board and the .Southern - '. lanl water-power is obtained by m the town. River-water ig supplied to the inhabit- by the same met pleted i 1 1 factoi ! 6 extensive tob -. in I '),000 hogsheads of t in- d annually. Fredericksburg, on the Rappahan k River, 65 m. X. of Richni ited in a fei valley. The river affords < J for manufactures, but th not b in impro- In the vicinity there is an abundance of G granite anil free tone. Charlottesville.'.)? m. from Richmond by rail- road, contains the University of Virginia, which was founded in 1819 by ThOD . and is the chief literary institution in the Southern who was a native of ill'-' county, AJbemarli :! miles distant. 120 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina has a main length E. and W. of 450 m., with breadth of from 90 to 180 m., and a total area of 50.704 sq. ra. Its surface is naturally divided into three principal parts. The first borders the ocean, and extends inward about 60 m. ; this is mainly a low, sandy section, but con- tains many extensive marshes and swamps, and is generally covered with forests of pitch-pine. The area covered by the swamps is estimated at about 5,000 sq. m., or nearly one-tenth of the whole area of the State ; probably a large part of this might be drained, as some of the smaller marshes have been, and thus rendered very productive. The second division embraces the central part of the State, and is an undulating or hilly country. The third section comprises the table-land and mount- ainous region, which includes extensive tracts suited for pasturage and culture. The mountain rid: re more elevated than is usual in so great an of the Appalachian system; the highest summits are Mount Mitchel or Black Mountain. 6.470 ft., Roan Mountain, G,038, and Grandfather Mountain, 5,556 ft. above the sea. Most of the large rivers flow in S. E. direction through ' ite, in courses of from 200 to 400 m. in length, and empty into the Atlantic Ocean through its inlets; these are generally of large volume, but are navigable only for small ves ' . The most important is Cape Fear River, the natu- ral advantages of which have been improved under appropriations from the State and Federal Gov- ernments, The whole coast is lined by a chain of sand-banks or low islands, forming on their inside : ow Bounds, and on their seaward side are bounded by numerous shoals. Albemarle Sound is from 5 to 15 m. wide, extends inland about 60 in., and has several arm? or bays. Pamlico Sound is wider and deeper than Albemarle, and extends parallel with the coast for about 85 m. The total population of North Carolina in 1T90 was 393,751 ; in 1800 it amounted to 478,103 ; in 1810, 555,500 ; in 1820, 638,829 ; in 1830, 737,987 ; in 1840, 753,419 ; and in 1850, 869,039. At the last census the classes were — whit-. 553,028 ; free colored, 27.463 ; and slaves, 288.- 548. The proportion of the white population gradually decreased from 1790 to 1850, or from 73 1-5 to 63 2-3 per cent. During the same period the proportion of the free colored increased from 1 1-4 to 3 1-8 per cent., and that of the slaves from 25 1-2 to 33 1-5 per cent. Nearly all of the white inhabitants in 1850 were born in the Stair, comprising 95 34 per cent., and the most of the remainder were born in other States. In fact, the number of the whites born in foreign countries was in less ratio to the total white population than in any other State in the Union, amounting only to 2,565 persons, or less than half of one per cent. ; and this real number of foreign-born whites was also less than that of the corresponding popu- lation in any other State, excepting Arkansas, where, however, the ratio was larger. Of the free colored population, about 97 2-3 per cent, were born in the State. The combined number of the whites and free colored who were born in the Stale, but were living in other States in 1850, was 283,077, while the number of the same classes born in other States, and then living in North STAT G o F N II T II CAROL] N A . L21 Carolina, was 21,502 ; which numbers are in the proportion of L3 L-5 to 1. The agricultural staples are corn, sweet pota- i 1 the former two are exten- sively raised in i rery county. The crop of corn rep irted in 1850 was 27,941,051 bu h., while thai of oats i 1,052,078 ; of wheat, 2,130,102 j rye, 229 " 63 ; and th of barley and buckvi I wore insignificant. In the a e growth of sweet potatoes North Carolina is only exceed 1 by Georgia an 1 Alabama. The tobacco crop re- ported in 1850 amounted to 11,984,786 lbs., or 6 per cent, of the whole U. S. crop, and the crop of <> was much larger, viz : 16,772,359 lbs. In parts of the low, sandy, section along the coast c itton and rice are extensively raised. In 1850 plantations, each ra : 5 bales and over ; the crop then reported was 50,845 ' 100 lbs., ginned ; and the crop of 1840 was 51,926,190 lbs., gathered. The rice crop of 1850 wa G8 lbs., (in 1810, 2,820,- i and there were 25 rice plantations, each raising 20,000 lbs. and over. This State exceeds all others in its crops of peas and beans. In the region of the pine forests the leading business is in gathering turpentine and distilling it. Turpentine is the crude sap of the pine trees ; it varii s somewhat in character and in freedom of flow with the differenl varieties, and it is more freely long-leafed pine than any oth \ The principal belt of the turpentine forest is from to 80 m. wide, and extendi across the State, a to the Gulf of Mexico. The larger part of the turpentii 'tilled before it is shipped to northern port i. In ri i manufactures, it is probable that the amount I yearly from making turpen- tine, resin, tar. and pitch, exceeds the product from other branch of i In 1850, the an- nual product of the cotton manufactories was returned at 8831,312 ; of tunn ight iron, $331,91 1 ; iro 12 : i-on, : and woolen goo0. The most valuable of the mines are those of '. copper, and gold, Th I bituminous coal-field on Deep l: : uls for at least 30 miles, and the Dan River field is also of great importance. Th • ores of copper in the Mc< lulloch mine, i ■nsborough, are wry rich., and contain a Is >rtiou of gold. The gold mines in the vicinity of < 'harlotte in Mecklenburg County have been worked with great profit, and a branch of the U. S. Mint is there established. Iron is found in many places. Vast quantities of limestone and freestone occur along both Dan and Deep Rh and grindstone and millstone of superior quality near the latter stream. Marl exists in abundance in the coast comities from Virginia to South I ilina, and as far from the coast as Nash County. The railroads now have a total length of about 620 m., and more than half of this extent has b completed during the last three years. The chief are X. Car. Central R. R. from Goldsboro to Charlotte, 223 m. ; Wilmington and Weldon, 162 ; Wilmington and Mam- 1 • 2, and -cater part in South Carolina : and Raleigh and Gaston, 97 m. The State contributed $2,000,- 000 towards the construction of the N. Car. ral R. II.. by ig its stock, and has a aided other roads in the same way. The coasting trade is carried on by small \ - sels, since the rivers ami inlets are so obstructed at their mouths by sand-bars that large v. ssela ca» not enter. The exports consist mainly of the products of North Carolina. The foreign com- 122 U X I T E D S T ATEB OF AMERICA merce seldom exceeds the amount of §700,000 in a year, and the exports constitute more than half of the amount. The aggregate tonnage has been lually increasing since 1850, and in 1855 it was 60,077 tons, of which one-third belonged to Wilmington. The shad and herring fisheries up n the sounds and inlets of the North Carolina coast arc an im- portant branch of industry and a source of con- able w alth. The sweep-seines used are the largest in the world — some of them are over 2 m. long, and manned by a force of forty men. In favorable years the profits are ver; Population of the chief towns in 1850 : Wil- mington. 7,264; Newbern, 4,681; Fayetteville, 4.646 ; Raleigh, 4,518. Besides the foregoing, there were seven villages with a population of from 1.000 to 2,000, viz : Washington. 2,015 ; Oxford, 1 .978 ; Beaufort. 1,661 ; Edenton. 1,607 ; Smith- ville. 1404 : Warrenton, 1242 ; Greenville, 1.053. Raleigh occupies an elevated and healthy situa- tion, a few miles west of Neuse River, 132 m. by railroad from Wilmington. It is a pleasing town, the streets are wide and lined with trees, and the numerous white wooJen mansions are generally sur- rounded by little court-yards of flowers and shrub- bery. In its centre is a square of ten acres, con- taining the State House, which is a noble edifice, of brownish-gray granite, in Grecian style, and c i I over $500,000. There are s sveral institutions of charity and education, honorable to the State. The surrounding counti'y is nearly all pine forest. Wilmington is situated on the east bank of Cape Fear River, 34 m. from the ocean. Its position is v iry favorable for a large trade, and its business in this respect has been greatly multiplied within ten years by the construction of the railroads which now connect it with northern and southern cities, and with the interior of the State. The population has be i doubled within the same period. Vessels of medium size can come up to the wharves, and there is a constant steaml communication with Charleston and other ports. The chief exports are lumber, turpentine, rosin. tar, rice, and peanut-, and the agg exporta- tion is now about $4,000,000 annually. Turpen- tine distilleries and saw-mills are n im irons. Newbern, on Neuse River, has considerable trade, and was formerly the capital of the State. Fayetteville is at the head of natural navigation, on Cape Fear River, 95 m. above Wilmington. It is now a flourishing town, and its prospects are excellent. Its vicinity is noted for numerous plank roads. STATE OF SOUTH CAR'OLIN A . 3 tit Carolina has an irregular triangular shape. with extreme length and breadth of about 210 m.. and total area of 29.395 sq. m. Tts entire ter- ritory is a portion of the greai Atlantic Slope, it-; north-west boundary being formed by the Blue Ridge. The surface is hence naturally divided into parallel sections, according to their elevation as parts of the slope. These divisions are princi- pally three. The tract bordering the ocean is very low, occupied in part by flat cypress swamps and reedy marshes, traversed by sluggish streams. and to a great extent covered with forests of pitch STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA 1 23 pine. The w \ item part of thi- tract, as Ll becomes morn elevated, is of coarse more dry, but the is still Dearly level, and consists mainly oft] pine barrens. In the second, middle, or "wave" region, the surface is extremely undulating full] a.i 1 dipping in bluffs and dells, yet .'I i.r pin ■ wo id ; the a lil is a mel- low, brown loam, and fertile in the valley . Thi ruptly in joining the third . called the Ridgi ; the surface sudd uly ri i 1 1 continues to ris •. with I chi r until it ends with ths Blue Ridge. In thi there ich the hig] is Table Mountain which is I 00 • ft. above the in on • dir iction a p sular li- mt of 1,100 ft. ah ive The chief navigable rivers are, the Savannah, i ie, Great P Edisto. The coast is in- dented by several large bays, which are deep mgh for coasting navigation ; the best harbor h that of Beaufort, which admits ]. that of I I by a dang ! bar. The climate is varied according to the elevation of the surface. Throughoul the c m it is excessively 1 d in summer, and il i- fetal to white people to remain in thai vicinity 1 larked by irregu- , larity in i mal chan The total population of South Carolina in 1790 was 249,073 : in 1800, 345,591 : in 1810.415.11:) ; in 1820, 502,74] : in 1830, 581,185 ; in 1840, 594 3 07. A1 the last cen- sus the classes were —whites, 27 1 ,563 ; free colored. 8,960 : 1,984. The relative proportion of the da - s has been gradually changing from 1790; at that time, the whites comprised about ."'•; ; per cent, of t] I population, but in 1850. they were -11 per cent. The actual incr of each irregular, and was much iter from L790 to 1820 thi I either class, and that of the entire p pulation was about 2 t0 to l 50, the increase of the whites •ly 'I p ■]• cent. ; of thi !. 8}; of the -I:.-, s, 1 7 3-4. The slave population of South Care'' in proportion to total population tl and its actual numb 1 every State, excepl Virginia, which, 1 ever, has more than twi In 1850 the number of whil ss born in foreign coun- ~>08, or about one-thirty-second part of all t!i" white population. The coi inm- of the white and free colo of South Carolina, who in 1 850 wi in other States, was 186,479; of these, 52,154 were in Georgia, 48,603 in Alabama. 27,908 in Mi sippi, 15,107 in Tennessee, etc. In agriculture, the greal arc cotton, corn, rice, and sweet potatoes. There are six vari of soil, viz : 1. Tide swamp, devoted to the cul- ture of rice ; 2. Inland swamp, to rice, cotton, i, peas, etc. ; 3. Salt marsh, to long cot 1 4. Oak and pine, to long cotton, corn, potatoes. : 5. Oak and hickory, to short cotton, corn, etc.; and 6. Pine barren, to fruits, vegetables, etc. Cotton is the chief , and grows in all the divisions, with different d ' productive- In the amount of it a crop, thi - ranks as the first in the Union, in proportion to rea, end as the fourth in the actual amount 'iced. Tn 1S50. there were 11 .. JJ cotton plantations, each raising 5 bales and over; the crop then reported was 301,901 bales of 400 lbs., ginned, and that in 1840 was 61,710,274 lb-.. 1 24 UNITED STATES OF AMEEICA. gathered. Com is raised everywhere, except in a very small part of the mountainous district ; the crop of 1850 was 16,271,454 bush., and in 1840, 14,722,805. The crop of rice in this State in 1850 was three-fourths of the total raised in the Union, or 159,930.613 lbs. out of 215,313^497 ; and this vastly exceeded the crop reported in 1840, which was 60,590,861 lbs. No. of rice plantations in 1850, each raising 20,000 lbs. and over, annu- ally, 4-16. Sweet potato crop of 1850, 4,337,469 bush.; oats do. 2,322,155; wheat, 1,066,277; peas and beans, 1.026,900. The best land in the State is in the elevated and hilly country, though the alluvial section in the lower region is of more rank richness. The rice district is narrow, bor- dering the sea-coast ; the plantations are chiefly formed in such parts of the tidal swamps, adjoin- ing the main-land or the sandy islands, as are left nearly dry at the ebb of the water. On the islands is produced the largest quantity of the best variety of cotton, called sea island. The capital employed in manufactures, etc., in 1850 was reportel at $6,056,865, anl the annual [product at $7,063,513. Particulars are given of . four branches. The cotton manufactories, 18, had capital of $357,200, employed 399 males and 620 females, and their annual product was $747,338. The tanneries, 91, employed 264 per- . and their product was $261,332. Six iron blishments employed 155 persons, and produced $87,683. In the north-west and central parts of the State a large part of the geological formation is primi- tive, and this affords much and excellent building material. The principal metals found here com- prise gold, iron and lead. The gold is found in the same belt in which this metal exists in the ad- joining States, and the portion lying within South Carolina is believed to be as valuable as any other portion. The product during the last 25 years has been computed at about $600,000. Iron ore of fine quality is particularly abundant in Spartan- burg District. The railroads of South Carolina are more nu- merous and extensive than in auy of the Southern .States, excepting Virginia and Georgia, which have each twice as large an area. The chief line is the South Carolina R. R., which extends from Charleston to Hamburg, 136 m., with a branch to Columbia, 68 m., and another to Camden, 37 m., making its aggregate length 241 m. This road was one of the first large projects of the kind undertaken in this country, having been com- menced in 1830. The total length of the railroads now in operation is about 850 miles. The direct foreign commerce of South Carolina consists chiefly in its exports. The value of the exports is usually from six to eight times greater than that of the imports. During the fiscal year 1855, the former amounted to $12,700,250, and the latter to $1,588,542. The aggregate tonnage owned in this State amounted in 1855 to 60,935 tons, of which 56,419 belonged to Charleston. More than half is en- gaged in the coasting trade, aud about one-fourth is propelled by steam. Charleston formerly was extensively engaged in ship-building, but of late years this business has very much declined. Population of the cities and chief towns in 1850 : Charleston, 42,985 ; Columbia, 6,060 ; Abbeville. 2,252 ; Georgetown, 1,628 ; Sumterville, 1,356 : Greenville, 1,305 ; Spartanburg, 1,176 ; Ham- burg, 1.070. Columbia, capital of the State, is built on a plain along the east bank of the Congaree River. at the head of its steamboat navigation. It has B T A i i: o P G hOBOIA. 125 throughout a remarkably elegant appearance; its streets are regular, wide ami lirn d with ornament- al trees; and most of the dwellings arc buill of 1. 'I he chief public building- arc the £ Bouse, State Asylum for thel C I ! churches, and market. It Is the scat of South Carolina College, founded by the State in 1804; of a Presbyterian Theological Seminary, founded in 1831 ; and of the Arsenal Academy, which is one of the State .Military Schools. Charleston is Bituated at a distance of seven miles from the Atlantic Ocean, on a tongue of land between Ashley and Cooper Rivers, which unite immediately below thecity, and form a cious harbor. The former river is 6,300 ft. wide, the latter -1.200 ft., and cadi is from 30 to 40 ft. d p. The city covers an area of about 3 sq. miles, on a Bite some 8 or 9 ft. above the level of the harbor at high tid .1 I form a arly square blocks, and are lined with mag and other beautiful Orna- mental gardens are numerous, and the dwefli are surrounded by an abundance of folii of the public buildings are of handsome archil ture. 'I are — College of on, founded in 1785 : M C liege of the State of S. O., founded in 1833; Citadel y, which is one of ate Biili Schools; City Library, with 2 tices' A ociation, with 10,01 i c. Charleston iw less engaged in forei roe than formerly, especially in the matter of importation; but this foreign trade, as well as the dome- still involves a large capital. S T A T E OF GEORGIA BGIA is the most southern of the Original Thirteen States. The length of its territory, N\ and S., is about 310 m. ; the greatest breadth about 245 in.: and the area is computed at 58,000 sq. m. Its surface is much diversified in elevation and character, and its soil, climate, and produc- tions are correspondingly varied. In general terms, the surface is characterized by a regular slope in southerly direction, as is apparent from the course of all its great rivers. The seel inn bordering the Atlantic Ocean, and for fifty I inland, is very marshy. Some of the swamps arc very extrusive, of which, the Okefinoke is the largest, and this is 180 m. in circuit. This sec- tion forms about one-third part of the plain of tertiary formation, which is from 100 to 150 m. broad, and swells up to a line passing near the I of navigation of the Savannah, Ogeechee. Oconee, and Ocmulgee Rivers, where it meet- a primary formation. The western part of this di- vision abounds with pine forests. The primarv formation crosses the State in S. W. direction. above the falls of the rivers just mentioned, with a breadth of 100 m. at the northern, and of 100 m. at the southern limit : the principal plain or pla- teau above the falls is from 60 t.> 70 in. wide. ond this, on the N. W. side of the primary belt, the surface risi - by a series of parallel and undulating ri Blue Ridge Mountains, which are fn m I 1,000 I''. high. Farther north and north-west the surface is I .ken and mountainous. The principal ri\ the Savannah, navigable forships to Savannah, and for steamboats to Augusta: AJtamaha, and its 126 UNITED S T A TES OF AM E 11 I C A branches, Oconee and Ocmulgee ; Chattahoochee, and itrf main branch, the Flint ; Ogeechee and Cannotichee; all of which are navigable by vos- - sis of light draught throughout a considerable share of their courses. The sea coast is about 100 m. long, and is completely lined with a large num- ber of low islands, between which and the main- land are navigable channels, or sounds. Much of the scenery in the northern half of the State is highly picturesque. Many of the streams are re- markable for their grc.it falls, and several of these are cataracts of more than 100 ft. in height. The relative increase of the population of Georgia, from 1790 to 1850, was greater than that of any other of the Original States, its ratio having been very nearly 1000 per cent., while that of New York was about 81 1 . The total population in 1 790 was 82.548 ; in 1800. 102,101 ; in 1810, 252,433 ; in 1820, 340,987 ; in 1830, 51G.823 ; in 1840, 691,392 ; and in 1850, 906.185. At the last cen- sus the classes were — whites, 521,572 ; free col- ored, 2,931 ; slaves, 381,682 : giving the follow- ing proportion — whites. 57| per cent. ; free col- ored, ^ of 1 per cent. ; and slaves, nearly 42 i per cent. ; and there was very nearly the same pro- portion in 1810, excepting a small change in re- spect to the free colored. The ratio of increase of each class, and of the total population, has varied greatly during the several census intervals. The white population in 1850 was thus classified as to nativity : Born in the State, 396,298, or 76 per cent. ; in other States, 118,268, or 22 <} per cent. ; in foreign countries, 6,452, or l£ per cent. Of the foreign-born, there were 3,202 Irish, 972 Germans, 679 English, 357 Scotch, etc. The excess of the combined number of whites and free colored per- sons, natives of Georgia, given to other States, (122,954) over the corresponding number of those received from other States (115,413) was only 7,541, which was by far the least inequality pro- duced in any State by the interchange of citizens. The soils of Georgia are of very varied charac- ter, and in the many counties good and bad lands lie near together. The light sandy, soils in the southern counties are particularly productive in cotton, while the marshy tracts in that section yield rice in abundance. In Middle Georgia the native soil is a red loamy soil, resting on a firm clay foundation, and originally rich, but has been generally worn out by exhaustive culture. The northern valleys now comprise the most valuable lands for grain and other food crops. Cotton and corn are the great staples, and the yearly product of cither is vastly more valuable than any other crop. The crop of cotton reported nn 1850 was 499,091 bales of 400 lbs., ginned, or one-fifth of all produced in the Union ; the crop in 1840 was 163,392 of 396 lbs., gathered, and in 1850 there were 14,578 plantations, each raising 5 bales and over. The crop of corn Avas 30.080,099 bush., or one-twentieth of total U. S. product ; of sweet potatoes, 6,986,428, or two-ninths of U. S. pro- duct ; and of rice, more than one-sixth of U. S. product. Considerable attention has been given to manu- factures, particularly to the production of cotton goods. According to the last census, the annual product of all the manufactories, 1,527, was $7,086,525 ; and the whole number of persons employed was 8,318 ; the cotton establishments. 35, produced $2,135,044, and employed 2,272 per- sons ; and no other class of manufactures was re- ported to have a product of even $90,000, except that of tanneries, $361,586. The greater part of Georgia is abundantly provided with streams, and these frequently afford excellent water-powe.r 8 T A T E O 1 UK ORG I \ IL'T Columbo i, at the we i boundary of I ' •. has an immense power from the Falls of the Chatta- hoochee, and promises to 1"' the chief manufac- turing (nun, south "I' Richmond, \ ' .'a, in the Southern Stat< . I from 1 5,000 to 20,0 running, and th -powi r i safficienl for ai leasl t< □ times as many. p ( ■ ■>. ,] by - to be very great, but is at pr almost entirely und v< Loped, excepl in gold, which is somewhat exu mi i d. 1 is chiefly in Lumpkin County, and its hills have been completely riddled with shafts and tunnels, the shire-town of that county, there is an U. S. Branch Mint, which cuius from $300,- 000 to ••$500,000 yearly. In January, L856, the railroads of Georgia had an aggregate length of 1,011 m., and most of the lines are noted for their excellent construction and successful management. The two principal lines were completed throughout in 1843. The first of these is the I lentral B. R. from Savannah to .Ma- con, 191 m., and this connects ai Macon with other very important lines. The second is the Georgia R. R. from Augusta to Atlanta, 171 m., and this also has important connections. The first is tribu- tary only to Savannah ; the second, mainly to Charleston. By mean- of these railroads and by the navi- gable rivers, the trade of Savannah (and Charles- ton) with the interior of the State and with Ala- bama has been greatly increased within a few years, — having been diverted from its former channels. The coasting trade is active, supporting regular liucs of Bailing vessels to Beveral port-;, and of steamship- to New York and Philadelphia. The direct foreign commerce consists chiefly in the exportation of the greal staple,* with COnsid ibl amounts of British and Fr< rich port -. Dura due of the i >ig which v. te amount as in the y< ar 1853 ; while in each of I and 1 35 1. th( 10,000. The im- port 5 aim. un ! [16. The total tonnj <1 in th< S "n 30th June, 18£ 29,505 f which. JT belonged to the puit of Savannah. The ami employed in .-team navigation is 1 T.i II 10 tons. AH the cities and chief towns have greatly in- ed their population and bu-' ' ice they obtained railroad advanl ; and many p] which some ten or twelve years ago were only cross-roads, with a tavern and blacksmith's sin .J), have become villages of considerable im- portance. Population of Savannah in 1850, 1"..'U2: in 1853, 23,458 : of Augusta in 185l ; in 1852. 12,553 : i 'olumbus in 1850, 5,942 ; in 1 B52 7,140. and with Wynntown Suburb, 8,860 : Ma in 1850, 5.720, and 1855. about 9.000: and of Atlanta. Griffin, and Athens, in 1855, each about 5,000 : MiDedgeville, 3,500. Mflledgeville, the capital of the State, i- situated on the west bank of the Oconee River, and is rounded by a beautiful country, productive in cot- ton. The State House is a handsome building, in Gothic architecture. The State Penitentiary and one of the St; i1 \ oals are here Savannah is situated on the Savannah River. 18 m. from, it* mouth, upon a Bandy plain, about 10 ft. above low-water mark. It is regularly laid nut with wide, unpaved streets, at the intersections of which are small area-, shaded like the str 128 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. with the Pride of India trees. The general aspect of the city is curiously rural and modest for a place of its population and commerce. A very large proportion of the buildings stand detached from each other, and are surrounded by gardens or courts, filled with tree- and shrubbery. Two principal streets have in their middle rows of trees and a grassy promenade. Two of the principal buildings are the Custom House, constructed of granite, at a cost of $175,000, and Independent Presbyterian Church, also built of granite, at a cost of $120,000. There are two public monu- ments of much interest — one to the memory of Gen. Greene, and the other to the memory of Pulaski. ^ Augusta is on the Savannah River, 231 miles from its mouth, and at the head of its natural navigation. By means of a canal, constructed in 1845, vessels may pass around the falls, and navi- gate the river for 150 m. above Augusta. By the same means water is brought into the city, and a fall of 40 ft. above obtained, furnishing immense power to numerous manufactories. The city is well built, and contains a Medical College, a City Hall that cost over $100,000, besides several other notable edifices. Columbus, at the W. boundary of the State, has already been alluded to on account of its manufactures, for which it is distinguished. Macon is built on both sides of the Ocmulgee River, at the head of its steamboat navigation, and is the centre of an active trade, which is con- stantly increasing. The two divisions of the town are connected by a bridge, 380 ft. long. Georgia Female College, located at this place, is one of the most flourishing seminaries in the Southern States. Atlanta is now the chief town in N. W. Georgia, and has been entirely built up since 1845, (when it was first laid out,) by the business of the railroads which here connect. Griffin, 58 m. from Macon by railroad, has a very active business in exporting cotton. Athens, in the N. E. part of the State, has a fine situation and delightful climate, and is the scat of Franklin College, founded in 1785. STATE OF FLORIDA. Florida consists of the great peninsula separating the Gulf of Mexico from the Atlantic Ocean, and a narrow strip of land extending westward along the Gulf to the Perdido River. Its entire area is computed at 59,268 sq. m. The western section, lying south of Alabama, is generally level, sloping gradually to the Gulf. Eastward, between the Appalachicola and Suwanee Rivers, the surface is more elevated, and occasionally undulating. The central ridge of the peninsula is but little elevated, the highest point being about 171 ft. above the ocean, and the whole southern part of the penin- sula is marshy. There are 26 rivers of importance, besides many others of smaller size, and several capacious and secure harbors. The climate has a warm and remarkably uniform temperature, and some places are noted for their salubrity. The total population in 1830 was 34,730 , in 1840, 54,477 ; and in 1850, 87,445. At the last date, the classes were — whites, 47,203 ; free ■ w •i - 1 Tl w - ^ ■ ■ i. i 1 ,, "■'•■' / :.i .-1 - i s P KIM I flN _ !— — ■ l " j /',,;• /; r..\v<-fuicj'f > V I I- Kl f;|. . •\r rtXajiruii ' '", yt.7'.71^Wa»/ct< V saf" - !«f jn.J.H.AUuinxt ' .. ■ *FtJU»?r* t't.Krais Trap/iris!: Th PU Ju. > Mtiunit \ ' ••X I .. v ii,il..is !',.iv ( . tit i - c.iillhnns H -/, t tfrs il Mkuih _ __n / v r.mi'-itnilr Weil ii from Washington s Panic iIi1a«ui I i S T A T E OF F L R I 1 1 A .red, 932; slaves, 39,310. The foreign-born numbered 2,815, or 5 3-1 p sr cent, of total popu- lation. The chief agricultural "staples arc cotton, cane- ,i-n. sweet potato mil tobacco. In proportion to the population and to the quan of improved lands, more cotton i- produced in Florida than in any other State. So ale reaped to the product of sweet potatoes, and of sugar from cane, with ih ition of Louisiana and Texas. Most of the soil of Florida is Bandy, j.t in the hummocks, where it is mixed with ■-. All of the peninsula is of diluvial formation, and its central portion is the most productive. The classes of land are usually d< : high hummock, low hummock, savannah, swamp, aud tlie different qualities of pine land. The hum- mocks are cat! 1 throughout the country, and vary much in their extent : these are covered with woods, and afford excellent land, when cleared. High hummock is usually timbered with live and other oaks, magnolia, laurel, etc., and i- considered the I ription of land for general purposes. Low hummock, timbered with live and water oak, overflow, hut is preferred for sugar when drained. Savannahs, on tlie margins of in,- and in detached bodies, are usually very rich alii and yield largely in dry seasons, liiti need ditching and dyking in ordinary seasons. Marsh savannahs, on the borders of tide streams, when reclaimed, are very valuable for rice or sugar-cane. ■ 'ire. the most important busi- ipment of the products of thi and of the products of the southern portion Alabama and 1 1 soi gia. X1 I of thi foreign count ' A.ppa1a< ■ of domestic produ chit fly of cotton. The ] St. John's River. More than half tli" torn belongs to Key West. The 1 St. Mark's R. R., 23 m. long, was 1834. Other short railroads were formerly in i but their companies having failed, tl en- taken up. Tallahassee, the seat of governmt nt. i- !.;iilt on an elevated site, is regularly laid out. reral public squares, and contains the public buildings of the State and County. Number of inhabit) in 1850, 1,391. The vicinity is the mi lous part of the S I Pensacola is built on a sandy plain. 50 ft. ab sea level. Population in 1850. 1,073 whites, and 1,091 blacks. Six mile it is the U. E Navy-Yard, covering about 80 acres, and con- taining a dry-dock ; near it is the ' aval ital. Key West City is the largest sett] menl in Florida, and in 1850 it contained 2.3G7 inhabit- ants, of whom 1,825 were whit< 9. The principal business is wrecking, which 1 under equitable rules for the mutual I interested. Many persons are al-o engaged in fishing; procuring -. making salt by evapo- ie. The harbor i ible for ships of 22 ft. draught 130 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF ALABAMA Alabama has a nearly regular outline ; itsdimen- ' >ns, exclusive of the section below lat. 31°, which is some sixty miles square, arc — length, X. and S., about 270 m.,and breadth, 150 to 210 ; and its area is 50,122 sq. m. In the N. and N. E. :'aco is broken by the low mount- ainous riuges which are the S. W. terminations of the Appalachian system. A range of hills crosses the State westward to the border of Mis- : ppi, dividing the tributaries of Tennessee J?.iver from the other streams of that region. Thence the surface gradually descends towards the Gulf of Mexico until it merges in the low in which borders the Gulf coast. A large pro- ion of the surface, particularly in the central and north divisions of the State, is covered with forests ; these contain oak of several varieties, poplar, hickory, chestnut, pine, and mulberry woods ; and throughout the south division there is everywhere abun lance of pine, with patches of other timber. The northern division is chiefly suited for grazing purposes, while parts of it may be more profitably cultivated with grain and a rsity of other crops than any other sections. The cleared tracts of the central region comprise much and ing prairie-land with naturally fertile soil. Throughout the south half there is a great extent of the sandy pine-barrens, interspersed with very rich alluvial soils. All of the rivers, except the Tennessee, flow southward, and most of these are navigable for light-draught steamboats. The Tennessee is obstructed in part of its course (which is 130 m. long within Alabama) by the Muscle Shoals, but above them it is again navi- gable. The sea-coast is of short extent, but it contains Mobile Bay, which is one of the largest and deepest inlets of the Gulf of Mexico. Before the year 1810 Alabama contained but very few white inhabitants, but after that time the population steadily increased. In 1820, the total population amounted to 127,901, consisting of 85,451 whites, 571 free colored, and 41,879 slaves. In 1830 the population had increased to 309,527 ; in 1840, to 590,756 ; and in 1850, to 771,623. At the last census, the classes were — whites, 426,514 ; free colored, 2,265; and slaves, 342,844. From 1820 to 1850 the slave population increased more rapidly than the other classes — hence its relative proportion to the total popu- lation has been constantly increasing. The change has been from 32 3-4 per cent, in 1820 to 44J per cent in 1850. The whites in 1850 were thus classified as to nativity : Born in Alabama. 234,691, or 55 per cent, ; in other States, 183,324, or 43 per cent. ; and in foreign countries, including unknown, 8,499, or 2 per cent. The free colored class consisted of 567 blacks and 1,698 mulattees, the proportion of the latter being much larger than in any States, except Louisiana and Florida. The excess of white and free colored persons received from other States was 99,102. For several years past there has been a constant and extensive emigration from the State, as well as immigration to it. According to the State census of 1855 the total population was then 835,192, isting of 460,979 whites, 2,449 free colored, and 371,290 slaves ; the total, including 474 insane persons. . - Vlea.SiLri 'Ton .--' I- Xong. 'y^es r i m s ' / .— a . T . . - J ■ ■ - ^ - V /~* h . . r , \l. . .:in. iCrcenY. V *. f * ■ ' *xaQ E - 1 ) J lih V - ALABAMA" ■— 13C I e TBrougav- extent of the sandy pine-barren?;, ni^._ 1 very rich alluvial soils. All of the rivers, except the Ten: ilow southward, and most of tl are navigable for light-draught steamboats. The Tenn ' : obstructed in part of its course (which is L30 in. long within Alabama) by the Muscle • I rat above them it is again navi- immigration to it. Accoi-um. of 1855 the total population was then 83d, i '92, consisting of 460,979 whites, 2,449 free colored. and 371,290 slaves ; the total, including 474 insane persons. 1 STATE OF ALA I: AM A. 131 The land improved in agriculture in 1850 about on th of the whole area of the E Cotton is the great staple, and in 1850 Alabama produced 23-08 per cent., or not quite one-fourth of all the cotton rai sd in th • Union ; the figi ..ginned; Unit 1 2,445,793 do. ; and at that period there were Hi. Kin plantations, each raising 5 bales and upwards. The usual crop of corn is very great — in 1850 it amounted to 28,754,048 bush. That of oats was 2,965,696 ; of wheal. 294,0 1 !. Other crops of 1850 were — sweet potatoes, 5,475,204 bush.; Irish do., 246,001; peas and beans, 892,701 bush. ; rough rice, 2,312,252 Some cane-sugar is raised, though in a very few counties; product of 1850, 87 hhds. of 1,000 pounds, of which, in Clarke County, 35 hi Montgomery, 20, and Greene, 18. Tobacco i- rai ed in almost every county, but the pn du I : not mounting in 1830 to 161.990 lbs. in the entire Si. Manufactures have never received deci attention. The while number of establishm in 1850 producing to the value of $500 was 1,020, employing 4,938 persons, and having an aggregate product of $-1,528,878 yearly. Of this product the amount of $1,261,450 was in Mobile County. The products of the chief classes reported were : 2,2 ID, by 12 establishments with 715 hands and $651,900 capital; tannin . • .911; iron casting, $271,126. The amount of home- made manufactures was $1,934,120 — proportion- ally, a very large production. Alabama is said to have considerable miri wealth, parti :ularly in iron ore, stone coal, car- boniferous limestone. \ .,1 marbles, and Lead. It docs not appear, however, that any large amount of capital has yet been employed in mining ii they have been used by the in- habitants of •• vicinities. The total I if the railroads within Ala- bama that were in operation at the commence- I was about 350 mill--, and about 100 i in active construction. The chief completed line is that from Montgomery to V. Poiut, Ga., 88 m., with a branch line from Opelika to Columbus, Ga., 28 m. ; this occupies an im- portant position in the great through line of travel between the North and South, and also has a large local business. The export trade of Alabama in cotton, both coastwise and to foreign countries, is very large. •lie is the natural outlet of the greatest cotton- growing region in the South, and thus it becomes the greatest cotton-market in the Union. The total shipment of cotton from that port in 1854 was 538,084 bales, of which 201,721 to doni< ports, and 330.903 to foreign ports. The latter were thus distributed : To Great Britain, 231,280 bales ; to France, 70,752 ; to northern ports of Europe, 14,466 ; and to other ports, 14,515. The value of the total exports to foreign countries in the fiscal year 1855 was $14,270,565, which was considerably less than in preceding years ; and the imports do. \. i 9.964. Population of the cities and large towns in 1850: Mobile, 20,515; Montgomery, -1,935: Huntsville, 2,863; Selma, 1,728; Marion, 1,544 ; Athens, 991. M" ry, capital of the State since Novem- ber, 1-17. is on the Alabama River, 331 m. by its course above Mobile. This is a prosperous i, with very pleasant suburbs and a remark- ably enterprising population, and it now has a ■ inland trade, promoted by its railroad fia ties. The Capitol was completed iu 1851, and 132 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA replaced a former building - , burned in Dec, 1849. The houses generally and their gardens are notable Cor their neatness and tasteful character. Mobile is situated on the Mobile River, just ive its entrance into Mobile Bay, 30 m. from the Gulf, upon a sandy plain, elevated about 15 It. above the bay. The central and business part is very compactly built, with little or no elegance. Out of this quarter the city has a pleasant appear- ance, almost all the dwellings having plots of ground enclosed around them, planted with trees and shrubs. The finest trees are the magnolia and live-oak, and the most valuable shrub is the evergreen Cherokee rose, which is much used for hedges and screens. The great business of the city is the transfer of cotton from the producer to the manufacturer, from the wagon and the steam- boat to the sea-going ship. Since the harbor is shallow, the large ships lie at the foot of the bay, and their freights are transhipped in lighters. STATE OF MISSISSIPPI Mississippi extends from the State of Alabama, on the east, to the Mississippi River on the west, with epiite uniform breadth, between the parallels of 31 c and 35° N. lat. ; but below the latter par- allel, there is a strip of land bordering the Gulf ' [exico, only two-fifths of the width of the main part. The entire area is computed at 47,156 sq. ra. The surface has a general slope in south and h-west directions, but is considerably diversi- fied. In the north-east, and along part of the Alabama boundary, the country is in part level and open, and in part rolling and timbered. The central region has the character of a table-land, and is traversed by ranges of moderately-elevated hills, some of which are called bluffs, since they terminate abruptly upon plains, or the banks of rivers. Along the Mississippi River, there are level alluvial tracts that are annually inundated. In the south-east, the surface is low, but undula- ting and abounding in pine. The principal river interior is the Yazoo, which is navigable by steamboats at all seasons of the year : and its main bra: dratchie, is also navigable for 100 miles. Ii ; > Black River is a long stream, though not of large volume, and is navigable for 50 miles. Pearl River drains the southern-central region ; it is sometimes ascended to Jackson, but its naviga- tion is impeded by sand-bars and drift-wood. Pasca- goula River, which drains the south-east sections, has numerous tributaries, and is navigable by small vessels. The Gulf coast is about 65 miles long, and affords no good harbor for large vessels. The total population in 1800, was 8,850 ; in 1810, 40,352 ; in 1820, 75,448 ; in 1830, 136,621; in 1840, 375,651; and in 1850, 606,526. At the last census, the classes were — whites, 295,718 ; free colored, 930 ; slaves, 309,878. The relative proportion of the slave population constantly in- creased from 1800 to 1840, but slightly decreased from 1840 to 1850. The ratio of the increase of each class, and of the total population, during the ten years, 1840-50, was less than during any pre- vious ten years. The State Census of 1853 reported 288,718 whites, and 303,000 taxable slaves. In agriculture, the great staples are cotton and corn. The crop of cotton reported in 1850, was 484,292 bales of 400 lbs., ginned ; while in 1840 the amount was 193,401,577 lbs., gathered. ll F ♦ u 1 : S r A T E P M LSSIS 8] PPI. L850 1k 15,110 cotton plantations, rai 5 bales i » r it 1 upwards. The above-named crop was very nearly one-fifth of the total cotton crop of the United States, as reported in L850. Corn crop in L850, 22,446,552 bnshels; in I-!". L3 L61,237. Sweei potatoes, L741,795 : Irish |i itato i, 2 11,482— total 5,003,277 bush., against one-third of thai quantity in 1840. Oats, I. •■"••{,228 bush.; peas and beans, L,072,757. The cultiva- tion of rice is increasing; the crop <>f L850, was 2,709,856 lbs., being three and a hall limes the amount raised in L840. All nth are com- paratively small. Therewasa largeii from 1840 to 1850 in the number of n ! •. -keep, ;unl swine. Th ■ manufactories, in 1850, were 877 in num- ber, with capital of $1,833,420, employing 3,173 persons, and producing to the value of $2,972,038 yearly. Product oftannerii 1229,407 ; of iron foundries (8), $117,400 ; of cotton works (2). $30,500. Value of home-made manufactures in 1850, $1,164,020. The mineral resources of Mississippi, so far as developed, are nut extensive. There are several springs of much reputation; Cooper's Well, in Hinds Co., 12 m. W. of Jackson, has waters im- pregnated with sulphur and iron ; Lauderdale Springs, in Lauderdale Co., contain white sulphur and chalybeate waters. The first important railroad constructed was the line from Vicksburg to Jackson, 46 m., and th to Brandon, 14 m., — or total. GO m. The Mobile and ( Ihio R. R tra State, and in duly. 1 temper < !o., 1 67 m. from Mobile. 'I i and Tennessee R. R., was then open from Memphis to Bernando; a' o, the Centra] R. B Bolly Springs ; and both were in pro The tonnage eii in the river and c trade is chiefly owned in New I Orleans and Mol The commerce with foreign countries is m< carried on through New < amount is unknown. Jackson, the capital of the State, OCCupie I vel site on I hi bank of Pearl River. Tt contains the State House, ] State Hospital for the Insani Penitent'. U.S. Land Office, and City Hall. Population in L.881 whites : blacks, not staled. Natchez, on the Mississippi, is situated mainly on a bluff, 200 ft. above the river, but the b ness portion is along the river-side below. This is the largest city in the State ; in 1850 its p lation was 4,434, and in Feb.. 1856, w Vicksburg, on the Mississippi, is noted for ' shipment of cotton, most of which is received by railroad extending westward. Population L850, 3,678; in Feb., 1856, 4.043. Columbus, ou the Tombigbee River, is sur- rounded by a fertile district, and has an active Population in 1850, 2,611. Yazoo City is situated on a low bluff along ■ i River, and is the centre of business of a \ rick cotton-growing district. Pop. in 1850, 1,910 134 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF LOUISIANA Louisiana comprises the great Delta of the Mis- sissippi River, and a considerable portion of the lower part of its Valley. Its outline is irregular, and its length E. and W. varies from 180 to 300 m., and its breadth from 120 to 240. Its area is computed at 41,255 sq. m., of which between one-fourth and one-third consists of the great Delta. This is the region at the mouth of the river, composed entirely of alluvium ; its western boundary is firmed by the Atchafalaya. The depth of the alluvium is estimated to be fully 1.000 ft. The greater part of this region is not more than 10 ft. above the sea, and is annually overflowed by the floods of the river. The debris brought down by the current is principally depos- ited near the borders of the stream, and thus these portions have been raised much higher than the adjoining lands; in some places the slope is as much as 18 ft. in a few miles. The length of the Mississippi within the State is 350 m., and within its general limits, 800. The channels of the passes, or mouths, of the river near the Gulf, are constantly changing, and are often so shallow that large ships bound to New Orleans are drag- ged over an:l through their sandy beds by power- fid steamtugs. The section bordering the Gulf ea marsh, and generally destitute of t irabcr. Above this is an extensive tract of low prairie-land, which is not very fertile:, and occa- sionally barren. In the central and northern sec- tioi irface rises, and becomes uneven and In the N. W. part, the surface is quite low. i lly throughout the whole Valley of the I ' ' ■■' Natchitoches, which is generally marshy, and contains numerous lakes. Large lakes occur also in other sections. Lake Pont- chartrain is 40 m. long by 24 wide, and though generally shallow, is navigable by steamboats. The sea-coast affords very few good harbors. The total population of Louisiana in 1810 was 76,586 ; in 1820, 153,407 ; in 1830, 215,739 ; in 1840,352,411; and in 1850, 517,762 At the last census, the classes were — whites, 255,491; free colored, 17,462 ; and slaves, 262,271. During the ten years, 1840-50, there was considerable change in the relative proportion of the whites and free colored, while the proportion of the slaves remained about the same. The white population increased from 45 per cent, of the total population to 49 J per cent. ; but the free colored decreased from 7i to 3j per cent, (from 25,502 persons to 17,462). As to nativity, the population of this State is characterized by a greater number of for- eign-born whites than any other in the Union, except Wisconsin. In 1850, the number of white inhabitants born in the State was 126,917, or 49| per cent, of all the whites ; do. born in other parts of the Union, 60,641, or 23 34 per cent. ; do. born in foreign countries, 67,308 or 26£ per cent. ; of unknown nativity, 625. Of the free colored, seven-eighths were born in the State. The foreign-born comprised 24,266 from Ireland. 18,000 from Germany, 11,552 from France, 3.550 from England, 1,417 from Spain, 1,337 from the West Indies, 1,196 from Scotland, 915 from Italy, etc., making altogether the most diversified com- munity in the Southern States, and perhaps ex- ceeding New York in proportion to population. a:t Long West K l'l-ina <". I iiir.vir h ft I .1 i i \ Dm J . ■ iiia ! M OU G t V, 1 " / Rail !:"...!;, i i iposeO R.~R. State Capil :i I i louaty loi as © ^ *n LOUISIANA *'7 t * 1 ' ir- ^T '**»»* It \t l n i> 510 20 To : — 1— I i. ^nug.injd e "West 1,5 from TVashingtim. J4 £ a — ! 1 ^r X3 . STATE OF LOUISIANA 135 According to the State censn of L853, the popu- lation in that year had inci d to 578,189, con- risting of 301,102 whites, 23,272 - red, and 253,815 v r The agricultural staples are cane-sugar, cotton, and corn. The fonnd in the south part, bul il i planl d a far norl head of the Delta. The prodm I n ported in I was 226,001 hhds. of 1.000 lbs., or 95} pi p cent. of tli<' total I . number of sugar- plaul rs wa I 558. The State census of I reported thai 31 2 ■ I were culti- vated with cane, and that the products w 272,719 hhds. of sugar, and 431,913 bbls. of mo- s. The cotton-] cultivated chic!: the Red River and in the \. E. part of the S1 l I; d River bottoms are nearly the best cotton lands in the world; but, in a wel season, tl suffer uj ometimes are entirely de- stroyed I rot" or " the worm." The pro- duction on the old plantation? is much less now than formerly, b i ploughing will at once >re fertility, since the soil is of unknown depth. In 1830. there were 4,205 cotton plantati raising 5 ball »ver ; the crop then reported 1.78,737 bal of 400 1 ined — a small crop. In 1 were about 000,000 acres ivated with cotton, and the crop exec 100,000 bal . Corn is raised everywhere : the 1850 was 10,266,373 bush., and of 1 11,6! The prod manufactures in L850, in the entire State, w; . two-thirds of which were produced in N vicinity. 'I'll • ■ '-■ business done in the manufacture of coarse i but the refining of these articles is mostly don • in ites. The mining interests are of litt ! jnt. Since th Of the area C ..Knvial and diluvial form fifths of the tertiary. T! rth and north-west .-'•■•'ions ; it c - lire, am, and marl. Th partly opened, and tl inder in pi been commenced within a very n Four short li ring a i ngth of 63 m.. had b | ilt. ma ailed faciliti trade. The value ^l' tl ived at New Orleans from the i i in 1855 to upwards of $125, The foreign commerce • greater part of all that of the ' 'ppi Valley. In respect to foreign c.\ the second State in the Union, and the amount averages at ! The in like other Southern S are of mu than the exp ' return chiefly brought to north An of •n import in L855, 812,900,821. ■re tonni is owned i i Southern I; whicl Louisiana in this respect th Union ; the The amount of tonni L855 the st< amboal fa a was 62,632 ton m poi! w York 1 '. 1 t9. It is situated np on tl b ink of the Mississippi, l.'io u Nem the State I [out . it - 136 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. ate Penitentiary, the State Asylum for ; Dumb, and Blind, U. S. Arsenal, the public buildings of the parish, and a College, founded in 1838. Population in 1850, 3,91)5. The City of New Orleans contains one-fourth of the total population of the State. It is built on the easl bank of the Mississippi, 105 miles above its mouth. Its site is low, and is protected from the river by an embankment, which is 4 or 5 m. long, 100 ft. wide, and 15 ft. above low-water mark. It has but few excellent public buildings, les the hotels "and churches, though many sub- stantial blocks of stores and warehouses. The Custom House is one of the largest buildings in the Union, and is constructed of Quincy granite. The Branch Mint is a massive structure, and the Municipal Hall is an elegant marble edifice. There is probably no large city in the world where the resident population has been so divided in its origin, or where there is such a variety in the habits, man- ners, and moral codes of the citizens. In the win- ter months there is a great influx of temporary residents. Number of inhabitants in 1840, 105,400, (including Lafayette, which was consolidated with the other municipalities, April 12, 1852); in 1850, 130,565 ; and in 1853, 145,449. Algiers, opposite the city, is noted for its work-shops. Donaldsonville was formerly the State capital ; it is pleasantly situated, has considerable trade, and some fine buildings. Population in 1850, 1,948. Opelousas is the chief inland town in the State, and the seat of Franklin College, founded in 1839. Jackson contains the State Lunatic Hospital, and is the seat of Centenary College, founded in 1839. Population, 1,000. Population of other towns in 1850 : Shreveport, 1,728 ; Car- rollton, 1,470 ; Natchitoches, 1,261 ; Thibodeaux- ville, 1,242 ; Barataria, 1,176. STATE OF TEXAS Texas is far the largest of the States, and its area, which amounts to 237,504 sq. m., comprises about one-twelfth of the entire Union. Its surface is naturally divided into three sections. The first comprises the entire coast region, extending from 40 to 60 miles into the interior ; it is quite level, and embraces the most fertile of the alluvial lands. The second consists of the interior and northern counties. The third includes the west and north- west counties, which arc diversified in respect to surface, but are generally fertile. Texas has many long rivers, and very many of less importance, ■ral of the longest are navigable for steam- boats a considerable distance, but all the streams are greatly affected by the wetness or dryness of the season, and many are navigable during only a very small part of the year. Some streams afford valuable water-power. The coast is continuously bordered by long sand islands, and the inlefe to the bays or lagoons within are few in number, and much obstructed by bars. The total population, in 1847, was 143,205, and in 1850, 212,592. By the last census, the classes were — whites, 154,034 ; free colored, 397 ; slaves. 58,161. The whites were thus classified as to nativity : Born in the State, 48,997 ; in other parts of the Union, 87,722, or three-fifths of total whites ; in foreign countries, 16,713, and unknown, 602. The combined white and free colored, born in other States, consisted of 77,897 born in the 8 T A T E F T !•: X A - 137 . and 9,996 born in the free States. Number from T ■ L 7,692 ; from Alabama, 1 2,0 10; < 7,639 ; Mi si ippi, 6,545 ; Kentucky, 5,478, etc. From Illinois, 2,855; [ndiana, 1,799; Ne« York, L ,589, etc. Oft! ' Q-born, about one-naif were from I man; turth from Mexico. 4,459 ; and of the remainder, 1,403 were from Ireland, 1,002 fro ; The great agricultural staple are, corn, cotton, potatoes, and can . In 1850, the com crop was 6,028,876 bush., and all other grain crops were of little account in comparison, since that of ■ bul 199,017, and that of v, bush. The cotton crop was returned at 5 - bales of . or aboul 2', per cent, of total U. S. crop ; and there were 2,262 plantations ad upwards. The potato crops bush, of sweet, and 94,645 of Irish —total, 1 V- Prodi ci of cam 7.351 hhd : of molasses, 441,918 galls.; number of sugar-planters, L65. Immense herds of cattl ■ are raised on the large plantations; and both wild cattle and wild horses arc abundant on the open | The manufactures in 1850 were reported to have an annual product of $1,] of which the chief cl '. were iron casting, 000, and tanneries, $52,050. The ■ xti a; of the mineral d< posits has not been Iron ores have been found in various locality i, and probably this i i bundant d. An immense belt of gypsum extends a> the north-wesl part of tb There are three lines of railroad, partly opened and completion. In the Bummei i each was in operation for a disti about 20 m. Tl Harrisburg, and is call d the Bufl i Ba; : 08, and ' lolorado B. B. : i! ■ 1 is the Galveston and Bi d Bivi r B, B. ; and tl e third is the Galveston, Houston, and Bend B. It. The direct foreign a mmerce, duri year 1855, was 8916,961 in e; in in . Aj gregate tonnagi ! in the State, 8,801 b [f tl ral incri ase of this State dn oi ten years 1 increase of its valuation, or taxi th, then it has made more rapid | n State. In 1855 the valuation a: 521,451, whili 2 showing an increase of 808,707,357 in thj This increase consisted of $25,554,354 in real property, and $43,213,003 in personal : and the greater part of the latti r d in the inert ; . which amounted to $24,744 The principal towns and settlements have much increased in population since 1850. In that year the population of the chief place- follows : Galveston, 4,177; San Antonii : Sous- 2,396 ; New Braunfels, 1,298 : Marshall, 1,189 ; Victoria, 806 ; Fredericksburg, 754 : A tin, G29. Austin has been the capital of the - : nce 1844. It is situated on the Colorado, about 230 miles AY. X. W. of Galveston by land, or about 300 m. from the mouth of the river by it The rivi r is navigable at higl by ligl The vicinity is noted for picturesque scenery. Galveston is situated on an island at the mouth of Galveston Bay. The island is 30 m. long by 3 m. wide; its surface is quite level and low. Here is the beat harbor on the Stat. ' and ; . ;i enjoys an active trade. T ABLE OF COUNTIES AND TOWNSHIPS IN OHIO. Fn. Ge. Jn. Ly. Ms. Me. St. S. Tn. We. IV r. A a. Ae. B. Gn. Jn. Mn. Me. Py. Rd. Se. Sk. Ck. Gn. II. Jn. M . M. (>. Py- R. Sn. T. V. Ar. A a. As. Ck. Cu. ct. D. Dt. Ga. III. He. Ke. L. Me. M Adam;. Franklin. Greene. rson. Liberty. Meigs. Monroe. S iott. igg. Bin. Wayne. Winchester. Allen. Amand i. Angl Kith. Germ in. .1 - kson. M irion. Monroe. Perry. Ki -bland. Khawanee. S igar Creek. Ashland. Clear Creek. Green. Hanover. Jaokson. Mohecan. Montgomery. ii rage. Perry. ■Io-'. ran. Troy. V. /million. PABULA. Andiver. ! Austinburg. c ilebr ( ' i irryvalley. i ' m leant. Denmark. I > >r.-et. ■va. Harpersfteld. II irtsgrove. i - .n. Kingsville. IX. • ie. ',1 :• -l'l. N. 01. PL Ph. Rd. R. SI. Sk. Tl. We. Wd. W. Ar. A. B,i. C. Ce. Dr. Le. Li. Re. Ty. W. Y. Dt. (rd. G. Ln. Mn. .Vc. Pa. Sm. Si/. Un. We. Wn. New Lyme. Orwell' Pierpont. Plymouth. Ri'hmoud. Rome Sheffi '1.1. S 1 \ > ■!'■ l] . Trumbull. Wayne. WilliamsQcld. Windsor. Athens. Alexander. Amies. Athens. Born. Canaan. Carthage. Dover. Lee. Lodi. Rome. Troy. Waterloo. York. Auglaize. Clay. Duehouquet. German. Goshen. L >gan. Moilton. Noble. Posheta. Salem. St. Mary. Union. Wayne. Washi no-ton. Belmont. c. Colrain. p g- Pin G. Go lien. Kd. Kirk wood. Ml. Mead. Pe. Pease. Py. Pillney. Rd. Richland. Sh. Smith. So. S imerset. Un. Union. Wn. W tshington. Wn. Warren (W.) We. Wayne. IVg. Wheeling. Mr. Mad River. M. Madison. Y. York. Rli. Rash. Py- Perry. Sm. Salem. Sm. Salem. Brown. Un. Union. S-. St. (Hair. Bd. Byrd. Urbani. Uy. Unity. Ck. Ee. Clark. Eagle. We. Wayne. W. Washington. Fn. Franklin. Clarke. We. Wayne. Gn. Hn. Green. 11 mtiugton. B. Gn. Bethel. German. IV. Yk. West (W.) Yellow Creek. Jn. Jaeksun. Ge. Greene. Coshocton. Ls. Lewis. Hi/. Harmony, As. Adams. Pe. Pike. M !. Madison. Bd. Bedford. Py- Perry. M. Mad River. B. Bethlehem. p. Pleasant. Md. Moorcfield. Ce. Clarke. Sg. Sterling. Pe. Pike. Cd. Crawford. s. Scott. PL Pleasant. F. Franklin. Un. Union. Springfield. Jn. Jackson. IV. Washington. Clermont. J. Jefferson. Fd. BUTLER. Fairfield. Fn. Bit a via. Franklin. Ke. Le. Ln. Keeue. Lafayette. Linton. Hr. Hanover. Gn. O'ishen. J^n. Lemon. Jn. J ickson. Mk. M. Ne. Mill Creek. Momoe. Ne wc i. -tie. Oxford. Perry. Ly. Liberty. Mi. Miami. Mn. Madison. Me. Monroe. Md. Milford. Oo. Ohio. O. Mn. Morgan (W.) Sk. Stonelick. Py- p. Od. Oxford. Te. Tate. i iKe. Ry. Ryley. Un. Union. Tn. Ts. Tiverton. Tuscarawas. Rs. Ross. Wn. Washing' S. St Clair. We. Wayne. Va. Virginia. Un. Union. Ws. Williamsburg. Clinton. IV. Washington. We. Wayne. ' ' o I Vs. White Eyes. Carroll. As. Adams. Crawford. A a. Aug ist i. Cr. Chester. A. Auburn. Bn. Brown. ( 'k. Clark. Bs. Bucyrus. Carrollton. Gn. Green. Cd. Chatfield. FA. East. Ly. Liberty. C. Cranbury. F. Pox. M. Marion. Hs. Holmes. Hn. Harrison. Rd. Richland. L V . Liberty. L. Lee. U. Union. Ls. Lykens. Ln. London. Vn. Vernon. Sn. S mdusky. M. Monroe. W. Washingl Vn. Vernon. Oe. Orange. We. Wayne. We. Whetstone. Py- Perry. Wn. Wilson. <;k. Re. U. Rose. Union. Columbiana. Bd. Bedford. W. Washington. Br. Butler. Br. Brooklyn. CHAMPAIGN. C. En. ( '.'litre. Elkrun. B. Briekville. Cleveland. Ax. Adam-:. Fd. Fair kid. I) . 1) iver. Cd. Concord. Fn. I'V .ok. in. F, '. did. Gn. Goshen. Hr. Hanover. le. i lependence 11. 11 irri 'in. Kx. Knox. Ml. ield. Jn. Jackson (8.) LI. Liverpool. M. Middlebnrg. Jn. Johnson. Mn. MidJlet in. Newburg. I !■ i i k I m. n »i p 1} OHIO I 6 jo 20 iii J£ I C 11 I I _ T--*- \h ' Mai f?rte^j I J ,,, r .._._.Lr f x f. -■-, -^^..-o-' fl-.iA I" ' 3- "i - Imi U I'roiuWasliiii'itoix c STA T E OF il I . Od. 0!m>tead. Erie. D. 1) ■ // (> Oreo Bn. lin. In. Franklin. Od. <;„. 1 Parma. 1 ',. Plon Fn. ton (E.) Rd. . a. . lit. [port. i, . ' • Gen 8r. M . Hn. 1 ton. Hn. 1 1 .ron. • im. . Md. Mooredeld. ^ M. Oxford. Sk. n Creek. Wills. Bn. Br. /'. Daj Alle Brown. B itler. Ph. Pi rkiiw. mihon. Yk. An. Fork. <; ai.i.ia. Ad lison. An. IIamii AT! ' innati. •- w. ■ Wa . Aa. Fairfield. Amanda. c. Ce. 1 hire. i i. •..in. ,ibia. I» ■ II ■ lin. B. ne. I by. 1;. (/';.. ( t f* I" " im. G . en. Dc F. ■nville. ( '. .r Creek. Gd. . '-nlitld. (iieene. Hn. Hn. 1 Gd. Id. Gn. Gnj Mi. Miami. Jn. Jack 11. ling. Hn. ison. ML Mill Cn.. Mn. . Ma. Mis.-i I Liberty. Hn. Huntingdon. . re. ' M. M :roe. 1/ . M . Moi 8 iTlC. /'. . P 0. Ohio. s. Bl : '- ) I't. ' 1'n. R. /' ■ Perry. S. 11 .. H. Rii'hleHi'J. ! i Creek. Rn. Racoon. If'r. Whitewater. Rr. ..e. 7Vi. in. 17. Violet. Sd. Springfield. Wn. ion. Ph. V.i:i B -rc-n. W. Walnut. Wt. Walnut. An. Wh. ista. P \ V 1 Geaug \. A. Amanda. Bk. Brnsb C I). . An. . C. We. \V;r. c. Concord. Be. ridge. B. •rd. Y. rk. <;. Greene. Bn. Burton. C. • Ii >d Jr .1 i-per. Char don. De. .■.-arc. Fd. Fairfield Defia Jn. JeflVi Cr. Che.-ter. :e. 11. Ham As. Cn. Claridon. lay. Jn. on. ice. M. Marion. Hn. H lrnpden. ' /.. ty. 1 . I't. Paint, II*. II .ntsburg. 1. . Madi Fr. Parmer. Pi/. ry. Md. Middlefi N. • Market. He. Hick-vi! 1 I. ion. Me. Montville. M. Mali u. P. 'it. 111. Highland. We. Wa; Mn. Mnnson. Oe. Orange. 8. 1U. M ■ Milford. Franklin. Newbury. I't. Pleas ' I'ni .Y. ISlendon. Pn. Park' P . W . ■> ik. Rd. and. B. Blown. HI. i: 3C1L Un. ID. NO'. Tn. Wn. Tiffin. Cn. Clinton. Tn. T. Thomi Tr y. 1 . Wn, Van Bnn F. ' Pal I *!.I.A WARE. Franklin. KL. Hn. Bh. Bath. Bd. Blam ' . d B I! . rfcshire. Jn. J. i k-< >u (S.) ];. Benver Creek. Ca. . en. Bn. Berlin. Jn. . i U. rel. r>. Br wn. Mn. (■-' ) Mi. Miami. '.. M. n. c. i Mn. R . : He. i: ry. .'are. Mont s. ■ by. ty. S . Sk. S Mn. m. Sr. r. lllli. Harl Py. Perry. Xe './ !. . II W. rd. h'u. rty. PL Pla v. I't. t n. Wasbington. M. Mil /' . A. 1: mdl ■ Oe. Sn . bridge . 1 T.iyl /:. .n. < >■■/. axL Trnro. Ce. re. Pr. !' •' Wn. W.k J. Jack n. R. Jn. son. Harbi So. - • 'to. Ppltos. Kx. Ki. Ar. Ar. ' /,-.•. T. ■ mp^on. /.. • ty. A . Atliens. AV. X. Tn. sterfield. Lon ' Ii£. Ty. Clint . ' rn. Franklin. Me. . 140 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. P. Paint. Jn. Jefferson. Pe. Prai Ly. Liberty. Rd. 1 .ml. My. Middlebury. Ry. ■ >'• Ml. Milford. S. Creek. Mr. Miller. , JR. Walnut Creek. Me. Monroe. J Fa. Washington. Mn. Morgan. Huron. Ms. Pe. Morris. Pike. £n. Bronson. Pt. Pieasant. C>■ Clay. Nk. Newark. Cn. Clinton. Nn. Newton. 11 n. Harrison. Py. Perry. llr. Ilillier. Ss. St. Albans. Hd. Howard. Un. Union. Jn. Jackson (S.) IVn Washington. Ba. Bk. Hn. J. L. M. Mi. Me. Py- p. R. Rk. Ss. U. W. Ze. At. An. Br. B. B. Cn. C. Ca. En. E. Gn. H. Hn. Le. P. Pd. Re. Rr. Ra. S. w. On. P. Rd. Sd. Sa. We. W. Wg. Cn. 1). I). Fd. Jn. Me. Pe. Pt. Re. Sd. Logan. Bloomfield. Pokes Creek. Harris, n. Jefferson. Bellefontaine. Liberty. McArthur. Miami. Monroe. Perry. Pleasant. Richland. Rush Creek. Stokes. Union. Washington. Zane. LORAIX. Amherst. Avon. Black River. Brighton (S.) Brownhelm. Camden . Carlisle. Columbia. Eaton. Elyria. Grafton. Henrietta. Huntingdon. La Grange. Penfield. Pittsfield. Ridgeville. Rochester. Russia. Sheffield. Wellington. Lucas. Oregon. Providence. Richfield. Springfield. Sylvania. Waterville. Waynefield. Maumee City. Wing. Madison. Canaan. Darby (N.) Deer Creek. Fairfield. Jefferson. Monroe. Pike. Pleasant. Range. Somerford. SS. Stokes. Un. Union. London. Mahoning. An. Br. Bn. B. Ce. Eh. Gn. G. Jn. Mn. Pd. Sh. Sd. I'm. Bd. Bn. C. G,l. Ge. Gp. Mn. My. Pt. Pt. Rd. Sk. St. Wo. Bk. Cm. Gr. Gd. He. Hy. Hr. Le. Ld. LI. Ma. Me. Sn. S. w. Wd. Yk. Bd. Or. Ca. Ln. L. O. Oe. Rd. Austin. Beaver. Berlin. Boardman. Canfield. Coits ville. Ellsworth. Goshen. Green. Jackson. Milton. Poland. Smith. Springfield. Youngstown. Marion. Big Island. Bowling Green Claridon. Grand. Grand Prairie. Green Camp. Marion. Montgomery. Pleasant. Prospect (S.) Richland. Salt Rock. Scott. Waldo. Medina. Brunswick. Chatham. Grainger. Guilford. Harrisonville. Hinckley. Homer. La Fayette. Lichfield. Liverpool. Medina. Monteville. Sharon. Spencer. Wadsworth. Westfield. York. Meigs. lied ford. Chester. Columbia. Lebanon. Letart. Olive. Orange. Rutland. S. Sm. So. Sn. Bk. Br. Ce. Dn. Fn. G. Ge. HI. Ly. Mn. Un. Wn. Bl. Bn. C. Eh. Lk. Me. Nn. Ny. Sk. S. Un. Wn. A. Bl. C. Fn. Ge. Jn. Ma. (hi. Py- s. s. Sy. Sd. Wn. We. Salisbury. Pomeroy- Salem. Scipio. Sutton. Mercer. Black Creek. Butler. Centre. Dublin. Franklin. Gibson. Granville. Hopewell. Celina. Liberty. Marion. Union. Washington. Miami. Bethel. Brown. Concord. Troy. Elizabeth. Lost Creek. Monroe. Newton. Newbury. Spring Creek. Staunton. Union. Washington. Monroe. Adams. Bethel. Centre. Woodsfield. Franklin. Greene. Jackson. Malaga. Ohio. Perry. Salem (E.) Seneca. Sunbury. Switzerland. Washington. Wayne. Br. C. Gn. H. Jn. J. M. Mi. Py- Montgomery. Butler. Clay. Dayton. German. Harrison. Jackson. Jefferson. Mad River. Miami. Perry. T a T K OF (i II 10 141 R. Vn. IVn. We. B. BL Ce. J>d. llr. M . Mn. Me. M. P. R„. i , . IV. Yk. B. Bd. Bn. Cn. Cr. Cs. a. 11 ',,. L. Mn. J'n. T. IV. IV. Randolph. Van Buren. shington. Wayne. MO LG \N- III. Centra. Eomer. Malta, Mil! Meigsville. Morgan. McConneUsville Penn. Roxbory. Union. Windsor. York. Miiituow. s. Bloomfleld. Bloomfield(N.) limnington. ter. Franklin. Gilead. . Gilead. Harmony. Lincoln." ven. Pern. Tilly. Washington. Westfield. MUSKINGUM. As. BL C. F. Hn. lid. HI. J. Je. Lg. M. Ms. Me. M , Nn. P. BL Sm. Sk. Sd. U> ■ IVn. IV. Adams. Blue Rock. Clay. Palls. Harrison. Highland. Hopewell. Jarkson. JefVerson. I. i.king. Madison, Meigs. Monroe. Mu.-kingum. Newton. Perry. Rich Hill. Salem. Creek. Bpringfleld. Union. Washington. Waj i Zanesville. B. Bo. Br. < Eh. Fk. J. .1,1. M. N. Oe. 8a. Sk. Sn. We. B. Bn. CI. c. I), I. E. He. Pe. Sm. IV. Ac. Bn. Bn. C. Ce. Hn. Jn. IVn. B. Cn. If. Ho. Jn. M. Mk. M . Pe. /.'.. Tn. C. D%. Hn. Jn. M. M . Me Xi.r.i.i;. Brookfleld. Bufla Beavi i. tre. ii. Jefferson. -on Marion. Noble. c!'ve. Seneca. ihsville. ok. Sharon. Way no. Ottau \. Bay. Benton. Carroll. Clay. Danb Erie. Harris. Port Port Clinton. [i m. Van Rensselaer. Paulding. Auglaize. Benton. vn (E.) < myall. Crane. Harrison. Jackson. Washington. Pf.kuy. BearGeld. Clayton. Harrison. Hopewell. Jackson. Madison. Monday Creek Monroe. Pike. 'ing. Somerset. Salt Lick. Thorn. Pickaway. Circleville. Darby. Deer Creek. Harrison. Jackson. Madison. Monroe. , Muhlenburg. P • 8o. If . If. We. B. Bn. Jii. Mn. \ Pe. i ■ SI. Ar. Aa. Bd. Cn. Dd. Eg. Fn. Fm. Hot. Ma. Nn. Ps. Pa. Rh. Rn. So. Sd. IVm. Dl. Gr. Gs. H. n. j. Jn. Lr. Me. Ss. Tn. IVn. Bd. Og. .Is. /.;/. .1/. On. Py. Perry (W.) Pickaway. Salt Creek. I i. ant Creek. Wayne. Pike. Bean r. Benton. Camp ''reek. J i. kson. Mifflin. ton. Preble. Pi rry. ton. Sunfiah. At water. A.nror i. Brimlield. in. Deerfield. Edinburg. klin. Freedom. Hiram. Mantaa. N' Ison. Paris. Palmyra. Randolph. Ravenna. Rootstown. Uersrille. Streetsboro. Suffield. Windham. Preble. Dixon. Casper. Gra* Harrison. 1 reel. Jackson. Jefferson. Lanier. Monroe. Bomers. Twin. Washington. Eaton. Putnam. Blanchard. Greensborg. Jenii Liberty. Monterey. Ottawa.' Perry. /.'. .s Ur. Vn. I'.. Cn. Cd. lid. r„. ii. I In. ./. /.. I't. J>,i. Tn. Un. Qk. Jn. M. R . St. 7". IV. IV. V. Bm. Bk. C. (in. I!. J. Mn. Mn. Ne. Pr. Un. Vn. IV. IV. As. c. Fn . 111. J I l.n. Pt. Riley. Un. . Kali da. Buren. Ross. k-kin. Di erfleld. Franklin. ■n. Harrison. II .tingdon. :son. Liberty, at. ton. Chilicothe. aciield. Twin. Union. Sandusky. Ballsville. Green Creek. Madison. Riley. ky. Fremont. ■tt. Town send. Washington. mile (W.) J irk. Scioto. Bloom. Brash Creek. Clay. cn. Harrison. Jeffei Madison. ;an (W.) Nile. Porter. Union. Vernon. Washingl Wayne (B.) -mouth. Adams. Bloom. Clinton. Eden. Hopewell. Jackson. Liberty. Ion. Pleasant. /.' 8a. So. Tn. I c. Dr. F Gn, Jn. I... M. (),. Sm. ! . I . IV. Bm. Jn. I . L. Ln. Mli. Nn . Og. i . P'J- I',. Pn. S. Su. IVn. Bh. Bn. Cy. Cn. Fn. Gn. Hn. N. Nd. Nn. R. S. T . T. Bn. Bd. Be. 111. Bd. , iO. Thompson. Ven. Shelby. Clinton. S} dney. tthiana. LillMi i klin. en. niie. McLt Oral Turtle Creek. Buren. Washh -ton. <:K. dehem. Jack Lake. Lawrence. \.> xington. Marlborough. ,-hilien. Osnaborg. Paris. Perrv. Pike. Plain. Sandy. Sugar Creek. Washington. Summit. Bath. Boston, ley. ventry. klin. en. Hudson. Northampton- \ rth field. •on. Portage. Akron. Richfield. Bpringfleld. StoW. Tallmadge. Twins!) Tbumbulx. tta. ■mfield. Brace ville. Bristol. l'.iooklield. 112 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, Cn. Pn. Fr. Ge. Us. /:./. Hd. Jn. Kn. Ln. M. Mi Nn. Sn. Vn. Va. Ifri. Wd, Champion. Farmington. Fowler. ,ie. Gostavus. Hartford (E.) iud. tard (3.) Johnson. Kinsman. Liberty. Lordstown. Meci Mesopotamia. Newton. Southington. Vernon. ina. Warren. Weathersfield. Ti SCARAWAS. An. Auburn. Bs. Backs. / r. Dover. Fd. Fairfield. N.Philadelphia. Jn. Jefferson. Le. Lawrence. Od. Oxford. Pi/. Perry. lih. Rush. Sm. Salem. Sy. Sandy. Sk. Sugar Creek. Ul. Union. Wn. Warren. Wife. Warwick. Wn. Washington. We. Wayne. Y. York. An. Ce. Dy. Jn. Jr. Lg. Ly. Mk. Ps. Tr. Un. IV. Yk. H. lid. J. Ly. PL Re. T. Un. Wn. We. Yk. Cn. Uniok. Allen. Chdborne. Darby. Jackson. Jerome. Leesburg. Liberty. Mill Creek. Paris. Marysville. Taylor. Union. Washington. York. Van Wert. Harrison. Hoagland. Jennings. Liberty. Pleasant. Van Wert. Ridge. T alley. Union. Washington. Willshire. York." Vinton. Clinton. Ee. Eagle. E. Elk. Mc Arthur. Hn. Harrison. Jn. Jackson. Nn. N^rth Brown. Rd. Richland. S. South Brown. Sn. Swan. Vn. Vinton. IVc Wilkesville. Wakrex. Ck. Clear Creek. Dd. Deerfield. Fn. Franklin. Hn. Hamilton. Sm. Salem. 27.-. Turtle Creek. Lebanon. Wn. Washington. We. Wayne. Washington. As. Adams. A. Anrelius. B. Barlow. Be. Belpre. Dr. Decatur. Fg. Fearing. G. Grand View. Le. Lawrence. L/y. Liberty. L. Ludlow. Marietta. Nt. New; Sm. Un. Wn. Wd. Wn. Wy. Bn. Cn. Cr. Ca. Cn. Cs. En. Fn. G. Mn. PI. Pn. Sc. Sk. We. Wr. Salem. Union. Warren. Waterford. Watertown. Wesley. Wayne. Baughman. Canaan. Chester. Chippewa. Clinton (8.) Congress. East Union. Franklin. Green. Milton. Paint. Plain. Salt Creek. Sugar Creek. Wayne. Wooster. Williams. Br. Bridgewater. B. Brady. Ce. Centre. Fe. Florence. Jn. Jefferson. Mn. Madison. M. Mill Creek. Nt. North West. Pi. Pulaski. Jh. Joseph. Sd. Sr. Springfi Id. Superior. Wood. Bm. Bloom. Ce. Centre. F. Freedom. By. Henry. Jn. Jackson. Le. Lake. Ly. Liberty. Mn. Middletown. Mn. Milton (W.) My. Montgomery Py. Perry. P%- Perrysburg. Pn. Plain. Pe. Portage. Wn. Washington. Wr. Webster. Wn. Weston (W ) Wyandott. Am. Antrim. C. Crane. U. Sandusky. Cd. Crawford. E. Eden. J. Jackson. Ms. Marseilles. Mn. Mifflin. PL Pitt. Rd. Richland. R. Ridge. Sm. Salem. Se. Sycamore. T. Tyemochtee. Ohio ranks as the third state of the Union in population, wealth, and general importance. Its territory has a general length E. and W. of about 200 m., with an average breadth of 145 m., and a total area of 39,964 sq. m. Most of the surface consists of elevated table-land ; this is somewhat diversified, though it contains only a few sections raised above the general level. The elevation above sea-level of the central section is about 1000 ft., while that of other portions is from 600 to 800 ft. There are two great natural divisions, consisting of the slope towards the Ohio River and the slope towards Lake Erie. These are of unequal size or extent, the former being consider- ably the largest ; and they are formed by a ridge of highlands, extending through the north-east part of the State in W. S. W. direction. The northern part of the Ohio slope is mainly an elevated plain, but it is terminated on the south side (near the middle of the State) by a low ridge, and south of this the surface is diversified. There is a range of hills near the Ohio River, following its course, which are in some places 200 or 300 ft. high. In the N. and X. W. parts there are several exten- sive tracts of marshy land. The principal rivers flowing into the Ohio not only have much longer courses than those flowing into Lake Erie, but they have a much larger volume; these are the Muskingum, Scioto, Little Miami, and Mi The largest flowing into Lake Erie are, Cuyah STATE OF OHIO 143 Sandusky, and Maumee. Some of the .-mall streams of the iin 'rior have rapid courses, affording much available water-powi r. The Lake Erie coasl cora- pria ■ ! harbors at the mouth-; of the rivers. The I of tli" country was originally covered with i 'cent forests of beeel maple, hi ik, and whitewood. The natural meadows are m rous in the central por- tions. The river bottoms are of unusual width, and are of the most productive character. The iir i permanent tent was commenced 7th April, 17SS, in Marietta, by a company of 1 of Gen. Rufus Putnam. According to the census of 1800, the ! 45,3 !5 inhabitants, of whom 337 were free color 1 p rsons. The State was 1 ' : ' ■ . : I its total population in 1810 was 2 0, 581,434 ; in 1830, 937,903; in L840, 1,519,467; and in 1850, L,9 0,329. At the last census, the classes were — whit. . 55,050; free colored, 25,279. The relative proportion of the free colored has been Bteadily inci rom 1790, and amounted in 1850 to a little more than l£ per cent. In respect to nativity, the whole population was classified this: Horn in I fce, 1,219,432; in other Stat vigil countries, 218,512 ; and of unkno in, 4,261. The number from other State: isted of— 2 from Pensyl- vania ; ram Virginia ; 83,979 from New York; 36 I ; 23,532 from New Jersey; 22,855 from Connecticut; l^,7(i.'} from Mas 14,320 from Vermont; 13 from Kentucky ; 7,377 from Indiana, etc. The foreign-born amounted to one-ninth of the total population : their number consisted of 112,051 from Germany; 51,562 from Ireland; 25,GG0 from England; 7.D73 from France; 5,880 from Briti-h American count: 19 from Wa About one-half of the free c rere born in 1 consisted of I t,265 mula II 1.01 1 bla The ratio of the increase of I pulatiou i 1810 to L850 was 30J per cent; while during each of the two periods of - imme- diately pi lin;,', it was over 61 | it. This result is attributable to the emigration of ward. In 1 350, the - of per- sons who were born in Ohio, but were then living in other States, was 2. ! 20,193 in Indiana, 64,219 in Illinois, 30,713 in 1 14,677 in Michigan, 12,737 in Missouri, 11,402 in Wisconsin, etc. Agriculture has been, and is now, the main source of the general prosperity of Ohio. M than nine-tenths of the surface may be profit cultivated, and the greater portion of th; fertile. Previous to the opening of the Erie canal (in 1825), and the construction of the principal Ohio canals (during 1825-32), the 3S of the inhabitants was almost exclusively agricultural : and since there were no good means of transport- ing produce to the eastern markets, it was w im- paratively useless to raise more of the several crop- than was required at home. Upon the completion of these great channels of trade with the Eastern Stal -. the vast produc- tive capacity of Ohio was rendered immediately available. According to the census of 18o0. the crops of Ohio, in the 3 impared with the totals of the same in the entire Union, were nearly as follows : Corn, one-tenth : wheat, one-seventh : hay. one-ninth : buckwheat, one-fourteenth ; oats, one-eleventh ; barley, one-fourteenth : pot;: Irish, one-thirteenth ; tobacco, one-nineteenth, etc. Since the last census, there has been a gc 144 UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. increase of the principal crops, except as affected by droughts. The relative rank of Ohio in respect to its live-stock is somewhat higher. It has about -fifth of all the sheep in the Union, producing also one-fifth of all the wool clipped ; one-ninth of the horses; one-fourteenth of the neat cattle, exceeding every State except New York ; one- fifteenth of the swine ; and the product realized from animals slaughtered, and from butter, cheese, etc., are of correspondingly great amounts. In 1850, the number of firms reported was 143.807, containing 9,851,493 acres of improved, and 8,146,100 of unimproved land, all valued at '!. averaging to each farm 125 acres. worth $2,195. In the vicinity of Cincinnati, more attention ha? been given to the cultivation of vineyards than in any other part of America. The annual product from " manufactures, mining, and the mechanic arts," in this State, in 1850, was than that of all the States situated west and north-west of it, exclusive of Missouri. In that year there were 10.022 establishments, each producing to the value of $500 or over yearly, employing a capital of $29,019,538 and 51,489 persons, and producing annually $62,647,259. The product from the branch of iron casting was $3,069,350 ; pig iron. $1,255,850 ; wrought iron, Si, 27,849 — aggregate of these productions of iron, $1,453,049. From tanneries. $1,964,591 ; woolen manufactories, $1,111,027 ; cotton do., $394,700. The distilleries and breweries, 58 in number, had a capital of $1,262,794, and employed 1,033 hands ; and it appears that their product of whiskey and high wines amounted to 11,865,150 galls., being much more than was produced of these articles in any other State, and more than one-fourth of all produced in the Union ; while the product of ale etc,, amounted to 96.9 13 bbls. Hamilton Countv- containing Cincinnati, etc., had one-fourth of the capital in the total manufactures, employed nearly one-third of all the persons thus engaged, and pro- duced two-fifths of the total product of the State. Ohio possesses abundant facilities for manufac- turing ; coal is so abundant that steam may be cheaply substituted for water-power, and besides its reliable and extensive home-market, it can now readily transport its productions to every part of the Union and to foreign countries. Ohio contains no large variety of minerals, but is rich in the most important ones — coal and iron. The coal fields are estimated to underlie one-third of the surface of the State, but the principal deposits appear to lie in a belt extending from the Ohio, between the Scioto and Muskingum Rivers, in N N. E. direction, nearly to Lake Erie. The coal is bituminous, and lies so near the surface that in many places it is easier to dig for fuel than to chop for it. The principal points where the coal mines have been worked are in Summit Co. in the N. part of the State, and in Athens and Meigs Cos. in the S. S. E. part. The amount dug in 1854 in seventeen principal coal-producing counties was estimated at about 24,000,000 bush. The principal bed of iron ore extends through the Counties of Lawrence, Gallia, Jackson, Meigs, Vinton, Athens, and Hocking, in a belt 12 miles wide and over 100 m. long ; this iron is of the best quality for fine castings. The salt springs are very valuable ; the principal wells are — on Yellow Creek, above Steubenville ; on Will's Creek ; on Muskingum River, from the Coshoc- ton to its mouth ; on the Hockhocking, and on Leading Creek. At the lower wells, on the Mus- kingum, a pound of salt is obtained from a gallon of brine. Limestone, sandstone, and other building material, are found in many counties. STATE OF OHIO :\: The internal improvements of Ohio arc very nnmerou i of the canals were constructed at the expense of the State, and at an early period, or before the introduction of railroads. The two principal canals were commenced in L825 and completed in L832, each being 40 ft. wide and 4 ft. deep. The Ohio Canal is 307 m. long, extend- ing from Portsmouth, Ohio River, to Cleveland) on Lake Erie, and has 1 IT locks ; it has also five branches, with aggregate length of 1 M m., making the total length of 121 m. The Miami Canal extends from Cincinnati to Toledo, is 270 m. long, has 102 lucks, and its branch lines are 45 m. long. These, with the other canals, and the Muskingum Improvement, have a total length of 827 m., which cosl $15,359,995. Two other canals, owned by companies, arc each aboul 77 m. long (part in Pennsylvania), and each cost al :. 000,000. None of the canals arc first-class works, and their improvement has hen prevented by the general introduction of railroads. Railroads extend through every section of Ohio, so that all of the cities and large villages enjoy their advantages. The total length of the line- now in operation is nearly 3.000 in. These routes are quite uniformly distributed, and none of them are remarkably pre-eminenl the rest, because travel and commerce are not, as in some other States, forced into particular channels by the natural configuration of the country. Four of the railroads were commenced in ls:5t;. but their con- struction was retard id by the prostration of busi- ness which soon followed, and they were finally completed about the same time — L845-6, viz: Mad River and Lake Erie R. If., from Sandusky to Springfield, L34 m. ; Little Miami R. R., from Springfield to Cincinnati, 84 m. ; Lake Erie and Kalamazoo \l. K.. from Toledo to Adrian, Mich.. 10 33 m., and th" Mansfield and Sandu ky R. R. miles. The more recently constructed lines, a of which have been completed since L850, hi been built mainly to supply the actual local wants of their respective ■ but they combine in the formation of great lines of through travel and at traffic. There are five continuous ro across the State in east and v. many from north to south. In 1851, the of the agricultural or strictly domestic produce of Ohio were estimated, from reliable data, to amount, in market vain $30, 000,000, and the exports of manufactured articles to -SIO.OOO^OO. At that time three- fourths of the flour and grain were exported through the ports on Lake Erie, while more than three-fourths of the live-stock, pork, provisions, and whiskey were exported through the ports of the Ohio River. The products of Louisiana, etc.. are distributed through Cincinnati, even to the shores of the lakes. During 1855 the total exp from Cincinnati amounted to SG0,000,000. and it is believed that the corresponding trade of the Lake Erie ports had increased at about the same ratio over the amount < of 1 B51 . The amount of tonnage owned in Ohio has increased very rapidly within three years ; in 1 - it consisted of G 1,333 tons ; in 1854, 80,860 ; and in 1855, 94,606. Of the amount in the last year. ."> l.i)78 tons were owned in the District of Cuya- hoga, (Cleveland.) and 28,713 tons in Cincinnati, the remainder being divided with Toledo and San- dusky. All of the Cincinnati tonnage is employed in steam navigation, and about one-third of the Cleveland tonnage. In each of the last two years the amount of tonnage built was somewhat more than 17,000 tons. The direct commerce with Canada, and other- UG UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. wise with foreign countries, amounted during 1855 to the value of $847,143 in exports, and §000,656 in imports — total, 81,447,799. This branch of trade fluctuates, but was about the same during the preceding year. Cities and populous villages are more numerous in Ohio than in any other of the Western States. The following table shows the population of the largest places (exclusive of Cincinnati), as definitely it the time of each census, from 1830 to 1850, followed by an estimate of their popula- tion in 1856. The population given for Cleve- land includes that of its former suburb, Ohio City. The results of some special enumerations are men- tioned with the descriptions of these cities. 1830 1840 1850 1856. Cleveland 1,076 . . 6,071 . . 23,409 . . 50,000 Dayton 2,965. .6,067. .10,977. .27,500 Columbus 2,438. .6,048. .17,882. .25,000 Toledo . .1,222. . .3,829. .12,800 ZanesviUe 3,094. .4,766. . .7,929. .11,750 Chilicothe 2,846. .3,977. . .7,100. .10,500 Steubenville 2,937. .5,203. . .7,224. .10,000 Sandusky 351. .1,200. .. 5,087. .10,000 Portsmouth 1,064. . . . .4,011. . .6,500 Piqua 1,481. . .3,277. . .5,000 Columbus, on the Scioto River, 120 m. from Cincinnati, was laid out in 1812, and shortly after- ward was selected as the capital of the State. The city has a level site, and its plan is regular, com- prising very wide and uniform streets. The State House is the largest and most costly edifice of the kind in the United States ; it is 304 ft. long by 184 wide, covering an area of 55,936 sq. ft., and the height of the top of its rotunda is 157 ft. The principal State institutions are established at this place. The Ohio Lunatic Asylum, founded in t6, occupies a brick building of great size, that cost §150,000, and usually contains about 300 patients. The Institution for the Blind, estab- lished in 1834, has a handsome brick edifice, with some 70 pupils. The Institution for the Deaf and Dumb, established in 1824, possesses a fine build- ing, and usually contains 130 pupils. The Ohio Penitentiary is a massive edifice, and, with its workshops and grounds, has an area of six acres. The city contains several other public buildings of note, among which is the edifice of Starling Medical College, which institution was founded upon a legacy of 850,000. The City of Cincinnati is situated in a beauti- ful valley, three miles in diameter, intersected from east to west by the Ohio River, and is sur- rounded by a range of circular hills, which rise by gentle slopes about 400 ft. above the river. Dis- tance from the mouth of the Ohio, by the river's course, 497 m. ; from Louisville, 138 ; from Pitts- burg, 459. Latitude 39o 6' 30" N. ; longitude, 84° 26' 1" W. ; elevation above the level of the sea, 540 ft. The width of the river in front of the city is about one-third of a mile, its mean annual range from low to high water is about 50 ft., and its depth in summer is sometimes insufficient for navigation to places above. The city is now about four miles in length, and of unequal width ; it is mainly built upon two terraces, respectively 50 and 108 ft. above low-water mark ; the margin of the first was originally steep, but has been graded to a gentle declivity ; the second ascends gradually northward, terminating at the base of the hills. The central portions are compactly and handsomely built, with streets about 66 ft. wide. The public landing or leveg is a large area with 1000 ft. front. The shore is furnished with floats ing wharves, adapted to the great variation in the height of the river. The portions of the city that - T ATE OF OHIO. l r are mainly occupied by private dwellings, are gen- erally laid out in handsome manner, and lined with shade-trees. There are many elegant residences on the hill-sides, interspersed among the gardens and vineyards. Upon the eminence, called Mt. Adam-, is the edifice of the Cincinnati Observa- tory, which contains one of the largest and best telescopes in the world. Several of the principal public buildings are of great size and costly con- struction. The Burnet I [ouse.which cost $300,000, is one of the largest hotels in the United States, and there are other very large hotels. The Cath- olic Cathedral cost $100.00(1, and has a spire 250 ft. high. Other buildings are. the City Hall. Melode.m. Masonic Hall, and Cincinnati College. The city is supplied with water raised from the river with a reservoir which holds 5,000,000 galls. The manufactures are varied, and correspond in extent to the population and trade of the city. The settlement was first begun on 26th Dec, 1788 ; the first newspaper was published, 9th Nov., 1793 ; and in 1795 the number of inhabitants was about 650. Progress in population : 1800 750 1830... 24.831 1850. .115,435 1810.... 2,540 1840... 46,338 1853. .160,186 1820.... 9,642 1845... 74,699 1856.. If the population of the suburbs (embracing not only the adjacent villages, but also Covington and Newport on the Kentucky side) be included, the regate pop. at the present time is about 200,000. Cleveland is Bituated on both sides of Cuya- hoga River, at its entrance into Lake Erie, and mainly upon an elevated plain. Its general appearance is very agreeable ; it is planted with groves of forest-trees, and contains several eleganl squares and public places. The amount of trade has wonderfully increased within ten years, owing to the extension of the railroads through the interior of Ohio, by which immense quantitii agricultural and other products have been brought to its wharves for shipment. The harbor enough for the largest vessels on the lake, but atrance there is a bar, which is only kept down by continual dredging. In 1854, the fon suburb of Ohio ( it v. on the wesl side of the r. was consolidated with Cleveland ; at which time the population consisted of 34,500 in Cleveland, and 10,982 in Ohio City— total. 45,482. Dayton, on the Miami River. Go m. \. X. E. of Cincinnati, is noted for the variety and extent of its manufacture-, its railroad connections, and its business generally. Abundance of water-power is obtained by the hydraulic canal, constructed in 1845, by which the water of Mad River is broughl through the city. In its vicinity there are quarries of excellent limestone, great quantities of which are sent to Cincinnati. Population in 1853. in " Toledo has a beautiful location on the Maumee River, 3 m. from its mouth, near the W extremity of Lake Erie. Its harbor is naturally the best of all on the Great Lakes, and from its position it becomes the natural outlet for an immense section of country, unsurpassed in fertility of soil and the rapid growth of its population. The great feature of the city is its trade, and this is increa- yearly. Population in 1854, 11,473. ZanesviDe, on Muskingum River, 80 m. from its mouth and 59 m. E. of Columbus, is a flourish- ing city with important manufactories. Coal of first-rate quality is easily obtained from the vicinity. The city has three suburbs on the v. bank of the river, and it is connected with t! by ^ridges. There is also an iron railroad br: across the river, 538 ft. long. Population in L8£ of the city proper. 7.929 : of the suburbs, 2. 126— aggregate. 10.355. us UNITED STATER OF AMERICA. Chilicothe, on Scioto River, 96 m. from Cin- cinnati, is an important centre of business. It was founded in 179f>, and was the capital of Ohio from 1 -00 to 1810. Steubenville, on the Ohio River, 22 m. above Wheeling, Va., is noted both for its trade and manufactories. The latter arc readily supplied with fuel from the vast coal mines in the vicinity. Sandusky City is situated on the bay of the same name, 3 m. from Lake Erie, and possesses remarkable advantages for trade. The bay is 20 miles long by 5 or 6 miles wide, into which vessels can readily enter and anchor in safety. The city is built on a site rising gradually from the bay, and beneath it is an inexhaustible bed of limestone. Springfield, 84 m. N. N. E. of Cincinnati, and 4. r ! W. of Columbus, is a flourishing place, with numerous manufactories. It is one of the most pleasant cities in the State, and is surrounded by a populous and highly-cultivated district. Wit- tenberg College and Theological Seminary, both founded in 1845, and under the direction of the Lutheran Church, are here located. Portsmouth, on the Ohio River, just above the mouth of the Scioto, is a place of active business. It stands upon a plain of moderate extent, partly enclosed by hills, which abound in iron ore, coal, and building material. Population in 1850 of other places, chiefly in- corporated villages, separate from the population of their township : Mount Vernon, 3,711 ; New- ark, 3,654 ; Mansfield, 3,557 ; Massillon, 3,450 Circleville, 3,411 ; Piqua, 3,277 ; Akron, 3,266 Marietta, 3,175 ; Xeuia, 3,024 ; Wooster, 2,797 Tiffin, 2,718 ; Canton, 2,603 ; Delaware, 2,074 Urbana, 2,020 ; Gallipolis, 1,686 ; McConnels- ville, 1,643; Elyria, 1,482. Mount Vernon, 40 m. N. E. of Columbus, is the centre of business of a rich agricultural section, and carries on some manufactures. Permanent wati . -power is obtained from the Vernon River. Five miles east of this place is the village of Gambier, which is the seat of Kenyon College (Episcopal), founded in 1826, with funds obtained in England. Newark is situated at the confluence of the forks of Licking River, 33 m. E. by N. of Columbus. The Ohio Canal and two railroads pass through it, affording ample facilities for trade. The appear- ance of the place is very agreeable, though located on a level plain. About a mile west from it there is one of the most remarkable and best preserved of those ancient earth-works that are seen in differ- ent parts of the West. It consists mainly of an embankment 10 ft. high, formed in an exact circle, enclosing an area of 28 acres, which is entered by one passage 50 feet wide. Its top and sides are covered with the heaviest timber - '/ J.nneituae AWst r ~¥ Ji • , . ^/"V.iJm.s Hlalnc I. tawajmi /7 Sps.| from Grccrnrirli gta « i ^Wl ' l'. 'l \ 'i 1 1 . I : » - 2Ll S I .V . :, \ [C: H^^H^k l^ Sg sJuKJBEJS^J j» t?A J Ni" L r; ta I PH oal-' ggg"!* '■,l!/,M'i ' ■ ' ■ 'CnWa r|c # ffoilj/t •' *fe s ■ i- ; .\'. .<»" ■V t~-"'\A-^ — ' '"~ -> 1 ■■ ■> — - ~^M . r ,^_ f y X » .> /"y .__ TABLE OF COUNTIES AND TOWNSHIPS IN STATE F M I C BIG A X. Co. ,. Ms. Mn. My. Oo. OL P.P. Sm . Te. II '/.. I I'd. Aa. He. By. Cn. Cn. Hs. /g. J.T. M.6. Oe. lid. T.A. ird. v.s. At. B. Bl. Bn. Br. Ca. (id. Gd. Kk. Mn. Ne. Od. sd. Un. Alleg ln. Allegan. < las Cheshire. Door. Fillmore. ■ ( runplain. llcatll. Hopkins. Leighton. Manilas. Martin. M'Hiterey. Otsego. reel. Pine Plains. Salem. Trowbridge. Watson. Wayland. Barky. Assyria. Baltimore. B irry. Carlto%(N.) Castleton. Eastings. Irving. Johns Town. Maple Grove. Orangeville. Rutland. Thorn Apple. Woodland. Yankees, Branch. Algansee. . i.i. BetheL Brown. Butler. California. Coldwater. Gilead (S.) Guard. Kinderhook. Mattison. Noble. Ovid. Quincy. 1. Union. An. A-. B. < ■• Bd. Bn. Cn. < <8. Ed. El. la. Ho. Li. L.R. M. Nn, Pd. P . 8. To. Cn. lid. .hi. I. G. Ms. Mn. M. Ng. Oa. 1'n. Pi . I'r. 8.C. Va. We. BL Bm. Ds. m. De. /.',. Ex. Gh. La. Oe. Od. /.'.. IV. ir, t . If a. ( 'A1.II.IIN. Albion. Athens. Battle Creek. Bedford. Burlington. Clarendon. ( !on\ is. I. kford. Emmet. Fredonia. Homer. I.e Uoy. Marengo. Marshall. Newton. Peafield. I'inkney. Sheridan. Tekonsha. Cass. Calvin. Boward. Jefferson. 1. 1 Grange. Marcellns. Mason. Milton. Newburg. Ontwa. Penn. Pokagon. Porter. Silver Creek. Voliua. Wayne. Clinton. Bengal. Bingham. Dall Dew it t. Duplaine. Je. Essex. ■ enbnsh. turn. Ovid. v. Victor. Watertown. Westphalia. Be. Bn. Bd. a. Cr. Da. /../.'. Ko. Oa. Ra. sd. Ve. Wh. Wr. Ae. As. Bn. Cn. Dn. Fn. Fg. Ft. Gs. Gd. Ge. G.B. M.M. M . My. lid. ■id. Baton. Bellevue. \\> aton. lii'ookfield. < uinel. Charlotte. Chester. Delta. Baton Rapid-;. K alamo. ■ la. Etozana. Bunfield. Vermontville. Walton. Windsor. Genbseb. Argentine. Atlas, li'ii ton. Clayton. 1 lavison. Ft uton. Flushing. Forest. Gaines. Garland. il e. Grand Blanc. Montmse. Mundy. Richfield. Thetford. A . An. Ca. Cn. Fe. J a. /.■/. Mir. P . Fn. Rg. So. St. Wd. We. IF. An. Hillsdale. A. lams. Allen. ii iy. ibria. Camden. Paj i reon. Ield. >w. Pittsford. R msom. Reading. 3 Wheatland. Woodbridge. Wright. [no hah. Alaiedon. As. B II. Jii. Im. Lit. Li. I.,. Mn. Oa. I'n. Se. Vy. Wd. W.O, Hi , . Bn. By. En. Ke. I. . X. I>, Oa. Oe. OS. Oo. I'd. Rd. Sa. Ca. G.L. Hr. Ha. Li. Nn. Pa. Pi. lis. S s /. S.P. Ts. Wo. Ann lius. Hill. Delhi. Ingham. I.e Hoy. Lest (N.) Mi-ndan. Onond Phelpstown. Stockbridge. Ve\ Wheatfleld. White Oak. I"MA. Berlin. Bosfc • Dan ton. Ionia. !•;• ene. Lyi X".rth Plain. ige. Oti Portland. .Id. AH. Jackson-. Columbia. I. ike. Hanover. Henriett i. Jackson. i ty. ■ Parm u PulaakL te. ■ I ikins. Waterloo. Kala ( p. Oft /' . /'.. I'll. lid. lis. St. I . H'u. I er. Kalain... mo. Pavilion. Port raft. Tea Wakeehma. Klnt. Ao. By. C.T. Cr. c. Al mi I. les T iwn. iX. Com I ./'/. Ada. Aa. Algoma (.N Ae. Alpine. Bn. Byron. ia (S.) Cn. Cannon. Ca. Cd. ' ut laud. G . Gn. Gratl LI. Lowell. Od. eld. Ps. is.. Pd. ield. v . Ve. ■ ane. Wr. Walker. Wg. ling. L.vi . An. in. At. Almont. Att. Bn. lington. Dd. ield. ten. En. !l . Hadley. iy- Iml Lap iion. .eld M - Metamora. v /;. Branch. On. ■ lWBB. Adrian. B. Seld. i . . 1 ' iver. ield. . . Franklin. 150 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Jin. Mn. Mn. Ma. On. P. Rn. Ry. Ra. Rn. Re. Sa. Th. 111:. Bn. Cy. Dd. Ga. <;.o. j/h. lly. Hd. To. Mn. Oa. Pm. Ta. Te. I 'a. Aa. Be. Cd. C. En. H. Lx. Mb. Rn. Rd. Sy. Hudson. Macon (N.) Madison. M( dina. itu'den. Palmyra. Raisin. Ridgeway. Risra. Roilin (W.) Rome. Seneca. Tecumseh. Woodstock. Livingston. Brighton. Conway. Deerfield. Genoa. Green Oak. Hamburgh. Handy. Hartland. Howell. Iosco. Marion. Osceola. Putnam Tuscola Tyrone. Unadilla. Macomb. Armada. Bruce. Chesterfield. Clinton. Erin. Harrison. Lenox. Macomb. Mt. Clemens. I! ly. Richmond. Shelby 5. Sterling. IVn. Warren. Was. Washington. Monroe. Ah. Bd. Ih. Ee. Er. F. T. la. Le. Ln. Mn. Re. Sd. Wd. Ash. Bedford. Dundee. Erie. Exeter. French Town. Ida. La Salle. London. Milan. Monroe. Raisinville. Summerfield. Whitford. Montcalm. Br. Bloomer. Bl. Bushnell. Ea. Eureka. F. Fair Plain. Mn. Montcalm. Oakland. An. ; An. \Bd. Bn. \ Ce. Fn. < Gd. Hi. Hy. Jr. Ln. Md. \m. Od. On. Od. P. Re. RO. Addison. Avon. Bloomfield. Brandon. Commerce. Farmington. Groveland. Highland. Holly. Independence. Lyon . Milford. Novi. Oakland. Orion. Oxford (N.) Pontiac. Rose. Royal Oak. Sd. Southfield (S.) Sd. Springfield. Ty. Troy. Wd- Waterford. ll'.B. W. Bloomfield. IV. L. White Lake. Ae. Ca. Cr. Gn. Hd. Jn. Mn. Oa. Pn. Ra. S.L. Te. m. Ottawa. Allendale. Cazenovia. Chester. Georgetown. Holland. Jamestown. Muskegon. Ottawa. Polkton. Ravenna. Spring Lake. Tallmadge. Wright. Saginaw. Bridgeport. B.V. Buena Vista. Th. Taymouth. Te. Titibiwassee. St. Clair. Bn. Berlin. By. Brockway. Ca. China. Co. Casco. Ce. Clyde (N.) C. Clay. Cs. Columbus. Ce. Cotrellville. Ja. Ira. Pt. Huron. Ry. Riley. St. Clair. IV.S. Wales. St. Joseph. B.O. Burr Oak. Cn. Colon. Ce. Fs. F.R. Fd. Ls. Lt. Mn. Me. Na. Ph. Sn. Ss IV. P. Constantine. Fabius. Fawn River. Flowerfield. Leonidas. Lockport. Mindon. Mottville. Nottawa. Park. Sherman. Stnrgis. White Pigeon. Samilac. Lx Lexington. Samilac. Wh. Worth. Shiawassee. Am. Antrim. Bn. Bs. Bennington. Burns. Caledonia. Corunna. Hn. Hazleton. .1///. N.H Middlebury. . New Haven. Oo. Owasso. Py- Rh. Perry. Rush. Sa. Sciota. Se. Shiawassee. Vn. Vernon. Ve. Venice. Wl. Woodhull. Van Buhen. Aa. Almena. A p. An. Antwerp. Arlington. Be. Bloomingdale Dr. Decatur. Hn. Hamilton. Hd. Hartford. Kr. J..F. Le. P.G. Pr. S.H. Wy. Keeler. La Fayette. Lawrence. Pine Grove. Porter. S. Haven. Waverly. Washtenaw. Ann Arbor. Aa. Augusta. Br. Bridgewater. Fm. Freedom. La. Lima. Li. Lodi. Ln. Lyndon. Mr. Manchester. Nd. Northfield. Pd. Pittsfield. Sm. Salem. iSe. Saline. So. Soio. Sn. Sharon. Sr. Superior. Sy. Sylvan. Wr. Webster. Yk. York Yi. Ypsilauti. B.T. Cn. Bn. Gd. GP. ///,-. Hn. La. Nn. Ph. Rd. Rs. S. Tr. V.B. Wayne. Brown's Town Canton. Dearborn. Detroit. Greenfield. $rosse Point. Hamtramck. Huron. Livonia. Nankin. Plymouth. Red ford. Romulus. Sumpter. Taylor. Van Buren. Michigan consists of two peninsular divisions, with an aggregate area of 56,243 sq. m. These divisions are of widely different character ; the ; hern is notable for its timber and its agricul- tural capabilities, and the northern is celebrated for its immense mineral wealth, especially in iron and copper. 1. Michigan Proper, or the Southern Peninsula. — This region has for the most part a gently- rolling surfac?, which in some places becomes hilly to a small extent. The ridge which divides the streams flowing into Lake Michigan from those flowing into Lakes Huron and Erie has an elevation of about 300 ft. above their level, and is much nearer to the lakes last mentioned than to Lake Michigan. Most of the lake-coast is elevated, and extensive sections of it consist of steep bluffs, from 100 to 300 ft. high. It is skirted by a belt of heavily-timbered land, about 25 m. wide, and usually lying several feet below the level of the S T A T l : OF M I C H I • ; A \ L51 adjoining openinga The principal river- are the St. Joseph, Kalamazoo, Grand, and Muskegon, which have courses of between 200 and 300 miles, and are each navigable about -10 m. for 71 -els of at. While Michigan was a Territory its population increased Bteadily, though not very rapidly. In 1810 tin' inhabitants numbered 4,762; in 1820, 16; and in L830, 31,639. In January, 1837, Michigan was admitted into the Union ; in 1840 \ its population had increased to 212,267, and in I to 397,654. At the latter date, the free colored people numbered 2,583. Including t! the native population (341,591] was thus classified in r< origin : Born in the State. 1 in.r>48; in New York, 133,750; in Ohio. 14,677; in Vermont. 11,113; in Pennsylvania, 9,452; in Massachi L67 ; in I 'onnecticut, 6,751 ; in New Jersey, 5,752, etc. The foreign-born num- bered 54,852, comprising 14,008 from British America; 13,430 from Ireland; 10,620 from land; 1.0,28] from Germany ; 2,542 from Holland : 2,361 from Scotland, etc. According to the State census in 1854 the total population was then 509,374. Agriculture is the leading business. The soil is of great depth, and distinguished for its fertility. That of the openings and the pine-land is a sandy loam, easily worked ; that of the timbered lands mewhat heavier. but is still sandy, rather than clayey. The prairies arc small, and divided into the wet and dry. according to elevations. The shore of Lake Huron, near Saginaw Bay, is a marshy district. The staple grain crop-; in I were corn, 5,641,420 bush.; wheat. 4,925,? and 1 66,056. Irish potatoes and garden thrive in great vigor and product as well as all i'mits adapted to the climate. Value of the live-stock in 1850. : ..f animal.- slaughtered iii the year preceding, si. 328,- 327. The pastun rerywhere luxuriant The lumber-trade ha- been immensely in within a few years. Aboul $4,500,000 were ob- tained in L855 from the 3al< - of lumber prodi during that year. The lumber c inaw. Lapeer, St. Clair, Flint, and Grand River. In Saginaw and vicinity the cut is larger than in any other one section, as the mill are more numer- ous and the facili' f the lumber is yellow pine, but the diflfi renl \ f timber are scattered throughout the The rod.:- of Southern Michigan consist of ! zontal strata of limestom The limestone is. for the mosl part, quite com] and produce- a valuable lime upon burning. - of the sandstone is used for grindstoni 1 1 sum has been found in several locality The manufacti ide from lumber, are not of great importance. In 1850, the annual product of the tanneries (GO), was report..] : -11 : Of the iron foundries (63), at V 7 : of v en factories (15), at 890,242. Two lines of railroad extend across tl. - forming very important part- of the routes of travel and trade in the Union. In 1855 the tonnage belonging to Michigan • 69,490 tons, of which 34,478 tons were empli in steam navigation. In that year 27 built — tonnag ,7,844 In 1 B51, the " Lake , e" of Detroit district was estimated at 827,591,382. Lansing, capital of the State, is plea situ- ated on Grand Liver, and was first settled in l !' ulation in 1850, 1,239 ; in 1854, 1 ■" D troil ' the chief city in the State, and founded by the French aboul 1670. It exl 152 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA alone the bank of the Detroit R. for over 3 m. ; its business part is about 7 m. below L. St. Clair, and 18 above L. Erie. The river is half a mile wide, with average depth of 32 ft., forming the best harbor in the "West. Its streets are spacious, and near the river cross at right angles, but in the rear they are arranged in a triangular plan. Water is supplied from the river by extensive works, owned by the city. Pop. in 1854, 40,373. Ann Arbor, 37 m. from Detroit, has an import- ant trade, and is the seat of the State University, established in 1837. Its observatory contains one of the largest telescopes in the world. Pop. in 1850, 4,868. Monroe is finely located on the Raisin R., 2£ m. from L. Erie, and, from its railroad and steamboat connections, is a great thoroughfare. Pop. in 1850, 3,650. Grand Rapids, on Grand R., 40 m. from its mouth, is the chief town in that part of the State. The river affords extensive water-power. Pop. in 1854, 4,244. ligan. — The upper peninsula has a diversified surface : most of it is a wilderness of dense forests, while some parts are rocky, and others are open meadows. The mountains are not of great elevation, though their declivities are frequently precipitous; they are chiefly arranged in groups, or in parallel ridges, but occasionally occur isolated. The rivers are numerous, and changes in the temperature are sudden and great. By the middle of September, frosts occur, sufficient to entirely destroy vegetation, and the snow remains on the ground to the last of May. The minerals are chiefly iron and copper, with some silver ; and these are very extensively de posited. The most remarkable mine is the Cliff abound with rapids. The climate is cold, and the | Mine, on Eagle River, where there are immen- ■■ Longitude We si mwicb >' f ......... - ' \ . h JSlooin- On ifcaJcl. u ■ ! ,..>c /A-.-..,. .1/ ' ■. ■ . . I <$< : ; • ^"^laS Via V • • JUt.Va . _\!l.' . ■ i: ]< li -V j-'.>ft. • i , >• i i ''*, . Ftrirrii 0;-l'-„/. ..' ". I'fiijil ■'.., INDIANA )tii! RoacLs ..„ Proposed .!!.!!.= Canals '\u^V>- : ""/(■ks\':-_ : IT> iJ.-s _ii 32. ,!.'• W pfc'»yorf6/Cr,. square miles, is a limestone region, of somewhat UDeven surface, heavily timbered, with soil of great depth and fertility; about two-thirds of this division consists of choice farming land, and the remainder is generally too broken for profitable cultivation. 2. The White River (East and W Forks) Valley extends centrally across th S from the Wabash River Valley to the Ohio bound- ary, containing about 9,000 Bq. m. : its surf pt in the west part, is uniformly level, d of rock] and was originally covered with heavy forests; it is supplied with never-failing streams and much water-power, and ii< soil is everywhere fertile, comprising the best land in the State. 3. The Wabash Valley is a still ■ in. containing upwards of 12,0nn square miles: it has a diversified and broken face, but very fertile its central portion id we 11 '. with good streams, but the upper an 1 154 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, lower portions are less fortunate in this respect. 4. The northern part of the State, drained by Kankakee River and the St. Joseph's and its tributaries, has a general resemblance to the Wabash country, except that its surface is lower and its soil is less fertile ; in some parts it is swampy, and near the lake quite sandy ; and its extreme northern portion contains extensive ranges of sand-hills, covered only with shriveled pines and burr-oaks. Two-thirds of the forests consist of beech trees and the varieties of oak, yet many other kinds — as sugar-maple, hickory, ash, poplar, elm.etc. — are found with them: the heaviest timber is in the Ohio and White River Valleys. The Wabash River is COO m. long, and for more than half that distance it is navigable ; but the naviga- tion of this river and of the White (which joins the Wabash 100 m. above its mouth) is rendered difficult by the frequent shallows. The principal harbor of Lake Michigan within this State's limits is that of Michigan City. The total population of Indiana Territory in 1800 was t,875, and in 1810, 24,520. That of the State in 1820 was 147,178 ; in 1830, 343,031; in 1840, 685,8G6 ; in 1850, 988,416. At the last census the classes were — whites, 977,154 ; free colored, 11,262. (Under the present State Con- si itution, negroes and mulattoes arc not allowed to come into or settle in the State, etc). In respect to nativity, the whole population was classified as follows : Born in the State, 541,079 ; in other parts of the Union, 390,313 ; (total native popu- lation, 931,392 ;) in foreign countries, 54,420 ; of unknown origin, 2,598. The number from other States consisted of 120,193 from Ohio ; 68,05] from Kentucky; 44,245 from Pennsylvania; 41,819 from Virginia; 33,175 from North Caro- lina; 24,310 from New York; 10,177 from Maryland, etc. The number from foreign coun tries consisted of 29,341 from Germany ; 12,787 from Ireland ; 5,550 from England ; 2,279 from France ; 1,878 from Brit. Am. Colonies ; 1,341 from Scotland, etc. Ratio of foreign-born, 5 J- per cent., or about one-eighteenth of total population. Agricultural pursuits employed in 1850 two- thirds of the free male population over 15 years of age. Indian corn is the great staple, and the product of Indiana in 1850 was 52,964,363 bush., which was not far from double the crop of 1840, and was nearly one-eleventh of all raised in the Union in 1850. The crop of wheat in 1850 was 6,214,458 bush., against 4,049,375 in 1840 ; that of oats was somewhat less in amount than wheat. Product of hay, 403,230 tons; of potatoes, Irish, 2,083,337 bush. ; potatoes, sweet, 201,711 — total, 2,285,048, against 1,525,794 in 1840. In the product of maple-sugar Indiana exceeds all but three States. The geological formation of this State has resulted in producing a soil composed of a great variety of materials, and that is the best kind of soil which comprises, as that of Indiana does, a due mixture of gravel, sand, clay, limestone, etc. The grazing interests are exten- sive, the dairy products are comparatively large, and the value of the animals slaughtered yearly forms an important item in the accounts of the farmers. The manufactories, etc., in 1850, were reported to have a capital of $7,941,602, to use §10,214,336 raw material, to employ 14,342 persons, and to produce §18,922.651 yearly. Principal classes mentioned in the census: Breweries and distil- leries, 59 in number, capital §359,450, product ; woolen manufactories, 33 in number, capi- tal §171,515, product §205,802 ; iron casting do., 14 in number, capital §82,900, product §149,430 ; STATE OF I N 1 1 I A N A L55 pig iron do., 2 in camber, capital $72,000, pro- due i ton do., 2 in Dumber, *-i»j»Itiil $43.oui). product $44,200; wrought iron do., 4 in in; ipital si 7,000, product $11,760. Home-made manufactures were prodaced in to the value of $1,631,039. The chief minerals are bituminous coal and : iron ore. The coal formation is estimated to extend over an area of nearly 8,000 sq. in., and new deposits arc frequently discovered. The of iron ore arc apparently very rich and exten- sive; the best occur along the east margin of the coal formation. Cod ile quantities of beau- tiful marble have b en found at ig the limes At French Lick th ne of very fine grain, which is extensively manufact into whet-ston ■: from a coarser grain good grindstones arc formed. The clay slates and other claj 11 adapted for use in their respective classes of manufactui In respect to its internal improvements, Indiana has a xrey high rank, considering its wealth, population, and the natural condition of its sur- face. In 1836 the State Government commenced the construction of several canals and railroad.-, hut was unable to complete the proposed plan. The Wabash and Eric Canal was completed to Evansville in 1853, forming (from Toledo. 4G0 miles, of which 378 are in In liana) one of the Longest lines of canal in the world. Th of railroads is mere symmetrical than in any other State. Nearly ail the great lines radiate from the geographical centre and the political capital of the Si By this mean- they are brought into intimate business relation- with each other, an arrangement which must promote to a greal degree the advantages of* ach and all. Indianap- olis ii the point of intersection of eight important road-, which are carried in their req iirec- tions to the boundary lines of thi 3ta1 length of railroad- in I- 16, 30 m. : in 1 - in 1852, 538; in L854, I id in IE L,789. The amount of produce exported from Indiana cann 1. but it undoubt correspond- with the other great State Population in ls."»i| oftheel ' Indianapolis, 8,091 ; Xcw Albany. 8,181 ; M son, 8,012; Lai 6,129; Fort Wa; 4,282 : Terre I hen--. 4,051; E Manchester, 2. T48 ; Laurenceburg 5 ; Jeflfer- sonvill ■. 2.122: Vincennes, 2,070. Indianapolis has been the capital of th St Bince 1825, and was selected for that purpose in L820, when it- site v. red with forests. It now presents an Unusually pleasing and thriving appearance; its -' arc broad and lined with handsome -tore-, and, owing to the number of railroads (eight) here connecting, it is the centre of an immense business. Th B 'an elegaut building, with column-, dom and cost 360,000. Here are the £ ' lumsfor the Insane, Blind, and Deaf and Dumb, which have Large and costly edifio - The Indiana Cen- tral Medical C( onded in 1 - the chief literary institution. The hotels and chun are very numerous and of handsome architecture. .v Albany, on the Ohio River, 1 m. N. W. of I. inisville, was laid oul in L813; it cat at trade, does a heavy business in bufldi _ and repairing steamboats, ai ral large iron foundries and other extensive manui torii Madison, also on the Ohio River, in the S. R part of th - an important pli - us:- 156 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA H053 ; it is well connected by railroad with the back country, and is the chief port of that section. Lafayette, on the Wabash River and Canal, 64 in. from Indianapolis, and intersected by three railroads, is the principal grain market in the State, and carries on a great flouring business ; it also contains some large iron foundries, paper mills, pork-packing establishments, etc. Terre Haute, near the W. boundary line of Indiana, is finely situated on the east bank of Wabash River, upon an eminence 60 ft. above the level of the river. It is a great centre of business, especially in exporting the produce of the vicinity. Fort Wayne is the chief town in the N. E. part of the State, and has had a rapid growth. This place is of much celebrity in the history of the West. Here " Fort Wayne " was erected in 1794, and it continued to be a military post until 1819. STATE OF ILLINOIS Illinois has an extreme length, on the meridian of Cairo, of 378 m. ; its breadth averages 140 m. ; and its entire area is computed at 55,405 sq. m. Its surface is almost uniformly level, or gently un- dulating, and at least two-thirds of the entire State consists of open prairie-land. The general term prairie is applied to an extended area of land that is destitute of timber or brush. This absence of timber has resulted from the burning of the grass of the prairies, which formerly occurred every year ; for it is found in the settled section .-■, where the annual burning has been stopped, that timber springs up spontaneously. The sward of the prairie- is exceedingly tough, composed of the fibrous grass-roots ; and in turning it over, five or six yoke of cattle are required to draw the plough. The surface and soil are remarkably free from stone. The section called Grand Prairie extends on the east side of Kaskaskia River N. N. E. to the Indiana boundary ; this, however, is properly :. combination of prairies, separated by long and •ow tracts of timbered land. The peculiar levelness and deep alluvion of the prairie-land are believed to have been formed from sediment held in a vast lake, once covering this whole region In the north-west part of the State, the surface is broken and uneven ; along the Illinois River and other streams are some considerable elevations ; along the Mississippi River are many steep bluffs, from 100 to 400 ft. high ; and in the south part of the State is a small section that is somewhat hilly. The heavy timber is almost exclusively on the river-bottoms, and the sycamore and cotton- wood there grow to a wonderful size. On the up- lands are the varieties of oak, walnut, and other forest-trees. The soil of the oak openings is light- er and thinner than that of the prairies. The Illinois is the principal river of the interior, and crosses the State centrally in southerly course. The climate is marked by the prevalence of high winds, and consequently of sudden changes in temperture. The total population in 1810 was 12,282 ; in 1820, 55,211 ; in 1830, 157,445 ; in 1840, 476,183 ; and in L850, 851,470. Number of free colored in 1850, 5,436. Including these, the classification of the total population, in respect to nativity, Mas as follows : Born in the State, 343,618 ; in other parts of the Union, 393,313 ; (total native popula- Y^ i jsT.ong.Wfe i t from ti W'jshln gion ^ &'$',* J 1 ~"~-4. 1.2 ^„ r >n » ■ - *~^~ -fc- ~i ' r / ,1 K>> ^***B Parti Ml' Ml Ifj' - ^ - I S ■. . j '- i£ '; 1 u J/y* ;'•'./. rule. engp ;h 2 .*y .1— 't*... I 'i« • Iov -» C *m >J£M ■ *£ Coupon \Vasli I'd+ou Ciiitisliii. Qeuasl ■:n.'„ i HIM lo]H t: \ li M' -.i^iil ,» ■ s ' ■:■: 'II I\,'C *,-'&^.B'nili t K » 5* > '.^^"'J.'t 'U' =f !■! S'.'ulM' s iioi/. jia;ni:cick \\. JMunft »pp ! %" rl'b»i\. : f^AVirt. Vu'Lu . 1 T...1. ." ' t0rs7. £:;»!>, "• Jill,' '■■■•■ Jsilavniina). V M .1 s i. .-, ^r-iTW,- i v s r I » I T ■ Slll'lliM Palis." ***£ »"&p •I .. i. - i *!fcAi} "- \ M M p \ ifetic 1 JowliugUr. 1 , S R j 0S. ~" N 7f-i ... w. "■ii- 3!» : v,ui* .rVnlllf, Bli riffle K&t to*/* • r« inrirt/ DniLT Fait on r2/-/;Rsav, II >\ asH !;.r;n ■■>=•,; ; i»i VCC>" • TOS43? v, Cxiiou j (§i i*b fr\ \ ■ i s o I lit o :../Tr j n. v? . r '"' :• , .. ii n 9 I ■ ", ■ .'.•lll'lll , 1 .-. . v i. IIIW1 • ■ 4P^ Kaw^ribToTT ;tou • ''-.r,:. i& EXPLANATIOK Itaflltoails _ 1'roposcdJlJl. I' (I U.i Is — C«l)u 1<;. V :F.ih:-.i.'! Ic ►riioii .. i . ®P« ',■',, Mf I '"J i\!i> IIIWKI l'i\lll.lMM l,7,>TJ».! V> S*« v (Pa County luwui a 1U>»- '. . ~~*\ IJLI.INOIS Treae^Tu AIii ;;fy:: Uallaie 7„;.j't rt ■ ii'^'^> ps Scale of miles ■ — i — r » ! j n ii. \ ok ^•»«r%. B «»tkp <) u **n, b. t I id ii ia io :=J « y^ ifamb :l llTij Th.'tieS B atop 'v,\ IlftllC /Mr X rf«tir' " ^ 5)'2 Ions. "Wi-st fn irniu Cripnwiili ■,,, •!"ni :-■>. ■F>k* - T S T A T i: OF ILLIMH S 157 11(111,730,931); in foreign countries, 1.10,593; of unknown nativity, 3,946 total, 851,470. Ofthose from other State- there were 67,180 from New York; i; 1.21!) IV. .in Ohio; 49,588 from Kentucky; 37,979 from P< on ylvania ; 32,303 fromTenne 30,9">.'! from [ndiana ; 24,697 from Virginia ; 1 3,851 fromNorth Carolina; 11,3 si I'romYcrmonl ; 9,230 from Massachusetts ; l:s2^ from Missouri ; 6 from Connecticut; 6,898 from Maryland, etc. Of the foreign-born, 38,511 were born in Germany ; 27,7 land ; 18,628 in England ; 1.0,699 in British America; 4, CGI in Scotland; 3,396 in France; 2,415 in Norway; 1,635 in Switzerland, etc. The foreign-bom constituted 13 per cent, of the total population. In 1855, according to the State (•• osus, the total population was then 1,295,41 7, showing that it had doubled in L0y In agricultural capabilities Illinois is not sur- ■d by any State. There are but very few dis- tricts that are not fertile, and these are chiefly in the immediate vicinity of the lead mine-. Tin- sections most celebrated for fertility are the bot- toms, or alluvial borders of the rivers, the soil of which has been formed from the deposits of the streams during their floods. On some of these the surface-mould is more than 30 ft. deep, and is in- exhaustibly fertile. The " American Bottom," Qg the Mississippi, between ^he ELas- kaskia and Missouri Rivers, 90 m., with average width of 5 m., and has been cultivated sine- its settlement, without apparent deterioration. The prairie-lands, however, are generally preferred, on account of their greater salubrity. The crop of corn reported in 1850 was 57,646,984 bush., or nearly one-tenth of all raised iu the United States, and was a larger crop than thai of any other State. considering the population and the Dumber ofacres- under cultivation. The crop ofwheat was 9,41 I bush., or 9J per cent, of all raised in the Union. The crop of oate was 10,087,241 bush.; of] potatoes, 2,51 1,861 ; of sweel potatoes, 157, 133; and thai of hay was 601,952 tons. The crops "f buckwheat, barley, and rye appear to hi quite small, but Bince L850 these have been much increased. Tobacco has been cultivated to some extent : the crop reported in 18 10 i and in 1650. 841,394 The prairies are highly favorable to the raising of In and the pro- ductions of the dairy. In Southern Illinois the winter has sometimes been so mild as to render unnecessary the housing of cattle, though this is rath' r the exception than the rule. In 1840 the neat cattle numbered 626,274 ; in 1850, 912 I Number of sheep in 1840, 395,672; in 1850 894,043. The clip of wool in 1850 in this State 2,150,1 13 lbs., or 4 per cent, of the total in the Union. Number of swine in 1850, 1,915, 907 The value of all the live-stock, in 1850, $2 1,209,258 : value of animals slaughtered during a year preceding was $4,972,286. Butter pro- duced, 12,526,543 lbs. : cheese, 1,278,225. Value of orchard prod n 6,049; maple-sugar pro- duced. 248,904 lbs. : b leswax and honey. t-C[i lbs. With each succeeding year increased atten- tion has been given to the planting aud care of orchard-, and this has generally been rewarded. The manufacturing inl f Qlinois have been rapidly developed and extended, in accord- ance with the general progress of the State. In the large citi ially in Chicago, this fad is at once evident. In that city, and in BOme other places, then/ are some establishments founded on capital; lmt for the mosl part the manufac- tures are produced by individuals, or b of limited means. The returns of the census of 1850 on this subject, which are now of importance 158 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA only as mutters of history, stated the product of particular branches as follows : Iron casting, $441,185 ; pig iron, $70,200 ; tanning, $244,028 ; woolen manufactures, 8206.572. In Chicago, during the year 1855, the total product of manu- factures was reported at §11,031,491, being an increase of more than one-third over the preceding year, with corresponding increase in the amount of capital and number of persons employed. The chief minerals are lead, coal, and iron. The lead district around Galena is one of the most remarkable in the world. Most of this lies within the boundaries of Wisconsin, though the business of the district centres at Galena, and three-fourths of the lead produced is shipped from that place. The total product of the district during 1855 was valued at the mines at $1, 732,219, which was about 8100,000 more than the corresponding pro- duct and value in either of the two years pre- ceding. A bituminous coal-field extends across the State from Central Iowa to Northern Ken- tucky. It lies near the surface, and in some places crops out, so that great quantities may be readily obtained. In the whole northern portion of the S i ate secondary limestone forms the base of the rocks. At Athens, in Dupage Co., there are ex- ive quarries of fine white limestone, closely resembling marble ; and nearly every county con- tains a variety of excellent building material. Railroads have been constructed with most wonderful rapidity during the la3t six years. In 1850 there were only 22 miles of railroad in oper- ation ; but, at the commencement of 1856, there were more than 2,200. The principal lines cross- ing the State have been completed, or soon will be, and these, with their branches, are so numerous, that nearly every county is traversed by one or more of them. Distances by railroad from Chica- go — to Galena, 171 m. ; St. Louis, 268 ; Cairo, 365 : Milwaukee, 85 ; Detroit, 243. From Alton to Terre Haute, 173 in. ; Cairo to Dubuque, 454. All of the great lines in the north radiate from Chicago, and thus that city has become, and will always remain, the emporium of the State. The Illinois Central R. R. is the longest road in the Union belonging to one company, and its construc- tion was mainly owing to the Act of Congress, approved 20th September, 1850, which granted to the State an extent of land bordering the road equal to 2,595,000 acres. The State, by Act of 10th Feb., 1851, incorporated the Illinois Central Railroad Company, and conferred upon it the right of way, with all the lands, etc., granted by Congress. The Illinois and Michigan Canal is 100 miles long, extending from Chicago to Peru, at the head of navigation, on Illinois River. It was com- menced in 1836, and completed in 1848, since which time it has done a large business. It is 60 ft. wide, and 6 deep ; its locks, 17 in number, are 110 ft. long, and 18 wide ; and it cost 86,600,000. The trade of Illinois with the adjoining States cannot readily be ascertained. During 1854, the grain of all kinds exported from Chicago amount- ed to 12,902,320 bush.; and during 1855 to 16,638,813 bush. ; which facts have proved that Chicago is now the largest primary grain port in the world. The number of the arrivals of vessels at Chicago during 1855 was 5,410 ; and their aggregate tonnage, 1,608,845. The amount of lumber received was 326,553, 467 ft., against 252,330,200 ft. in 1854 ; and there was a corres- ponding increase in other receipts. On June 30th, 1855, the tonnage of Illinois was 53,796 tons, of which 50,972 were enrolled at Chicago, 2,515 at Galena, and 309 at Alton. Steam ton- B T A T E OF [LLINOIfi 159 uage of 01 3,208; of Galena, 2,515; of Alton. 200— total, 5,923. The increase of population in < 'hicago and other cities and hu ras has been even more rapid than tin' genera] pro the State. In 1840, i 'hicago contained t,479 inhabitants; in 1843, l ; in 1 346, I t,169; in L850, 28,269 ; in 185:!, 60,652 : in June, L854, 65,872; in An 1855, 80,02h. Quincy ami Galena have each about L3,000 inhabitants; Peoria, Rock Island, Alton, ami Springfield, about lo,000; and several other plai es from 3,000 to 5,000. Springfield has been the capital of the State since July 4th, 1839. It is regularly laid out, and has been neatly built ; Borne of the dwellings are very elegant, and - vera! of the churches are supe- rior edifices. The State Capitol stands in a large square, in the centre of the town, ami is a hand- some edifice of stoue. The County Court House is a commodious granite building. Chicago is .situated on the western shore of Lake Michigan, on both sides ofthe Chicago River, and on its north and south branches. Its site is a very level plain, though susceptible of good drain- age, and sufficiently elevated to prevent inunda- tion. The surrounding country is nearly flat, rising very gradually towards the west. The river is from 1 50 to 225 ft. wide. 20 to 30 ft. deep, and extends wesl for half a mile, when it branches to the north and south'. The southern branch ad- mits vessels of heavy burden for a distance of 5 miles. The city extends about GJ m. from north to south, and .T from east to west, and consists of three divisions, formed by the river and branches. '1'h ire are live public park-, besides a public square, occcupied by the Court House, and on the north side an open lake beach. Piers have ; built into the lake, and the bar at the mouth of , the river ha- been reduced, so a- t.. admit 1 stcan Th" number of elegant public build- churches, etc., i- increasing yearly. The Central It. i:. Di pot U a band "in" edifice, built of white linn -tone. 500 ft, long by 1' ral of th" hotels are very large and The condition of the public scho i red- itable, and forms one of the mosf ini fea- of the city. Water is supplied from the lake by means of steam water-worl • an expe; 1360,000. The general appi arance of the city is constantly improving; the amount ex- pended during 185 1 in building and improvi t (of dwellings, stores, hot. | ted at 82,438,910, and the corresponding amount during 1855 at $3,735,254. The largest manufacturing blishments are the locomotive air railroad machine-shops, and th- factories of agri- cultural implements. The slaughtering and beef- packing busine - is very extensive. The climate is variable, subject to extremes of temperature, and much affected by the lake. Galena, is situated on IY\ re River, about G in. from its entrance into the Mississippi, [2{ m. in direct line.) which is navigable for large steam- 3. It is built on both sides of the river, though mainly on the west side, and upon ver ■ luff hills. This place early became the focus of the lead-mining district of the Upper Hi dssippi, and has so continued to the ' time. still dug from the steep hills which nearly i ovirou it. even within the chartered limits of the i The mini ' is mure solidly prosperous than formerly; more capital is embarked in business, ami the labor employed i- rend< red more effective. The trade of Galena with the river towns has long been very large, and more steam- boat tonnage is owned here than at any other 100 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA point on the Mississippi, excepting New Orleans and St. Louis. The traffic with the east has been wonderfully increased since the opening of the railroad to Chicago. Quincy is finely situated on the Mississippi River, 00 m. west of Springfield, and, by the river's course, 172 m. above St. Louis. Its site is 125 ft. above the river, commanding an exten- sive view. The vicinity is a rolling prairie, of great fertility, and is one of the best-cultivated parts of the State. Manufacturing and trading interests are already very extensive and constant- ly increasing. Peoria is the largest town on the Illinois River, and is situated at the outlet of the expanse called Peoria Lake, which forms a beautiful feature in the scenery. It is located on an elevated slope, laid out in rectangular blocks, and well built. This is the place of shipment of the products of the sur- rounding country. Rock Island City is situated on the Mississippi River, 2 m. above the mouth of Rock River, and derives its name from an island, 3 m. long, of which the south extremity is opposite the city. This island has an average width of half a mile, and in some parts presents a perpendicular front of limestone, 20 or 30 ft, high. Nearly all of it be- longs to the U. S. Government ; at its foot are the ruins of old Fort Armstrong, built in 1816, aban- doned in 1835, and burned in 1855. Over this island and the channels of the Mississippi is the great railroad viaduct and bridge, 5,832 ft. long, 'opened April 22, 1856. The rapids of the Mis- sissippi commence some 12 m. above the island, and terminate at its foot. The city promises to become one of the most important on the river, and its manufactures are already in a very flour- ishing condition. Alton is 25 m. above St. Louis, and 5 m. above the mouth of Missouri River. It has a favorable position for trade, and its landing and site are among the best on the Illinois side of the Missis- sippi. The State Penitentiary was located here in 1832. The surrounding country is rich in bitu- minous coal, good limestone, and considerable tim- ber. Upper Alton is a flourishing village, and the seat of Shurtleff College (Baptist), founded in 1835. Ottawa is located on both sides of the Illinois River, 84 m. from Chicago. It carries on a large business in the exportation of grain, etc., and pos- sesses very superior advantages of water-power in the Falls of Fox River, which have a descent of 29 ft. within a short distance. Rich beds of coal are found in the vicinity. La Salle, 14 m. W. of Ottawa, is also noted for its trade, which is constantly extending. Jacksonville, 32 m. W. of Springfield, contains the State's Institutions for the Insane, Blind, and Deaf and Dumb ; Illinois College, founded in 1830, and two flourishing seminaries. Along the different lines of railroad arc numer- ous villages, which have sprung into existence within the last few years. ; s \ 4Jk ■a C<>„\5 - : ~ -- t ■ to Q W < w h ps fi a (> ft. in height, and 80 ft. in breadth (in places i cpanding to L50 ft.) and is 3 or 4 m. in length. There is a deep river, in which there are many whit > and fish. The "bottomless pit" is 17f> ft. deep, and is covered by a pointed dime, 40 or f>0 ft. high. The tem- perature of t] 59 throughout the year; its air is nitron- an 1 exhilarating. In other | 11 of Kentucky there are w ry many objects of great interest, and numerous mineral and medicinal springs of much celebrity. The population of Kentucky is greater, in pro- ion i" its area, than that of any other of the interior Southern . The total number of inhabitants in 1 71)0 was 73,077; in 181 in 1810, 406,511 ; in 1820. 564,317 ; in 1 7,917 ; in 1840, 779,828 ; and in 1- 982,405. At the last census, the class i were — whites, 7G1.413: free colored, 10,011; slaves, 21 0,981 . The relative proportion of the whin • to the total population in 1790 v 2-3 per cent., and then de< . gradually to 75; per cent in 1830, but from that time slowly increased, and in 7 i r cent. The proportion of th" colored has increased very steadily from 1790. The proportion of the si in 1830, then amounting to 2! per cent., and thence decreased to 21 j per o nt in 1850. The whites and free colored were 1 in 1850 as to nativity : Born in the State. C01 .704 ; in other States, 139.117: (total of natives of U. S.. 740,881) ; in foreign countries, 29.1-9 ; of unknown origin, 1,354 — aggregate, 771.124. Tho number from otl ics (139.117) c of 54,694 from Virginia ; 23,623 from T 14,279 from North Carolina ; from Ohio; 7,491 from Pennsylvania ; 6,470 from Maryland, etc. The foreign-born consisted of 13,617 fn>m Germany; 9,466 from belaud; 2,805 from 1 land: 1,116 from France, etc. One-seventh of - are mulattoes, being a larger proper- than in any other slave-holding State. Dur- ing 1 340 50, the increase of the total population 162 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. was more than in either of the census periods . e 1810-20. and this was chiefly owing to the the whil The chief agricultural produci is Indian corn, and the crop reported in 1850 was nearly one- tenth of all produced in the United States. The jhout all Kentuck; dly very tie and are quite uniform in respect to their ■ position, though they vary in depth and rich- ; . After corn, there are several products that vi ry extensively cultivated. The crop of oats reported in 1850 was 8,201,311 bush., do. in 1810, 7,155,974; wheat, in 1850, 2,142,822, in 803,152. More than one-fourth of the U. S. crop of tobacco is rai led in Kentucky, irly as much as in Virginia;) in 1850 the crop was 55,501,196 lbs., and the number of ceo plantations, each raising 3,000 lbs. and upwards, was 5,987. More than one-half of the U. S. crop of hemp is raised in this State ; in 50, the n of hemp-planters was 3,520, and their products were stated at 16,432 tons of dew-rotted, and ! qs of water-rotted hemp. Flax raised in 1850, 2,100,116 lbs., and flax-seed, 1 h. Potatoes raised — Irish, 1,492,487 t. 998,179; total, 2,490,466 bush., being more than twice the amount produced in and value of the live-stock are relatively large. The ; of the various classes of manufac- tures amount to a sum which is proportionally very la: i Qsidering that the industry of the Sta* rally employed in agriculture. In L850, the total capital employed was stated at ' ; raw material used at $12,170,225 ; ; nd tl ■ annual produci at $24,588,483, showing a ut. Product of the chief branches : tanning, 567 ; iron casting, $744,316 ; pig iron, $604,037 ; wrought iron. $299,700 ; (aggre- of these three branches of iron manufacture, $1,648,053;) woolen, $318,819; cotton \ '273,439 salt, $57,825. Great quantities of coarse bagging are made and sent to the South for packing cot- ton. The home-made manufactures in 1850 were valued at $2,459,128, exceeding those of every other State, except Team The mineral wealth of Kentucky lies mainly in its varieties of limestone, its bituminous coal, and its ores of iron, but there are other deposits of considerable importance. The bituminous coal- fields are continuous oi in Illinois and Ohio, and have an area of 10,000 or 12,000 square miles. The Breckenridge cannel mined near the Ohio River, is remarkable for its yield of coal-oil. Below this cannel coal, at a depth of about 100 feet, is a part of the great bituminous coal-field, which yields a dense coke, and is of superior value for blacksmithing. Stone-coal occurs in some of the eastern counties, and in both the E. and N. E. sections the coal crops out of the rives banks and hill sides. Ores of iron are found in many portions of Kentucky, but chiefly in its eastern division. Marble is found on the cliffs of Kentucky River, and fine sandstone in the valley of Triplett Creek. The railroads, in the summer of 1856, had an aggregate length of about 230 miles in operation, and fully an equal extent was in progress. The line first completed was that from Lexington to Frankfort, 28 m., in 1840 ; and this was finished to Louisville, (65 m. from Frankfort,) in 1851, making a total of 93 miles. Both divisions of this line were commenced and partly constructed some twenty years ago, but their projectors wire unable to complete them. The Covington and Lexington R. R., 98 m., was opened N ; 30th, 1854. S T A T E O F K E N TUCKY. 163 Several other lengthy and important lines will soon ied. The trade of Kentucky with other States >i the chi "ii the I River Louisa il a, and Maysville ; but opon ili ion of the railr ding into of it will pass south- war.; bese lines of communicati . rce with f coun ■. bul tl' New id < i and i I in t the prin ipal . and its manufa The torn ied in this State is all in navigati trict of Louisville 1855 ti tons, against 20,122 in 1 tonnage built in r 27 \ ipulation in 1850 ■'■' tb ! < ':' : - and cl towns: Louisville, 13,194 (in 18£ !. 51,726) ; Lox- ingt< l : t !ovington, 9,408 ; Newport, 5.895 ; I; Frankfort, .1.308; P 2,428; I mi. 1 .77.1 : Harrodsburg, 1,481. Frankfort, the capital of the State is situated bank of Kentucky River, GO in. from its mouth. • impactly built, on an plain, b the river and a bluff which, at a ■ behind the town, rises to the h of 150 ft. ' is a handsome edifice, buill in the vicinity. I ' . Frankf rl is distin- guished for its principal i contains lid monui 1 by the State, to the uory of the K as who feU in the national war - of Daniel Boone and his ad of many eminent public men. Louisville is 133 m. b if tl I >hio, and i- b autifully id I F of the city i mainly to th falls, wl arresl the natun q. p, ! cut art of the Union, and ve ave been expended in i. etc., al the Spri \ located h founded in 1^36. 104 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF TENNESSEE Tennessee has a mean breadth, N. and S., of about 112 miles, while its length varies from 300 to 410 miles. Its area is computed at 45.600 square miles. There are three natural divisions of the State, viz : East, Middle, and West, which arc formed by the Cumberland Mts. and Tennessee River. East Tennessee has a somewhat mount- ainous surface, being traversed by several parallel ridges of the Appalachian Chain, of which the Cumberland Mts., in its west part, are the chief; these are continuous, about 50 m. broad, and fre- quently 2,000 feet high. The surface of Middle Tennessee in its east part, near the Cumberland Mts., is diversified and hilly ; but towards the west this aspect is gradually changed, until it becomes an undulating surface, which slopes in N. W. direction towards the confluence of the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers. In West Tennessee, between the Tennessee and Mississippi Rivers, the surface is generally level, or slopes gradually towards the latter river, and is somewhat marked by the valleys of its tributaries. The length of the Mississippi's channel along the west border is about 1G0 m., in which are several tine sites for commercial towns. Tennessee River is navigable for steamboats throughout its course of 200 miles across the State. Cumberland River flows within the State for some 250 m., and is also navigable for light steamboats. Excepting the sources of the Tennessee, the affluents of these two rivers are small, though numerous, and frequently afford water-power. The climate is marked by freedom from those great extremes, at opposite seasons of the year, which are common in most northern and central States. The total population in 1790 was 35,791 ; in 1800, 105,602; in 1810, 261,727; in 1820, 422,813; in 1830, 681,904; in 1840, 829,210; and in 1850, 1,002,717. At the last census the classes were — whites, 756,836 ; free colored, 6,422 ; slaves, 239,459. In 1790, the relative proportion of the whites to the total population was 89 2-9 per cent. ; since that time it has gradually de- creased, and in 1850 it was about 75 £ per cent. Though the actual number of the free colored increased greatly from 1820 to 1850, its relative proportion was the same at each period. The proportion of the slaves in 1790 was about 10J- per cent. ; it steadily increased from that time to 1850; and in the latter year was 24| per cent. The increase of each class from 1840 to 1850 was about the same as from 1830 to 1840 ; that of the total population during 1830-40 was 21 3-5 per cent., and during 1840-50, about 21 per cent. The whites in 1850 were thus classified as to nativity : Born in the State, 580,695 ; in other parts of the Union, 168,966; in foreign countries, 5,638; of unknown origin, 1.537. Three-fourths of the free colored were born in the State. Of the combined number of whites and free colored from other States, there were 72,027 from North Caro- lina ; 46,631 from Virginia ; 15,197 from South Carolina ; and 12,609 from Kentucky ; or about 86 per cent, (of those from other States) from these four States. Of the foreign-born, there were 2,640 from Ireland ; 1,210 from Germany ; 706 from England, etc. The chief agricultural staple is corn ; the crop reported in 1840 was 44.986.188 bush., and that reported in 1850 was 52,276,223, or nearly one- S T A T E F T I •; N N E 8 8 E E 1C5 tleventh of all produced in the Union. Cotton is chiefly raised in the wesi and southern sections ; in 1850 there n '■• cotton plantations, each raising 5 bales and npwards, and the crop then reported was L 94,532 bales of loo lbs., ginned, or about 8 per cent, of the total U. 8. product; the crop in 1840 was 27,701,227 lbs., gathered. The potato crop of 1850 was 2,777,116 bush, of sweet, and 1.067,844 of [risb -total. 3,845,560; total in 1840, 1,904,370. The wheat crop reported in 1850 was 1,619,386, showing a remarkable de- crease since 18-40, when it was 4,569,692. The oat crop of] 850 was 7,703,086 bush., being about One-tenth more than the same in 18-to. Tobacco ; a generally cultivated, ami in 1850 the product was one-tenth of the total United States product, or 20,1 18,932 lbs.; yel this was much less than that of 1 8 10. which was 29,550,4.12. Number of cotton plantations, each raising 3,000 lbs. and over, 2.215. The raisins of live-stock receives considerable attention, though less than formerly, and great herds of them are exported to the Atlantic States. The animal product of the manufactories in operation in 1850 was stated at $9, *728 ,438, of which one sixth si is produced by three branches of (he iron business, viz: pig iron. S67G,100; wrought iron, $670,618 ; iron casting, $264,325 — oi aggregate, $1,611,043. Product of tanner- ies, $746,484 ; of cottonworks, $510,624. East Ten; ed of great abundance of wa- ter-power, of coal, iron, etc, and has good facilities for obtaining cotton, wool, and hemp. The home- made manufactures in 1850 much exceeded those of any other State, and amounted in value lo $3,137,790. The mineral resources of Tennessee are of great value. The principal deposits arc in the counties ining the Cumberland Mountain-. Iron ores of rich quality are found in abundance, and ex- ively produced in the vicinity of Cumberland River, and in othi r Mictions. Copper is fonnd in rich beds in the 8. E. corner of the State, in ]\,]k and Monroe Cos., and a large amount of capital has been raised for working them. The main coal-field, according to Taylor, cover- over -1.300 sq. m. Marbles, limestone, slate, and other build- ing materials are abundant. There are several valuable mineral Bprings ; and among the Cum- berland Mountains are deep caves of great length. Two railroads of great importance were opened in part in 1852, with combined length of 134 m. The first was soon opened throughout, from Nash- ville to Chattanooira, 151 m. The second is nearly completed, viz : from Dalton, 6a., to Knox- ville, 110 m. Several other lines have been open- ed in part, and are in progress ; and the aggregate length of the roads open in the summer of 1856 was about -100 m., while a still greater length was in construction. The State aids the progress of some of the lines by endorsing the bonds of their companies; and the amount of such endorsement, up to Oct. 1st. 1855, was $4,717,000. The valuation of taxable property in 1852 was 36,620,119 : and in 1855, $219,011,04 , Population of the chief towns in 1850: N ville, 10,165; Memphis, 8,841; Columbia. 2,977; Knoxville, 2,076 ; Murfreesborough, 1,917 ; Shel- byville, 1,615; Lebanon, 1,554; Pulaski, 1,137; Jackson, 1,000 ; Brownsville, 971 ; Franklin, 891, and no others with a< many as 800 inhabitants. Nashville, the capital of the Si I situated on Cumberland River, aboul 200 m. from its mouth, upon an el svated limestone bluff, and thus snts a '• immanding appearance as seen from every direction. The manufacturing business and U N 1 T E 1) 6 T A T E S OF AMERICA. trade arc quite active, and have been built up by th ■ enterprise of the citizens. The new . s of the most extensive structures of of the kind in the Union ; it is built of tine lime- stone, was commenced in 1845, and its estim i cost is $1,000,000. The buildings of the Univer- and several public edifices are of excellent construction. The State Hospital for the Insane, 6 m. from the city, is a splendid structure in the yle. Since 1850, the population of N., and of its suburbs, has greatly increased. In the vicinity (13 miles to the N. E.) is the Hermitage, or homestead of Andrew Jackson, :-e that illustrious General and President of the United States died on 8th June, 1 79. Memphis has one of the best on tl Mis- ing built upon a bluff, 30 ft. above highest [loud-. The landing is convenient, and is formed on abed of sa i ■! tone jutting ' stream. One of the chief features of the ■-Yard. by the Uni I to the city in 1854 • 'olumbia, on Dui ' r, has co isiderable trade is noted i\>v its excellent Academies, and is the seat of Jackson College, founded in 1833. Kuoxville, on the Holston River, was laid out in 1794, and from that year until 1817 was the ( apital of the State. It contains the University of East Tennessee, founded in 1807, and the State Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb. Chattanooga., was laid out in 1839, but was only a small settlement until 1850, when the Western and Atlantic R. R. was completed. It is now one of the most flourishing and importanl towns in the State. Murfreesborough, situated 30 m. : 4 . E. of Nash- ville, is well built, and surrounded by a very pro- ductive country. It was the capital of Tenne from 1817 to 1827. It contains the Union Uni- versity (Baptist), founded in 1841. Lebanon, 30 m. E. of Nashville, is the seat of Cumberland University (Presbyterian), founded in ] 844, to which a nourishing law-schoi 4 is attached. Considerable business is done in manufacturing. Jackson and Brownsville are centres of trade for their sections, and Pulaski and Franklin are ofmor q for their manufactures. STATE OF WISCONSIN. Wi an area of 5.'!, 92 1 square miles. Its surface consists of rolling or g ritly undulating I land, and th ter part of it )• wards th Rivi elevation of the surface is i uniform. T ction is comprised in the ■ of hills we - 1 of the Wisconsin River, v I ' :n. Tli" south- is of one continu- ous table-land, marked by ravines along the streams, which are depressed but little below the surround! ; its principal features are, tlv prairies, the oat openings, the timbered bor- of the streams, and small lakes, and the lows. Pi Fox and Wisconsin Rivers, and Green Bay — the tim- ber incr ■ ' ses, the soil gradually changes from the tiould of th pi irie to a sandy loam - I A T E OF WIS CO N S 1 N 161 and the : ; uri' tewhat depn BS id and uneven, ; in 1842, 16,67£ ; in 1 irns), i,277 ; in 105,391 ; an i in . L09. Numb r of free colon d in 1 in 1855, 78s. The proportion of the in L85< inali- to I'; i' m ' fthe poj tion in 1 to nativity : Born in the State, 63,015 : in other - eign countries, L06, upo ifromK 10,157 from Vernionl ; 9 "'71 fn :> from t,l 35 fi I icut, etc. ] comprised 35 Their number (!' from Germany; 21,043 fro from . ! from N British .'. two-thirds of all gians in the Union in , re in this Agricultural p In- popul ttion. natural condition of the country, part of the State, is hi 1 farming. The prai surrounded and intersected by timber, tl adapted to immediate and pi 'Fir.- -oil of tl aid, dark-brown : .mi. T' -wheal ;. : an] I. have i 108 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. killed the growth. Other products reported in 1S50 were — Irish potatoes, 1,402,956 bushels; peas and beans, 20,657 bush. ; hay, 275,662 tons; flax, 68,393 lbs.; maple-sugar, 610,976 lbs.; beeswax and honey, 131,005 lbs.; hops, 15,930 lbs. In 1850 the value of the live-stock was $ 1,897,385 : and the value of the animals slaugh- tered during the year previous was 8920,178. The manufactures arc of limited extent, owing to the youth of the State and the thinness of the population. In this respect, however, Milwaukee and other cities are rapidly increasing. The census of 1850 reported the product of manufac- tures in Milwaukee County at 31,871,661. The Board of Trade in Milwaukee has reported that the product of manufactures in the city during 1854 was 84,633,712, and during 1855 was §5,500,412. Northern Wisconsin is covered with immense forests of pine, and its lumber business has become very extensive. The following is an estimate of the amount of pine lumber sawed in Wisconsin during 1854, specifying the different sections: — St. Croix River, 25,000,000 feet; Chippewa, 40,000,000 ; Black, or Sappah, 18,000,000 ; Wis- consin, 95,000,000; Wolf, 30,000,000; Green Bay. 35.(10(1,000; Manitowoc, 22,000,000; total, 265,000,000. Owing to the great demand for lumber upon the prairies, to the south and south- west, the lumbering business of Wisconsin is said t i be increasing more rapidly than any other business in (he State. Most of the " Lead district of the Upper Mis- si ippi" iscompris"'! in the south-western part of this State, but the greater part of the lead pro- duced is shipped from Galena, Illinois. The ore is found throughout Grant, Fafayette, and Iowa and to some extent in the adjoining coun- ties. Iron ore of great purity is abundant at the Iron Ridge in Dodge and Washington Cos., and extensive arrangements have been made in that vicinity for the manufacture of railroad iron and other articles Copper — the yellow sulphuret or iron pyrites — occurs in vast quantities at Mineral Point, where upwards of 1,500,000 lbs. were obtained before the year 1840. West of the Menomonee River there is an immense bed of iron, continuous from Upper Michigan. The same region is said to contain excellent marble. The railroads in Wisconsin in January, 1856, had an atrsrregate length of 432 miles constructed, and 263 miles in process of construction. The Milwaukee and Mississippi R. R. was opened to Madison, 98 m., in May, 1854, and is under con- tract to be finished to Prairie du Chien by Nov. 1, 1856. The Milwaukee and La Crosse R. R. was opened to Beaver Dam, 61 m., in Sept., 1855. The Milwaukee and Watertowu R. R. is 45 miles long ; the Chicago and Milwaukee, 85 miles. The Fox and AYisconsin Rivers Improvement was commenced in 1852 by a company chartered by the State, to which was transferred the public land, 305,040 acres, granted by Congress for the purpose of this improvement. In the fall of 1855 the canals and locks on the Lower Fox River were completed, and on the 28th of November steamboats passed from Green Bay to Lake Win- nebago. On the completion of the improvements and canal between the Upper Fox and Wisconsin Rivers, steamboats can pass from the lakes to the Mississippi River. The following estimate of the value of tin ex- ports of the principal places during 1854 was made up from reliable authorities : Value of ship- ments from Milwaukce,85,785,000 ; from Kenosha, 81,710,237; Racine, 81,381,691; Sheboygan, ST A T E O F W I 8 o N B I \. 1C9 $663,168; Green Bay, 8374,435; Ozaukee, $16 1,000 aggregate, L0,074,531. On June 30th, l -■">:>, the tonnage belonging to the District of Milwaukee was 15,624 tons, of which 288 tons were in steam navigation. During til- yc ii- then en ling, 1 . L52 tons were built, against 2,!) 16 in the year previous. Population of chii I' cities ami townships in June, L 855, according to State ccusus : Milwau- kee, 30,448; Madison, 8,658; Racine, 8,044; Janesville, 7,788; Beloit, 4,247; Fond du Lac, 4,230; Oshkosh, 4,118; Kenosha, :J,S97 ; She- boygan, :!.i;:]0. Madison, capital of the State, is noted for tin' beauty of its situation. It stands on an isthmus, ab >u1 thr ^fourths of a mile wide, between Lakes M ndola and Menona. Each of these lak about G ra. long, and navigable for small steam- ooats. The public buildings and some of the houses arc i I of a ; > ratiful cream-colored stone, obtained in the vicinity. The State House stands in the centre of a handsome square of fourteen acres, up in the summit of the principal elevation in the town. The Univi I tnds on the sum- mit of a hill or mound, of about equal height, and one mile west from the State House. The State Lunatic Asylum has recently been organized. This plac ■ was I as the scat of government in 1836, and it then contained no building, excepl one !" : cabin. Milwaukee i ; situated near the mouth of Mil- waukee River, which empties into Milwaukee Bay of Lake M ichigan. Along either side of the river the surface is low and level, but at a short distance it rises to the Hull's, which surround the city and form a sort of amphitheatre. Tin' low part is altogether occupied by stores, offices, hotels, and other places of business, while the higher parts are occupied by :• The buildings arc mostly constructed of brick made in the vicinity, which is ofa lighl quantities of th ■■■ bricks are exported to other places, and the busini 38 of brick-making is one of the mo t imp u tanl branch of industry in the city. Many of the churches are handsome buildings, of which the Catholic G : dral is the mosl plendid. V. . and ha- had a steady growth. It is finely situated on both of Rock River, at the foot of Johnson's Rapids, which, by means of a dam, afford the best and i extensive water-power in that part of t!. - Racine now ra ond city in the State. It has a b sautiful and healthy location at the mouth of Root Rivt r, 23 m. S. of Milwaukee, upon a plain elevated about 40 ft. above the !.. It is well situated for trade, having a good harbor, and surrounded by a very fertile district, through which plank-road lescat of Racine College (Episcopal), founded in 1852. Janesville. 70 m. by railroad from Milwam is built on both sides of Rock River. Dams have li ii constructed across the river, and valuable water-power has thus been obtained. The State Institution for the Blind i- here locate I. Beloit is 14 m. S. of Janesville, adjoining the Illinois boundary. It has a very picturesque and is the seat of Beloit ('"liege. Fond du Lac is situated at the BOUthern ex- tremity of Lake Winnebago, has an extei. trade, and pr to be the best business point in thai pari <^' Wisconsin. Oshkosh, on the west side of Lake Winneb at the mouth of Fox River, is the largi -' place north of Pi nd du I am saw-milN are lo- cated here and along the Lake Shore, which manu- acture lumber from logs float Wolf. 1.0 U N I T ED S T A TES O P A M ERIC A S TATE OF 10 \Y A Iowa exteni the Missouri ami Big Sioux Rivers on tb , eastward, be! i the paral- lels of 40 30'and43 30'N.latitud Mis- - ippi River ; and it also includes the small I between the Mississippi and Des Moines Rivers, south of 40 30'. The entire area is computed at 50,914 sq. m. About three-fourths of the whole area has a general slope in south-eastern dire and d by large streams, which mail a remarkable parallelism in their courses to the Mi -' r. About one-fourth of the ai d.-ui ibutaries of the Missouri River, ^ are separated from the tributaries of the Des ines by a ridge of only moderate elevation. >st of the surface of Iowa is high and rolling prairie-land, and is divided into sections In tracts of timber. The natural timber offull growth is mainly along the streams. On many of the prairies, where the fires arc not now allowed, a 'irous young growth has sprung up, and in som i >nsid rable has been dpne in culti- vating timber. The valleys of the Des Moines, Iowa, and Red Cedar Rivers are generally level, with some gentle swells and moderate undulations. ; lands along the Missouri River are frequently eighl miles wide, very levi ' i ' ntly elevated to escape inundation in th as of flo ids, and durin rdant. The climate is highly salubri - rally exempt from ■ ad ! a chan ire. The population ■ I 1836 was lo.:.:, 1 ; in 1838 it v. i; in] Hi. 43,1 L2; and in 1844, 81,921. [a L850 the p ipu- lationof the State was 192,214; in 1852 it 230,000; and in 1 554, 326,01 1. Numbi r of voters in 1S52, 43,01!); and in 1854, ... Number of aliens in 1852, 7,211 ; and in 1854, 10,378. Number of militia in 1 854, 50,284. Num- ber of free colored in 1850,333; and in li 480. In 1854, the number of whit i of 170302 males, and 154,900 fcmaL 325,202. In 1850, the classification a was : Born in the State. 50,380 ; in otl 120,240;i ign countries, 21,232 ; of unkn nativity, 362— total, 152,214. The n i ul consisted of 30,713 from 01 19,023 from Indiana; 14,744 from Pennsylvau 8,944 from Kentucky ; 8,134 from New To 7,861 from Virginia ; 7,247 from Illinois ; 4 from Tennessee ; 3,807 from Missouri, etc. 1 foreign-born consisted of 7,253 Germans; Irish ; 3,785 English ; 1,756 British- Ami Iowa is indebted to its agricultural rcsourc nearly all of its pn ity. The soil is na1 very fertile, and may be readily brought profitable cultivation. According to Owen's geo- ; < I rep 1 . the prairie country, based on rocks belonging to the Devonian and Carboniferous in, extending up the valleys of the Red Cedar, Iowa, and Des Moiii' a high as latitude 42° 31', presents a bsdy of arable land, which, taken as a whole, for richness and organic elements, for amount of saline matter, and due admixture of earthly silicates, affords a combination that longs only to the most fertile upland plains. On some of the higher grounds of the carboi region the soil is occasionally gravelly, and 0C !ly siliceous. The grain crops reported in L850 wer< -corn, 8,656,799 bush.; wheat, '-. ; bur! "2,316; Li- I - O a WISCONSIN EXPLANATION is .- i n/n. ~— — — j . u j-Touns ^ ... V . 75 "I/ - _XpjJK: We i t :» 'I I -nwir-h 91 i I 'Or,. y/ "S W. ' ff,,i V \ *' I-- K ' .. .' 1'. _ -. STATE OF I o \V A 171 barley, ; rye, L9,916. From the E lation returns of 1854, i' appears that the quantity of land taxed, and the number of w al lea it twice the c amouul in [850, and it is prol agricultural products have similar]] I. The manufactures are very limited. The returns of It. 5 I report* d tl the capital employed in manufacturing was 81,639,411, againsl ■ in the | largi t ai in Des Mi County I ; Van Buren I County, 34,891. Prom tl: same returns it app I t the ! in m in 1854 was 1,231,704 in 1853,) of which, in 1 n ; in Des W County,! 97. The mosl important mineral of Iowa is coal. The great [owa or D an area of al oftheSl central and southern ! ' : '■'-.• a half-ellipse width E. and W. is i it 200 m.. and X. and -. 140 in. : estimated to be, on the avera .■"<■. I ; ' : '> Ft. di ep ; and i 1 : cen- trally and diagonally by the Des Moines River. Th ■ lead di nding Dubuque is con- tinuous fri :n thai on th • opp ... h of the entire 1 ; . : on tl other sid th ! v\\ I-, and vary considerably in depth and i bipmenl of lea 1 !' D buque du 1854 v 0. Lii i pur- found in various ]>!. : i dally in bed of th? D ' The beds of gy Fell County and th< to -be the mosl extensive in tl Ohi >n. Th:e :tion by theMissi " I:. I in D 1852. The first line i D to [owa 55 m., in ; ( ' >uncil Blu I will the Mis -r opp of the Platte or NT< ' icil Bluffs. The third lin i will ■ up the Cedar '• to Ce lar R id 13 in., will s Other lines of les r contra . The Des Moines River [mprovement h in pr irs. B; \ 8th, 1 v - 16, ' longr in lands to aid in this ii snt, viz : the a of land in a strip live mil 1 liver, amou . A ■■■■ a contract mad i in 1 entire work will be completed Jul The import chan I try for th country, and the 1 p srtyof immi >f the im p >v: ■ ! ! ' • . [8{ Dubi i; durin Population the 5,272 : Keokuk, 570; Fort M li Oskal I . L.013. 172 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA capital of the State by the Legislature in the year 1854. It is situated a little to the south of the centre of the State, on the Des Moines River, at the confluence of Racoon River, and 174 miles W. of Davenport by railroad. In July, 1816, the garrison was removed and the present town was laid out. The population has steadily increased, and the place will ultimately be noted for its manufactures and other branches of business. Iowa City is situated on the Iowa River, 80 miles from its mouth, and 55 miles W. by N. from Davenport. This place was selected as the capi- tal in May, 1839, before any settlement had been made, and in a year afterwards it had about 550 inhabitants. The surface of the city is comprised on three successive plateaux, rising like terraces. The former State House is an elegant edifice, and, with its extensive grounds, was granted to the State University. The State Institutions for the Blind and Deaf and Dumb are here located. Burlington, on the Mississippi, is a flourishing town, being well located and having much trade. Its first white inhabitants arrived in 1832, it was laid out in 183-1, and it was the seat of govern- ment during 1836-39. Its manufactories are numerous. The Burlington University (Baptist) was established in 1852. Dubuque is beautifully situated on an elevated plain, about two miles long by half a mile wide, bounded on the west by high bluffs. The view of the surrounding country obtained from these bluffs is excoedingly delightful. The city is compactly built, contains many handsome build- ings, ami appears to possess every element of growth and thrift. The trade is mostly with the interior. Davenport, on the Mississippi and opposite Rock Island, has become a point of great busi- 1 ness. The railroad bridge over the Mississippi at this place was opened April 22, 1856, and has greatly advanced the prosperity of the city and vicinity. The city contains three flourishing seminaries of high grade. Keokuk is situated at the foot of the Des Moines or Lower Rapids, at the extreme S. PI corner of the State, upon a bluff 150 feet above high-water mark in the Mississippi. It is the natural outlet of the fertile valley of the Des Moines, and is thus possessed of great advantages for business. It contains the Iowa Medical Col- lege, founded in 1848, several academies, and the btst public school-house in the State. Muscatine is favorably located to command the trade of a large section of country. Its chief branch of business is in the manufacture of pine lumber, etc., from logs obtained in Wisconsin and Minnesota. Fort Madison, on the Mississippi, 22 in. above Keokuk, has an active trade, and its manufactures are rapidly increasing. It contains the State Penitentiary. Oskaloosa, 95 m. W. by S. of Muscatine, is b. handsome place, and growing as rapidly as any inland town of similar position. It contains one of the State Normal Schools. Cedar Rapids, 25 m. N. of Iowa City, is a thriv'n j village, in one of the best portions of the State. The water-power is very good, and there is a large amount of timber in the vicinity. Mount Vernon, 14 m. distant, contains the Iowa Con- ference Seminary. Fairfield, 53 m. W. N. W. of Burlington, is an important town of the interior, and contains an II. S. Land Office and branch of the State Uni- versity. There are several thriving villages in different sections of the same county. 18 17 16 X.ong.'West lis framWashiiigtQn. ill STATE OF MISSOURI IT:; STATE OF MISSOURI Missouri comprises an area of 67,380 sq. m., and is the largest of the States, excepting Texas and California. The portion lying north of the Mis- souri River baa generally an undulating or level surface and fertile soil, although there are some sandy tracts. South of the Missouri River the surface is more diversified, the sods are of varied fertility, and extensive tracts are heavily timbered. In the S. E. part there is a great marsh, reaching into Arkansas, and occupying an area of about 3,000 sq. m. In the S. W. section the surface is, in parts, very hilly, forming the outskirts of the Ozark Mountains. The central-western section is ' somewhat uneven, and is the first part of the plain which stretches away to the Rocky Mount- ains ; its soils are of varied formation, but gen- erally fertile". The Mississippi River, in its winding course, borders the State for a distance of 470 m. The Missouri River is larger and more rapid, and its waters are of a yellowish color, from contain- ing great quantities of sand. The Osage. Grand, Chariton, Salt, Gascouade, and Maramec are im- portant rivers, navigable at high water to a con- siderable distance. The climate of Missouri is variable, and marked by great extremes of tem- perature at opposite seasons of the year. The total population of Missouri in 1810 was 20,8-15 ; in 1820, 66,580 ; in 1830, 140.455 ; in 1840, 383,702 ; and in 1850, 682,044. At the last date the classes were — whites. 592,004 ; free colored, 2,618; slaves. 90,040. During each census interval the actual number of slaves has greatly increased, yet the relative proportion of this class in 1850 (or 12-83 per cent.) was less than at any former census, owing to the more rapid increase of the whit' CI ification in 1850 of the whit.- and free colored in respect to place of birth: Born in the Si ■•• . 277,604 : in other parts of the Union, 2 13,222 : in foreign , tries, 72,474; of unknown origin, 1,322 ; i g gate, 594,622. Of those from ot there were 69,694 from Kentucky: -11.970 from Ten- uessee; 40,777 from Virginia ; L7,009 from North Carolina; 12,752 from Indiana • 12.737 from Ohio ; 10,917 from Illinois ; 8,291 nnsylvania ; 5.0 10 from New York; 4,25 from Maryland, j etc. Of the foreign-born, 15.' were from G many ; 14,734 from Ireland ; .... ,79 from England ; 2,138 from France, etc. According to the State census in 1852, the total population was then 713,017, consisting of 623,319 whites. 2,526 free colored, and 87,172 slav The agricultural capabilities of Missouri are very great. The most fertile alluvial lands are the river-bottoms, especially those on the north side of the Missouri River. In 1850 more than one-half of the free male population over 1 5 y of age were employed in farming, etc. Corn is the most important grain crop, and the main stay of the farmers. The soil, climate, and - are more favorable to the production of corn than any other crop. The crop reported in 1850 was 36,214,537 bush., against 17,332,524 in 1840. Other crops reported in 185 5,278,079 bush.; wheat, 2,981,652 ; Irish potatoes 939,01 sweet do. 335,505. The hemp crop of 1850 was r cent, of the total raised in the Union. The amount reported was L5,968 tons of dew-rotted, and 60 tons of water-rotted. The culture is on the increase. The tobacco rais 'd in 1840 was 174 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 9,067,913 lbs. ; and in 1800, 17,113,784, of which about one-half was raised in Howard, Chariton, and Randolph Counties. Orchard fruits, espe- cially the varieties of the apple, flourish in this region, and are am '■ most profitable pro- duets. Peach and plum trees generally bear well, but the pear and cherry do not. Wine is pro- duced in this State, particularly by the German population, in very cons iderable quantities. It is of the Rhenish wines, and is erally made from the Catawba grape, which is .i hill-sides. I i 1 150, the annual product from " manufac- tures, mining-, and the mechanic arts" was report- 29,749,265, produced by 3,029 establish- ments. In St. Louis Co., $16,046,521 ; in Platte, t ; in Buchanan, 8748,237 ; and in few other counties, more than $300,000. Product of principal branches mentioned — tanning', $466,241 : iron casting^ $336,495; pig-iron, 8314,600; and on, §142,900. The chief manufactures car- . on in St. Louis are those of flour, refined ar, oils, chemicals, stoves, iron-ware, machinery, clothing, and furniture; but almost every branch known in the largest eastern cities is here prose- cuted to some extent. In the interior counties, the manufactures are those usually found in agricul- tural di i . and supplying immediate wants. home-made manufactures, produced during the year ended 1st June, 1850, were valued at 174,705. Missouri contains immense deposits of iron and coal at quantities of lead and copper. The deposits of specular iron ore in this State are among the largest on the globe. Iron .Mountain ly composed of this ore. and Pilot Knob ed of it. These ' ited sum- mits are about 6 miles apart, and 40 miles from Ste. Genevieve, on the Mississippi. Other ores of iron are found in different parts of the State. Tbe principal lead-mines are surrounding Potosi, in Washington County, and immediately north of the Iron Mountain ; and there are mines of less extent situated farther to the north. Copper is most abundant near the La Motte Mines, but it is found throughout the mineral region. Bituminous coal exists in vast beds on both sides of the Mis- souri River, below the mouth of the Osage, and 40 miles up that river. In Callaway County there is a bed of cannel coal, which consist-: in part of a solid stratum, 24 ft. thick. The lime- stone formation, extending from St. Louis to the north part of the State, affords abundance of good building material. In 1851, the Legislature agreed to lend its credit to two great lines of railroad, viz : the Pa- cific R. R., commencing at St. Louis, and extend- ing on the south side of Missouri River to the I line of the State, and the Hannibal and St. Joseph's R. R.. extending from the Mississippi to the Missouri, on the north side of the latter, and connecting the places named. Subsequently, the State increased its grant of aid to these lines, and extended its aid to other lines. The City of St. Louis subscribed 8500,000 to each of four lines. The Pacific R. R. was opened to Jefferson City, 1 25 m. from St. Louis, in the autumn of 1855, and is steadily pro stward. The other lines have not advanced with as great rapidity. The tonnage belonging to St. Louis on June 30th, 1855, was 60.592 tons, of which 52,478 tons ployed in steam navigation. During the year preceding 25 vessels were built, with aggre- I tonnage of 5,084 tons. The ( !ity of St. Louis is the only large city in the State, and it contains, with the remainder of S T A T E o F M I 8 8 <) C Et I. IT I ixth of the population s. It i I on the i bank of tl ■' " m. below the mouth of the Missouri River, 175 m. above the moi I ■ and I 201 i i. above irse of the river. lis Bite [ p] 20 ft. r mark, and it I i ■ I it spreads out into an pari of the city, where i : mission wholesaling ' is cl is very comp built. The Court Boi an enti squar ing about • are adorned with porticoes, and in i otunda. A new Custom ' I City 1 fall arc in construction, and will of the 1 1 0. The if th i tei ' is a I will contain . There fire two floi ges — the first is a department of the Tiii-. Loui and the second is a de- partment of the ' i University. The Mer- tile Library ! iation i one of the most if the kind In tl Cni a splen iryof 12.000 ii 1u the im- provi According to tlic muni of Jan.. he population of the ci n amounted to 122.1" 119,05 ! whi es, 1,5 ! 1 lored, and 1 ,539 slaves. About •!.">, 000 are of German or' and 23,000 of Iri in. The Americans are from of tl Population at forn Is— in ] ' : in 1 if 169 j in I -II. 34,140; in 1 : in I'. pulation of the principal towns in 1852, ac- L02; ington, 2,882 ; Eannibal, 2,704 ; St. •!• ph, 7 : Boonville, 2.1 39; Weston, 2,01 Charles, 1,637; Louisiana, 1,349; I irar- 1.177 : Palmyra 1,168; C ty, 1 100; Jel ■•. 1 ,027 : and nn other tow ■ than 1 ,000 • i ! on ( !ity, the capital of the S ata- ri River, and 125 m. W. of St. Louis by railroad. ! ited, and commands a fine view of tl It contai' House, Executive Mansion State Penitentiary, County tc. Independence, like several oilier towns on the v. brated rendezvous lor companiesemigratingbytheoverland r tol rtah and tl ' 1 tly declined duric Lexington is one of the on the Missouri River, and is 157 m. W. from Jefferson City by the ri . It has an active ti : various manufi in the vicinity, and th several r. town. Bedsofcoal nk of the rrv St. 12 m. N. W. of St. T handsom althful 1 Columl ' o. N. N. W. I " ia1 of the Shite i ity, which has a large and i leganl building, erei I of the citizens of the county. Full m, 20 m. N. E. of - ; Insane,) Dumb, and V.' 175 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA STATE OF ARKANSAS Arkansas occupies a central position in the Lower Mississippi Valley. Length, N. and S., 243 m. ; breadth, 170 to 260 ; area, 52,198 sq.m. The surface of the State slopes in S.E. and S. di- rection, though the tract bordering the Mississippi River is a low marshy plain, and is annually over- flowed. Westward from Little Rock, and extend- ing to the west boundary, are the Washita Hills, between which and Louisiana the surface is level or undulating. The Valley of the Upper Arkan- sas is of similar character. In the X. W. section arc the Ozark Mountains, which arc disposed in broken ranges. North of these the country is hilly or rolling, and interspersed with very fertile prairies. Nearly every section contains heavy timber ; the different kinds of trees are very nu- merous, but the white-oak is the most valuable and abundant. The principal rivers are naviga- ble for steamboats, except during the summer droughts. The climate is variable, and is affected in winter by the strong prairie winds. The total population in 1820 was 14,273 ; in 1830, 30,388 ; in 1840, 97,574 ; in 1850, 209,897. At the last census, the classes were — whites, 1 02.189 ; free colored, 608 ; slaves, 47,100. The foroign-born amounted to 1,628, comprising 540 from Germany, 514 from Ireland, 278 from Great Britain, etc. About one-third of all the whites were natives of the State. According to the State Census in 1K54 the population had then in- creased to 253.117 (20 J per cent, in 4 years), con- sisting of 199,224 whites, 614 free colored, and 60,279 slaves. The great staples are corn and cotton. The crop of corn in 1 850 was reported at 8,893,939 bush., and in 1854, 11,536,969. Bales of cotton pro- duced— in 1850, 65,344; in 1854, 160,779. Oats —in 1850, 656.183 ; in 1854, 1,040,206. There are many varieties of soil in Arkansas, though there are comparatively few sections that are un- productive, excepting the marshy tracts. The annual product of the manufactories in 1850 was f607,436 (being less than in any other State) ; of which, from tanneries, $78,774, and from cotton manufacture. $16,637. The minerals comprise coal, iron, zinc, lead, manganese, gypsum, and salt. The principal coal- field commences 40 miles above Little Rock, and extends on both sides of the river beyond the western boundary of the State. No railroads have yet been constructed. Population of chief towns in 1850 : Little Bock, 2,167 ; El Dorado, 1,925 ; Van Buren, 1,242 ; Smith, 1,690 ; Fort Smith, 964 ; St. Francis, 1.276. Little Rock is situated on Arkansas River, about 300 m. from its mouth, upon a rocky bluff, 50 ft. high, and the first that occurs on ascending the river. Two miles above this is another rocky bluff, about 200 feet high, called "Big Rock." The town contains the State House, United States Arsenal, State Penitentiary, and six churches, all substantially built of brick. Van Buren is situated on the Arkansas River, 5 miles from the western boundary. Its trade is probably larger than that of any other placs in the State, and the annual sales amount to more than $1,000,000. The village contains a steam cotton-factory, steam flouring-mill, four churches, etc. !l I -. l.-ii.l.il 93 I.e.. iM!i West !»'* CcOin Hlvi'llMlj li : 11l-.IIihi.iM '"-Tur.v.ili T .J ! ,.-_:•-_ :v i - n i o i. i ' 77/./, I : S(T. K M K \ 1 I'l Rt I — . .- ' # ■" sj: jllaiiti i r -• _^j -Z • — — ' ': ; IT J <1 Scale in Miles ID JU 30 JU 50 ARKANSAS "•' ion. West ir. IKini \. . ttiiigta > i I I STATE OF CALIFORNIA 177 STATE OF CALIFORNIA California, admitted into the Union in 1850, and the first State organized on the Pacific coast, lias a larger area than any other State except Texas. 1 1 ■ outline is irregular, though the western boundary has a general parallelism with the coast- ? line. The entire area has been computed at 1 55,980 sq. m. The most notable features in the general view of the surface of California are the two great ranges of mountains, extending X. ami S., and enclosing the vast valley, which com- pri I luilf the area of the State. T ■ I ranges appear to be divisions of the continuous .•hain which extends along a great part of the rth America. Near the north bound- ary of the State they arc united, though not in the usual manner, by a mountain-knot, but by trail U the southern point of union each range curves elliptically to the common junction, and the range then extends through the Peninsula of Lo. ifornia. The Coast Range extends almost parallel to the Pacific coast, and comparatively near to it, the distance varying from 30 to 100 miles. The divisions of this range bear various local names. The elevation of this range varies considerably. Mt. Shasta is a re- markable peak in the north part of the State, in a branch extending to the Sierra Nevada, is about 1 l.iioo and covered with perpetual snow. Not far from it is Mt. St. Joseph, 12.000 ft. high. In lat. 40 is Mt. Linn, and in hit. 38° 40' is Mt St. Helen, both very lofty summits. In the BOuthern part, in lat III . is Mt. San Bernardino, 17,000 ft. high. The Sierra Nevada range has a more uniform aspect. It rises from a base of about 500 ft. above the sea, and its highest summits reach 12 an elevation of about lG.ooo ft. The acclivities are wooded, to about half the height of the range, with oak, succeeded by a for' pines, cedar, and cypress; then follows the bare granite, and lastly, the summits crowned with -now. The ern slope of this ran ia'Iy the section between lat. 37° and 40'-, is disti 1 as the principal gold region. The ■ 480 m. long, with average breadth of CO m. Its north half is traversed by the Sacramento River, and the south half by the San Joaquin, each having large tributaries. These streams unite near lat. 38°, about 15 m. above Suisun Bay, which is connected by a strait with the San Pablo or north arm of the Bay of San Francisco. h is from 250 to 300 m. long, and always navigable for steamboats through a large part of its course. On their margins the surface is com- posed of level plains, gradually changing into undulatin rolling toward the mountains. All of their important tributaries descend the Siera Nevada slope. Hence, the soil on their west side is comparatively dry and unproductive, while on the east side the river-bottoms are very fertile, and contain much timber. At the north end of the Sacramento Yalli; an elevated plateau, heavily timbered, with tracts of arable land along the streams. Throughout the north part of tli and in some other - the forests are extensive, and a large proportion of the trees are of huge dimensions. The tract bordering the ocean, west of the Coast B almost the only portion that, before the discovery of gold, contain d any ci\ I dements, and these were missionary stations, which were generally formed 178 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA on the fertile tracts at the mouths of the streams. In those lovely vales the Jesuits influenced many of the Indians to profess the faith, and organized them into civilized communities. Much of the coast is uneven and rugged, and portions are precipitous. The harbors are not numerous in proportion to the extent of the coast, and the best are the Bays of San Francisco, San Diego, and Monterey. Lake Tulare is the only large lake in California, but there are several small ones. The climate is remarkable for its periodical changes and for the long continuance of the wet and dry seasons, which divide the year about equally. During the dry season the weather is warmer in the great valley than on the coast. The rainy season is longer in the north than in the middle and south part of the State, and a greater quan- tity of rain falls in a given time. The total population in 1850 was reported at 117,821. According to the State census in 1852 the total population was reported at 264,435, but as all the census agents set forth the fact of their inability to obtain the whole population of their respective counties, the Secretary of State, in publishing his report, stated his belief that it would be correct to add one-sixth to the popula- tion returned, making the total to amount to 308,507. According to the manifested reports of passen- gers arriving at and departing from San Francisco, by vessels, it appears that the excess of arrivals in 1852 was 41,444; in 1853, 5,395; in 1854, 26,629; and in 1855, 8,958— aggregate, 82,426; but it is probable that the actual number was fully 90,000. No State contains a more diversi- fied population. The classification of 1S52 em- braced the following : White inhabitants, 210,856, consisting of 176,115 males and 34,741 females; negroes, 2,090 ; mulattoes, 572 ; domesticated Indians, 33,539 ; foreign residents, 59,991. Of the latter class about 25,000 were Chinese. In agriculture, remarkable progress has been made since 1852, and especially during the last two years. Enough has been done to show a marvelous fertility in the soil, in respect to vari- ety, quantity, and size of the products. The fol- lowing estimate of the agricultural productions during 1855 accompanied Gov. Bigler's message to the Legislature in 1856 : Wheat, 3,740,000 bush., valued at $4,675,000; barley, 3,181,500, valued at $2,545,200 ; oats, 914,000 bush.; corn, 450,000 ; potatoes, 3,000,000, valued at $2,250,- 000 ; which, with the lesser products of onions, hay, buckwheat, and sweet potatoes, made the aggregate value of $12,897,128. Irish potatoes, onions, turnips, and all the edible roots cultivated in the Atlantic States, are here raised, of unusual size and superior quality. Oats grow wild in great quantities on the plains and hills along the coast, and as far inland as the sea-breeze has a marked influence on the climate. The southern region is highly favorable to the grape. The grasses are very luxuriant and nutritious, and, with the oats, are fully cured in and by the dry season, so that they remain in excellent preserva- tion during the summer and autumn, affording excellent fodder. In 1855 the value of the live stock in the State was estimated at $15,744,692. The agricultural products exported during 1855 were valued at fully $1,000,000 ; of which, the flour amounted to $G71,384, and the wheat to $85,776. Number of flouring mills, 84 ; value, $420,000. The great gold diggings arc comprised in the ranges of hills which border the western slope of the Sierra Nevada Mts., principally between lat. 8 T AT E OF CALIF O L$ N I A . 37 n and 40 c ; but gold is found in considerable quantitii in other sections, particularly in the north-west. The gold first discovered consisted of the washing from the upper regions. The super- stratum of these hills ie quartz, which Bom itimes penetrates to a great depth, and extends m large in various directions, though frequently it occurs in small fragments, and thus dues qoI cover the entire lace of the country. It is evident that the gold was created in combination with the quartz. The •• dry • " are places where quart/, containing gold veins has cropped out, and been disintegrated by the action of water and the atmosphere. In ' the miners were formerly compelled to abandon their labors during the summer months; but by the recent construction of extensive canal- and ditches, they can now prosecute their business throughout the ye u\ and thus the amount of gold obtained by regular labor is yearly increased. Gold is combined with the quartz in a great variety of forms and in wry diff renl - of richness. The business of quartz-mining is steadily increasing. This- can only be carried on with Buccess by well-organized companii eh tablishment requires a large capital and heavy outlay. At the close of 1855 returns were received from 59 quartz-mills, which had cm ' I 222,000 tons of quartz-rock during the year, and realized the amount of J2,100. The •• wet diggings" are in the beds of the rivers and creeks during the dry season. The aggregate amount of gold obtained down to thecloseof L855 was about 8375,000,000. The manifested shipment of gold from San Franci during the years L851 '55 was $232,754,458. Quicksilver mines exist in several places, and that at New Almaden is exceedingly rich. Platina and copper arc widely distributed. Ores of iron, I, Bilver, and other minerals, occur in many localities, but their extent and value are not fully known. White marble of fine grain and other varieties are found in different count! The first of the Sacrami nto \\.' R.H., viz : from Sacrai I ity to Folsom, 22 n was formally opened Feb. 22d, 1856. [1 istob uded to Marysville, and thence to other towns in the mining region. En 1855 measures wen- taken for surveying the routes of oth<-r prop railroads, viz: from Sacramento to Benicia, from San Francisco to Stockton, and from San Diego westward to the head of the San Diego River. The amount of the trade between California and the Atlantic ! is not officially recorded. The shipping entered at San Fran co during the six years ending 1854 has been stated as follows: From American ports, 1.966 vessels of 99.">,296 : from foreign ports. .';. 1! t of 992,805 tonnage: total, 5,380 vessels, of 1,988,101 too Probably these figures do not include the arrivals of the small vessels and steamers from the home coast ports. The tonnage owned in the State on June 30th, 1 855, was 92,263 tons, agai I 101,258 in 1854, and 104,209 in 1853. Of this amount in L855 there were 1 l.'JTD tons employed in steam navigation. During the fiscal year Is." I J the direct commerce with foreign coun- isted of J.224,066 as the value of the exports, and $5, 'J ."> 1 .: 379 as the value of the im- ports; showing a great incn the preced- ing fiscal year, when the expo;' ;uted to $1,101,680, and the imp 7. Bt ■' I 9 in Fn • - ■. there are several large • and populous town-, and in each the num- ber of inhabitants has been greatly increased since the last census. In San Francisco and other places there is always a large mass of floating 180 UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. population. In the fore part of 1856 the esti- mated population of San Francisco was about 55,000 (in the Fall of 1852 it was 3-1.876, accord- ing to the census); of Sacramento. 16.000 ; Stock- ton, 10,500 ; Marysville, 9,000 ; Nevada, 7,500 ; Placerville, Sonora and San Jose, each 4,000. Sacramento City, the political capital of the State, is situated on the left bank of Sacramento River, a little below the mouth of the American River, in the midst of a level and extremely fertile country, about 140 m., by water, N. E. from San Francisco. It is accessible at all seasons for steam- boats and sailing vessels, and smaller craft can ascend far above it. These advantages, with the railroad, have rendered this place the principal en- trepot of the supplies for the northern mines. Sut- ter's Fort is about one mile above the central part of the town. San Francisco is situated upon a plain, which rises gently from the west shore of the magnificent Bay of San Francisco. The entrance to the city from the ocean is through a strait, called the Golden Gate, which is about 6 m. long and l£ m. wide at its narrowest point, with high hills on each side. The city is laid out according to a regular plan, and the streets generally cross at right angles. The principal streets are planked, but they are not paved, and are in wretched condition in wet weather, since the soil is very sandy. It was originally built around a semi-circular inlet of the bay, between Clark's Point on the north and Rincon Point on the south, these points being about a mile apart. All the space between is now built upon, the shore having been filled in with sand from the hills in the vicinity, and the wharves, streets, and warehouses having been constructed upon piles. In the principal streets many of the u lildings are expensive, and a large proportion of the stores, etc., are substantially built of brick. But few of the new buildings in the city proper are constructed of wood, but in the outskirts and on the surrounding hills there are many handsome houses of this material. The principal public edifices arc the Custom House, Marine Hospital, Mint, Ex- change, and Metropolitan Theatre. In Jan. 1856, there were 30 churches, which had an aggregate attendance on Sunday of 9,565, or of about one- fifth of the civilized population. The water-works, supplying the city with water from Mountain Lake, situated 3^ m. W. of the city, are estimated to cost about $800,000. Stockton ranks in size and importance next to Sacramento, and bears about the same relation to the southern part of the State as that city sustains to the northern part, since it is the point where most of the goods are landed, and trade is carried on for the southern mines. The city is situated on Stockton channel, 3 m. from its confluence with the San Joaquin River. The channel is always navigable for steamboats and vessels of 400 tons burden. The State Asylum for the Insane is located here. Marysville is a flourishing city, situated on the north bank of the Yuba River, a mile above its confluence with Feather River. Steamboats ply regularly between this place and San Francisco. The main road from Sacramento city passes through it, and it will probably be soon con- nected with that city by railroad. Nevada City, situated to the N. E. of Marys- ville, on a branch of the Yuba River, is one of the most prosperous towns in the mining region. Gold is abundant in the vicinity, both in quartz veins aud in placers. San Jose, 50 m. S. E. of San Francisco, i> noted for its delightful climate. Xau/Uest J 9 from W;isti- SJf JQD EJiTcJh . AXni?. 3!T£sf 9 T HE OB G A N 1 Z B D T E B B [TOE] R S 181 T II E RG AN I ZED T E R R I To RIES The Act- of Congress by which the Territoi aow existing as such, were organized, contain gen- erally llif Bame provisions fur each Territory, which i- regarded as an incipient State, since it is expect- ed thai Congress will admit each into the Union as a State when it contains sufficient population. However, Congress has the right to divide a Ter- ritory, or to annex any portion of it to another Territory or State. The Act of Organization of each Territory established the qualifications for voting (very liberal) at the fust election : the form of the Legislative Assembly, the number ami quali- fications of its members, etc ; the terms of office of the (Juvernor ami Secretary I 1 or 5 years), ami their duties; the number of the courts, and their powers; and granted lands for educational pur- poses. Each Territory sends to Congress a Dele- gate, who is elected by a plurality of votes. MINNESOTA. MlNHESOTA occupies the most elevated tract of land between the Gulf of Mexico and Hudson's Bay. It extends from the Mississippi and St. Croix Rivers, and Lake Superior on the east, tween Iowa ami British America, to the Missouri River, and its tributary White-Earth River, on the west. Its entire area has Keen computed at 160,02:") sq. m. The general features of Minnesota are those of a high rolling prairie or elevated table- land, about equally divid 1 betwi en oak-openings and prairies. There are no mountainous rai Near I.uke Superior there is an elevation of land, that may be called mountainous; butelBewhere the nearest approach t" mountains is in the towering Mulls along the Bhores of the ' I pi, and B Dubuque to St. Paul these bluffs form th e t feature of western cenery. The I "f ■ bluffs descend from their i (evation on the river'.- bank by a gradual slope : the inte- rior. In the country between '.!. I >ix and Mississippi, the lakes and pon Is Beem to he innu- merable, am] tiny are al-o frequenl west of the Mississippi. This region also contaii isive f 1 pine, though not of the larj growth. West of the Missi ippi, commencing the Crow-wing, its tributary, is the range of its known as the Coteau da Grand Boia, or Wooded Heights, which extends southward and llel to the Mississippi's course for 150 mi! this ridge is mostly covered with a dense forest of hard-wood. There is another elevated section. west of the former, and nearly parallel to it ; ' a plateau, called the < loteau d is Prairies, or 1' rie Heights, about 200 m. long, and from 15 I wide, extending through the middle of the south- ern part of Minnesota into Iowa. The char:; of the soil varies greatly. In the valleys of the river tally iii those >■( the ML and in th • o • part of the Territory, it is gen nt. The healthfulne s of the climate i-; very n marka- ble, and the changes of temperature are a' entirely st asonable. The winl r : ; • bar by i: ac dryness, there being an almost total nceof rain or moisture. The spring is usually boisterous and cold; the summer i< short and pi asanl : th.'' autumn is long, warm, and the I htful portion of the year. In L850 the Territory contained 6,077 inha' - UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. itants, and in 1855, 56.122. No. of free colored in 1850, 39. The Indian population in 1852 was estimated by Gov. Ramsey at 25,000. Minnesota is destined to become a great agricul- tural and grazing region. All the principal grains and roots thrive in great vigor, as far north as Pembina, or to the northern boundary. There is less available grain-land in Minnesota, in propor- tion to its extent, than in Wisconsin or Iowa ; but for grazing purposes, this Territory is superior to those States. The prairies are not large, as in Illinois and other States, but groves of timber are thickly interspersed over them, and clear streams everywhere abound. According to Gov. Ramsey, wherever the test has been made, Minnesota pro- duces com, wheat, oats, and potatoes, equal in quality to the corresponding product in any State, and in remarkable abundance. ' From the geological surveys of Minnesota it does not appear that there is any great amount of mineral wealth within its borders. Near Lake Superior there is probably a considerable quantity of iron and copper. The most remarkable mineral in the Territory is the red pipestone, of which the Indian? make their pipes, and which is said to lie peculiar to the region of the Coteau des Prairies. East of the Red River of the North, Minnesota is mostly covered with drift, lying on crystaline and metamorphic rocks, which occasionally protrude to the surface in the valleys of the rivers and on the shores of lakes. The steamboat business of the Upper Missis- sippi has grown within a few years from actual ' insignificance to great importance. The number of boats engaged in the trade of St. Paul in 1853 wag 23, and the number of arrivals was 235 ; in 1354, 38 boats and 310 arrivals; in 1855, C8 boats and 5G3 arrivals. The growth of the steam- boat interest is a pretty fair index of the genera! advancement of the country. St. Paul, the capital and chief town, is situated on the left bank of the Mississippi, five miles below the confluence of the Minnesota River. Its site consists of a hilly terrace, sloping to the river, and is surrounded in the rear by a semi-circular plateau, elevated about forty feet above the town. The main street is a mile long, and is lined with buildings of all descriptions. There are ten churches and thirteen taverns. The State House is a very spacious brick building with large dome. The Court House and Public Market are large brick buildings. The population in 1850 was 1,112 (township, 1,338) ; in 1855, 5,454. Eight miles above St. Paul are the thriving places of St. Anthony and Minneapolis, which were recently united, under the name of the latter, by an Act of the Legislature. St. Anthony is on the east side of the river, and Minneapolis is directly opposite, and they are connected by a handsome wire suspension bridge. The Falls of St. Anthony, at this point, afford great facilities for manufacturing ; the perpendicular fall at the highest point is 20 ft,, but the whole descent within a mile from the head of the rapids is near GO ft. A large capital is invested in the lum- bering business. The University of Minnesota was founded at St. Anthony in 1851. Pop. of St. Anthony in 1855, 3,500 ; of Minneapolis, 1,000. Stillwater, on the St. Croix, is noted for its lumber business, and is the point from which the greater portion of the supplies for the vast pine region on the St. Croix and its tributaries are drawn by teams or carried by boats. The Peni- tentiary of the Territory is here located. Popu- lation in 1850, G21 ; in 1855, 2,500. Fort Snelling, at the confluence cf the Missis- / Xan. W. 1 .nalia. 9 from. "VVashlnsitniu KANSAS _A_JTD NEBRASKA 30 — io XiW v west ate xi irrrm. Greenwich. -Tg-n — TlTL — i — iJvJ— -l — i — <— V--^: r 0\JL 3T- T II E li G A N I Z B I) T E B B [TO R J I. 3 183 aippi and Minnesota Bivi re, is rapidly increasing in population. The U. S. fort is a large and very costly structure. Itasca, 25 m. X. of St Anthony, nearly oppo- site the mouth of Crow River, carries on at present a large Indian trade. K A NSAS Extends between the 37th ami 40th parallels of latitude, from the State of Missouri ou the east to long. 1(1.'? W., ami from that point between the 38th and loth parallels to the Rocky Mts. ou the west. Its area is computed at 114,798 sq. m. From the eastern boundary of Mi- ouri to the base of the Rocky Mts., the face of the country is a continual succession of undulating ridges and valleys. The eastern portion of Kansas, extending from 80 to 200 m. W. of the Missouri boundary, is the m ■ ! ! for agricultural purposes. The land lies in large and gentle roll- and ridges, seldom so abrupt as to unfit it for the plough. Timber is nol abundant, but is found along the streams, and consists mainly of oak of all kinds, walnut, huckberry, cotton-wood, and elm. This region has a limestone basis, and always presents, even on I of the ridges, a soil ,.f remarkable fertility, while in the valleys and on the creek- bottoms the fertility surpas - description. The surface-soil varies from 2 to G ft. in depth — much of it a black vegetable mould, superior to ordinary prairie soil. Limestone is everywhere abundant, sandston ally occurs, and both are easily accessible on the edges of the bluffs. Bituminous coal of good quality is met with around Council City, where the veins are several feet thick; and it is also found in other localities. Springs occur ou the surface, but good water is chiefly procured by digging from 10 to 40 ft. The cl Eastern Kan generally healthy, though the iges of temperature are often Budden and extreme. It is warm in summer, a 1 very hot, but the heat is rendered endurable by the constant breezes from the south-west The winter begins in December and lasts until March, and usually is marked by a few day- and ni of severely frosty and stormy characl '_'. Be- yond this district thei gradual deterioration ward, and beyond Council Grovi 3 indy Crock the soil presents a sandy appearance, but is covered with vines, rushes, etc. The only trees in this portion of the country i ■ in the Kansas River Valley, and are chi n-wood and willow. In short, this is a vast expanse of \\ Hess prairie, forming part of the Great PL The basis rock is sandstone. This section extends westward for about 350 miles. 3. Farther v. \ there is a narrow tract, in which the soil i part composed of marl and earthy lii There are many small tracts, called " buttes," ele- vated from 15 to : i ft. al tve the ordinary li with perpendicular sides; these have a Hat sur- ae of them are covered with mountain cherry and other shrubs. -1. Along th< the Black Hills there is a line tract ol .tile soil, with plenty ol r; the so aery is hL able, and there is an abundance of wild fruits and Qowcrs. 5. The space b tween the Black Hills and 1L '.; M ■ variety of hill and dale, mount . and is traversed by stream- of varied size. Th ■ population in March, . at B,52] (exclusive of Indians and ] »ng- ing to the Q. S. ' and 3,383 females. No. of v< ! -77; of natives, 7,101 ; of foreigners, 403 ; ofalai 184 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Only a portion of the Territory has yet been sur- veyed, but numerous settlements have been com- menced. The -whole Indian population has been estimated at about 25,000. Leavenworth is now the largest town, and its position is favorable for rapid growth. It is situ- ated on the Missouri, 2 in. below Fort Leaven- worth, and 31 m. above the mouth of the Kansas River. The M issouri flows by it with a swift and deep current, and good landing facilities are afforded by a natural levee of rock. At the close of 1855 the population was about 1,500. Lawrence, on the Kansas, about 45 m. from its mouth, is located in a delightful region. In its vicinity the lands have been taken up by claims in every direction. Its inhabitants are not sur- passed by those of any other town for enterprise and intelligence. Topeka and Pawnee are promis- ing villages. NEBRASKA. Nebraska, as now organized, embraces all the country between 40° and 49° N. lat., and between the Missouri River and Rocky Mts., or an area, as estimated, of 335,882 sq. m. The settlements are as yet confined to a small section bordering the Missouri River, just above and below the mouth of the Nebraska, or Platte, River. This Bection is very similar in respect to soil, vegeta- tion, and climate to Western Iowa, and its fertil- ity is perhaps more remarkable. Immediately adjacent to the .Missouri River, the surface is oc- casionally low and marshy, but such sections are narrow, being soon terminated by bluffs. Their soil is a deep and rich loam, and shaded by a heavy growth of trees ; the highlands are open prairie grounds, covered with grasses. The prairie through which the Nebraska River flows is adapted to profitable cultivation, the soil being easy to till, and yielding heavy crops. Where the prairie region is not suited for tillage, it mainly consists of rich pastures. This is more particu- larly the character of the country extending north and north-west of the fertile and inhabited section just mentioned, since it is one boundless expanse of rolling prairie, so largely intermingled with sand as to be unfit for agriculture, but carpeted with succulent grasses. Timber is almost entirely confined to the banks of the streams, and is said to be most abundant in the Nebraska Valley. The range of highlands, which commence from the Rocky Mts. in lat. 43° and sweep around to the Missouri River at its great bend, divides the ter- ritory into about equal portions. The north-west portion forms a great basin, drained by the Yel- low Stone and Upper Missouri and their numer- ous tributaries ; it has not been thoroughly ex- plored, because of its being occupied by tribes of Indians notoriously hostile to the whites. The Nebraska River is broad, and so shallow that it can be navigated only at high water, and even then the navigation is difficult; during the dry season it is, in part, only a series of pools. Th i interior and western parts of Southern Nebraska are said to be quite barren, almost entirely desti- tute of timber, and of little or no value except for grazing. Owing to the vast extent of prairie surface, the winds from the north and west have a wide sweep over the plains, and the changes of temperature are frequently very sudden and very great. In October, 1855, the white population was 4,505, consisting of 3,102 persons south of Ne- braska River, and 1,403 north of it; and divided thus : white males over 21 years of age, 1,517 ; THE ORG A N I Z E I> T K B B I T B I E S 186 all others, 3,048. No. ot' legal voters, 1,405 ; of slaves, 1 1 . The chief settlements arc : Omaha City, the capita!, oppo ite Council Blnflfe, and finely situ- utcd on a commanding elevation ; Bellevue, 9 m. below, containing the chief Indian agency and a missionary i rtablishment for the Omahas; Mount v .nun. at the month of the Weeping Wat and Nebraska City, which is 8 ni. below Mt. V., on the site of Old Fort Kearney, ami a place of growing importance Fort Laramie and Fort Kearney, are important military posts of the United States on the route to the pass of the Rocky Mts. W A S II 1 XGTON. Washington Territory extends from the Rocky Mts. to the Pacific < tcean, between the 49th paral- lel of latitude on the north, and the 46th parallel and the Columbia Biver on the south. Its area is computed at 12.'!, 022 sq. m. The Cascade Mts. cross the Territory in continuation of the range in I Iregon, etc., at a distance of from 70 to 110 m. from the Pacific, its highest peaks in this divi- sion arc St. Helens, Rainier, and Baker, which are crowned with perpetual snow. The elevation of the first has been estimated at 1:5,300 ft. ; that of the second, 12,000. Mt. Olympus is the chief summit of the somewhat isolated mountain.-' south of the Strait of Juan dc Fuea, and is 8,197 ft. high. The .-trait just mentioned conn* Pacific Ocean with Admiralty Inlet, I*u_ Sound, and Hood's Canal ; these arc arms of a great bay, extending about GO or 70 m. S. from the Gulf of Georgia, and all na for the largest Bhips, which may a!s.> approach close to the shores. The Columbia I liver is obstructed at its mouth by sand-bars, above which it is navi- gable for lai I- to the I Ml about 130 m. At this point the river's chano narrowed to L50 yd-., and the water is 40 ft. in the course of two mil'-. Aim'. rapids the river i- navigable by boats, for 40 in- to the Dalles, where it- channel is narrowed to 100 yds., between basaltic rocks for the distance of half a mile, through which the river rushes with great violence, d 50 ft. within two miles. The ether parts of this riv.-r. as well afi the other rivers in Washington, are only navigable by boats and canoes, being much obstructed by rapids and falls. Since nearly all the rivers of Washington have their sources inelev; covered in part with snow, they are liable at cer- tain seasons to sudden floods, which inundate the lowlands on their shores. At the Dalles the Co- lumbia River sometimes rises CO ft. during freshets. As yet the settlements are confined u< the portion between the Pacific Ocean and I cade Mts. This portion, (according to Gov. E ) although equaling the best part of On in richness of soil and ease of transportation, is heavily timbered, and time and labor are required for clearing its forests and opening the earth to the production of its fruits. The great body of the country, ont 1 e other hand, stretching eastward from the Cascade Mts. to the Rocky Mts., while it contains many fertile valleys and much good land suited to the farmer, is yet more especially azing country, which pro is its popu- lation inc to open a new and vast field to American enterprise, in its cattle, in its hors and, above all, iii its wool. But in the meanti the staple of the laud must continue to be the one which nature herself has planted, in the in haustible forests of fir, of spruce, and of cc 186 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA In furnishing lumber, spars for vessels, etc., Wash- ington is unsurpassed by any portion of the Pa- cific coast. The timber is of enormous size, generally, and that species of gigantic fir, which is also found in Oregon and California, frequently attains a height of 300 ft., and is from 8 to 12 ft. in diameter. It is evident that there is sufficient of fertile land in the coast section to sustain a dense population. The soil is remarkably favor- able to the culture of potatoes, turnips, onions, and other vegetables, which grow to a much larger size than in the Atlantic States. /Wheat and oats are the principal grain crops that have so far been cultivated. The pasturage generally is excellent, but the stock cattle are not yet numerous. The climate is very healthy, warm, and mild. The winter is a rainy season, but there is seldom much rain, and but very little snow. The white population in 1850 amounted to 1,201 ; in the fall of 1853 to 5,200. The settlers are chiefly located between Columbia River and the head of Puget's Sound, along the shores of the Sound and in the valleys of the rivers. Olympia, the capital and oldest town, is built on an inlet of the Sound, at its south end, or head. The princi- pal settlements on the east side of the Sound, are, Steilacoom. Seattle, and Alki. Port Townsend is at the junction of the Sound with the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Whidby's bland, situated east of Vancouver's Island, is near 50 m. long, and from 3 to 1 wide. It is being settled rapidly, and Penn's Cove near its centre is a thriving village. On the Columbia River are the settlements of Pacific City, Cathlamet, Monticello, Port Van- couver, and Cascade City. The increase of the Territory in population has been somewhat retarded of late by the disturbances with the Indians. OREGON Extends south from "Washington Territory to tho 42d parallel of latitude, comprising an area of 185,0o0 sq. m. It is usually described as consist- ing of three portions, viz : the Lower Country, or portion between the ocean and the Cascade Mts. ; the Middle Country, or that part between the Cascade Mts. and Blue Mts.; and the Upper Country, or the portion between the Blue Mts. and Rocky M ts. The last is- traversed, E. and W., by the Salmon River Mts., is drained by Snako River or Lewis Fork of tho Columbia, and is de- scribed as being a sterile and dreary region. Tho Middle Country is mostly an elevated plateau, in which timber is scarce, and consists mainly of soft wood ; it is not generally cultivable, but contains many tracts of excellent pasturage. The Lower Country as yet contains nearly all of the settle- ments, and these are chiefly in the Willamette Valley. The surface of the latter is somewhat diversified and its soil is remarkably fertile. Po- tatoes and other vegetables are raised in immense quantities with little attention, the yield being 500 bush, and upwards to the acre. Wheat is the principal grain crop, and oats grow very well. Corn cannot be grown in sufficient quantities to make its cultivation any object, since the summers are too cool for the ordinary varieties, and there are frequently droughts in the latter part of the summer. The interior and southern parts of the Territory are adapted to the perfect development of fruits, especially peaches, apples, pears, and grapes. Cattle- are l'aiscd with little more care than to keep them from straying, and they keep fat during the whole year upon grass. The grass (of which there are several varieties, but all very nutritious and durable) grows all winter, spring 4 T 11 K R G A N J Z B I) T E RBIT0RIE8. 187 and in summer until August, when the dews fail, and the ground becomes dry ; then it dries up, and is cut for hay, at which time it is as valuable as at any other period, because no decomposition takes place, as is common els iwhere, by dews and rain. As soon as the rains in the fall come, it begins to revive and to throw out the fringes of the blades. The m »sl prominent feature in the appearance of the country is the magnificent - sry of the forests of tall pines, majestic oaks, and the unrivalled redwood. The species of fir called Lambert's pine sometimes attains a heighl of 300 ft. and circumference of 40 ft. ; this is the great timber of the country, and is extensively ex- ported. White cedar, the most valuable wood, is abundant round Port Orford, but scarce in other ions. The climate is much milder than in the same latitude on the Atlantic coast. The win are somewhat irregular, though seldom rigorous. The number of white inhabitants in 1850 was 12,093; and in 1853, 26,124 Portland, 15 m. from the mouth of the Willa- mett ■. i- the chief town and commercial point of the Territory, as nearly all of the wholesale busi- ness is there transacted. It is practically at the head of navigation for sailing vessels. It is on a level plateau, some 00 ft. above the river ; has ral church s, 2 academies, 3 n iwspapers, and ovi r 3,000 inhabitants, (in 1850, 821). Oregon City is at the Palls of the Willamel L2 in. above or south of Portland. Milwaukie is situated midway b a Oregon City and Port- land, and manufactures < .ble lumber. Other chief town on the Willamette are Salem, 50 m. ab Ubany, 75 m. ; and Cor- vallis, which was selected as the capital in 1 1 id in. Astoria, on the Columbia. 5j m. from its mouth, is now of little importance. UT A II ..\ns from tb u boundary of Califoi between the parallels of 37 and 42 N. lat., to the Rocky Bits. I' - area b i at 269,170 Bq. m. This extensi rally an elevated and barren table-land, traversed by sral ranges of mountains and highlands. The principal range appears to be that of the Wah- satch Mts., which extends ac intry, in nearly N. and S. direction, on the ■• of River, and eastward of Great Salt Lake; rest usually varies in elevation from 1,000 to 7,000 ft. above the neighboring valleys, but the highest summits arc from 8.000 to 11,000 ft. hi and their tops are covered with p rpetual snow. be country into unequal parts : 1. The eastern and smaller division, or the region between the Wahsatch and Rocky Mts., is exceed- ingly sterile, and scarcely any portion of it is habitable, excepting perhaps the Uintah and some other river valleys. This division isdrai d by Green and Grand Rivers an 1 tb ir tributa .i River is the larg r of the two, and has its sources in the north-v ner of th< '1 Grand River rise in the Rocky Bits., and' the iter part of its course is remarkably parallel to that of the formi r. Th rs unite i\i N • Mexico, in lat. 36 c . and form the principal brunch of the Colorado. 2. T I rn and larger division is called thi G B -'n : this has an extent of about 500 m. from E. to W.. by .".."0 in. from N. to S., and a general elevation of from •1,000 to 5.000 ft. ab- vel. ftsbounda on all sides i d by mountains. Near its centre there is a small system of mountains, called the Humboldt River Mts., which extend N. and - having an elevation of from 2,000 to 5,000 ft. 188 UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. above the surrounding country ; and the principal range is flanked by several parallel ranges. The basin is remarkable for its many peculiarities. Its rivers originate and terminate within its own limits ; all of them either discharge themselves into the interior lakes, or are absorbed by the sands of the desert. The Humboldt is the largest river ; this rises in the Humboldt Mts., and flows S. W. about 300 miles into Humboldt's Lake. One of the overland routes to California is along this river, the banks of which afford but little pasturage. The Nicollet River rises in the S. E. part of the basin, flows N. and W. for about the same distance as the Humboldt, and empties itself into Nicollet Lake. In the N. E. part of the basin, Bear River enters the Territory from Ore- gon, and is the principal tributary of Great Salt Lake. This lake is probably the most remarkable object of interest in Utah. It is about 70 m. long by 30 to 35 broad, and has no visible outlet. The water is so highly saline that no living thing can continue to exist in it, and, by the evaporation. in hot weather, leaves on its shores a thick deposit of common salt. It is in part fed by the water of Utah Lake, which is a body of fresh water, about 35 m. long, situated about 25 m. S. of the former. It contains abundance of fish of various species, and empties into the great lake by the Jordan River. Most of the other lakes have do outlet but by evaporation, which sometimes re- duces them to mere marshes. Some of the small lakes arc onlv sinks or sloughs. Near the Sierra Nevada Mts. are several lakes, which receive the waters of the eastern slope of those mountains ; the largest are Pyramid, Mud. Carson's, Walker's and Bigler's Lakes. The first is distinguished for containing a pyramidal mountain, rising from its waters some GOO ft. above the surface, and by being in part surrounded by precipitous banks, which in some places are about 3,000 ft. high. Only a very small proportion of the surface of Utah can ever be made available in producing food for man or beast. The few fertile and inhab- itable tracts occur along the bases of the mount- ains and in the adjoining valleys, watered by the mountain streams. The hardy grains and plants of the Atlantic States are raised with success, but other plants are liable to pe blighted by early and late frosts. The variation between the temperature of day and night, in midsummer, at Great Salt Lake City, is from 20° to 40° F. The population in 1850 was 11,380 ; in 1853, it had increased to 18,206. The settlements are near the western base of the Wahsatch Mts., in the valleys extending north and south. The popu- lation is almost entirely composed of Mormons, who first settled here in 1847, after their expul- sion from Illinois and Missouri. About half of the whole is contained in Great Salt Lake City. This and the other towns, which are generally small, are mostly built of adobes, or unburut bricks. The Indians are not numerous, and are in a miserable condition. NEW MEXICO. New Mexico has a much more irregular outline than the other Territories. It is bounded N. by Kansas and Utah; W. by California; S. by Mexico and Texas ; and the eastern boundary is formed by the meridian of 103° W. long., sepa- rating it from Texas, etc. It formed a Mexican province or department, until Feb., 1848, or the close of the war of the United States with Mex- ico ; and in Sept., 1850, it was constituted, with a portion of Upper California and Texas, a Ter- THE ORGANIZE D T E It R I TORI B S 189 ritory of the United States, under its present title. In 1854 its area was increased by tl dition of a tract of Northern Mexico, 27.f>00 sq. m., purchased l>y the United States, making its present area, 234,507 8q. m. The country ''in- sists for the most part of a high table-land, cro by the various ranges of mountain; which com- pose part of the Rocky Mtn. system, and by sev- eral detached ranges. The western part of the Territory has a general character somewhat re- sembling that of the Great Basin of Utah, espe- cially in its hopeless sterility. The best portion of New .Mexico consists of the Valley of the Rio Grande, including its tributaries, which are numer- ous among the different ranges of the Rocky Mts. This region is very productive when subjected to culture and irrigation. The latter treatment is frequently indispensable, owing to the dryness of the summer. Under favorable circumstances, fine crops of wheat and corn are raised, besides beans and vegetables. Cultivated fruits are grown with success, but not extensively. Although the high lands are not useful for agricultural purposes, yet these are valuable for pasturage, and their grass cures itself in the dry season, retaining its nutri- tious qualities. On this, cattle, sheep, horses, and mules feed all the winter, and keep themselves in good condition. The Rio Grande is a very long stream, but is very shallow, and cannot be navi- gated within New Mexico, except by very light canoes. The principal western rivers have long courses, but they are of very little importance for navigat ion. The Gila rises near the bed of the Rio Grande, and, receiving several large tributaries, runs almost directly west to its mouth in the Colo- rado, near the head of the Gulf of California. The Colorado is formed by Green and Grand Rivers, which unite in about 30° N. hit., and, flowing S. W. for about 150 miles, receives the Rio Virgcn, turns south, and forms the west boundary, from 35 X. hit. to 20 mil . the mouth of the <;i!a. The mountainous ridge on north side of the Bio Gila, is irregular and broken, bul contains some 1 .at ions, and much of th" along this river is highly picturesque. '1 he mineral resources of New Mex- ico arc believed, on imperfect data, to be v. ry great. Silver and gold are found in various locali- ties, besides considerable copper, and great depos- its of iron or . According to the census of 1850, New Mexico then contained 61,523 white, and 22 free colored persons. This number is said to have embraced about 10,0. half-breed races, (from the mixture of whites and Indians.) who had been brought under civilization. This would leave about 51.000 of Spanish-Ameri ;an origin. Of the whole num- ber, 58,415 were born in the Territory. The Indian population in 1853, according to the i mates of the Indian Bureau at Washington, was about -15,000. Exclusive of the latter, the num- ber of inhabitants in the principal settlements in 1850 was as follows : In Santa Fe, 4,S-4G ; La Cuesta, 2,196; S , Miguel, 2,008; Las V 1,550; Zuni, 1,292. Santa Fe, the capital, is situated about 25 m. E. of the Rio Grande, on one of its tributaries. It stands upon a plateau. a short distance south-east of the base of a snow-capped mountain, which rises 5.000 ft. above the town. It has for many years been noted as the head-quarters of the overland trade with St. Louis. The houses are usually built of dark- colored adobe-, or unburnt brick, in the form of a square, with a court in the centre; there is generally but one entrance, which is sufficiently Bpacious to admit animals with their packs. 190 UNITED STATES OF MEXICO. UNITED STATES OF MEXICO Mexico is bounded on the N. by the United States and the Gulf of Mexico; on the E. by the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea; S.F. by Guatemala; and S., S.W., and W. by the Pacific Ocean. Length of sea-coast.. 6.248 m. Irregular in form, the greatest length (from the point of junction with the United States on the Pacific coast to Cape Catoche, in the Caribbean Sea,) is about 1,925 m., and the greatest breadth is about 1,500 m. Average length, about 1,100 m. ; ave- rage breadth, about GOO m. Area in 1850, 10G,0G7£ Mex. sq. leagues. Mexico is traversed by the great North American Cordillera, whi( h is a continuation of the Andes" of South America. From the Isthmus of Panama, it extends W. to the shores of the Pacific, sending off in Guatemala a branch to the N. E. through the Peninsula of Yucatan. On entering Yucatan, the chain takes a N.W. direction, and widens to such an extent that the State of Oajaca may properly be said to occupy the summit of a single ridge, 150 m. wide, falling rapidly on one side to the shores of the Pacific Ocean, and on the other to Tabasco and Vera Cruz. To this succeeds the great Mexican table-land, beginning with the elevated plains (llanos) of Puebla, Mexico, Querctaro, Mieho- acan, and San Luis Potosi, which have an absolute height of from G.000 to 8,500 ft. The most nota- ble of these are the plains of Apam, which lie east of the capital and the plains of Cazadcro, between Mexico and the City of Querctaro. From this last-named city, the chain takes a northerly direction through the State of Guanajuato, where it divides itself into three branches, of which the middle one extends through the State of San Luis Potosi in N.W. and N. course, until it joins the Rocky Mts. The E. branch also crosses through the same State, and descends gradually towards the Rio Grande. The west branch, commonly known by the name of the Comanca Range, spreads over the State of Jalisco, and passes through the States of Sinaloa and Sonora. The highest mountains are the following: Popocate- petl, 17,735 ft.; Pico de Orizava, 17,338 ; Yxtae- cihuatl, 15,700; Ajusco, 14,390; and several others of from 11,000 to 13,000 ft, A majority of these are volcanoes, but extinct, no eruption having taken place since that of Popocatepetl in 1786. As a general thing, the table-lands are remarkably level, but the descent from them to the coast is rugged and abrupt, Mexico possesses no navigable rivers leading into the interior. The largest river is the Rio Grande, which forms a part of the N. boundary between Mexico and the United States. It is 1,800 m. long, and only navigable for small vessels several hundred miles. The Tampico or Panuco River is but about 200 m, long, and is navigable only during the rainy sea- son, about 50 m.: during the dry season it can be forded with little difficulty. The Zacatula is navi- gable for some distance from its mouth. The Mescala River, which has its source in the mount- ains of Puebla, empties into the Zacatula, and is noted for its cataracts and water-falls : gold is found in abundance in the bed of this river. The Rio Grande de Santiago is extremely winding in its course : its length is about 655 miles, but during the dry season it is fordable 24 miles from its month. The Gila is 3 m. wide at its junction with the Colorado, and is navigable for large ves- J '"I U N I T B D S T A T E 8 P M E X I 191 scls. There arc numerous other stream?!, bat they are of little commercial import 1 might more properly be Btyled torrents than rivers. 'I he lakes ami lagoons are very abundant, but compar- atively d tant. The largest is Lake Chap- ula, which covers an area of about 1,500 sq. m. There are two others, situated oast of the City of Mexico, and known by the names of Lagnna de Tezcoco and the Lagnna de Chalco : this last has latch b i navigated by steamboats on pleasure excursions. The coast from Cape Catochc to Texas contains no good harbor or scarcely any sheltered an . Lake Terminns, 45 m. long and 30 m. wide, is connected with the sea by two separate channels, the de pe t of which i> but 12 ft. Tli;' Lagunas of Santa Anna, Madero, Tamiahua and Tampico are inaccessible, owing to the shoals and narrow passages leading to them. Northward of Tampico rims a long succession of sandbanks, ' j the shore, by which eventu- ally lagoons will be formed. The Pacific coast contains e veral capacious and excellent harbors, the principal of which is that of Aeapulco. There are several others along the coast towards the WW., the principal of which are Mazatlan, Han BIaz, and Guamas, but they are all inferior to Aeapulco, b ': in size aud security. Mexico has great diversities of climate, owing principally to the great irregularity in the conformation of its surface. The mean temperature of the c between the L5th and 20th parallels, is 76° Fahr., while the elevated plains, within the same limits, have only 64°. The climate on the coast is ex- tremely hot and noxious, while that on the plains of the interior is temperate and perfectly healthy. As resp late, the country is justly divided into Tierras Calientes (hot lands), the elevation of which seldom exceeds 900 ft.; the Tierras Tcm- pladas (temperate), from 1,000 to 5,000 ft., and Tierras Prias (cold), above 7,000 ft. The first embraces the low and adjacent lands, espe- cially tl on ili- Gulf; the second, the slopes of the mountains, and the third — which is the "T at t — the summit of the plateau and all other districts higher than 5,000 ft. above jea-li The history of Mexico, since its existence as an independent nation, is only a continuous record of hitions and counter-revolutions. The number of persons who have exercised the executive authority since its independence has exceeded in number the years of its nationality. a\ about ten months for the duration of each admin- istration. In 1821. Mexico, by a successful struggle for its 5 adence, separated from Spain, and became a Republic, the first 1\ being General Don Guadalupe Victoria. The number of Federal States was then 29, with five Territories. The Government established at that time was similar to that of the United States, d:P ring from it only in two or three important points, the principal of which was the establishing of the Catholic Church, prohibiting the free exercise of any other religion. In 1835 the Gov- ernment was changed by General Santa Anna to a Central Republic, which turned several States l ! his administration, and ultimately brought about an open rebellion in Texas and Yucatan. The first declared its independence, and, after a le, was annexed to the United States, together with Upper California and New Mexico, by the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo in 1848, at the close of the war of the United States with Mexico. Although the country is still in an unsettled state (1856), the form of a Federal Government is still maintained, and President 192 U XITED S T A 'J' E S OF MEXICO • ' mionfort's administration bids fair to secure the prosperity and peace of the country. The population has not been recently ascer- tained by a regular census, as the last that was taken is dated as far back as the days of the famous Viceroy Revillagigedo, but in 1850 the Mexican Government prepared, from the most authentic and accessible sources, the account of the population, as given in the following table : yamc< of Area in Jle.vican Population States, etc- sq. leagues. in 1850. Chiapas 2,385-00 144,070 Chihuahua 12,860-50 147,600 Coahnila 7,947-00 75,340 Durango 6,184-50 162,618 Guanajuato 1,556-00 713,583 Guerrero 3,650-00 270,000 Jalisco 6,288-55 774,461 Mexico 1,987-50 973,697 Michoacan 3,279-35 491,679 Nuevo Leon 2,203-25 133,361 Oajaca 4,150-00 525,101 Puebla 1,756-15 580,000 Queretaro 304-90 184,161 San I.. Potosi. . . . 3,997-40 368,1 20 Sinaloa 4,260-00 160,000 Sonora 16,427-50 139,374 Tabasco 2,111-35 63,580 Tamaulipas 3,806-85 100,064 Vera Cruz 3,199-50 264,725 Yucatan 5,740-95 680,948 Zacatecas 3,998-65 356,024 Federal District. . 12-57 200,000 Colima Territory.. 414-25 61,243 Tlascala " 228-50 80,171 California " 7,311-25 12,000 Tota 1 106,007-50 7,66.1-919 The above population includes all colors and castes— Spanish, Indian, and negro. It is estima- ted that about 1,000,000 arc white, 4,000,000 In- dians, 6,000 negroes, and 2,555,919 persons of the mixed races. The latter classes comprise the mes- tizoes (the progeny of a white father and an Indian mother), the mulattocs (from a union of the white and the negro races), zamboes (from the mixture of the Indian and negro races) ; besides pintoes, quadroons, quinteroons, etc. The statements of the area of the States and their population, is translated from El Universal (Government newspaper) of March 9th, 1853. The purchase of the Mesilla Valley by the United States, in 1854, comprised 27,500 sq. m. from the States of Sonora and Chihuahua. In February, 1856, the new State of Iturbide, on the Gulf, beyond Tampico, was organized ; and some time previously the departments of Aguasca- lientes, and of the Island of Carmen, were formed. In Sept., 1855, the State of Tamaulipas resumed its former name, Tampico, which had been changed to Santa Anna. In March, 1856, by a political movement of Gen. Don Santiago Vidaurri, who was then Governor of the State of Nuevo Leon, the State of Coahuila was united with that of Nuevo Leon. The best cultivated parts of Mexico are those situated near the richest mines in the plains. Maize is the most important article of food, and is cultivated in all parts of the country, but most extensively in the States of Mexico, Puebla, Queretaro, San Luis Potosi, Oajaca, and the neighborhood of Aguascalientes, in Zacatecas. Wheat and barley are cultivate.! most successfully at an elevation of 7,000 ft. There is another important article produced in Mexico, which is original to that country and unknown in any other U N I T E D S T A 1 E 8 P .M EX I C 193 part of tlie globe; it is the maguey (Agave Americana), from the Bap of which is manufac- tured that healthy beverage called by the Span- iards pulgue, and by the [ndians octli. From the leaves of this plant is also manufactured thread, twine, cordage, hemp, and paper. Chile is another production of importance in Mexico, and I tracts ef land are used in its cultivation. Grapes grow in abundance in several sections of the coun- try, especially alo Pacific coast and in the F Parras near Saltillo ; bul the manufacture nf wine is but poorly attended to : consequently this branch of industry is still only in its infancy. Sugar is produced in large quantities in Mexico, greal portion of the country is adapted to the growth of the sugar-cane; and. from the genial character of the soil, a plantation in any part of Mexico product a double that of any plantation in South America or Cuba. The consumption of y the M ixicans is comparatively small. and the exportation far from being great, but within the last few years it has rapidly increased. Tobacco, cocoa, vanilla, and cotton are also sue- fully cultivated. The latter was extensively raised in different parts of Mexico before the conquest, and lately several large estate's have aed ii • culture, and it is expected soon to become an important product. The cochineal t, so valuable for its dye, is also peculiar to ico. For its manufactures Mexico is not distin- ii d . in fact, there are but few brandies that are carried on to a sufficient extent to supply the actual demands of the people, and these only pro- duce articles that are cheaply and readily made, such as earthenware, glass, paper, etc. In 1850 there were in Mexico 4 glass factories, 8 paper- mills. 72 cotton factories, 6 large woolen factories, 13 and upwards of 70 machines worked by hand in the manufacture of silk. In 1-17. th value of manufactured goods was $66,441,869 ; in the; I it was estimated a1 from $90,000,000 $100,000,000. The mineral productions of Mexico are numer- ous. Granite forms tl mountains of Oajaca. I and sienite extend down from the central ridge to the sea on both sides. Gold is found in all these rocks. ( >n the borders of the Guatemala the prevalent rocks are porphyry, clay-slat ■. and lim stone. In Puebla enormous masses of calcareous tuff o the primitive rocks. The table-land rests upon a mass of porphyry, and this is also rich in the precious metals. Iron is found in great abund; in the States of Jalisco, Michoacan, and Zaca- tecas: and copper in Michoacan, Guanajuato, and Guerrero. Old sand-tune, lime-tune, clay-elate, sienite, serpentine, amygdaloid, dolerite ami l>a-al- tic lavas accompany the predominating rocks. Gold, similar to that found in California, has b recently discovered in several parts of Guerr in the vicinity of the Mescala and Papagallo Rivers. The abundance and richness of the silver mines of Sonora surpass those of any other por- tion of Mexico in the richness and abundance - f the ore. The chief mining districts of Mexico, in the order of their importance, are: Guanajuato, San Luis Potosi. Zacateeas. DurangO, Chihua- hua. Cartorce, Sombrerete, (in the State of Zaca- teeas), Tasco, (Guerrero), Oajaca, Real del Monte, (Mexico), and Bostotipaquillo, (.Tali-' According to a document published in Mexico, entitled " Foreign Commerce of Mexico since the Conquest," the entire worth of gold and silver stamped by the different mint- from 1521 to 1852, together with the manufactures from the precious 194 UNITED STATES OP MEXICO metals, amounted to $3,562,205,000, viz. : 1. Coined i:i the City of Mexico, silver, $2,248,165,- 000 ; go 1 !, $111,806,000: aggregate $2,359,971.- 000. 2. Coined iu other Mexican cities and towns, silver. $359,621,000: gold, $15,113,000; aggre- gate. $374,734,000. 3. Total gold and silver manufactures, $827,500,000. Grand total, $3,- 562,205,000. The whole of this sum, with the exception of about $100,000,000, is believed to have been exported. In 1690, the amount of sil- ver coined in the city of Mexico was $5,286,000 ; in the following year, $6,214,000. From 1691 till 1700, it decreased until it amounted to only $3,379,000. From that year it steadily increased, until 1809, when it reached $24,708,000, its highest point. In 1837, only $T)16,000 were coined ; in '38, $1,089,000 ; in '52, $2,770,000. In 1844 there were 25 quicksilver mines in Mexico. Eich mines were discovered in 1850 in the State of Sonora, near Pitie ; but the annual product of all that are worked is insufficient for the mining operations of the country. The internal improvements are few and com- paratively unimportant. The construction of a railroad from the City of Mexico to the port of Vera Cruz, has for some time been proposed, and even commenced, but the rails have only been laid to the town of San Juan, a distance of 18 m. The total distance from Mexico to Vera Cruz is about 300 m., and the estimated cost of the railroad $12,000,000. After considerable difficulty, the electric tele- graph has been completed from Vera Cruz to the City of Mexico, from which it branches off to Queretaro and Guanajuato on the north, Iolueaon the west, and Quernavaca on the south, making a total distance of about 700 miles. Of the foreign commerce, about one-half is carried on with the United States ; but the amount varies in different years. The exports of the United States during the fiscal year 1854-5 to Mexico were valued at $2,922,804, and the im- ports of the United States from Mexico were valued at $2,882,830. The foreign trade is prin- cipally confined to the importation of linens, wool- ens, silks, brandies, wines, oil, wax, iron-ware, and salt fish. The latter commodity is furnished mainly by the United States. All the finer articles, such as linen, silk, etc., come from Europe. More than half of the linen manufactures come from Ger- many, and the remainder from Ireland, France and America. The best qualities of silks are from France and Germany, and amount to about $1,500,000, three-fourths of which are from France. A new general tariff, of liberal charac- ter, was made by Prest. Comonfort, Jan. 31, 1856, and 10 new ports opened. The benefits of com- merce are chiefly enjoyed by the wealthier classes. The chief cities are : Mexico, with a population of 190,000 ; Puebla, 71,000 ; Guadalajara, 63,000 ; Guanajuato, 48,000 ; Merida, 40,000 ; Queretaro, 39,000 ; San Luis Potosi, 36,000 ; Colima, 31,000; Zacatecas, 25,000 ; Oajaca, 25,000 ; Durango, 22,000* Jalapa, 20,000; Saltillo, 19,000; Mo- relia, 18,000 ; Monterey, 13,000 ; Villa del Fuerte, 12,000 ; Chihuahua, 12,000 ; Toluca, 12,000 ; Vera Cruz, 8,228 ; Ures, 7,000 ; Ciudad Eeal, 6,500 ; Victoria, 5,500 ; Tixtla, 4,500 ; Tlascala, 3,463 ; S. J. Bautista, 3,400. The City of Mexico, the capital, is situated in the Federal District, on a plain 7,400 ft. above the sea, enclosed by lofty mountains, and covered with meadows and lakes. Lat. 19° 25' 45" N. ; long. 103° 45' 53" W. It is regularly laid out, with wide streets leading to the central square, which contains an area of from 12 to 15 acres. U N 1 T J': D 8 T A T E S P M E X 1 (J O . 196 Among the most remarkable edifices, are the Ca- thcdral, the National Tula''', and the Mil College (Mineria). It also contains many beauti- ful churches and convents, the most notable of which are San Francisco. Santo Domingo and LaProfi a. The Plaza de Armas, or the public Bquare, is the largesl of any in the world; in its center 3tanda the base of tfa ■ unfinished monument proposed to be erected in honor of Glen. Santa Anna; this was abandoned, after an expenditure of aboul $300,000. Upon the site where its base now stands, formerly stood the celebrated equestrian statue of Carlo- l\'.. which is without a rival for colossal size and perfection. This greal specimen of Mexican ingenuity was removed in L852 to the public walk of Paseo Nuevo, wh< re it now stands. The Plaza de Toros, a large cir- cular enclosure for bull-fights, which is capable of accommodating from .'5.000 to 4,000 spectators, is also worthy of notice ; it stands near the mag- nificent Paseo. or Park, which lies at the western extremity of the city. This park consists of several broad avenues, shaded by stately trees, among which are numerous fountains. The manu- factures of the city are limited; they include gold and silver lace, jewelry, and silversmiths' work, woolen cloths, carpets, blankets, cotton goods, carriages, and tobacco. The trade is also very limited— the exports being confined exclusively to the product- of the mines, while the imports are chiefly manufactured goods from Europe, and silk goods and hosiery from China. The city originally bore the name of Tenochtitlan, and it is supposed to have been founded in L325. Eta site is based on several islands of Lake Tezcuco, which were united bv means of wide causeways. In the hands of the Spaniards the city was almost entirely rebuilt, and iu order to free it from fear- ful inundations, (the site being marly on a level with the surrounding lakes) an immense cut was made in the solid rock to discharge ti. I commenced in 1609, and compl in 1789 ; it is L2 m. long, 300 ft. wide, and 150 ft. deep Prom the termination of this cut the water passes through ravii.es-, etc., for a disi of about 200 mil I , which emptii - into the Gulf of Mexi The City of Puebla, the capital of the State of the same ii,;. ,\ for its numerous and richly decorated reli lifio -. for th liness of its Btreets, and for its manufactures of Is, and earthen w. Guadalajara, or Ja it is more generally known, is a place of considi n from its proximity to the ports of Mazatlan and E Blaz, with which places it carries on a lively trade. Ii contains many cotton and woolen factories, and is remarkable for osive manufacture of fine earthenware, which is carried to all parts of the country. This city has always been the cradle of rebellion against the general government, and has suffered much of late years by interna! dissensions, resulting in civil wars. Guanajuato is situated in a ravine, surrounded by high, craggy mountains, and is the first mil city in .Mexico. Its most flourishing silver mi are La Luz and San Jose, which yield on an avcr- 84,000,000 yearly. It has many beautiful building-, and it- Btreets are noted for their irreg- ularity and steepness, only two ,,(' which can be traversed by \. hides. It has no manufactures, as the inhabitants are chiefly mil Merida, the capital of Yucatan, i- a place of seme commerce, and lately .-everal cotton and other factories have been established, the most of which are owned by foreigners, principally Englishmen. 19G UNITED STATES OF MEXICO. It has several beautiful churches, the fronts and interiors of which are ornamentally carved. Qucretaro has within the last few years been noted for its factories, especially those of cotton goods and carpets, which employ more than 7,000 workmen. It is situated on a slope of a range of mountains, and is one of the most healthy cities in the country. San Luis Potosi is an extreme inland city, and hence has little or no commerce. It is sur- rounded on all sides by dense forests of oak and cypress. The Cathedral and the Palace are the only buildings worthy of notice. Colima, as a port on the Pacific, has consider- able trade, which has been greatly increased since the discovery of gold in California. It is very healthy during the winter, but in the spring and summer it is sickly. Zacatecas stands next to Guanajuato in the miuing department, but it has few manufactures. Its streets are narrow and crooked, as in most of the mining towns built on the slopes of rugged mountains. Oajaca may be justly considered the most beau- tiful city south of Mexico, and it was once noted for the richness of its silver mines. All of these have been abandoned for a number of years, yet this precious metal is obtained by the poorer classes with little labor, by the simple process of crushing the ore brought from the mountains that surround the city. Its inhabitants are principally engaged in agricultural pursuits. The City of Duraugo has also several silver and copper mines. It possesses a number of beautiful edifices, erected by the first Spanish settlers. For a long period this place has made no advancement, owing to the very frequent incursions of the savages, who have often advanced to the very outskirts of the city, keeping the inhabitants in one continual alarm. The city of Jalapa is deservedly styled the Paradise of Mexico. It is situated about 75 m. from Yera Cruz, and the beauty and fragrance of its vegetation form a theme of admiration for travelers. Its inhabitants are extremely hospi- table to foreigners, and the women are celebrated for their beauty. Saltillo, the capital of Coahuila, is memorable for being the place where the battle of Buena Yista was fought on the 22d of Feb., 1847, when the American army under Gen. Taylor defeated the Mexican forces under Gen. Santa Anna. This city contains 6 or 7 large cotton factories, tho majority of which are owned and worked by the natives. It has no beautiful edifices, but its build- dings are finely painted on the exterior. Morelia or Yalladolid is noted for the richness of its temples, many of which are ornamented with massive gold and silver. This city supplies all the central portion of Mexico with hogs, hun- dreds of thousands of which are annually taken to the city of Mexico. In 1855, 220.000 were sent from this city to different parts of the country for slaughter. Chihuahua, the capital of the State of the same name, is very regularly laid out, and for the most part well built, the streets being broad, clean, and generally well paved. In the centre is a large square, called La Plaza Mayor, on one side of which stands the Cathedral. This is a large and imposing structure of hewn stone, erected at a cost of $800,000 ; it has a lofty dome and two towers, with a facade containing the statues of the twelve Apostles. The city is surrounded by silver mines, and contains many furnaces for smelt- ing the ores. t ') sm 4:'"""''"'!?-- :?.'.V-t - ; "; -■ ■ | % '-. m -\ M 5.^ .'^"J '5 -j • 1- k! *&s 5 * 2 iTISS Til .> * \ eL I d Sg ■ ■ ■ ■ i 7 ■L':'.'-, m \ "* Or- -V s y m •^ - I STATES OF C E N T E A L A .M E E I C A. 191 ST A T ES F B X Til A L A M E R [C A Central America is the nunc of tlio region be- tween tin' Isthmu of Panama and the Isthmu- of Tehuanlepcc, but this name in more generally 1 to designate the country south <>i' Mexico, ami this use has of late greatly increased, owing in the political relations of the States within i'. Its west part is traversed by a range of mount- ains, which in fact is only a part of the great. American Chain. The elevations of this range arc generally from 3,000 to 5,000 ft.; but some parts towards the south are 9,000 ft., and the vol- cano of [rasn is 11,500 ft. The Guatemala group contains more active volcanoes within simi- lar limits than any other part of the world, except Java. That of Agua has twice destroyed the Old City of Guatemala, and occasionally pours forth torrents of boiling water and stones ; it is one of three volcanoes lying close t . pre- senting a scene of great magnificence. Earth- quakes are of frequent occurrence, and as late as 1855 the City of San Salvador was almost totally destroyed. The country is divided into two distinct parts, the distinction depending not on difference of latitude, but on difference of level. The low i i is, perhaps, half of the \ area, and. lying chiefly on the east, or gulf has a pur ily tropical climate and vegetation. The high table-lands, in climate and production, nearly approach the warm regions of the temperate zone. Generally, the climate and productions are simi- lar to those of M xico. The grains, vegetables, and fruits of Eur >w on the higher portions of the table-lands, while in the lower and warmer districts Indian i potatoes, suirat'-cane. tobacco, indi and nearly every species of tropical fruit flourish. The chief export "i Salvador and cochineal of Guate- mala. Tli ■ oth t products are mahogany, n , ous dye-wood-. I agar, toba ther with various drug I Lica is ially noted for i crop, to wl indebted for its wealth and genera] advancement. ultivation, though only introduced about the year 1830, has increased so rapidly, that from 3,000 t > 4,000 tons of this article are now port; d annually. Central America is divided into G 'act • a, viz : Guatemala. Honduras, San Salvi Nil Lragua, and Costa Eica, besides the Bfosq Territory, and the Belize belonging to O Britain. Their i _ ite area comprises about 180,000 Eng. square miles. The States were formerly, like Mexico, provinces in the pos of the Spanish Crown, and formed the V Royalty of Guatemala. Tn 1823, these pr succeeded in i independence of Spain, and formed themselves into the " 1!' public of Central America," with a President, - and Federal C ; . In the institutioi they adopted, distinctions of color were disn and the privileges of ' thrown i to all classes. The Constitution of Cni maintained until 1838, when, in i f dissei ' ' i and b tween th : an indi rnment. Attempts were subsequently made establish the confederacy. In 1849 a com- pact for this purpose was made by II nduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador. The concurrei of Guatemala and < ' was invited, but not 198 STATES OF CENTRAL AMERICA obtained. The compact went into effect January 1, 1S51, but it was subsequently given up. In a short time, owing to various events, a conservative administration was brought about in all the States, except Honduras. However, the democratic parties in the other States continued to strive for the ascendancy, and in 1855 that of Nicaragua triumphed. The population is estimated, by the most reliable authorities, to be about 2,000,000 or 2,100,000, of which fully one-half are Indians, about 800,000 are mixed races, 10,000 are negroes, and 100,000 are whites. In each country the best inhabited portions are towards the Pacific side. San Sal- vador is the most densely populated State. The mixed races, mestizoes, are said to be fairer in complexion than the same classes in other parts of America. The Indians (except in Guatemala) generally speak the Spanish tongue, or corrupted form of it, and are ill part blended with the rest of the people. Ignorance and superstition pervade nearly all clas.es. and the whites are not much advanced in civilization. GUATEMALA Is the largest of the Central American States, and its area comprises about 43,380 sq. m. It is situated immediately between Mexico on the N. W. and Honduras and San Salvador on the S. E. It lias also a greater total population than the other State-, containing about 1,000,000 in- habitants. The Indians preserve to a great degree their aboriginal customs and language. The chief outlets for the foreign trade arc the ports of Iztapa, on the Pacific coast, and St. Thomas, on the Atlantic side, near the head of the Gulf of Honduras. This gulf is connected by the River Dulce with the Gulf of Dulce, a fine and navigable inlet. The capital is the City of New Guatemala, situated on a high plain, 4,370 ft. above the sea, and at a distance of 45 miles from the Pacific coast. It is a well-built place, with 40,000 in- habitants. Old Guatemala, which lies in a beau- tiful valley, 21 m. S. W. of the new capital, was abandoned as the capital, owing to the numerous earthquakes and volcanic eruptions by which it had suffered, but still has a population of about 10,000. To the south of it is the volcano d'Agua, 13,758 ft. high, which has derived its name from the water which it emits during periods of eruption. HONDURAS Comprises the country oetweeu Guatemala a nd Nicaragua, excepting the small territory occupied by San Salvador. Its northern sea-coast is very extensive, but on the Pacific side it has only the advantages of the Bay of Couchagua, or Fonseca. Its area is estimated at 39,G00 sq. m. Its surface is irregular, being traversed by numerous mount- ain ranges in all directions, but generally of moderate elevations. The intervening valleys are generally fertile. Honduras is naturally the prin- cipal mining district of Central America, but the product from the mines is now much less than formerly, and is in fact of trifling amount. The country abounds in stock cattle, of fine breed, and is adapted to them. The population is about 350,000. The principal ports are Truxillo and Omoa, both on the Caribbean Sea, and the latter is an extremely hot place. Comayagua, the capi- tal, (formerly called Valladolid,) contains about 12,000 inhabitants. Its chief edifices are the Cathedral, College, and a richly-endowed Hospital. STATES OF C K N T R A L A M E B I C A . lj'j SAN SALVADOR Is the least in size of the Central American States, but is (he most densely inhabited. Its itoryha a rerj regular outline, stretching for 1 ."id mil I with a quite aniform breadth of 50 miles. Entire ana 9,594 -i. in. The stremely fertile, and the whole ace is more gen< rally cultivated than the other parts ui" Central America. The most important crop is indigo, which is of excellent quality; but maize, sugar, i< on, etc., thrive well. The trad of coast which lies between Acajutla and Libertad is remarkable as the onlydistrict which furnishes the so-called " Balsam of Peru," of which from 15,000 to 20,000 lbs. are annually obtained. That section is inhabited by a few Indian families, who extract the balsam by making incisions in the treeswhich yield it. Another I of almosl i qual value, is the cedar, and imm □ quantities, of it are annually cul for timber. The mineral resources of this state are reported to have been exhausted. The population is estimated at 375,000. For a long time the inhabitants have been repui d to bi the most industrious in Cen- tral America, and the most advanced in civiliza- tion. The capital of the State is the I !ity of San Salvador, which was for a time the seat of govern- ment of the Federal Union. It is situated at a distance of 22 miles from the coast, and stands between w led heights, in a well-watered vale, I ' »ve the Pacific, and al :; m. S. B. "i' '.he Volcano of San Salvador. '1 ' is lire -mountain rises about 1.000 ft. above the t; land on which it stands, forming a beautiful cone- shaped summit, crowned to the highest point with thick forests. The city has, ai different periods, suffered greatly by earthquak . iy in the years If. 1854, when it was nearly Btroyed. The State has three port-, those of A jutla, (near the western limit of it- cos Libertad, and La Union, the Iast-nami 1 of v.:. nn the Gulf of Conchagua. XI CAR A <: I A Is the most widely-known of the Central Ameri- can States, on account of its containing one the chief routes between the Atlantic and I'.. ns, and on account of its political relati It extends along the Pacific, from the Gulf of Nicoya to the Gulf of Fonseca, hut on the Carib- bean Sea has only a small extent of c slud- ing the mouth of the Rio San Juan del >"■ On the north it is bounded by Honduras, en the by the undefined Mosquito Territory, i' ipal importance is derived from its position the greal o< 1 its containing two large lakes, viz : Nicaragua and Managua, Leon.) which, with the Rio San Juan, naturally afford navigable communication ai greater of the country. Lake \ >aragua is 90 m and averages 30 m. in width, and is con- nected with Lake Managua by the River Pena- . Near the shores, to a di tance of 100. i lie beach, it has generally a depth of about hom : in other parts the soundings vary be- u 5 and 15 fathom-. It contain; numerous some of them of Paci is bordi red. a: the di Illile:' from ti. . le ;. r,i.;^.e of hi'.is. wl attain no great height until they approa h the i onfines of Costa Rica, u ' to a vat ion of from .'.000 to 11,000 ft. Beta and the lakes, the land is mi but along the border- of Honduras and ! 200 STATES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. vador, lofty ridges again occur, extending in vari- ous directions. There are several volcanoes, aud all towards the sea. standing alone, or but slightly connected with the main ridge ; but none of them are of any great elevation, the highest probably not much exceeding 5,000 ft. The streams are numerous, but none are of much importance, ex- cept the San Juan. The greater portion of the surface consists of plains and slopes, which have a rich loamy soil of dark color. The staple arti- cles of food are raised with little attention, and agriculture is in a low condition. Fruits of vari- ous kinds are very plentiful. One of the princi- pal sources of wealth consists in the cattle and live stock, which are generally numerous, and particularly so in the districts on the east side of the lake?, where there is extensive and excellent ; arage. The mineral resources of the couutry not definitely known. On the coasts the cli- mate is hot aud humid, but in the interior it is more agreeable and healthy. The population is about 200,000, who are chiefly located along the Pacific coast, and in the country adjacent to the lake-. Nicaragua contains two principal cities — Leon, not far from the Pacific port of Realejo, aud Granada, on the N. W. shore of Lake Nic- aragua. Both have become noted as centres of political struggles, which have resulted in severe and lasting injury to their prosperity. Leon was for a long time the capital, distinguished for its nl magnificent public edifices ; its trade and manufactures are now limited, and its .lation does tiol exceed 20,000. Granada, the present seat of government, is more advantage- ously situated for trade; but, although it is one of the oldest cities in Central America, its popu- lation is not now more than 10,000. COSTA. RICA Extends from Nicaragua to the western bound- ary of Panama, and comprises an area of 13,590 sq. m. The country is intersected diagonally by the primary range of the isthmus, which throws off numerous spurs on either side, giving to the surface an abruptly diversified aspect. In the principal range there are several volcanic mount- ains. Along the coast of the Pacific, especially around the Gulf of Nicoya, the country has a most beautiful appearance, being diversified by valleys and intersected by numerous streams. Excepting the sea-coasts, the climate is unusually mild and temperate for the latitude, and hence it is extremely favorable to agricultural pursuits. The soil is remarkably fertile, especially on the table-lands and in valleys between the mountains. Coffee is the most important product, and this was not introduced until about the year 1830 ; its cul- ture has been rapidly extended, and with the greatest success. Tobacco of excellent quality is raised, besides the usual crops of corn, sugar, cacao, etc. Mines of gold, silver, aud copper exist, but these are not worked. The name of the country, signifying " rich coast," originated from the gold mines. Costa Rica is thinly in- habited, except in one particular district, towards its northern limits, and contains but few towns. San Jose, the capital, is situated about midway between the coasts in the north part of the State. It has about 18,000 inhabitants, and has suc- ceeded to the importance and commercial activity of Cartago, the former capital. The latter town is 18 m. E. S. E. of San Jose. By an earthquake in 1841, it was almost entirely destroyed. N it is Mt. Cartago, 11,480 ft. above sea-level, from the summit of which both oceans can be seen. - m m h / -. r. _ ■' ~ - - " H > - c -{-■'■ r — ■ S~ ^r ■ ■ - . ca jfigi - - T * fa \ v ■ \ p 12 a »— V .^ .it" ¥ , I A 1 8 LA N D 8. 201 T II E W EST INDIA J S LA X OS. Tin: Wbst [ndies coDsisI of asi extensive system of islands, situated in a somewhat curved line be- tween tin' Peninsula of Florida, in North Ame- rica, and ill'' N.E. coasl "!' Venezuela, in South America. The total areaof all the islands has nol been definitely ascertained, but is reckoned at from si;,000 to 95,000 sq. m. They are naturally divided into three distinct groups. 1. The Great Antilles consist of Cuba, Eayti, (or San Domin- go,) Jamaica, and Porto Rico, which are the largest anil lust islands, and comprise about seven- eighths of the whole area of the Archipelago. All of them are mountainous, aud the highest ele- vations are about 8,000 ft. above the sea. 2. The Little Antilles c insisl of a -Ties of small but ele- vated volcanic islands, comprising all lying E.and S.E. of Porto Rico, which are subdivided into the groups of the Leeward and the Windward Islands. ie are sometimes called the Caribbe Islands.) and the group extending along the coast of Vene- zuela. These also have great diversities of sur- face. Many of the elevations throughout the Little Antilles rise to between 4,000 and f>.000 ft. Nearly all of these islands exhibit signs of vol- canic action, and several of them contain active volcanoes. En Guadeloupe and St. Vincent de- rive eruptions have occurred within the pre- century. 3. The Bahama-, (or Lucayos ! -lands.) I'unn the mosl numerous bul least v lili group, and comprise all the islands lying north of i !uba and Eayti. Ti -ally low and 1 are chiefly composed of coral roc!;-. The total population of the West Indies is about 3,500,000. The whites an- probably nol more than one-fourth of the whole, and they are chiefly in Cuba, Porto Rico, and Jamaica. Two- thirds arc !:• ;,<1 the ivii ia hid' -r miliar The native Indian race, by whom the islands were occupied prior to their discovery by Europ have been altogether exterminated, with the ex- ception of a few families in some of the smaller island-. Excepting Eayti, all the islands of the West [ndies are in the possession of Euro] nations, and the white population of each i principally of settlers from the country to which it belongs. On page 33 there is a statement of the area and population of the political divisions of the West Indies. All of the Wesl [ndies arc noted for their natural fertility and actual product] Agri- culture and the business connected with the ex- portation of produce, constitute the chief employ- ment of the people. The field work is done almost entirely by the negroes. The chief pro- ductions and exports are, sugar, fruits, rum, tobacco, coffee, molasses, etc. Wesl [ndia sugar was first cultivated in Eayti, where in 1518 the • Spaniards had 28 sugar presses in operation: this island was also for many years the principal pur- veyor of sugar for the European market. The quantity of sugar produced in Cuba., per act estimated at a little more than 2,000 Lbs what more than in • Jamaica., bul less than in Barl The export of sugar from Cuba ex- Is in value all its other exports, [ndian corn, which is the principal cereal, is everywhere rai and yields greal crop a-year. Plantations of the banana and plantain are extensive in most of the islands. 202 WEST INDIA ISLANDS. The manufactures are limited, since most of the exports to foreign countries are exchanged for manufactured goods, provisions, etc. Foreign commerce is carried on more exten- sively than from any other portion of the world of the same urea, wealth, and population. Most of tliis is with the countries of Western Europe and with the United States. Of the total exports from Cuba in 1850, nearly one-third or 32-61 per cent., was sent to the United States. 27-55 per c !:'. to England, 11-9S per cent, to Spain, 7-30 per cent, to Germany, 7-27 per cent, to France, etc. The exports of the United States to all the West Indies during the fiscal year 1854-5 amounted in value to $18,061, 9(!3, and the im- ports to S2."..976,344. The smaller islands contain no minerals in suf- ficient quantity to repay the labor of working, but Cuba and Hayti contain a variety of mines that may be worked with profit. The Spanish possessions are Cuba and Porto Rico, with their few small dependencies. Cuba is about 650 m. long, with average breadth of from 50 to 60 m., and aggregate area (including the !-' ■ of Pines, 600 sq. m., etc.) of 35,757 sq. m. A chain of mountains stretches through the in- terior of the island, and in the eastern part — where it bears the name of Sierra del Cobre (or Copper Mts.) — attains a height of about 8,000 ft. above the sea. From the base of these mount- ains the country spreads out into extensive plains and savannahs, most of which are well watered and covered with luxuriant vegetation. The rivers are few in number, and none of them are navigable except by small boats. The coast is, for the most part, thickly beset with rocks, coral reefs, and small islets, and only a third part of its extent is accessible to vessels ; but within this portion are several excellent harbors. The population of Cuba in 1853 was 1,009,060, consisting of 510,988 whites, 176,647 free colored, and 330,425 slaves. The white population was thus classified as to origin : Natives of Spain, 90,000 ; Canary Islands, 25,000 ; France, 3,000 ; England, 1,000 ; North America and other coun- tries, 3,000 ; and 389,000 natives of the island. The most important object of cultivation on the island is sugar, and next to it are garden fruits, esculents, tobacco, and coffee. Of late years the quantities of tobacco and cigars exported have varied greatly with successive seasons. The best tobacco is produced in the neighborhood of Havana, in the district of Yuclta de Abajo, which is about 84 m. long and 21 wide. Population in 1853 of the chief towns : Havana, 125,905, (exlusive of the suburbs Regla and Casa Blanca, 8,310) ; Matanzas, 26,000; Puerto Prin- cipe, 26,684 ; Santiago de Cuba, 24,253 ; Trinidad, 14,119 ; Espiritu Santo, 9,982. Havana, the capital of Cuba, and the largest city in the West Indies, is situated on the north coast of the island, upon the western side of a bay, which forms a safe and excellent harbor. The entrance to the bay is a short and narrow channel, which is defended by three strong castles. The city is further defended by fortifications, and is surrounded by walls and ditches. When viewed from the sea, it presents a picturesque appearance, with its numerous spires and back-ground of hills. Its streets are regularly laid out, but are so narrow and so closely lined with massive stone buildings that they have a heavy and gloomy appearance. Its best part is near the great square called Plaza de Armas, a beautiful enclosure, adorned with fountains, flowers, etc., around which are the T II !•: W EST I N D I A I S L A N \) 8 . 203 palaces of the govenor and high officers, and the f many ol the nobility. The public buildings are numerous, and though nol erected in the i ; yle of architecture, are generally sub- stantial, neat, and commodious. The churches are all richly ornam snted. The houses an' of stone, not very high, aud plainly built ; but, in the in- terior, they a ious and w 11 arranged, with court-yards and piazzas, to which the apartm open ; many of them are splendidly furnished, and present an appearance of wealth and comfort doI rally realized in Spanish coloni -. The upper classes are distinguished for the liveliness and gaiety of their manners. Matanzas is the most commercial town in Cuba, except Havana. It is situated 52 m. E. of Havana, on a flat on both sides of the San Juan, at the head of a spacious and well-sheltered hay. nncr.-; ply daily to Havana, and railroads ex- tend to Havana. Cardenas, and other places. Puerto Principe is a large inland city, in the eastern half of the island, situated W. S. W. of its port, Las Nuevitas, with which it is connected by a railroad, 45 m. long, and opened in 1- 10. Porto Rico is situated considerably to the ea t- ward of Cuba, the large island of llayti interven- ing betw i n them. Its length is about 90 m., its breadth 40, and its area nearly 40,000 sq. m. The interior is traversed by a broad range of mount- ains, which have an average height of 1,500 ft., though the highest summit rises to 3,678 ft. Between the hills there are watered and wooded valleys, and alluvial plains, the soil of which is very fertile. The population is 3S0,000, and about one-hall' are whites. The capital is San Juan de Porto Rico, which is also the largest chief seaport, and altogether one of the best towns iu the West Indies. Tm: British possessions in the West [ndiesrank in importance, also in ana and populati to the' Spani as. Theirag imput 1 al I 1,312 aq. m., of which Jamaica has 6,250 and Trinidad 2,020. The entire popula- tion in 1 851 . according U> lh( of that j of which Jamaica b ! :;:: Barbadoes, 135,939, and Trinidi Jamaica lies to the southward of Cuba. surfa Ktremely dh ami only a small part is level ground. The' principal n ■ of mountains extends through the centre of the 1 : in the eastern part they are called the Blue Mts.. the highest summits of whi< h are m than 7,000 ft. above sea-level. The declivities arc ed with heavy forests. The intersecting ys are generally very narrow : and the 1 extensive open tract, viz : the Plain of Ligui is a'ong the south coast. The whole island is • watered, but the rivers are small, and chiefly on the south side; and these are na only by small boats. The coasts afford numerous safe and llent harbors. About half of the BUrface may be cultivated, and though the soil is less f. than on many islands, most of the products of the West Indies are readily raised. .More than t hive-fourths of the population are negroes, and the remainder chiefly mulatto Kingston is the largest place, and carries on of the trade. It stands on a gentle slope, fronting a line harbor upon the south coast. The population i3 about 30, 000, or perhaps .■>•">. 000. Upon a tongue of land at the entrance of the harbor are the remains of Port Royal, form a splendid town, but almost entirely d by earthquaki Spanish Town, (or Santiago de la Vega,) the seat of government, is situated in a pleasant val- 204 THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS ley, 10 ra. W. of Kingston. Its population is about 5,000. Except as the official residence of the governor, and the seat of the superior courts of the island, it is not of much importance. The other towns are of small size, but several of them have considerable trade. Trinidad, the largest of the Little Antilles, is separated by the Gulf of Paria from the main- land of South America. Its formation is vol- canic, and in many places the volcanic action is still going on. Its interior is for the most part level. Near its south-west extremity is a remark- able tract, called the Pitch Lake, which is an ex- tensive plain, covered with bitumen. (This sub- stance is found in other parts, and has been largely exported of late years.) There are several mud volcanoes in the same region ; the largest, 150 ft. in diameter, has boiling mud constantly bubbling, though not overflowing. The south side of the island is remarkable for its magnificent scenery. Port-of-Spain, the capital, is on the western coast ; it is one of the handsomest towns in the West Indies, being built wholly of stone or brick, with wide streets ; in 1851 its population was 11,693. Barbadoes forms, next to Jamaica, the most valuable of the British possessions in this part of the world. It lies eastward of the general range of the Antilles, has an area of 163 sq. m., and its population in June, 1851, was 135,939. With the exception of Malta, the population is believed to be more dense than in any other part of the world. The French possessions are Guadeloupe and its dependencies, and Martinique. Population of the islands in 1851: Guadeloupe, 129,050; Marie Galante, 12,749; Les Saiutcs, 1,100 ; Dcsirade, 2,568 ; St. Martin, (French part,) 3, "773 ; Martin- ique, 121,478 ; total, 268,718. These islands are in a very prosperous condition. The chief pro- duct is sugar. Basse-Terre is the capital of the Guadeloupe colony, and has about 6,000 inhabit- ants. Fort Royal is the capital of Martinique, and has 11,300 inhabitants. The Dutch possessions and their population on Dec. 31, 1854, are thus stated : Curacoa, 16,830 ; Buen Ayre, 2,939 ; Oruba, 3,201 ; Saba, 1,709 ; St. Martin, (Dutch part,) 2,918 ; St. Eustatius, 1,856 ; total, 28,854. Danish West Indies and their population in 1851 : Santa Cruz, or Saint Croix, 25,720 ; St. Thomas, 13,666 ; St. John, 2,228 ; total, 39,614. Two- fifths of Santa Cruz are in sugar-cane plantations, sugar and rum being the chief products. The Swedish possession is confined to the island of St. Bartholomew, which has an area of 30 sq. m. and 10,000 inhabitants, two-thirds of whom are negroes, formerly slaves, but emancipated in 1847. Hayti (the island) is divided into two distinct governments — the eastern, or former Spanish por- tion, constituting the Dominican Republic, and the western, or former French portion, forming the so-called Empire of Hayti. The Dominican Republic has been recognized as an independent State by France, Denmark, and Great Britain. Its capital and chief port is San Domingo, on the south coast, at the mouth of the Ozama ; population, 10,000. The Empire of Hayti was organized in 1849. Its capital and chief seaport is Port-au-Prince, at the head of the Bay of Gonaives; pop'n., 15,000. :r.~ (iTt'CllWltlL M Troi lie of C.ijTi-ieuYn i /■/,.,•,;;„/ »"/; ' 'Mf- Oibuitureor " -a f »5l*v 'j.. ..?.V.j«o «w,S.\ST^. V. < " v^ //Jf - vvA /VV!""-;,,, ,W'4.l/ ( . 'a -7V- J:, ,„,-'■ tocef ,,, -/ I.,.. W. ^jfrom. "Wufcli .,111- i..i»,i.. -7A«o*r»/»irtSs - (La \ ■■.'-/ > ^ ^ ! > '( Vi I kl.mTI I'oi-yj.uii,* riiii',-1 ill I Flu'iio SOUTH AMERICA Scale o£ JMUcs^ " SOUTH A m i; It I C A 2o:> THE OONTIXKXT OF SOUTH AMERICA. B A '■ t i : i : 1 1 • \ . in respect to its position as one of the grand divisions of the globe, is the mo I widely » parated and insulated of all. It- general outline, like that of North America, is nearly triangular, tapering towards its southern tremity. Its extreme length, X. and S., from Point Gallinas in lat. 12 30' X. to Cane Horn in lat. 55° 58' 40" S., is about 4,800 miles. Its great< t breadth, E. and \\\, from Cape Saint Roquc in long. 35° 16' "W. to Cape Blanco in long. 81 W., is about 3,230 miles. Itsaggri area is estimated at aboul 6,958,000 square miles, three-fourths of which lie b< tween the tropics, and tli'' remainder in the south temperate zone. Its coast-lines have very few important indentations, and these are mainly in the southern part, where considerable inequalities occur on both the east and west shores. At the southern extremity there is a group of mountainous islands, forming the Archipelago of Terra del PuegO, which are pene- trated in every direction by bays and narrow inlets, ending often in glaciers formed from the summits of mountains 6,000 feet high. The west ; of Patagonia is bordered by a great number of islands, many of which are of large size; the most northern group is called the Archipelago of Chiloe, and forms the most important part of the insular province of Chile ; the main island is L25 miles long and 50 wide in its widest part. Along the coast of Venezuela there is a lengthy group of islands, which are Frequently considered as part of the "West Indian Archipelago. Excepting these groups, then- are do islands of any import- ance adjoining the main-land. The Falkland Islands, situated about 250 m. N. E. of Terra Ae\ Fuego, comprise altogether all nit 200 islands, with • • area of about 6,300 square miles ; two of the islands are of considerable e first b 85 miles long and 52 wide, with area of '■'■ ■ square miles, and the second 80 miles long and 40 wide, with area of 2,000 square miles ; but 1 . of the others are small The outlines of the structure of South America are easily stated, since the main features oi general physical aspect arc comprised in a few es, and these have quite uniform charact tics. The most prominent and influential feature is the immense chain of the And Mount ' which extends close along the entire west c There arc also ranges of mountains in Venezuela and Brazil, but their influence is only sectional, in rating the great river-basins, in directing the courses of the smaller rivers, and. in determining the character of the surface of their respective vicinities. There are three principal river-basins, Orinoco, Amazon, and La Plata, with some others of less extent. Vet the greater part of the surface of this continent consists of vast plain-. The Andes system of mountains extend- parallel with and at a short distance from the whole v. coast, having a total length of about 4.400 m if measured along its highest parts, or about 4,200 miles, if measured in direct line. It is commonly called the great Cordillera of the Andes, being considered as a continuous and homogeneous - 1 1-111. although there is considerable difference between particular sections of the system, names most frequently used lor the divisions of the system arc derived from the name- of the ( countries through which the system pis- ■-. as — 206 SOUTH AMERICA Ancles of Patagonia, Andes of Chile, etc. In the northern and central portions of the system there are two, or sometimes three, parallel branches of the range, and in many places there are shori branch chains an 1 numerous spurs. The loftiest summit of the whole Cordillera is said to be Acon- cagua, 23,944 ft., but there are many summits of Dearly equal elevation; and, with the exception of certain summits of the Himalaya Mountains, this range is the highest in the world. On the sides of some of these lofty mountains and in their ele- vated table-lands are the most elevated cities on the globe, as Fotosi, La Paz d'Ayacucho, etc. The general breadth of the system is from 200 to 250 miles : the broadest part lies between 20° and 25° S. [at., where the breadth extends to 400 miles. Most of the high summits of the Andes arc covered with perpetual snow, and, even under the equator, snow is always found at the height of. 16,000 feet above the sea. Further particulars o.'* the divisions of the Andes, and accounts of the other ranges, are given in the following pages. The volcanoes of South America all belong to the Andes, and no system of mountains contains more active volcanoes than this. These are said to be over 30 in number, and are comprised in three distinct series, viz : of Quito, of Peru and Bolivia, and of Chile and Patagonia. Several of the highest summits of the Andes are volcanoes, or of volcanic character. The country along the western base of the Chilean Andes is more subject to earthquakes than any other part of the world, and its towns have been repeatedly destroyed. The Amazon, or Maranon, is not only the chief river of South America, but it is the largest of the globe, and many of its tributaries arc also of im- mense length and volume. It has a course ,f the primary group. Over the whole Andes range porphyry abounds, while most of the great dome-shaped mountain- are formed of trachyte, and quartz rock 1. sometimes mixed with mica or and containing m re 1 iron. Its cle- i tabli -I in 1 an I in a m -.. rare by fos- siliferous limestone, which occurs from 9,000 to 14,000 ft. above th an, and by new red sand- stone, embracing ores of copper ai m. The lower table-land is covered by diluvial detrl i mbracing gold. The great metalliferous riches of South America are mainly in Peru, which is perhaps the i: remarkable region on the globe for the preei metal-:. The annual product is much less than formerly, on account of the imperfect manner in which the mines are wrought, and the disturbed state of the country. Brazil is i 1 for its gems, especially its diamonds. Chile contait great number of very valuable copper-mines, be- sides mines of many other metals. The vegetation of this continent is most distin- guished by its prodigious f i iiich cover about two-thirds of its surface, and otherwise by luxuri- ance and beauty, especially within the Torrid Zone. THE COLO M B 1 A N R E PUBLICS. In the year 1819, the Republic of Colombia was formed, under the leader-hip of Gen. Bolivar, by the union of Venezuela and New Granada; in 1821. Ecuador was added totheconfedi ration, and in L823, Panama; in 1831, the formal dissolution of the Republic was agreed upon ; and the. three separate republican governments of Venezuela, New Granada, and Ecuador, were again establish ed (with their present li. pledged by trea- ties of mutual protection, and of free commerce among themselves. For several reasons, independ- ent of their blended history and intimate relations. these countries may properly be treated of under the same general head. The project of re-organ- 203 SOUTH AMERI C A izing the former confederation has to some extent been considered in each country, and it is not im- probable that this may at some time be consum- mated. NEW GRANADA. New Granada occupies the north-west part of South America, and also includes most of the Isthmus of Panama or Darien. Its coast along the Caribbean Sea extends eastward to Cape Chicibacoa, long. 72 24' W. From that point the boundary line separating from Venezeuela extends irregularly southward, and is determined chiefly by the junctions and courses of rivers, its whole length being about 1,100 m. The south boundary is more regular. The aggregate area is estimated at about 522,000 sq. m. Full half of the area is occupied by the Andes Mountains and their table-lands, and the remainder consists chiefly of low plains, drained by tributaries of the Orinoco River. Along the Pacific coast there is a low tract of country, covered with dense forests, and unhealthy from its moisture and intense heat. The western mountain range, or coast chain, or Chain of Clioco, extends north to the Bay of Panama ; it is of comparatively little elevation, but so steep as to render it difficult for travelers to pass ; near the Isthmus, the surface is nearly level, and only at a very trifling elevation above the sea. The middle range, called the Chain of Quindiu, extends north to the Province of Antioquia ; its chief sum- mit is the Peak of Tolima, 18,420 ft. in elevation, the highest point of the Andes north of the equa- tor. The eastern chain is called Suma Paz, or the Cordillera of New Granada, which stretches in north-east direction to the Sierra de Merida, and then northward into Venezuela. These three ranges unite in the group of las Papas, near lat 2 3 N. The table-land.-' between these ranges are elevated from G,000 to 9,000 ft,, above the sea, and occasionally extend higher upwards, even upon the summits of the mountains. The principal river is the Magdalena, Avhich is navigable from Barranca as far as Honda, or more than 700 m. ; its chief tributary is the Cauca, which is navigable about 100 m. The valleys of these streams com- prise some of the best portions of the country ; from the rich alluvial banks, there is a succession of fertile table-lands up to the spurs of the Andes. The plains, or llanos, in the east and south-east divisions, extending to the Orinoco, are alternately swamps or sun-burnt deserts. Considered altogeth- er, the area of New Granada is the most equally diversified in soil and climate of all the South American countries. The total population in 1851 was reported at 2,363,054, consisting as follows : Caucasian whites, 450,003 ; white mixed — quadroons, 30,054 ; and mestizoes, 998,997; American Indian races — civilized, 301,000, and savage, 120,000 ; Ethiopian negro, 80,000 ; colored mixed — mulattoes, 283,000 and zambocs, 100,000. The productive industry of New Granada has never been of sufficient importance to entitle the country to a high rank, though, with the exception of fine manufactured articles, it appears that the actual products have satisfied the demands of the people. Within a very few years, however, owing to (he travel through Panama and other causes, all branches of business have been increased. The northern provinces, situated east of the River Magdalena, are extensively engaged in the cultivation of coffee, sugar, and cotton. In the southern part of the Magdalena Valley, great quantities of tobacco, of the best quality, are now • V- ■■ * Pi ■ * THE COLOMBIAN REPUBLICS. raised. In the llanos, towards the Orinoco, the people, who are mostly Creoles, are occupied wholly with the rearing of cattle and horses. Generally, agriculture is best prosecuted by the converted I adians, who evince a decided predilection for these tranquil labors. The manufactures are chiefly of a rough charac- ter, and the fine goods are imported from European countries and the United States. The mineral productions of the country are varied and abundant. The celebrated gold and platina region is on the western declivity of the coast range of mountains, comprising an alluvial zone of from 30 to 40 m. broad. The gold-fi> M of the Provinces of Antioquia and of Ocana are very rich, but their yield is much le.«s than would be produced under proper management. The internal improvements consist of the Panama Railroad and the Magdalena Canal. The former is of the highest importance, since it is now the main thoroughfare between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. The Panama R. R. Company was fully organized in 1849, and made partial sur- veys for the railroad in the early part of 1850. The work was commenced in December, 1850, and was steadily prosecuted until its completion in January, 1855. The entire route of 49 m. was first passed over on 28th January, 1855, and shortly afterward a great celebration was held in commemoration of the event. To the time of opening, the road had cost about §7,000,000, and it is continually subject to heavy expenses for repairs. A telegraph line along this route was opened on 12th August, 1855. The Magdalena Canal consists of the old Spanish Diquc, or Canal, through a series of lakes, to the Magdalena River at Galamar, a little below Barranca, which has recently been improved bv New York capitalists. 14 By the improvements just mentioned, the i M di red foreign commerce of New Granada ! greatly extended. During Ik"., tin- number vessels which entered tin- ports of Aspinwall and Panama was as follows : At Aspinwall, 125 of 82,2G3 tonnage; at Panama, 32 of 49,200 tonnage ; total, 157 vessels, of 131,463 tonnage. The City of Bogota, or Santa Fe de I the capital, is situated on an elevated plan above the sea, and at the foot of two lofty mountr ains. Its plan is regular ; it though narrow and dirty ; and its public sqt are numerous, spacious, and ornamented with fount- ains. Its churches are relatively very numer and are gorgeously adorned, and there are 9 mon- asteries and 3 nunneries, which are exceedr wealthy. The academies and other literary i: tutions are of considerable importance. Since the city is liable' to earthquakes, the houses are low, and strongly built of sun-dried brick. The en- virons are highly interesting. The city is travel by the Rio Francisco, which unites with the Rio Bogota in the centre of the plain, and the united stream descends in south-west direction, through a ravine about 40 m. long ; its cataract of Tequen- dama falls 900 ft. at a cleft in the rocks only 30 ft. wide. Estimated population, 42,000. Carthagena is the principal seaport, and has an excellent land-locked harbor. It is built on a small sandy peninsula or island, connected with the continent by an artificial neck of land. Its suburb, called Xiximaui. which is almost as large as the city itself, occupies an island, and is connected by a wooden bridge. Both are surrounded by strong fortifications, built in the modern style, and there is a fort on the main land, upon a hill 150 ft. high, which commands both fortifications. To the i 210 COLOMBIAN REPUBLICS, of this hill there are several more elevated sum- mits, which terminate in a mountainous elevation that is crowned by the buildings of a monastery. The climate is not healthy, and during the rainy season is excessively hot. The population of the city and suburbs is probably 25,000. Popayan is situated in a fertile plain, near ( lauca River, and was founded in 1537. It once had a large trade in the precious metals, but now its trade is chiefly in rural produce; its inhabit- ants are mostly mulattoes and other mixed races. Panama is situated on a peninsular tongue of land, across which the streets extend from sea to sea. The bay is studded with islands, and among these, at a distance of some two or three leagues from the city, is the road where ships may anchor in safety. This bay is famous for the pearl-oyster, and the shoals near its islands formerly produced pearls as fine as could be procured in any part of the world. The city as it now stands dates from the rebuilding in 1784, having been nearly de- stroyed in that year by fire, as also at several times previous. The cathedral is a handsome edifice of stone, as are the churches, various con- vents, etc. Except in its relations to the railroad, the business of the city is not of much importance. Aspinwall is the eastern terminus of the Pana- ma R. R., and has been built up since 1850. Its harbor is very spacious, and of sufficient depth for the largest vessels. The railroad track extends down upon the wharf at which the steamships land, but the principal depot is at the centre of the town. VENEZUELA Extends from the shores of the Caribbean Sea, between New Granada on the west and British Guiana on the east, southward to the chain of the Parime Mountains ; but none of these bounda- ries are definitely marked. Its whole area is com- puted, according to the best authorities, at about 426,700 sq. m. The greater part of the country, and nearly two-thirds, consists of the llanos or grassy plains watered by the River Orinoco and its branches. These plains are generally barren in the dry season, but after the rains, they are cov- ered with a rich carpet of grass ; near the streams they are frequently bordered by dense forests, but elsewhere they are nearly destitute of trees. The levelness'of these plains is wonderful, and it is well established that, in many sections, there is not an eminence a foot high in the course of a hundred miles. The Orinoco crosses Venezuela nearly through its centre ; it is a very large river, and has many large tributaries ; during the rainy season it completely inundates the plains through which it flows, presenting in some places an expanse of water from 80 to 90 m. wide. The mountainous sections do not at most embrace more than one- third of Venezuela. The main range, called the Coast Chain of Venezuela, is a continuation of the chain of Suma Paz ; which extends over the Sierra de Merida, and terminates in an elevated table- land, on which the towns of Tocuyo and Barquis- imeto are situated, at a height of from 1,900 to 2,200 ft. above sea-level. The mountain knot of Barquisimeto forms the eastern wall of o great cir- cular depression, of which the Lake of Maracaybo is the centre. Silla de Caracas, in the northern chain, attains an elevation of 8,600 ft., and is the culminating point not only of the system of Vene- zuela, but of all the mountains east of the Andes. The Parime system comprises eight or nine ranges, the most northern of which are within the Vene- zuelan Province of Guiana. REPUBLIC OF VENEZUELA 211 The total population was reported in 1 83-1 at 945,408, and in 1847 at 1,267,092. The people of European descent an 1 not m<»re than one-fourth of the whole, the colored mixed races are more than one-third, and the domesticated Indians are about one sixth. The independent Indians are said to number 50,000, and to be divided into at least 100 different tribes. Agriculture is almost the exclusive employment of the people, but not more than one-third of the fertile territory ha b len brought under cultivation. The soil is generally rich, yielding in abundance all the products of the Wesl Indies, besides many others. Cotton, coffee, sugar, and indigo are ex- tensively raised, and, with cocoa, form the chief articles of export. The cacao-tree is now culti- vated to a less extent than formerly ; for quite a long period this was one of the regions most noted for its production ; and in the early Spanish American colonies, chocolate was considered not as a luxury, but as a necessary article of suste- nance. The plantain supplies the staple food of the majority of the population ; the species arc numerous, and some of them thrive at an eleva- tion of 5,000 ft. ; but lower down, the tree is more prolific. The shrub yuca is cultivated by the Indians ; this yields a considerable quantity of farina, which is almost the only kind of meal used by them. Cattle are reared in great numbers, and a large proportion of the exports consists of hides, tallow, horns, etc. The manufactures are unimportant, and the im- ports consist chiefly of cotton and linen goods, with hardware, wine-, flour, and provisions. The chief minerals are copper, coal, and salt. The principal copper mines are situated in the hills of San Felipe, about 70 m. west of Pto. Cabcllo, and are very productive. Coal occurs in many of the coast districts, but chiefly in Coro and on the margin of the Barcelona I Im- mense salt deposits exist in the neighborhood of La Guayra, and the peninsula of Ara north of Cnmana, has always been o 1 for its salt-works. The early Spanish a Wen derived considerable wealth from the gold-mines of Apa and Carapa, near the Tuy River, but these were rapidly exhausted. Rich ores of silver are said to exist in the Sierra Merida. The p sari li-hery near the Island of Margarita has always been prof- itable, and formerly constituted the principal oc- cupation of its inhabitants. I 'aracas is the capital and metropolis, and for- merly gave name to the whole country. It is situ- ated 11 m. S. S. E. of the port of La Guayra, and between these towns there is a mountainous ridge, which has an elevation in its highest part of 5,1C0 ft. Caracas is 2,903 ft. above sea-level, and is built at the commencement of a fine plain or val- ley, though its site is an uneven ground with steep slope. Most of the city is well built ; its streets are regular and paved ; the houses are construct- ed of brick or earth, faced with stucco, often handsomely decorated, with terraced roofs ; and there are several public squares. The cathedral is an extensive and costly edifice. During the greater part of the year the climate is delightful Earthquake shocks are frequent ; by that of 1812, the earth was upheaved, most of the houses were oyed and between 10,000 and 12,000 persona were swallowed up, or perished amid the ruins. The population has much increased within a few years, and is now estimated at 60,000. La Guayra is the port of Caracas and the prin- cipal port of the republic, and hence carries on an naive trade. The harbor is not good, and is rather a roadstead than a haven. The town is 212 COLOMBIAN REPUBLICS. built on a Cat space, only 900 ft, wide, and is closely surrounded by abrupt precipices; on the sea- side it is defended by a fort and several batteries. This is one of the hottest places in the world, and is yearly ravaged by the yellow fever. The popula- tion is generally about 8,000. Valencia is finely situated on a fertile and beau- tiful plain, and covers a large area. Its position is peculiarly favorable for trade, and thi3 forms the chief feature of its general business. Its port is Puerto Cabello, 20 m. distant, and most of the goods landed there and destined for the interior pass through the city. Puerto Cabello stands on an island, connected with the main-land by a bridge ; it is unhealthy, but has a good harbor. Estimated population of Valencia, 18,000 ; of Puerto Cabello, 4,000. Maracaybo is a fortified city and sea-port, on the west side of the entrance to Lake Maracaybo, from the gulf of the same name. Its site is a sandy tract, its houses are meanly built, its harbor is deep, but obstructed by a bar, and its trade with the interior is active. The population is much less than formerly, but probably amounts to 14,000. ECUADOR Extends from the Pacific to the meridian of 70° W., between the southern boundary of New Granada and the upper course of the Amazon River. Its general length, E. and W., is about 800 miles ; its mean breadth is about 300 miles, and its aggregate area is computed at 287,870 square miles. The western part is traversed by the A.nde3, and for the most part in two ridges of colossal peaks, from 25 to 50 miles apart. North from the knot of Loxa, lat. 3° 30' S., the system divides into two branches, enclosing the longitu- dinal valley of Cuenca, and again unites in the mountain-knot of Assuay, a trachytic group, 15,500 feet high, reaching nearly to the snow line. Farther north, the system again divides into two branches, which are not re-united within the limits of Ecua- dor ; both chains are remarkable for their lofty summits, several of which are volcanoes ; in the eastern, Cotopaxi, 18,880 feet high, Antisana, 19,137, Cayambe, 19,617 ; in the western, Chim- borazo, 21,420 feet high, Pichincha and Coto- cache, 15,930 ; and besides these are many others of great elevation, so that nowhere in the entire Cordillera of the Andes are there so many giant mountains assembled together. Between these ranges lies the Valley of Quito, 200 miles long by 30 wide, and 10,000 feet above sea-level. On both sides of the Andes the surface is low and some- times level. The climate of the lofty table-lands is generally uniform and pleasant, while the low plains suffer from excess of both heat and moisture. The actual number of the population has never been ascertained, and is variously estimated at from 600,000 to 900,000. The aboriginal red race form more than half of the whole ; the whites are comparatively few ; and the rest are mixed races and negroes. All branches of industry are in a low condition, and are mainly carried on by the Indians. Wheat is the principal crop, though other grains are raised, with sugar-cane, cotton, and tobacco. Some of the manufactures of cotton are said to be very excellent. The only mines worked are those of iron and copper. Guayaquil is the only port, and this has considerable commerce ; but other- wise the trade of Ecuador is not of much im- portance. Quito, the capital, is also much the largest city DIVISIONS OF GUIANA 213 of Ecuador, aud is said to contain 70,000 inhabit- ants. It is situated in a ravine, east of Mount Pichiocha, i~ well built, and has several handsome squares. Some of its public buildings are hand- some and of costly const nut ion. Cuenca ranks next to Quito in population, and has about 25,000 inhabitants; it stands in a wide plain, aud is regularly laid out, though not well built ; its vicinity contaias much mii and is noted for its many i if Pern antiqoitii Guayaquil is Bituated at the head of Hie gulf of the same name, and has Ucnt barber, which is well defended, but its climate is ■ warm, and the marshes in its neighborhood render it quite unhealthy. COLONIAL DIVISIONS OF QUIA N A Guiana comprises the territory between the Orinoco and Amazon Rivers, and as far inland as the Casiquiare River or natural canal. It is divided into Brazilian Guiana, Venezuelan Guiana, and Colonial Guiana, but the first and second divisions constitute provinces of their respective countries, and the name of Guiana is now only applied to the third division. This consists of three colonial territories, viz: 1. British Guiana, called Demerara, from its most populous district ; 2. Dutch Guiana, or Surinam; and .'!. French Guiana, or Cayenne. These colonies lie contiguous in the order in which they are here described, and the order also corresponds to their relative area and population. BRITISH GUIANA Is the most important division, and has an area of 101,8% square miles. Al< ng the coast and from 10 to 40 mile- inland the surface is hut little elevated above the sea. and hence this section been rendered cultivable only by dykes, dams, and sluices. Between the Demerara and the Corentyn River the country mainly consists of flat alluvial soil, formed by the detritus of rivers. These flat sections are terminated by a range of low Band- hills, the highest noi exceeding 200 feet. Behind these hills the elevated land stretches out into level or undulating plains, amid which are some considerable eminences ; and farther to the v and south are low mountainous ranges, which densely wooded. Along the course of the Berbice River savannahs extend nearly to the sea-shore; o.ad the course of this river is generally indicated by rows of trees, with here and there isolated groups like verdant islands, or oases in the mi of the desert, which in other | with grass. This is believed to be the site of the celebrated Lake of Parime and the fabulous •• El Dorado," the description of which form-; so con- spicuous an item in bh yof the New World. The population on 31st March, 1851, was 1 :! t,695, exclusive of 1 .200 Boldi< rs, • tc,,o of 30,141 urban population and 97,554 rural population. Th< cl ti n as to origin wa European, 11,558; mixed, 1-1.7" 1: East Indian, 7,670; Indian. 0.0(13; African, 91,710. The chief products are sugar, molasses, rum, i, potal ies, plantains, banal I 'ton was once cultivated to a great extent, but this has 214 DIVISIONS OF GUIANA. been abandoned. Forests cover a large proportion of the surface, and among these various dyeing woods and other vegetable productions are found. The mira-tree grows to an immense size, and its timber is said to be equal to the teak of the East Indies. Manufactures are almost unknown, sup- plies of all kinds being brought from England. Georgetown, the capital and chief city, is built near the mouth of the Demerara River, on a low, swampy, and unhealthy site. The streets are broad, and intersect at right angles ; most of them have canals in their centre, communicating with each other and the river, and crossed by a multitude of bridges. The houses are built on piles, several feet above the surface of the ground. Population in March, 1851, 25,508. Paramaribo, the capital, is situated on the west bank of the Surinam River, about eight miles from its entrance into the ocean. Its plan is regu- lar, and its streets are ornamented with rows of tamarind and orange trees. Fort Zeelandia, a little north of the town, is the residence of the Governor, and contains most of the Government establishments. The population is estimated at 20,000, consisting chiefly of blacks. DUTCH GUIANA Comprises the country between the Corentyn and Maroni Rivers, which is about 300 m. long, and from 230 to 280 wide, embracing an area of 59,614 sq. m. The general aspect of the country resembles that of British Guiana, its surface being flat and swampy on the coast, and rising towards the south ; its soil generally fertile, and its climate warm and moist. The population in 1853 amounted to 51,838, of which not more than one-eighth were whites, and the rest chiefly negroes. Classification by religion — Moravians, 19,419, Catholics, 7,340; Protestants, 5,400; Israelites, G84; Pagans,18,995. The staple product is sugar, and the exports of this article exceed all the rest combined. Other exports are molasses, cotton, and coffee. The trade is chiefly with Holland, though a consider- able share is with the United States. FRENCH GUIANA Occupies the most easterly portion of Guiana, its coast extending from the Maroni River on the west to the Oyapok River on the east. The greatest length of this territory is about 280 m. ; its greatest breadth about 220 ; and its entire area has been computed at 38,685 sq. m. The colony is divided into two districts — Cayenne and Sinni- mari. The former comprises the Island of Cay- enne, 30 m. in circumference, upon which is the town of the same name and the capital of the colony. The continental portion has a general resemblance to the other divisions of Guiana. The coast is low, consisting of a flat alluvial tract, of great fertility, in some places marshy and covered with thick forests of mangroves. The highlands in the interior are also fertile, their soil consisting of clay mixed with granitic sand. The principal streams are the Mana, Sinnimari, and Ouya or Oyak, and besides these there are several others of large volume. The population is estimated at not far from 20,000. In 1852, it was somewhat increased by the transportation from France of a large number of persons who had fallen under the dis- pleasure of Louis N. Bonaparte. ti* T-nng. ^\>st iinm. 5' 5 Gtcpuvj-uTi 5)0 'S..\inia / f .l.t„, ji y 3C / I i'f,i/fiT>, -■. .is,! n,?,. ia|ii.!\i j/„« i Tret • ft S.ltafurh V HAND'S ^Jff.% Scale of miles |0 70 17.'. 3,".o/ ^4 con .."<.7t>7; '"V.„„, lr ., "\ > fe, ^f FwT«f._/7 -^C.S.^r JlACKl-t^,'" BRAZIL BOLIVIA ~IA PLATA- PA R A G U A Y URUGUAY C H I X I AMD PART OF PERU I 1 I.riii;£.T.asr xi 30 3S 10 ■J,V from 2?"Washiiii;fon..2|7 5,2 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. 215 The trade is mainly with France, and consists and the new, between which is a large open sp in exporting the products of Bugar, cotton, coffee, planted with orange-trees, and both are built and fruits, and in importing manufactured goods. I chiefly of wood. The amount of ■ urly The town of Cayenne contains about 3,000 in- habitants It is divided into two parts, the old is about 84,000,000, and that of its imports about the same. THE EMPIRE OF BRAZIL Brazil comprises nearly one-half of the entire con- tinent. Its outline is extremely irregular ; its ex- treme length, E. and "W., is computed at 2,030 m. ; its extreme breadth, X. and S., at 2,540 m. ; and its entire area at 3,131.154 sq. m. The sur- face is divided Into upland and lowland in nearly equal portions. The upland region comprises the mountainous districts and table-lands, embracing the eastern part of the empire. The mountains consist of a series of chains, nearly parallel, with a mean elevation of 3,837 ft., extending from north to south, and communicating with each other in various localities. The coast chain is continuous, but its S. \V. half is culled the Serro do Mar, or Coast Range, and the X. E. half is called Serra dos Orga ! or Organ Mountains, from the resemblance of its peaks to the tubes of an organ : the former has a mean elevation of 3,200 ft., while the latter, though not generally higher, has a cul- minating point, Morrodos Canudos,4,47G ft. high. The Serro do Bspinhaqo is connected with the coast chain by means of a lateral ridge, and ex- tends n nrth ird, parallel to the coast, and at a distance of I 60 m. from it, nearly to the parallel of Bahia; this comprises the highest summits in Brazil, whi '< are situated to the north of Villa Rica (or Onto Preto), viz: Itambe. 5,960 ft.: (this, however, is a Bomewhal isolated peak); Serra de Piedade, 5,830; [tacolumi, 5,750 ; Teak of Ita- bira, 5. 180; and the Serras of Caraca, Ibilipoca, and Popagayo, form the BO-called Backbone Ridge, which is the highest part of the Bystem, and forms an important natural division. The great cl of the interior appear to be connected, and form a ridge between the parallels of 15 and 20 , the chief direction of which is from east to west, dividing the tributaries of the Parana and Para- guay Rivers which flow southward, from those of the long rivers flowing northward. The Sertuo, or table-land of Brazil, commences immediately within the coast range, and exti westward through the whole country. Its mean height may be reckoned at 2,600 ft. From tl.i- elevation it sinks gradually in the we* tern towards the River Madeira, where it termini in low marshy plains. The greater part i table-lands are covered with dense forests, not only along the banks of rivers, but also along their limiting mountain chain-: and ti so dense that the country, in many pli only be penetrated by -ailing on the rivi it is owing to this fact that the immei th ■ Amazon, the Mad ara, and the have Dot yet been thoroughly explored. A ing to Baron Eumboldt, the Boil, enriched for by the spoils of ii riches! mould. The heal .tinir in and dark recesses of these prin and the damp is so e that at tames the wl country is enveloped in dark-blue mist. 216 EMPIRE OP BRAZIL. The aspect of the coast is very different in differ- ent sections. The tract lying north and west of the mouth of the Amazon consists principally of sandy plains of inconsiderable elevation. Below the Amazon the surface is very low and marshy, to about lat. 4° N., or near Cape St. Roque. From this point to Bahia, or about 400 m., the coast is of moderate height, nowhere rising above 30 ft., and is also destitute of harbors, excepting those formed by the mouths of the rivers. From Bahia, to about Sao Joao de Parahyba,or lat. 21° 45' S., 650 m., the coast is generally low and level, with hardly any indentations. From lat. 21° 45' to lat. 27° 30' S., TOO m., the coast is elevated, and in part formed by the declivity of the coast range of mountains ; at a distance it appears rugged and mountainous, but when more nearly approached, becomes highly picturesque, its hills being clothed with thick woods, and its valleys with perennial verdure. This part of the coast, the most rocky portion of which is between the granite promon- tory of Cape Frio and the Town of Santos, may be seen from sea at a distance of 55 m. From the Island of Santa Catharina to the River Tahim, 400 m., the coast is low, sandy, and intersected by the outlets of numerous lakes or lagoons, which skirt the shores throughout this whole extent. The entire coast-line is upwards of 3,700 m., and com- prises few great indentations. The principal bays on the N. and X. E. coast arc, Oyapok, Pinzon, St. Jose, and St. Marcus, and those on the S. E. coast are, All Saints or San Salvador, Rio Janeiro, and Pha Grande. In other parts, smaller harbors are pretty numerous, many of" them are good, and they are generally surrounded by flats. The Amazon and its tributaries are estimated to drain an area of 2,275,000 sq. m. This river rises from several sources among the Andes, in the interior of Peru, and, passing within the bounda- ries of Brazil, flows in quite direct course, in slightly N. E. direction, to its entrance into the ocean, which is almost directly under the equator. It is generally considered that the most western branch is the parent stream, or first principal source ; this is called the Upper or New Maranon, or Tun guragua ; it rises in Lake Lauricocha, in lat. 10° 30' S., and long. 76° 25' W., flows N. W. to near lat. 6° S., and long. 79° W.; then bends to the N. E., and continues in easterly course, until it unites with the Ucayali, or Old Maranon. This latter stream is regarded by many as the parent Amazon ; it is formed in lat. 9° 15' S., and long. 72° 30' W., by the Apurimac, (which rises in a small lake, in lat. 15° 38' S., nearly 5° farther south than the other sources of the Amazon,) and by the Ueay, or Yilcamayu. The confluence of these two head-streams — Tunguragua and Ucayali —is near lat. 4° 25' S., and long. 72° 30' W. ; and from this point there is no dispute about the Amazon. However, the river is frequently called the Solimoes, until it receives the Rio Negro, but not afterwards. The total length of the river, reckoning either or all of its head streams to a reasonable distance, is not far from 4,000 m. According to Lieut. Herndon, of the U. S. Navy, who explored the Amazon in 1852 by order of the U. S. Government, the river is navigable on the main stream to San Borja, about 3,000 m., for vessels of 5 or 6 ft. draught at low-water, on the Ucayali branch for 3,360 m. at high-water, and on the Huallaga branch, 2,815 m. Its breadth and volume steadily increases in its course, though its breadth somewhat varies in particular locali- ties ; at the mouth of the Jabary it is 1 J m. wide ; opposite the mouth of the Japura it is from 4 to 5 m. ; above Coary, 1 m. ; at Gurupa, 10 m. ; EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. 217 and after receiving the Xingu. it has rather the appearance of a wide arm of the a, ihan of a rinr. It enters the Atlantic by two months, en- closing the large Island of Marajo, or Joannes ; the northern channel is usually called tin- Amazon, and is 96 m. wide at its mouth ; the southern is called the Para (or Para River) and is 40 m. wide. So great is the volume and impetus of this mighty river, that its muddy waters affect the appearance of the sea for hundreds of miles. The rapidity of the current varies from 1 to 3-7 m. per hour, with a general average of about 2| ra. The depth varies from 42 ft., at the mouth of the Huallaga, to 312 ft. in the Para branch. Tides affect the Amazon as far as Obidos, 400 m. from its mouth. During the rainy season the river overflows its banks, and submerges the country for hundreds of miles. The regions on cither side are covered with dense and lofty forests, and Humboldt says " if the name of primeval forest can be given to any forest on the face of the earth, none can claim it perhaps so strictly as those that fill the con- nected basin of the Orinoco and the Amazon.'' The great tributaries of the Amazon are —the Madeira, with a course of about 2,000 m., Rio Negro, 1,500, and the Tocantins, Xingn, Tapajos, Japura or Caqueta, and Ucayali, each of 1,000 or 1,200 m., besides many others, which would where be considered as great rivers, numbering in all perhaps 200. Exclusive of the Amazon Basin, there are numerous streams of much importance, of which three deserve special allusion. The Par- anahyba is some BOO m. long; it is little inter- rupted by rapids, is aavi far as its con- flu. -nee with the Rio Balsas, and enters the sea by five shallow mouths. The S to Francisco is 1,250 m. long; its navigation is impeded by the Fall of Paulo Affonzo, a series of magnificent cataracts, 1 GO m. from it- mouth ; but above this it is navi- gable 900 m. to the influx of the Bio da Wlhas. The Parana drains a Large pari of Southern Bra- zil, receiving tram ibutaries on both sides. The total population of Brazil is estimated according to the most r< c snl and reliable- returns at 0,073,000. About one-half ai defly negroes, but including mixed one-sixth mulattoes and free meet iz< ixth Portuguese and Creoles; one-twelfth converted Indians, and the remainder Europeans, independent Indi etc. In this empire, unlike the Spanish and 1 lish colonies, there is hardly any political drvi of castes, and very few of those galling and de- grading distinctions which have been made by all other nations in the management of their people. The mildness of the laws affecting the colored population is remarkable ; amalgamation is toler- ated, and is not at all unfrequent. The native Brazilians are reputed to be an inactive I while the mulattoes are ingenious, and evince an aptitude for the mechanical arts. Persons of id blood of whites and Indians, who B where generally called 11 tizoes," . called " mamalucocs ;" don 1 Indians, " caboclos," and savage Indians " tape The latter are of a copper color, robust, and well made, but of short stature ; they generally naked, paint their skins, and are fond of ornam mg their heads with feathers. The slave popula- tion c to a large extent of native Afrii though it is probable that more than half of the negroes were born in Brazil, and 1 there are many slave mulat I slave m Brazil was formerly the most noted slave-market in the world. In September, 1850, the Gov- ernment paE v 1 a law declaring the slave-trade to be piracy, and the effect of this course was 218 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. quickly evident. Portugal nominally abolished this trade in 1818, but its law was not carried into effect in Brazil (then under its rule), and the trade was considered legal until February, 1 830. At that date, under the treaty with Great Britain, it was prohibited, but was conducted clandestinely until 1850, when the Government decided to com- pletely annihilate it. Between 1840 and 1847, the number of slaves brought into Brazil was 149,300 ; in 1846 and 1847, about 50,000 in each year; in 1848, 60,000 ; in 1849, 54,000 ; in 1850, the number fell to 23,000 ; in 1851 the number was only 3,287, of which 1,006 were captured by the Brazilian cruisers, and declared free ; and in 1852, it is said that only one slave vessel landed on the coast of Brazil. The value of slaves has consequently been steadily increasing for many years. Prior to 1830 slaves were sold at 120 milreas, or about $66 of American currency ; from 1830 to 1850 they advanced to 400 milreas, or $220 ; and from 1850 they gradually advanced, aided by the decimation of 5 per cent, yearly, to 1,100 milreas, or £605, in 1853. Since then it is estimated that one-tenth have died (chiefly from cholera) , as appears by a recent statement of the Minister of the Empire, and they are now re- ported to be worth 1,500 milreas, or $825 each. It was the low price of slaves prior to 1830 which stimulated the production of coffee, and caused prices to rule so low, which were from 1835 to 1840 not much more than half of the present prices. The civilized population is limited to the sec- tions of country bordering the coast, and thus only a very small fraction of the surface of the empire lias been brought under cultivation. The soil of this region is generally very fertile and ;!iarly adapted to the cultivation of coffee and sugar, in addition to numerous other products that require a warm climate. A great variety of food- plants grow spontaneously. In the northern part of the empire the farina of the manioc is almost the only kind of meal used. An acre of this plant is said to yield as much nutriment as six acres of wheat. It is a shrub of the family of the Euphor- biacse ; its fleshy roots yield a considerable quan- tity of farina, called manioc or cassava, and it grows among the mountains at an elevation of 3,200 feet. Coffee is the great staple, and for several years the quantity raised in Brazil of this plant has been fully one-half (sometimes a larger proportion) of the total production in the world. The coffee-tree was first cultivated in Brazil in 1774 by a Fran- ciscan friar, who raised a single tree in the garden of his convent. Its fruits were distributed among the chief planters of the vicinity, but they took little pains to cultivate it, and hence its progress was very slow. In 1808 the annual crop did not exceed 50,000 bags of 160 lbs. each, or 8,000,000 lbs. In 1820, the crop had increased to about 100,000 bags. The decrease of supply in the great markets of the world, by the desolation of St. Domingo, brought the price of coffee in Lon- don in the years 1817 and 1821 up to 148s. per cwt., or nearly 37£c. per lb. This great price stimulated the production in Brazil ; in 1830, the crop had increased to 400,000 bags ; in 1840, to 1,060,898 ; and in 1854, reached the astonishing amount of 2,500,000 bags, or 400,000,000 lbs. The production of all other countries in the same year was estimated at 316.000,000 lbs., making the total production of the world, 716,000,000 lbs. The production of 1855 was less, amounting in Brazil to 320,000,000 ; in other countries, to 287,000,000, or in all, 607,000,000 lbs. The EMPIRE OF BR A ZIL. 219 climate of Brazil is highly favorable to the culti- vation of coffee, the trees yielding nearly doable tli". 1 -;! of the West Indies. The coffee-growing districts of Brazil are divided into the Serra Abaixo (or below the mountains) and Sena Acima (above the mountains). The product of the former is about one-sixth of the whole crop in good years, but is much more uncertain than the Serra Acima, being more liable to injury from drought, which is said of late year- to have been frequent. The quality is also inferior, and Beldam shipped to the United States. The trees of Serra Acima bloom later than the former, and the crop is more uniform, enabling plauters to gather a crop at a single picking, which is a great saving of labor. From this district cargoes are not generally obtained until August and September. Usually, the supplies remaining over of the old crop are sent to market before the planters clean out the new, and hence it is often as late as October and November lief., re the bulk of the new crop is in market. It takes four or five years to mature coffee-trees after planting them before they will yield a crop of berrii s ; hence, the sudden rise or fall in prices cannot so suddenly influence produc- tion, as is the case with annual crops from new plantations of cotton and sugar. At the present time, owing to the high price of slaves, new estates are not formed. The first importation of Brazil coffee into the United States was made in 1800. and consisted of a large cargo landed at Salem. During the fiscal year 1 >.'>.> the amount of coffee imported into the United States from Brazil wa -3 lbs., valued at $11 ,8 1 5,fi 1 B; while the amount imported from all other coun- tries was 55,394,876 lbs., valued at $4,948,441. In the fiscal year 1856, the quantity imported larger, and as prices ruled high, the value was greater. It is estimated that the United States line one-fourth of all the coif.! brought into the markets of the world. Since the cultivation of coffee monopolizes near- ly all agricultural labor, few other products are raised extensively. The sugar-cane was formerly grown more widely than any other staple, and its production at the present time appears to be not only sufficient for the home consumption, but a considerable quantity is exported, t, !arge quantities of rum, etc. Other crop- of some im- portance are, cotton, tobacco, rice, beans, and maize, and various fruits. Attempts have been made to cultivate the tea-plant, with the assistance of Chinese growers, and have resulted in producing a small quantity of fair quality; but the exp of cultivation is so great, that it cannot be prose- eiiti d with advantage. The vegetation throughout Brazil is character- ized generally by the abundance of palms, and not less than a hundred specie- of thi Be ai - to the country. The cocoa-nut palm attain- a g size on ti the palms, the comprise a variety of trees, and are filled up with innum Table sp ci a of climl plants, and dense undergrowth of reeds and Some of the trees an wn for exportati particularly the rose-wood. Others are valuable as dye-woods, and for medicinal and chemical i The pastures on the open plains are frequently of vat extent, and immense herds of wild cattle upon them. The-,- are hunted to some extent for their hides and horn-, which form part of the exports of the country. Many varieties offish are caught in great num- bers in the Amazon and other rivers, and ti constitute a principal part of the subsistence of the inhabitants of all clae 220 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. The manufactures are not of much importance. Cotton, woolen, linen, silk, and other goods are obtained from the United States, Great Britain, France, etc., in exchange for coffee. Immense quantities of provisions, particularly flour, codfish, wines, ale, butter, are imported ; also, the coals, cordage, candles, etc., etc. Within a few years, something has been done by the government in attempting to build up domestic manufactures. The mineral wealth of Brazil was formerly of more account than it is at present. Among the earliest discovered regions was that of Jaragua, which in 1731, and afterwards, yielded rich gold- washings ; but this had been nearly exhausted when it was found that gold was obtained more readily and abundantly from the auriferous sands. These sands have also been generally exhausted, though gold is yet sought in them with some suc- cess. But Brazil is most celebrated for its gems, especially its diamonds ; which are chiefly explor- ed iu the beds of rivers by washing the soil. Upon their first discovery, a thousand ounces of diamonds were obtained, which powerfully affected the mar- ket. The largest known diamond was found in 1791, and weighed 138^ carats ; another, valued at $200,000, was found in 1847. The topazes and emeralds ai-e very fine, as well as the chryso- beryl, amethyst and quartz crystals. The mount- ains and the coast abouud with granite, which pre- vails throughout an extent of 2,000 miles. The base of much of the table-land is formed of syenite, with granite, sandstone, clayslate, and limestone. The Province of Minas Geraes (which occupies the highest table-land, and is the most populous of the provinces,) is more celebrated for its mineral products than any other. Its capital, Ouro Preto, (or Villa Rica, so called until 1822, on account of the rich gold-mines in its vicinity) is the chief seat of the mining industry, and it is reported that valuable deposits have recently been discovered there. The gold mines are worked by English companies. Iron works have been erected in the neighborhood, and furnish many of the large cast- ings used in the sugar-houses. Copper ores are stated to be abundant in some sections, and de- posits of common salt and nitre occur. The annual amount of the foreign commerce has been about the same in each year since 1850 ; and the nominal value of the imports is stated to exceed that of the exports. This may arise from unequal valuation. The United States imported from Brazil during the year ended June 30th, 1855, coffee valued at $11,815,818, and other Brazilian products valued at $3,403,117 — total, $15,218,935 ; while its exports to Brazil were valued at $4,261,273, showing a balance against this country of $10,957,662 ; and there was about the same balance annually for several years. Great Britain's exports to Brazil, during 1854, amounted to $12,210,733 ; but there is less coffee sent to Great Britain than to the United States. In 1853, the number and tonnage of vessels that entered the principal ports of Brazil were — Bra- zilian vessels, 2,078, of 222,360 tonnage ; foreign vessels, 976, of 306,342 tonnage— total, 3,054 vessels, of 528,702 tonnage. The statistics of clearances are about the same. As yet there are but few internal improvements that deserve particular description. However, there are a good many local public works of much importance in the principal cities. The first railroad was constructed in 1852, between Maua, opposite Rio Janeiro, and the suburb of Petropolis (containing residences of the Emperor and court), a distance of 10 miles. About the same time the building of another railroad was undertaken at EMPIRE OF BRAZIL 221 Pernambuco,designed to extend southward through that section. The Government's Naval force is steadily increasing. Steamers ply from Rio Ja- neiro to Liverpool and Southampton, to Buenos Ayres, etc. Brazil contains two great cities, ten cities that have from 10,000 to 16,000 inhabitants, and many populous villages. Rio de Janeiro is the largest and most import- ant city in South America, and has been the cap- ital of Brazil since the year 1808. It is situated on the west side of Rio Janeiro Bay, which is ex- ceedingly magnificent, being surrounded with high hills and mountains, and studded with beautiful islands. On approaching the coast, the first con- spicuous object is the Pao d'Assucar, or Sugar- Loaf Mln.. which rises 1,000 ft. above sea-level. Mt. Coreovado, 3£ m. W. by S. from the city, is 3,000 ft. high. Farther to the south-west, and about 10 m. from the city, is the Gavia. a more remarkable mountain, with a flat summit ; the English call it Table Mountain, and the Portu- guese call it Square Topsail, since it greatly resem- bles that article of rigging. Toward the north the view is terminated by the Organ Mts. The vicinity of no other city in the world surpasses this in the combination of grand and beautiful scenery, and at the same time possessing such com- mercial advantages. The city is built mainly on an oblong and elevated tongue of land, just within the narrow opening of the harbor, while the newer part is situated in the rear, on and between sev- eral hills. In both divisions the streets are narrow, poorly paved, and generally intersect at right angles. There an- several public squares, one of which separates the old and new parts of the city. The buildings used for government purposes are spacious structures, built of brick, in plain style. The public hospital, near the < ntrancc of the bay, is mora noteworthy. There are about fifty church- es, none of which are remarkable for their external architecture, bul they arc all splendidly ornament- ed in their interior. There are several convi and other religion establishments. The hospitals are generally creditable to the city. Some of the literary institutions are of hi; r li reputation. The national library contains 80,000 volumes, and many valuable manuscripts ; and the principal museum has excellent cabinets, illustrating natural history. The city is supplied with water from springs of Mt. Coreovado by a grand aqueduct. Since 1853, the city has been lighted with gas. The pop. is about 300,000. and two-fifths are slaves. Bahia, or Sao Salvador, the second city of Brazil, is situated on the east side of the entrance of All Saints Bay, immediately within Cape Fan Salvador, and about 800 m. N. N. E. of Rio Ja- neiro. Its site is elevated and hilly, and its appearance, when seen at a short distance from off the sea. is magnificent; one part towers above the other, and the whitened houses, with their red- tiled roofs, contrast finely with the rich foliage interspersed between. It is composed of two parts, the upper and lower. The lower, or shore town, consists of one narrow, badly-paved and dirty street, following the sinuosities of the shore, and in all about 4 m. long ; its buildings are built of stone, and high, and those nearest the shore project into the sea. The upper town is larger and more agreeable, though of antique aspect, and contains the chief public buildings. Bahia ia the seat of the only archbishopric in Brazil, and it is noted for the number and excellence of its churches, and for its convents. The suburbs are remarkably beautiful. The population is i I mated at 120,000. 222 OTHER NATIONAL DIVISIONS Maranhao is situated on the island of the same name, 290 m. E. by S. of Para. It is sur- rounded on the east by mountains, whieh form a kind of natural fortress, being crossed only by narrow passes ; while on the north and south it is encircled by streams. Its site is uneven, but its plan is regular, and its area is extensive, since the houses are generally surrounded by gardens. The principal edifices are the Cathedral and Episcopal Palace, which are magnificent, and were built by the Jesuits. The trade with the interior and with foreign countries is very extensive. The population is between 30,000 and 35,000. OTHER NATIONAL DIVISIONS Peru extends from lat, 3°35'to 21°48'S., between Ecuador and Chile, with irregular breadth. The double Cordillera of the Audes traverses the country in N. E. and S.W. directions, forming three regions of the most diverse aspect. 1. The region between the Pacific Ocean and the Andes is from 50 to 100 m. wide ; part of it is a low, sandy, barren plain, but the greater part is rug- ged, consisting of rocky hills, some of which are lofty. The only sections of this region that are available for cultivation are the transverse valleys. These are generally from 15 to 20 m. apart, though not more than 12 m. on the most favored portion of the coast. Towards the north, they are situated at greater distances from each other, and between Lambayeque and Sehura there is a desert 90 m. long. 2. The mountain region comprises nearly half of the territory of Peru, and includes some of the highest elevations of the Andes. The mountain ridges are mainly parallel, enclosing very elevated and extensive table-laud districts, called Las Sierras. In the northern part of Peru the Andes are divided into three chains ; in the southern part, into two chains ; the former are called the " Andes of Peru," since they are wholly within this country ; the latter are called the " Peru-Bolivian Andes," from their being situated in both these republics. The " Andes of Peru " extend from lat. 5° to 15° S., and, as just men- tioned, in three chains. The western chain is the highest, and extends nearly parallel with the coast line ; between lat. 7° 30' and 9° S. it presents the three high peaks of Huaylillas, Moyopata, and Pelagotos ; the former is the only mountain along the whole coast, from Chimborazo, a distance of about 400 m., that reaches the line of perpetual snow. The central chain has a mean elevation of 10,000 ft.; in its lower part towards Piscuayana, it sends out two branches, one of which forms the celebrated Pongo (or waterfall) of Mauseriche. The eastern chain does not apparently originate with the other two, hut rises from lat. 5° 30' S., and then extends parallel with the others, until in its lower part it curves S. S.E. to join them in the knots of Huanuco and Pasco. The plateau from which these mountain knots rise is more than 11,000 ft. above sea-level ; and their highest sum- mit is Nevado de laViuda, 16,000 ft. above sea- level. On their north and south sides are the Alpine lakes of Lauricocha and Chinchacocha, in which one of the highest branches of the Amazon and the Rio Jauja originate. Below them the Andes are divided into two chains, which enclose a plateau about one-half less extensive than that REPUBLIC OF PERU 223 of Bolivia, and extend to the knot of Vilcanota, or Cuzco. This is the greatest mountain knot in the whole chain of the Amies; it is covered by perpetual snow al an elevation of 15,800 ft., and its summit is L 7,825 ft. above Bea-leveL The table-land of Cuzco is about 150 m. long and 100 wide; it is rather a wide longitudinal valley, sink- ing rapidly towards the north. The western chain of the " Pern-Bolivian And' .-" lies chiefly within IVrii. It is called the Cordillera of the i-t, and the eastern chain is called the Cordil- lera Real. On an average, it is nearly 100 m. broad. Many of it p eaks are very lofty, and since ■ are on the Bide nearest the sea. their western declivities are extremely shelving and steep, so that the traveler, in the course of a few hour3, passes from the fruitful valleys on the shores of the Pacific to the desert regions of the Cordillera, at a height of more than 15,000 ft. On the east side of • -t Cordillera, the declivity i steep, since here it sinks into a valley, which is elevated L3,000 ft., and hence, from the highest passes, the descent is only 4,000 ft. to reach the valley of the Desaqnadero, or the shores of Lake Titicaca. In the vicinity of Arequipa there are several grand peaks ; the colossal nevado of Chu- quibamba is an immense trachytic dome, 21,000 ft. high ; below this are the nevados of Ambato and Corpuna : and Arequipa is overshadowed by three snow-capped summits of nearly equal height, or 20,300 ft. These are called Pichu-pichu. the volcano of Arequipa or Guagua-patina. and Cha- cani. The first and third of these mountains form two elongated serrated ridges, while the second presents a very regular volcanic cone, truncated at its summit. Between the parallels of lb » and 19° 20' the Coast Cordillera attains a great ele- vation, and presents several snow-capped peak-. well known to n m sailing from Arie a t., 1 oljija. The most northern group of these peaks consists of lour niaj ado., which maybe Been from the valley of the Desaquadero on the one side, and from the shores of the Pacific on the other; the highest IS Bahama, with an elevation of 22,350 ft.; the second is Gualatieri 21,960. •Other groups of this range present similar inter- og features. 3. That region of Peru which of the Andes is estimated to embrace more than one-third of the area of the whole country ; it is part of the Basin of the Amazon, and is believed to consist of vast plains, inter- spersed with impenetrable forests. It has no general name, but is sometimes called LaTierra de los Indios Bravos (or land of the fierce Indians). The principal rivers of Peru are the head- streams of the Amazon, and these rise at no great distance apart, on the table-land of Pasco. The Maranon issues from Lake Lauricocha ; during the first part of its course, or for lf>n in., it flows in a narrow rocky valley, and descends 10,000 ft.: thence it flows about 250 m. with a descent of 1,800 ft, to the Pongo of Rentema, and within this distance it is navigable by canoes and balsas (floats); from Rentema it floats X. E. and then E. for 150 m. uutil it descends the rapids. T m. long, at the Pongo of Man-eriche ; and below that point it is navigable by small vessels. The Ilual- laga rises in Lake (,'hiquiaboca; it first drains the highland between the middle and eastern mount- ain ranges ; in the latter part of its course, it winds through marshy plains, and then unites with the Maranon. The Y> ayah' is formed by several large streams, and i- larger than the Ma- ranon. at the point of their confluence: i r . is navigable for a greater distance than either the Maranon or Huallasra. and its tributaries are also 224 REPUBLIC OF PERU. believed to be navigable. Lake Titicaca is partly iu Peru and partly in Bolivia. The streams along the Pacific coast are only of importance during the raiuy season. The total population of Peru in 1852 was report- ed at 2.179,165. About one-fourth of the inhab- itauts are white persons or Creoles ; one-half, In- dians ; and the rest are colored people of mixed breeds. The Indians descended from the Incas are chiefly iu the highlands, and in some districts there are no other inhabitants. The negroes are mainly on the coast, and are less numerous than formerly. Agriculture is in a low condition, and is chiefly attended to by the Indians. Maize is the common diet, potatoes are generally cultivated, and fruits are everywhere abundant. The coast districts produce sugar for exportation, and wine for the manufacture of brandy. Excellent tobacco is now generally cultivated, and a considerable amount of cotton is raised. Cattle and horses are reared only in the mountainous districts. The mineral resources of Peru are of the highest celebrity. Silver, the staple product, is very widely distributed, and small mines of it are worked secretly in all parts of the country. The ehief mines are those of Hualgayoc, near Micui- pampa, Hualanca in Huamalies, Cerro de Pasco, Lucanas, and Huantajaya. The treasures con- tained in the Cerro de San Fernando, at Hual- gayoc, were first discovered in 1771 ; there are now 1,400 bocaminas or pits opened in the hill, through which veins of silver extend in all direc- tions. Cerro de Pasco is hardly inferior to Potosi iu mineral wealth. The town stands at the height of 13,673 ft. above the sea ; and the hill on which it is built is hollowed oat so that a violent earthquake would quickly reduce it to a heap of ruins. Most of the bocaminas or moutli3 of the mines are within the houses of the miners in the town itself ; and they are generally so shallow that not above 500 out of some thousand openings deserve the name of shafts. There are two very remarkable veins, which are about 400 ft. wide, and intersect at an angle of nearly 23 degrees ; the one is stated to be 1 1-4 m. long, the other, 1 3-4 m. Mining is in a low state, for several reasons : because of the great height at which the mines are situated, the im- possibility of conveying machinery to them on the backs of mules, the want of timber, the scarcity of provisions, etc. The actual product of silver is unknown ; in 1846, the silver coinage of Peru was $4,842,821. The richest gold-mines are about Huaylas and Tarma, but gold is found throughout the mountain passes, and nearly all the rivers from the Andes bring down auriferous sands. The sands are washed by the Indians, and the annual product cannot be ascertained. In 1846, the gold coinage of Peru was $465,806. Quicksilver is abundant, and particularly at Huancavelica. Cop- per, lead, and iron are found in various localities. In the neighborhood of Iquique there are exten- sive deposits of salt, nitre, and nitrate of soda. The exports of the last named from Iquique, dur- ing 1830-50 amounted to 239,860 tons. Communication with the interior is chiefly effected on the backs of mules through the passes in the Andes. Many of these are at great eleva- tions ; most of them are narrow, rugged, steep, and sometimes slippery and dangerous, passing through gorges, across yawning chasms, and up almost perpendicular rocks ; in many places wind ing along the brinks nf enormous precipices, where the pathway is so limited that it frequently be- comes necessary to re-adjust the burden on the mule's back, lest the animal should lose its balance, and be precipitated into the chasm below. 11 EI'CBLIC OF BO LI V I A. A railroad, 7 m. long, connects Lima with Callao, it port : and another line, from Arica to Tacna, 40 m. long, is approacl ing completion. A large trade is carried on with the Brazilian provinces on the Amazon, by means of the llual- laga River. Bitherto, about two-thirds of the foreign merce has been carried on with Great Britain. The mosl importanl article of export is Bpecie. Next to this is the Bhipment of guano from the Chincha Islands. The total imports in 1851 amoipted to $12,000,000. Lima, (lie capital, is situated about 7 m. from its port, Callao, ou both banks of the Bimac, which divide it into unequal portions. The larger division of the city is on the south bank, and is enclosed on all sides (except the river side) by a brick wall, 20 ft. high, having 9 gates. smaller division, or suburb of San Lazaro, on the opposite bank, is backed by hills, having only two openings through" them. These divisions are con- nected by a handsome stone bridge of six arches and 530 ft. I<»ng. which form- a favorite resort in the afternoon, at which time the mountain breezes are peculiarly agreeable. The plan of the city is regular ; its streets average 31 ft. in width. The business section is in the vicinity of the Plaza Mayor, or grand square ; each side of this square is 510 ft. long, and its centre contain- a magnifi- cent bronze fountain ; two sides are occupied by the Portales or Piazzas, the most attractive places in Limn for a stranger. On the north aide are the Palaces and Offices of the Government; on the side, the Bishop's Palace and the Cathedral ; on the west, the Senate House and Town Hall. The cathedral is richly decorated within, and beneath* its grand altar lie the remains of Fran- cisco Pizarro. The largest monastic establishment is the Convent of San Francisco ; this occn nearly seven acres, and is an el I structure, though "ut of repair. There an- about To pi of worship, including those of th The Ohi the first established seal of education in the New World: it contain- the national library of 20,000 volumes, and the museum, in which are collections of national antiquities and ol f natural history. Lima was founded in 1535 by Pizarro: its population in 1850 was 100,000. BOLIVIA Is hounded N. W. and N. by Peru, N. E.and E. by Brazil, and S. by the A>_ ! -ration and Chile. Only a very small portion ol rn frontier is bounded by the Pacific Ocean, the sea-coast measuring only 250 miles, and this maritime tract (which is wholly sterile, and forms part of the Desert of Atacama) is divided from the rest of the country by the stupendous Cordill The entire area of Boliria is about 475,81(5 sq. m. The Peru-Bolivian Andes, between hit. 15 and 21 S., are divided into two chains, of which the western chain, called the Cordillera of the I ■ hiefly within Peru, and has already been de- scribed. The eastern chain, called the Cordi Real, lying chiefly in B livia, comprises the loftiest summits on tfa tinenl From the p Ant of junction of t 1 ins at 1 mountain group of Vilcanota and the knot of Cuzco to Mt. Illimani (or from hit. 14 30' to 16 39' S.) the Bolivian Cordillera may be £ to form an almost continuous line of snowy mount- ains. When seen from its western declivity, this Bolivian Cordillera present- a suca ssion o rugged peaks, and serrated ridge-- ; a configural 226 REPUBLIC OF BOLIVIA which contrasts with the conical and bell-shaped summits of the Cordillera of the ( 'oast, and results from their different geological composition. In lat. 15 51' 30" rises the Nevado de Sorata, or Ancohuma of the aborigines, towering over the Indian town of the same name ; it is the most elevated of all this snow-capped range, being 21.2S6 ft. above the level of the sea. In lat. 16 c 30' is the Nevado of La Mesada, 19,536 ft., towering over the Indian hamlet of Totoropampa ; this is separated from Illimani by the deep valley of Totoropampa and Totoral, which forms one of the most frequented routes between La Paz and the province of Yungas, celebrated for its rich plantations of coca. The Nevado of Illimani is situated in lat. 16° 39'; its form is that of a ser- rated ridge, elongated in the direction of the axis of the chain upon which it rises, offering four principal peaks to the observer, when seen from its western side. From the City of La Paz, distant about 25 miles, it presents the imposing grandeur of Mont Blanc. The elevation of this giant of the Bolivian Cordillera is 21,150 ft., and the lowest glaciers on its northern declivity do not descend below 16,500 ft. The Cordillera sends off to the east many lateral ridges, the most important of which is the Sierra Nevada de Cochabamba, between the parallels of lat. 17- 30' and 22^ S. The range, which has an elevation of about 17,300 ft., leaves the princi- pal chain in about lat. 17° 30' ; after bounding a rich valley of the same name, to the north, it forms the water-shed between the tributaries of the Rio Beni and the Mamore, and terminates near to the town of Santa Cruz de la Sierra. The passes which traverse the Bolivian Cordil- lera, south of Illimani, are situated at elevations not exceeding 13,500 ft. In this portion of the chain, no part descends below this level, and the rivers that rise on its western side consequently empty themselves into the Desaguadero. Arrived, however, at the snowy portion of the range, a change takes place, and the torrents which there descend from either declivity empty themselves invariably into the affluents of the Amazon — those on the west side crossing the chain of the Bolivian Cordillera — hence the snowy Cordillera is traversed by many deep valleys, and offers many passes at elevations greatly inferior to what might, at first view, be expected from the exces- sive mean elevation of its highest summits. The plateau of Bolivia, as the great longitudinal valley of Titacaca and Desaguadero may be called, is intersected by a series of detached elevations, in a direction from N. W. to S. E., connecting the western with the eastern Cordillera. This valley, bounded by the two ranges of the Andes, with their smoking cones and serrated ridges, is remarkable, not only for its magnificent scenery, but also for its great size and extraordinary height. The existence of a table-land, with an area of over 21,000 sq. m., and of which one- fourth or one-fifth is occupied by a lake, situated 12,846 ft. above the level of the sea, is a remark- able geological phenomenon. The interest is further increased by the fact, that this plateau is occupied by many rich cities with dense and civil- ized populations. Lake Titacaca probably has an area of 4,000 sq. m., but less than half belongs to Bolivia. Its islands and shores still exhibit monuments of ancient art — the ruined habitations and temples of a people long since perished. The total population is unknown, but is variously estimated at from 1,000,000 to 1,600,000. Two-thirds belong to the aboriginal races, or else are white-mixed races ; and these are divided into B K Pi; I! 1. I OF BOLIVIA. choloa (in other countries called mestizoes), uniting European and Indian blood, and zamboes, oniting European and Ethiopian blood. Many of the native tribes are inteUigenl and industrious ; Bome of them are engaged in pastoral occupations, and others in rude agriculture. The indigenous inhab- itants of the Bolivian highlands, neaijLake Titi- i. an- the Aymaru ; while to the north and dwell the Quichua, with whom the former were united under the Ineas. These two nation- speak distinct though cognate languages. The wonderful diversity in the elevation of the surface and in the character of the various soils. nee SBarily results in a corresponding diversity of productions. The valleys occupied by the Spanish settlers on the eastern dope of the Bolivian high- Is produce abundantly all the grains and fruits of Europe. One of the peculiar products is the shrub, or tree, coca, which -rrows on the eastern declivities of the Andes, both of Bolivia and Peru, and is to the natives of both these countries what opium and hotel are to the natives of Southern Asia. Its leaves fa an effect in allaying hunger and thirst, that those who nse them can subsist for several days without any other nourish- ment The Indians are generally accustomed to the constant use of these leaves, and the miners of P ru also use them extensively. When taken in -s they bring about deleterious effects, as opium dot C 1 to some extent, and is of excellent quality. The slopes of the Bolivian iillera spread out into immense plains, which belontr to the basins of the Amazon and the Para- guay. Their vegetation i- luxuriant, hut in great part consists of immense forests ; tmt the mate. or Paraguay tea-plant, is extensively spread over them. and. with other products, the Indians find all their natural wants supplied. Other industrial pu « nearly the £ in Peru. Some con n and wooli a i are madi \ I deal of leathi r is prep the num. ron- sheep and other anh abundant materials. The minerals of the country include gold, ail mercury, tin. and copper. Gold is found in many of the streams that fall down the the Cordillera, and in several places the ' of the gold Bands is still carried on with pi The silver region surrounding !'■ f world- wide celebrity, but its mines are with The tin mines of Guanuni, in department of Orura, are said to be very rich. Copper is found nearly pure al C nd IIu- allamarca, both in the same department, though 120 miles asunder. Yet these mineral resom avail but little in a country so ill circumstance Bolivia in respect to means of communication ; for neither the tin nor the copper, however easily obtained, can defray the expense of their can- to the coast. Even the precious metals will in all cases bear the cost of the laborious bra across the mountains upon the backs of mult other beasts of burden, and wheeled vehicle? are unknown. The trade of Bolivia is nearly all internal a I of small amount, since it labors under great advantages, owing to the mountainous nature of the country and the difficulty of communication between the sea-coast and the interior. Most of the foreign trad - through the port of Arica. on the coast of Peru. Cobijo, or Port La Mar. is the only accessible and legal sea-port ol Bolivia, but it is a place of very little imp Several of the cities are of lai i Ihuquisiaca, the capital, is situated on a small plateau above the banks of a small stream I 228 RETUBLIC OF CHILE, into the Cachimayo. and contains about 12,000 inhabitants, It presents a very agreeable appear- . cbtrtaining many handsome edifices, with ious and regular streets. Its prosperity is mainly owing to its being the seat of government. The houses are generally of two stories and well built. Most of the inhabitants arc Indians, who speak the Quichua language. At this point im- mense treasures were formerly carried across the river on their way to Cuzco, the town of the Incas ; hence from the terms Choque saca (z. e. " bridge of gold,") in the Quichua, the town is supposed to have derived its name. La Paz (d'Ayacucho) is the largest and the most commercial city of the Republic. It is situated at a short distance from the S. E. shore of Lake Titicaca. having the Nevado of Illimani to the E. S. E. and the magnificent Sorata to the N. The extent of its trade is mainly owing to its position between Yungas and Arica. The most important business is in cinchona bark. The population is between 30.000 and 40,000. In the lake there is a small island of great celebrity in Indian tradition, since it is said to be the spot where Manco Capac, the first sovereign of Peru and the divinely-appointed lawgiver of the Peruvian race, was first entrusted with his sacred mission. Potosi stands on the declivity of a mountain long celebrated for its silver mines, about 70 m. S. W. of Chuquisiaca. It is said to be the highest city in the world, being elevated 13,350 ft. above level. Early in the seventeenth century it is said to have had from 100.000 to 150,000 inhab- itants, but the mines are now of little value, and the population is reduced to about 14,000. C II I L E Is a long and narrow country, situated on the west side of the Andes, south of the Desert of Atacama, which forms the most southern part of Bolivia. The southern limit of Chile is now commonly represented £ to extend to Cape Horn, since the government has claimed that portion of Patagonia west of the Andes. The government has already planted colonies within this territory, which has been constituted as part of the province of Chiloe. Including this region, the entire area of Chile is computed at 249,949 sq. m. A large portion of the surface is embraced in the slopes descending from the base of the Andes to the sea- shore. Some parts are ridges of hills, which di- verge from the Andes and diminish in height and size as they approach the Pacific. There are also three ranges of hills, which, with varying height, extend parallel to the great Cordillera, thus form- ing extended valleys, which are more or less inter- sected by the ridges mentioned in the preceding sentence. The central or Andine valley is the widest and most fertile of all, and forms the fairest portion of the Republic. The rivers have short courses, but some of them are of considerable value, being navigable by small vessels. The Biobio, the largest of all, is about 200 m. long, and may be ascended by small craft for 100 m., but it is too shallow for large vessels to enter. The Maule is navigable about 20 m. for barges, and may be entered by vessels of 7 ft. draught. The lakes are few and small ; the principal ones of fresh water are, Villarica, Ranco, and Aculeo ; and of salt water, Bucalemu, Cahuil, Buchuquen, and Bolleruca. Most of the bays on the coast are small, and commerce suffers much from want of good harbors. Conception Bay is about 5 KKPUBIJC OF C 11 | I. E. mil . and has an entrance on either Bide of Quiriquino Island ; it r< the Biobio River, and generally affords good anchorage; and its principal port, Talcahnano, is one of the besl in chile Valparaiso is the chief porl of the conn- try, lint its harbor is open to the northern winds, and is ansafe. The Audi- of Chile extend in a single chain, and near due N. and S. ; their mean elevation is abuut 12,000 ft., bu1 the highesl summits, which arc jagged peaks, rise to - iuch gn at< r elevations, fnlat, 32 3'J'. and seen from Valparaiso, is the Peak of Aconcagua, which i ling to Capt. Beechey's observations, the loftiest peak in Smith America, mrpassing Sorata and Dlimani. Tow- ering te City of Santiago is the Nevado of Tupungato. Although every snowy peak has been called a volcano, it appears, from the mosl that there are not more than three active volcanic vents in the southern pro- longation of the Chilean Andes— viz: thevolca- ofMaypu, Antuco, and Osorno. Peteroa is memorable for its eruption in 1762. The Patagoniao And"- rise to a height of from 3,000 to 8.000 ft. above sea-level. They are thickly wooded, and their precipitous summits are covered with perpetual snow, from which glaciers di scend almost to the sea-shore. Among the chief of these snowy mountains are the Neva- of Maea. in !at. 45 S. ; Melimoyu, 7,100 ft. high; Yanteles, 8,030 ft.; Corcobado, 7,510; Minchinmadom, 8,000 ; and Vate. or Llebecan, in lat. II 15'. The coat between the base of the mountains and the Pacific is studded with a succession of islands or archipelagoes, covered with dense forests, and separated from each other by narrow gulfs, similar to the fiords of Norway. The population Of Chile in April, 1854. ac- cording to the enumeration then made, 19,120, consisting of 712,932 males, and 721 females. It is estimated, however, that the whole population ig really not 1,600 000, do good census hiving ever been made, becai among other reasons, thai the old people and pie Of the interior fear that they are intc to e new and direct ta.xe.s. .pic are, for the mosl part, of Spanish, or of mixed Spanish and Indian, desot ut The whites are more intelligent and enterprising than the same class of people of Spanish descent in the other South American States, as is evinced by the ter material prosperity of Chile, and the less frequenl political revolutions. The Indian blood are not numerous, and are only found to the southward of the Biobio River, whi form the sole inhabitants of the province of Arauco. The Araucanians are a bold and war- race, and have maintained their indq of Spanish rule: although their province is nomi- nally under Chilean sway, yet they are under a government of their own. They excel in \. in making pottery, and they are every way more civilized than the wandering Indians. - was abolished in Chile in 1818. The most productive districts arc in the south. In the northern districts maize is extensively raised, and this is the staple grain crop. The south is more favorable to wheat and barley. Potatoes are raised in greal quantities, particu- larly in the north. Many varieties of beans are gr< iwn abundantly, and furnish the laboring ela • with wholesome, cheap food, preferred by them to Fruits are easily raised. On the large farms there are great herds of black cattle. Fish and shell-fish abound in the waters and on the shore- of < hiloe. 230 REPUBLIC OF CHILE, The manufactures are not of great importance, and advancement in this respect in restrained by the immense importation of manufactured goods from Great Britain and other countries. The principal classes of articles that are made, consist of earthenware jars, hempen cloths, cordage, soap, leather, and brandy. Chile is rich in minerals, particularly its north- ern portion. On the southern boundary of the Desert of Atacama, are found in every direction the purest veins of silver ore, besides copper, lead, iron, bismuth, cobalt, antimony, and quicksilver. The two great mining districts are Los Tres Pantos, 90 m. X. N. E. of Copiapo, and Chafiar- cillo, 48 m. S. of the same town. In 1851, the exports of silver in bars and ingots from Caldera, the port of Copiapo, amounted to 3,030,874 oz., and in ores of different degrees of purity from 8 to 73 per cent,, 2,312,839 lbs. The export of metals of all kinds from the Copiapo district, in 1853, was estimated to be of the value of .$10,000,000. The metals are, for the most part, sported in their ores, because there is not suffi- cient fuel to melt them. Copper is the most abundant ore, and this is frequently combined with silver and gold. There are large deposits of bituminous coal near Talcahuano, but it is sul- phurous, and has not been extensively mined, though it is used by the British and other steamers when their supply is short. The foreign commerce is superior in amount to that of any other country on the west coast of South America, and is rapidly increasing. Besides the silver and copper, the principal articles ex- ported are hides, wheat, wool, and hemp. The metals and hides are chiefly sent to Europe, especially to Great Britain, from which Chile imports cotton and woolen goods, hardware, etc. Wheat, flour, jerked beef, and fruits are exported to Peru, Ecuador, etc. Santiago is the capital and largest city, contain- ing more than 80,000 inhabitants. It is situated in a delightful valley, near the base of the Andes, at an elevation of about 2,000 ft. above sea-level. The Mapacho, a rapid stream issuing from the mountains, divides it into unequal parts, connected by a substantial stone bridge, the principal part being on its north or right bank. It has many handsome buildings, though most of them are but one story high, as a precaution against earth- quakes. The Moneda. or Mint, is the finest edifice, and higher than any otker; it is of very large size, of a quadrangular form, and was built at immense cost at an early period ; part of it is now used as a palace for the President, and con- tains the offices of the departments of the govern- ment. The Archiepiscopal Cathedral,bailt entirely of stone, a coarse kind of porphyry, is a capacious edifice, somewhat injured by earthquakes. There are numerous churches and convents of friars and nuns. Education receives the general attention of the people, and especially of the wealthy citizens. The National Library contains upwards of 21,000 vols., besides numerous ancient and valuable manuscripts. The people are remarkably kind and hospitable to strangers. There are but two hotels in the city, and these inferior. Travelers are lodged and entertained at their friends' houses. There are several delightful public walks, which are favorite resorts of the inhabitants. The vicinity is very well cultivated, and is chiefly made up of small farms belonging to the wealthy, who resort thither during the summer months. Valparaiso is the chief sea-port of Chile and the most important on the whole western coast of South America. Its bay is of semi-circular KMPUBLIC OF PABA6U A V 231 form, sheltered on each side, except the north, and thus the shipping, during the prevalence of north- ern winds in the winter season, frequent!; receives much damage. The city extends around the bay, and covers a large area. Few of the houses are handsome, and none of the public buildi worthy of comment, except the Costom Bouse, which has an extensive facade surmounted b tower of eleganl design. The theatre is one of the be8l in South America, and is generally well attended. There is no public library or scientific institution, nor are the inhabitants much giv< d to reading or Btndy. The foreigners are numerous and influential, since they have the principal of business. -Many of the artisans are 1 oropean. The English are the most numerous, then the Germans, French, and Americans. The railroad from Valparaiso to Santiago is a work of gnat magnitude, destined to be of the highest benefit to the city and the region through which it passes. PARAGUAY. Paraguay is comprised between the Rivers Paraguay and Parana, from their junction in lat. 27 to an undefined boundary in about lat. 17° S. According to the best maps, the dividing water- shed approaches much nearer to the Parana than to the Paraguay, being represented as extending nearly coincident with the meridian of long. 56' W. In i'~ general aspect, the surface has been compared to a chess-board, from its being so checkered here and there with beautiful pastures and magnificent forests. The country is inter- sected by many streams, flowing to the Paraguay, all of which are navigable from 10 to 50 leagues. The River Tibicuari, in the south, is the most important : it is navigable for steamboats oflight draughl for 80 leagues, and its banks are thickly populated throughout its who! The River Parag of great volume, quite widi and is one of the most perfect for navigable pur- poses of any in the world. Proi in lat. 13 S., it increases rapidly and majestical- ly. It- position and navigable facilities are of the utmost importance in reference to the different countries which are situated on cith bank-. The Parana rises in the western slop the highlands near the sea-board. N". W. of Rio de Janeiro. Its navigation is said to be inter- rupted in only one place, viz : at lat. 23 40' NT. I [ere, according to rumor, for the locality has not been visited by white men, the river (lows for 36 leagues through a narrow gorge, which it has burst through the chain of mountains called Sierra de Blaracay. The population is variously estimated at from 600,000 to 1.200.000. The principal class of inhabitants are chiefly the descendants of t! who originally came from the north of Spain. The upper classes have ever been more regardful of their blood than in any other part of Spanish or Portuguese America. They are brave, stout, and healthy, hospitable and simple-hearted in the ordinary relations of life, and very intelligent and keen in business affairs. Caste is here can great extent, and the whites maintain a very strong aversion to the natives. Of the aboriginal tribes, the most numerous are the Guaranis. who inhabit the plains of Kl Gran Ohaco, on the west side of the Paraguay. The objects of agriculture include the greater part of the most valuable products of both the tropical and temperate zones. Upon the fertile alluvial banks of so many large streams, sugar- 232 REPUBLIC OF PARAGUAY cane, cotton, tobacco of a superior quality, rice, mandioca, Indian corn, and a thousand other pro- ductions vegetate with profusion. Upon the hills, the celebrated " verba matte," or Paraguay tea, which is the exclusive beverage of one-half of the people on the continent . has only to be gath- ered. The plant grows to the height of about 1$ ft., and has slender branches, with leaves resem- bling those of senna. The large plains feed im- mense herds of cattle, which are slaughtered chiefly for their tallow, hides, and horns, as articles of export ; and great quantities of these are lost on the plains for want of transportation. The vegetable kingdom presents the richest at- tractions, not only to the professional botanist, but also to the class engaged in gathering its pro- ducts as articles of merchandise. Medicinal herbs abound in the greatest profusion. Of dye-stuffs there is an immense variety. Many of the forest trees yield valuable gum, not yet familiar to com- merce or medicine, and they comprise some of the most delicious perfumes and incense that can be imagined. The seringa, or rubber-tree, the pro- duct of which is now almost a monopoly with Para, and also the palo santo, which produces the gum guiacum, crowd the forests. The varieties of trees, furnishing timber, are about sixty in number. Foreign commerce was almost unknown, until very recently, From 1812 to 1840, the country was ruled by Jose G. R. Francia, the dictator' and was firmly closed against all foreigners. Upon his death, in 1840, the plan of the govern- ment was changed, with the view of having ex- tended commercial intercourse. This project, however, was defeated by Rosas, the dictator of the Argentine Republic, who refused to allow the Paraguayan vessels to pass to the ocean by way of the Parana River, their only natural highway. After the defeat of Rosas, a more liberal policy prevailed, and in Oct., 1852, the navigation of the La Plata, Parana, and Uruguay was declared free to all foreign vessels under 120 tons register. Assumption, (Asuncion,) the capital, is situated on the River Paraguay, nearly opposite the mouth of the Pilcomayo. It was founded in 1835 by a colony of Spaniards, and from its advantage- ous position it became in a few years a city of some importance. Its appearance was much im- proved during the rule of the dictator Francia. The houses are generally built of brick, one story high, and covered with tiles. The population is about 12,000. The number of Indian villages and missions is large. The number of inhabitants in each is seldom less than 600, and often exceeds 2,000. The villages generally consist of stone or mud houses, covered with tiles, and have a large square in the centre, in which is the priest's house and a church. REPUBLIC OF URUGU A V 233 URUGUAY Is Bitaated easl of the Uruguay River, between the north bant of the La Plata and the Brazilian frontier, compri ing a compact territory of aboul 104 in. The surface is for the most part a vast undulating plain, generally flat towards the Uruguay, th< La Plata, and th t, but broken in the interior by Beveral ridges of mod- erate elevations. The Uruguay River, in forming the western boundary, has a course of about 400 miles in the direction of S. by W. In lat. 34° S. it unit with the Parana in forming the Eio dc la Plata. Its whole course is aboul 800 miles. It is oavigated by sailing harks up to a great {all, ■10 in. below the Ibicui ; after the fall is passed, large cano< a ascend as far as the confluence of the Pelotas, and small canoes almost to the sources both of this affluent and of the main stream. Its largesl tributary from the Republic of Uruguay is the Rio Negro, which, rising on the N. E. fron- tier in the Sierra Tecla, (lows S. \\ r . to its con- fluence with the great river, at a point 50 m. above the mouth of the latter. Other large tri- butaries are, the Queguay, Dayman, Arroyo, Arap y. and Ouareim ; and besides these are very many small affluents. The San Lucia and San Jose unite their streams and empty into the Rio dc la Plata, west of Montevideo. The large Lake of Mcrim. situated in the N. E. part of the Atlantic coast section and partly in Brazil, forms the most important hydrographieal feature of the country, after the rivers. Its principal feeders are the River Cebollati with its numerous afflu- ents, and the River Yaguaron. The population is estimated at 250,000. Agriculture is in the lowest condition, and no more produce is raised than is required for home consumption. Wheat, maize, beans, and melons are produced, and tie- country i the culture of mosl "!' the fruit- of the temperate cli- mates. Natural pa-tui luxuriant. The extensive plain d with rich turf, and almost destitute of ' ad- mirably adapted !.i agriculture, but remain for the most part in . of nature, and are roamed over by immense herds of horses and These form the ources of wealth to the inhabitants, supplying large exports of hid hair, horns, jerked b« f, and tallow. The banks of the River Uruguay are fertile, but ill cultivated ; the principal products are cotton and mate, and iderable numbers of cattle are reared. The mineral re have not yet been found to be of much importance. The elevated rid which form the wat of the important streams, are said to be composed of clay. date. gneiss, and granite. The foreign trade is wholly carried on from Montevideo. In 1848 the value of exp amounted to $5, 573, 218, of which hides stood for $4,124,203. In 1854 the exports to the United States were valued at 8457,179, and the imports from the United Sta1 ?512,957. The open- iug of the Rio de la Plata to the commerce of the world will materially increase the prosperity of the country. Montevideo, the capital, is situated on a penin- sula on the north shore of the La Plata. It stands upon a gentle elevation, and is surrounded by a strong wall, mounted with guns, and further defended by a citadel or castle, of indifferent con- struction, witli bulwarks and batteri ■-. It- har- bor forms a circular basin, which O] the south-west, and on its opposite side is a hill or mountain from which the city derives its nam?. 23-1 REPUBLIC" OF BUENOS AYRES, It is pretty regularly built, iu the form of au amphitheatre, but has no buildings of importance, except a cathedral, castle, and the governor's resi- dence. It is ill supplied with water. The heat < if summer is oppressive, and storms are frequent. The climate is generally damp. BUENOS AYRES. This Republic was formerly the chief of the provinces composing the Argentine Confedera- tion, but in the year 1853 it separated itself from them, and this separation was confirmed by treaty in Dec., 1854. Though not well defined, it is commonly understood that the southern boundary is formed by the Rio Negro. The western bound- ary has a general parallelism with the coast-line, commencing at Fort Encarnacjon, in lat. 39° S. and long. 66° W., and extending towards the north-east. The country consists generally of one vast expanse of level or slightly undulating sur- face, known as the Pampas of Buenos Ayres, a large portion of which has a fertile soil for culture or pasturage. Real cultivation is almost unknown. Grain, vegetables, and fruit are every way adapted to the soil and climate, and with proper industry might be produced in great abundance. The rich pastures of the pampas are covered with long, tufted, luxuriant grass, intermixed with brilliant flowers, affording an inexhaustible subsistence to immense herds of cattle and horses. The pampas are, for the most part, elevated and dry, though traversed by many sluggish rivers ; they are skirted by immense forests, which give shelter to numerous species of wild animals, and they are inhabited by the Guachos and other scattered In- dian tribes, who, possessed of abundance of wild horses and horned cattle, roam over the country in a state of savage independence. The southern and less favored parta are sandy, with patches of saline plants, stunted trees, and numerous salines. There are many salt pools and lakes, of various dimensions, scattered over the country ; in these salt is formed with extraordinary rapidity in dry weather, and is beautifully white and finely crys- talizcd, requiring little or no purification before being carried to market. The south part contains some elevated ridges, which are sometimes called mountainous, as the Sierra del Vulcan and Sierra Ventana, which are the highest. Iu the north part the climate is warm, the mean summer heat being 90° Fahr., and in the colder season ice is very seldom formed. The north winds prevailing here have the character of the Sirocco of Italy ; the south-west winds, or pamperos, are hurricanes accompanied with thunder. In the southern region the climate is colder and probably more healthy. Throughout both districts there is gen- erally sufficient rain, but occasionally there are years of excessive and destructive droughts. The population is unknown, and is variously estimated from 200,000 to 400,0000. Agriculture is in a low condition, but there has been some improvement within the last generation. Formerly, the cultivation of the soil was so neglected that grain was required from abroad ; but, at present, wheat is exported to some extent. Cattle and their produce are the chief sources of wealth and the principal exports. The trade of the State is mainly carried on through the City of Buenos Ayres. This is much less than it would be if that port was possessed of a safe and commodious harbor. Large vessels, drawing above 12 ft. of water, cannot come nearer than 5 or 6 miles ; vessels of less draught generally go into the inner roads, and anchor about 1| miles ARQKN'TIXE CONPEDERATKi N 235 from the city. The surf on the beach is very heavy when the wind blows from the south-east, another danger arises from the pamperos, sadden and violent gusts of wind, which sweep across the pampas from the Andes with tremendous fury. The Cityof Buenos Ayres is situated aboul 150 miles from the open ocean. It cover.-' an area about :! miles long by 2\ miles wide, and is very regularly laid out. The Btreets are commonly paved with granite. Almosl all the houses are but one 3tory in height, Bat-roofed, and built around court-yards. The windows of the houses towards the streets are generally but two in num- ber, having an iron grating, called reja, which gives them a gloomy and prison-like appearance. The houses erected by the foreign residents are built in the European style, and are often three high. The city is laid out in squan 150 yds. each, and each mauzana, or district of four squares, is under the jurisdiction of an alcalde. The principal square, or Plaza de la Victoria, contains the public military offices, and a monu- ment erected in honor of South American Inde- pendence : it is surrounded by numerous handsome buildings, among which are the Cathedral, a very large and rich edifice, the Bishop's Palace, the TIall of Justice, Police Office, etc There are 4 convents, L5 parish churches, and several churches for foreigners. The city is poorly supplied with water and fuel, but food is very cheap. The environs of the city for about three miles are very beautiful, comprising well-cultivated fields and numerous country residences, which are sur- rounded by gardens. The population in 1854 was about 85.000, of which one-fifth were foreign- ers, chiefly English, French, and American. ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION. Tins association I - . or rather of pro- vinces, constitute'- a general confederacy, but the Is of union are little more than nominal. The Confederation is bounded N. by Bolivia; E. by Paraguay, Brazil, Uruguay, and Bui A S. by Buenos Ayres and Patagonia; and W. by I lordillera of the Andes. Mosl of the surface is an immense plain, covered with forests and open sloping gently in 8. E. direction toward the Atlantic Ocean. However, there are several secondary mountain chains, which leave the great Cordillera of the Andes, and extend for 30' » 400 miles into the plains. The mosl important of these are, the Sierra tie Cordova, between lat. 31° 33' S., extending in the direction of the Pampas to long. 02 55' \\\. and the Sierra de Salta and Jujuy. which attain- idth under lat. 24 S.. and extends gradually from the valley of Catamarca and Han Miguel del Tucu- man, towards the Rio Vcrmejo. in long. 62 W. The southern part of this vast region in- cludes the vast levels of the Pampas, which hi already been describe,]. In the central southern part there is an extensive tract, known as the Desert of Las Salinas, in which the soil is sandy. and covered with a saline efflorescence ; the rivers have here no outlets, and lose themselves in salt-water lakes or marshes. The large salt lake called Orre Lauquen, ("bitter lake.)" is aboul miles long and 15 broad. It is situated about 450 miles S. W. by W. from Buenos Ayr,-, and that city formerly obtained from this lake its an- nual supplies of salt before its port was thrown open to foreigners. 236 ISLANDS OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE. ISLANDS OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE It cannot be expected that the numerous islands which might be literally classed tinder this head, will all be noticed : only those regarded as of the greatest importance, geographically and commer- cially, will claim our at ton! ion. Azores, or Western [sles, a group of nine islands in the N. Atlantic Ocean, between lat. 36° 57' and 39° 45' N. and long. 24° 55' and 31° 15' W. They were discovered in 1-139 by Vanderberg, a merchant of Bruges, (receiving their name from the number of hawks found among them,) and were colonized by the Euro- peans in the 15th century. They range from E. to W., and consist of Fayal, Flores, Corvo, Graciosa, St. George, St. Mary, St. Michael, Pico, and Terceira. The climate is generally healthful and temperate, and the soil fertile, abounding in corn, grapes, oranges, lemons, and other fruits. Cattle, sheep, and hogs are raised in abundance, but no poisonous animal is to be found in the islands. They form a colonial gov- ernment, of which Angra, in Terceira, is the cap- ital, but not the largest town. The inhabitants are mostly a mixture of Portuguese and negroes. Fayal is in lat, 38° 30' 12" N. and long. 28= 41' W., and has an area of about 37 sq. m., with a population of 22,000. On its S. E. side is a fine bay, which makes it more frequented than any of the group, except St. Michael ; and in its centre is a mountain 3,000 ft. high. — Corvo, the most northern and smallest, (about m. long and 3 broad,) is in lat. 39° 41 ' 4l " N. There is a high mountain at each extremity and a hollow in the centre, which gives it the appearance of a saddle. The climate is highly salubrious, and the soil very fertile, but the inhabitants (about 900) are idle and ignorant, and of course poor. — Graciosa is 20 m. long and 6 broad, with a population of 3,000. Corn, wine, flax, hemp, and fruits are successfully cultivated. Principal town, Santa Cruz.- — St. Michael, the largest of the group, is in lat. 37° 44' N., long. 25° 30' W., and has an area of 224 sq. m. Its surface is mostly mountainous, the Agoa del Pao, in its centre, being 3,060 ft. ; but the soil, although volcanic, is productive, and maize, wheat, beans, wine, and oranges yield plen- tifully — particularly the latter, of which from 90,000 to 100,000 boxes are exported annually. Manufactures are confined to druggets and coarse pottery — articles of clothing being principally im- ported from Great Britain. The coast is studded with towns and villages, of which the chief are Ponta del Gada, Alagoa, Villa Franca, and Morro das Capellas. Population about 81,000. — Flores, the most W., is in lat. 39° 25' N., long. 31° 12' W., and has a mountainous, but fertile surface, with a population of 9,000. The products comprise wheat, rye, yams, fruits, cedar-wood, archil, and some manufactured woolen goods. Principal towns, Santa Cruz and Lagens. — Ter- ceira is in lat. 38° 30' N., long. 27° 10' W., and is 70 m. long, with an average breadth of 13 m. The soil, consisting of decomposed lava and other volcanic matters, possesses the greatest natural fertility, and heavy crops of yams, grain, and pulse of all sorts are raised. Fruit of exquisite flavor is very abundant, and one-fifth of the lemons and oranges exported from the Azores are here produced. Neither the minerals nor the manu- factures are worthy of notice, and the inhabitants I S L A N I* S " V T II E W K S T B RN II E M [ S P H I. l: I (aboul 40,000) are remarkable for little else than licentiousness. The capital is Angra, which gives it- name to a departmenl including the islands of Terceira, St. George, and Gracidsa. — St. George is in hit. of S. E. poinl 3£ 32' 5" V. long. 27 46' W., aboul 29 m. long, and 5 broad. Soil fertile, affording good pastures and extensivew Is. Pop. -1,000. Principal town. Villa de Velhas, — Pico has a volcanic peak 7,613 feel high in lat. 38^ 28' N., long. 28° 25' W., and an area of 254 sq. m. Pop. 36,000. The surface is covered with lava: the cultivation of the vine and fishing are the chief branches of in- dustry, provisions being mo tly imported. Princi- pal towns, Lagos, Magdalena, and SanRoco. — St. Mary is an island of no consequence, and of which luil little is known. Behmi'das (or !• i lands are a group in the X. Atlantic, belonging to Great Britain, ited between lat. 32 11' and 32 25' N., and long. 64° 38' and 64° 52' W. Although 365 in number, they occupy a space of only 18 m. by C. In climate, elevation, and general aspect, they much resemble the West India Islands, but the soil is not so fertile, being now much ex- hausted, yet fruits, vegetables, and arrow-root are 'need in abundance. The la harbor is that of St. George's, a beautiful bay, but of diffi- cult ingress and egress, from the narrowness of its entrance. It is strongly fortified, and generally garrisoned. The governmenl consists of a legisla- tive assembly, council, and governor. Hamilton, on Bermuda or Long Island, is the capital. In the islands there arc 9 churches. 5 chapels for inters, 24 public or free r and 25 pri- The population is estimated at from 10.000 to 12.000, whose principal employmen building generally of cedar— small, swift, and durable. An i itablishment for Las hed here by the British government, and in L848, their number amounted to IT ther springs nor fresh water streams have h found in the islands, and of the f< w wells whii b have I . the water is very bracl Cape Verdi: Islands, discovered by the Por- tuguese in 1! it;, and still retained by them, are 329 in. W. of the Cape, between lat. 11 45' and IT i:r N., and Ion. 22 45' and 25 25' W. They are 16 in number, but f them barren rocks, and are chiefly noted for their fa in salt and leather. St. Jago, the principa about 160 m. in circumference. The climal hot and unhealthy, though somewhat tempered by the sea-breeze, and the -oil is extremely varied, but mostly fertile. The sulfa rally moun- tainous, and the volcano of Fogo is 9,157 ft. in height. Cattle are extensively reared, and dried and salted provisions form a considerable export trade. The inhabitants (numbering 86,738 in 1850) are quiet and docile, but very indolent and ignorant — there being bul one Bchool in existence, previous to 1810. The.se islands, together with P ions on t] tinenl of Africa, near C. Roxo, constitute the "prov. of Cape Verde," the capital of which i- Mindella, in the island of St. Vincent, and the whole is under •vernor-general, who i th civil and military power. The group embraces 10 islands, viz: Sal. Boavista, Mayo, Santiago, (St. .la- the largest), Forgo, Brava, Grande, Rombo Nicolao, and S. Luzia; and 1 islets, viz: Bran- , co, Razo, S. Vic n1 ■. and S. Ant 238 ISLANDS OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE. The "Western Hemisphere comprises much the largest portion, and probably four-fifths of the area of the Pacific Ocean, according to the limits usually assigned to it. The term Polynesia, meaning- •• many islands," is used to designate the whole multitude of islands in the Pacific Ocean. The term Ocean ica, or Oceania, is also used by some writers as embracing the same islands and region — a designation usually adopted by the French and other geographers of Europe. The islands are distributed into groups, irregularly ttered over the ocean, though by far the larger number of them are situated within its southern half, and especially between lat, 10° S. and 23° S. The largest of these groups, or Polynesian Archi- pelagoes, is the New Zealand group, and this is the only one of any considerable magnitude. All the remainder consist of groups of small size, the dimensions of which are insignificant, compared with the vast area over which they are dispersed. The geological formation of New Zealand is alto- gether volcanic. The smaller islands are physic- ally divided into two classes : 1. The moun- aous islands are mostly of volcanic origin, and this class comprises the Sandwich Islands, the Society Islands, and the Marquesas Islands, together with some of the Feejce, Friendlys, Navi- gators', and Cook's Islands : also the Ladrone, or Marianne, Islands. 2. The coral islands are low reefe, raised only a few feet above the level of the sea ; this class includes the greater number of islands, though they are for the most part of ex- ceedingly small dimensions. The Polynesian Islands are mainly comprehended within ten groups. Of these, three are north of the equator, viz : the Sandwich Islands, the Caroline Islands, and the Ladrone Islands. Seven are south of the '.: : th i !"'• sjee Mauds, the Navigators' Islands, the Friendly Islands, Cook's or Hervey's Islands, the Society Islands, the Low Archipela- go, and the Marquesas Islands. The native inhabitants of the Polynesian Islands all belong to the Malay division of the human family. (In New Guinea, and the adja- cent islands, the natives belong to the Papuan race — a branch of the Negro variety of mankind ; and in some of the Polynesian Islands, this race has intermixed with the other, though not east- ward of the Feejee Islands.) A.11 the various dia- lects which they speak bear a general resemblance sufficient to indicate their common parentage, and to exhibit their Malay origin — an inference con- firmed by numerous coincidences of manners, cus- toms, and usages, which prevail through the whole extent of Polynesia. The total population of Polynesia at the pre- sent time is unknown. However, it is certain that the population of all the islands with which European nations have had intercourse, has de- creased, as is most clearly illustrated in the Sand- wich and Society groups. On the other hand, causes of this decrease were in operation for a long period previous to the time of contact with the Europeans, viz : the frequent wars among the natives, the prevalence of infanticide among the women, and the extensive use of human sacri- fices in the rites of their barbarous idolatry. The Sandwich Islands, or Hawaii Group, form the most important of all the groups, and have acquired additional interest since the late rapid settlement of California. Their position is on the direct line of commercial intercourse be- tween the western coasts of North America and the eastern countries of the Old World. They also form a common centre to the principal ISLANDS OF THE WESTERN' BEMI8PHEBB-. 239 whaling grounds in the North Pacific. The group ci insists of 13 islands, Bituated '"'tween lat. is 55' and '-"J 20' X., and between long. I .'I 50' and 160 40' W. They extend in a curved line, from north-west to sooth-east, fur a length of 400 miles. Six of them are mere islets ; the other seven are inhabited. The aggregate area of the group is estimated at from 6,100 to 6,500 sq. in. The largest island is Hawaii, at the south-eastern extremity of the group, which has an area of about 4,200 Bq. m. All of the islands are of vulcanic formation ; and they are high, steep, and mountainous, with many lofty summits. At the first aspect they exhibit to view (especially if approached from the westward or leeward nothing bul bare and blackened rocks of lava, with steep vulcanic ridges and irregular truncated cones, which descend to the sea in abrupt and jagged precipices. The climate is distinguished for its uniformity. The temperature is generally warm, averaging about 7."> . and the difference between the warmer and cooler seasons does riot exceed 6°. It seldom rains on the leeward of these islands, and upon the western shores of Hawaii not a single brook is discharged into the sea for more than a hundred miles of coast. But on the opposite or windward side there is frequent rain, and numerous cataracts are seen to leap down the sides of the hills. The soil in the upland- is better adapted for grazing than agriculture: fine wheat is. however, raised here, and the valleys produce sugar, coffee, cotton, tobacco, arrow-root. mulberries, yam taro, and ca Poultry and hogs are wry oumerous. Sandal rmerly an important product, bu' for i hav( been rapidly thinnod, and litti now produced. The population of these islands ha I very greatly and rapid 1 they W( covered. Winn r a pt. Cook first visited them in 177- imated the number of inhabitants at 400,000. but probably 300,000 would have been more correct. In 1823, or in 45 years, the num- ber had diminished to about 140,000. An actual is in 1832, reported only 130,315; another in 1836, reported 108,579 ; and that in January. 1849, reported 80,641. The last census, taken in December, 1853, reported the native population at 71,108, consisting of 37,169 mi d :;:;.939 females. At the same time, there were 1.120 foreigners on the island-, making the agg - number 73,228. This decrease has tl mtinued without interruption since the group wa- ered, and will, ere many years, entirely destroy the native race. The chief causes of the mor depopulation appear to have been the 3of measles, whooping-cough, and small-pox. About 10,000 died of measles and whooping-cough in 1847-8 ; nearly the same number died in I from the prevalence of small-pox, and in 1 about 7,000 were carried off by the last-mentioned disease. Another cause of decrease is the num- ber of young men who leave the elands inwhali Is, and never return. THE LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Lv < N3ELES UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY Los Angeles This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. JUN 9 1950 KAR-2 7 1951-4 OEG 1 7 1951 1 JjEC 1 9 1952 ****** ID-: URL 0CT15M64 sxTt Id - Form L9 — 15m-10,'48(B1039)444 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY I PLEA**: DO NOT REMOVE THIS BOOK CARD ^•LIBRARYtf/ \o mo University Research Library I AA 000 618 464 2